PointSource

Ci 9500

SERVICE
MANUAL
Published in May ’98
84203110
SERVICE
MANUAL

PointSource
Ci 9500
 CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended
by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to
the manufacturer’s instructions.

CAUTION
Double-pole/neutral fusing.
 Safety precautions

This booklet provides safety warnings and precautions for our service
personnel to ensure the safety of their customers, their machines as well
as themselves during maintenance activities. Service personnel are
advised to read this booklet carefully to familiarize themselves with the
warnings and precautions described here before engaging in
maintenance activities.
Safety warnings and precautions
Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel and
customers from physical danger and to prevent damage to their
property. These symbols are described below:

DANGER: High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from
insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning
messages using this symbol.

WARNING: Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient

attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages
using this symbol.

CAUTION: Bodily injury or damage to property may result from

insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning
messages using this symbol.

Symbols
The triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including danger
and caution. The specific point of attention is shown inside
the symbol.

General warning.

Warning of risk of electric shock.

Warning of high temperature.

indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition is

shown inside the symbol.

General prohibited action.

Disassembly prohibited.
 indicates that action is required. The specific action
required is shown inside the symbol.

General action required.

Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.

Always ground the copier.

1. Installation Precautions

WARNING

• Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified.
Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electric
shock. When using an extension cable, always check that it is
adequate for the rated current. ...............................................................

• Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not grounding

the copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wire
to an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion or
electric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following:
gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and water
pipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. ........................

CAUTION:

• Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier may
tip over, causing injury. ...........................................................................

• Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fire
or electric shock. .....................................................................................

• Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source or
near flammable material. This may cause fire. .......................................

• Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills to
keep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation may
cause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ...............................
• Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. ....

• Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped.

Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly or
topple, leading to injury. ..........................................................................

• Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toner

or developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it in
the stomach and obtain medical attention immediately. If it gets into the
eyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtain
medical attention. ....................................................................................

• Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings and
precautions in the copier’s instruction handbook. ...................................

2. Precautions for Maintenance

WARNING

• Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before starting
machine disassembly. ............................................................................

• Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service

manual and other related brochures. ......................................................

• Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features

including safety mechanisms and protective circuits. .............................

• Always use parts having the correct specifications. ...............................

• Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service

manual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a piece
of wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. ...........

• When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a

distance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scale
and measure carefully. ...........................................................................

• Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with a

ground connection. .................................................................................
• Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that the
power plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire or
electric shock. .........................................................................................

• Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers.

Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. ..............................................

• Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to high
potentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. .............

CAUTION

• Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such as

ties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught in
rotating sections. .....................................................................................

• Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep away

from chains and belts. .............................................................................

• Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be

extremely hot. .........................................................................................

• Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean.
Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. .........................

• Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except for
routine replacement. ...............................................................................

• Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltage

components when removing them; always hold the plug itself. ..............

• Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. If

necessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ........

• Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wire
to avoid electric leaks. ............................................................................

• Remove toner completely from electronic components. .........................

• Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or

damaged. ................................................................................................
• After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectors
and wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Special
attention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire and
missing screws. ......................................................................................

• Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machine
according to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling.
Replace with new ones if necessary. ......................................................

• Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions

below: .....................................................................................................
· Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to
spill. Wipe spills off completely.
· Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents.
· Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the
covers or turning the main switch on.
· Always wash hands afterwards.

• Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may cause

sparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. .........................

• Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the power
plug from the wall outlet immediately. ..................................................

3. Miscellaneous

WARNING

• Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents

such as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxic
gas. .........................................................................................................
 203

CONTENTS

I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION

1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications .............................................................................. 1-1-1
1-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Drum ............................................................................................ 1-2-1
1-2-2 Developer and toner .................................................................... 1-2-1
1-2-3 Dehumidifier ................................................................................ 1-2-1
1-3 Mechanical Construction
1-3-1 Parts names and their functions .................................................. 1-3-1
1-3-2 Machine cross section ................................................................. 1-3-3
1-3-3 Drive system ................................................................................ 1-3-4
1-3-4 Mechanical construction .............................................................. 1-3-6

II ELECTRICAL SECTION
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .................................................................. 2-1-1
2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection .............................................................. 2-2-1
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions ............................................ 2-2-2
2-3 Operation of the PCBs
2-3-1 Composite power source PCB .................................................... 2-3-1
2-3-2 Main PCB .................................................................................. 2-3-16
2-3-3 Upper rear sub PCB .................................................................. 2-3-18
2-3-4 Lower rear sub PCB .................................................................. 2-3-19
2-3-5 IPU PCB .................................................................................... 2-3-20
2-3-6 Scanner control PCB ................................................................. 2-3-22
2-3-7 CCD drive PCB ......................................................................... 2-3-23
2-3-8 CCD processing PCB ................................................................ 2-3-24
2-3-9 Heater control PCB ................................................................... 2-3-26
2-3-10 Toner feed motor PCB .............................................................. 2-3-27
2-3-11 Transfer belt control PCB .......................................................... 2-3-28

III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION

3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation .......................................................... 3-1-1
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes .......................................................... 3-1-28
3-1-3 Installing the modem (optional) ................................................. 3-1-29
3-2 Simulation
3-2-1 Simulations .................................................................................. 3-2-1
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ................................ 3-3-1
3-3-2 Paper feed section ...................................................................... 3-3-3
3-3-3 Main charging section ............................................................... 3-3-28
3-3-4 Optical section ........................................................................... 3-3-32
3-3-5 Drum section ............................................................................. 3-3-58
3-3-6 Developing section .................................................................... 3-3-63

1-1-1
203-1

3-3-7 Transfer and separation section ................................................ 3-3-69

3-3-8 Cleaning section ........................................................................ 3-3-85
3-3-9 Fixing section ............................................................................ 3-3-91
3-3-10 Others ...................................................................................... 3-3-112
3-4 PCB Initial Settings
3-4-1 Main PCB .................................................................................... 3-4-1
3-4-2 Adjustment-free variable resistors (VR) ...................................... 3-4-2
3-4-3 Adjustments after parts replacement ........................................... 3-4-3
3-5 Self-diagnosis
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis .............................................................................. 3-5-1
3-6 Troubleshooting
3-6-1 Image formation problems ........................................................... 3-6-1
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ......................................................................... 3-6-15
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ............................................................... 3-6-23
3-6-4 Electrical problems .................................................................... 3-6-62
3-6-5 Mechanical problems ................................................................ 3-6-82
3-7 Appendixes
Timing chart No. 1 .................................................................................. 3-7-1
Timing chart No. 2 .................................................................................. 3-7-2
Timing chart No. 3 .................................................................................. 3-7-3
Timing chart No. 4 .................................................................................. 3-7-4
Timing chart No. 5 .................................................................................. 3-7-5
Timing chart No. 6 .................................................................................. 3-7-6
Composite power source PCB (120 V area) 1/4 ..................................... 3-7-7
Composite power source PCB (120 V area) 2/4 ..................................... 3-7-8
Composite power source PCB (120 V area) 3/4 ..................................... 3-7-9
Composite power source PCB (120 V area) 4/4 ................................... 3-7-10
Composite power source PCB (220 – 240 V area) 1/4 ......................... 3-7-11
Composite power source PCB (220 – 240 V area) 2/4 ......................... 3-7-12
Composite power source PCB (220 – 240 V area) 3/4 ......................... 3-7-13
Composite power source PCB (220 – 240 V area) 4/4 ......................... 3-7-14
Upper rear sub PCB ............................................................................. 3-7-15
Lower rear sub PCB ............................................................................. 3-7-16
IPU PCB 1/36 ....................................................................................... 3-7-17
IPU PCB 2/36 ....................................................................................... 3-7-18
IPU PCB 3/36 ....................................................................................... 3-7-19
IPU PCB 4/36 ....................................................................................... 3-7-20
IPU PCB 5/36 ....................................................................................... 3-7-21
IPU PCB 6/36 ....................................................................................... 3-7-22
IPU PCB 7/36 ....................................................................................... 3-7-23
IPU PCB 8/36 ....................................................................................... 3-7-24
IPU PCB 9/36 ....................................................................................... 3-7-25
IPU PCB 10/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-26
IPU PCB 11/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-27
IPU PCB 12/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-28
IPU PCB 13/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-29
IPU PCB 14/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-30
IPU PCB 15/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-31
IPU PCB 16/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-32
IPU PCB 17/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-33
IPU PCB 18/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-34

1-1-2
 203

IPU PCB 19/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-35

IPU PCB 20/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-36
IPU PCB 21/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-37
IPU PCB 22/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-38
IPU PCB 23/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-39
IPU PCB 24/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-40
IPU PCB 25/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-41
IPU PCB 26/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-42
IPU PCB 27/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-43
IPU PCB 28/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-44
IPU PCB 29/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-45
IPU PCB 30/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-46
IPU PCB 31/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-47
IPU PCB 32/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-48
IPU PCB 33/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-49
IPU PCB 34/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-50
IPU PCB 35/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-51
IPU PCB 36/36 ..................................................................................... 3-7-52
Scanner control PCB ............................................................................ 3-7-53
CCD drive PCB ..................................................................................... 3-7-54
CCD processing PCB 1/26 ................................................................... 3-7-55
CCD processing PCB 2/26 ................................................................... 3-7-56
CCD processing PCB 3/26 ................................................................... 3-7-57
CCD processing PCB 4/26 ................................................................... 3-7-58
CCD processing PCB 5/26 ................................................................... 3-7-59
CCD processing PCB 6/26 ................................................................... 3-7-60
CCD processing PCB 7/26 ................................................................... 3-7-61
CCD processing PCB 8/26 ................................................................... 3-7-62
CCD processing PCB 9/26 ................................................................... 3-7-63
CCD processing PCB 10/26 ................................................................. 3-7-64
CCD processing PCB 11/26 ................................................................. 3-7-65
CCD processing PCB 12/26 ................................................................. 3-7-66
CCD processing PCB 13/26 ................................................................. 3-7-67
CCD processing PCB 14/26 ................................................................. 3-7-68
CCD processing PCB 15/26 ................................................................. 3-7-69
CCD processing PCB 16/26 ................................................................. 3-7-70
CCD processing PCB 17/26 ................................................................. 3-7-71
CCD processing PCB 18/26 ................................................................. 3-7-72
CCD processing PCB 19/26 ................................................................. 3-7-73
CCD processing PCB 20/26 ................................................................. 3-7-74
CCD processing PCB 21/26 ................................................................. 3-7-75
CCD processing PCB 22/26 ................................................................. 3-7-76
CCD processing PCB 23/26 ................................................................. 3-7-77
CCD processing PCB 24/26 ................................................................. 3-7-78
CCD processing PCB 25/26 ................................................................. 3-7-79
CCD processing PCB 26/26 ................................................................. 3-7-80
Toner feed motor PCB .......................................................................... 3-7-81
Transfer belt control PCB ..................................................................... 3-7-82
Heater control PCB ............................................................................... 3-7-83
Noise filter PCB .................................................................................... 3-7-84

1-1-3
203

Operation unit PCB ............................................................................... 3-7-85

Operation unit main PCB 1/2 ................................................................ 3-7-86
Operation unit main PCB 2/2 ................................................................ 3-7-87
Main PCB 1/5 ........................................................................................ 3-7-88
Main PCB 2/5 ........................................................................................ 3-7-89
Main PCB 3/5 ........................................................................................ 3-7-90
Main PCB 4/5 ........................................................................................ 3-7-91
Main PCB 5/5 ........................................................................................ 3-7-92
General connection diagram ................................................................. 3-7-93
Wiring diagram 1/2 ................................................................................ 3-7-94
Wiring diagram 2/2 ................................................................................ 3-7-95

1-1-4
 I

THEORY AND
CONSTRUCTION
SECTION
 203

CONTENTS

1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ..................................................................................... 1-1-1

1-1-5
 203-1

1-1-1 Specifications

Type …………………………… Console type

Copying system ……………… Dry, indirect electrostatic system
Originals ……………………… Sheets and books
Maximum size: A3/11" × 17"
Original table ………………… Fixed
Copy paper …………………… Plain paper: 80 – 100 g/m2 (metric) or
75 – 80 g/m2 (inch) for drawer feed
64 – 160 g/m2 for bypass feed
Special paper: OHP film and letterheads*
Note: Use the bypass for special paper.
Copying sizes ………………… Maximum: A3 wide/12" × 18"
Minimum: A6/51/2" × 81/2"
Magnification ratios …………… Manual mode: 25 – 400%, 1% increments
Auto copy mode: fixed ratios
Metric
1:1 ± 0.8%, 1:4.00, 1:2.00, 1:1.41, 1:1.27, 1:1.06,
1:0.90, 1:0.75, 1:0.70, 1:0.50, 1:0.25
Inch
1:1 ± 0.8%, 1:4.00, 1:2.00, 1:1.54, 1:1.29, 1:1.21,
1:0.78, 1:0.77, 1:0.73, 1:0.64, 1:0.60, 1:0.50, 1:0.25
Copy speed
(full-color/monochrome) ……… At 100% magnification
A4: 10/38 copies per min.
11" × 81/2": 10/37 copies per min.
A4R: 4.5/28 copies per min.
81/2" × 11": 4.5/29 copies per min.
A3/11" × 17": 4.5/20 copies per min.
B4 (257 × 364mm)/81/2" × 14": 4.5/23 copies per min.
When the RADF is used (at 100% magnification):
A4: 4.5/31 copies per min.
11" × 81/2": 4.5/30 copies per min.
Reduction mode
Original A3, A4R: 4/26 copies per min.
First copy time ………………… 9 s or less (monochrome), 22.5 s less (full-color)
(A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification, manual copy
density control)
Warm-up time ………………… 480 s or less (room temperature 20°C/68°F,
65% RH)
Paper feed system …………… Automatic feed
Capacity:
Drawers: 550 sheets
Manual feed
Capacity:
Bypass: 50 sheets
Multiple copying ……………… 1 – 250 copies
Photoconductor ……………… OPC (drum diameter 120 mm)
Charging system ……………… Scorotron

* Inch specifications only.

1-1-1
203-1

Exposure light source ………… Semiconductor laser

Exposure scanning system …… Polygon mirror
Developing system …………… Dry, 2-component inverted polarity developing
(magnetic brush)
Developer ……………………… Ferrite carrier:
Y02D (Y), M02D (M), C02D (C), N25D (Bk)
Toner:
Y02T (Y), M02T (M), C02T (C), N23T (Bk)
Toner density control ………… Toner sensor
Toner replenishing …………… Automatic from toner hopper
Transfer system ……………… Primary: transfer belt
Secondary: transfer roller
Separation system …………… AC separation (separation electrode)
Fixing system ………………… Heat roller
Heat source …………………… Halogen heaters
220 – 240 V (main 800 W, sub 343 W)
120 V (main 700 W, sub 300 W)
Fixing control
temperature …………………… 180°C/356°F (at normal ambient temperature)
Abnormally high temperature
protection devices …………… 160°C/320°F and 170°C/338°F (main)
140°C/284°F and 150°C/302°F (sub)
Charge erasing system ……… Exposure by cleaning lamp
Cleaning system ……………… Photo conductor: blade cleaning and fur brush
Transfer belt: blade cleaning
Transfer roller: blade cleaning
Toner collection system ……… Waste toner tank
Scanning system ……………… Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensor
Resolution ……………………… 400 × 400 dpi
Light source …………………… Halogen lamp
Dimensions …………………… 610 (W) × 740 (D) × 1047 (H) mm
24" (W) × 291/8" (D) × 411/4" (H) mm
Weight ………………………… Approximately 210 kg/462 lbs
Floor requirements …………… 1275 (W) × 740 (D) mm
503/16" (W) × 291/8" (D) mm
Functions ……………………… (1) Original mode selection (text & photo,
photo, printed photo, text, map)
(2) Copy density control
(3) Automatic copy density control
(4) Magnification
(5) Mono-color copying (R, G, B, Y, M, C)
(6) Color image control
(7) Border erasing
(8) Margin shifting
(9) Mode program (4)
(10) Presentation mode
(11) Language selection
(12) Department control (200)
(13) Automatic paper selection (APS)
(14) Automatic magnification selection (AMS)

1-1-2
 203-1

(15) Auto clear

(16) Auto start
(17) Auto preheat
(18) Auto shutoff
(19) Simulation
(20) Self-diagnostics
(21) Original size detection
Power source ………………… 220 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 5.5A
120 V AC, 60 Hz 13.6A
Power consumption …………… 220 – 240 V
1700W
120 V
1620W
Options ………………………… (1) RADF
(2) Stapler-sorter
(3) Duplex unit
(4) CAD output controller

1-1-3
 203

CONTENTS

1-2 Handling Precautions

1-2-1 Drum .................................................................................................. 1-2-1
1-2-2 Developer and toner .......................................................................... 1-2-1
1-2-3 Dehumidifier ....................................................................................... 1-2-1

1-1-7
 203

1-2-1 Drum

Note the following when handling or storing the drum.

• When removing the image formation section, never expose the drum surface to strong
direct light.
• Keep the drum at an ambient temperature between –20°C/–4°F and 40°C/104°F and at
a relative humidity not higher than 85% RH. Avoid abrupt changes in temperature and
humidity.
• Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the
drum.
• Do not touch the drum surface with any object. Should it be touched by hands or
stained with oil, clean it.
• If the machine is left open for more than 5 minutes for maintenance, remove the drum
and store it in the drum storage bag (part No. 78369020).

1-2-2 Developer and toner

Store the developer and toner in a cool, dark place. Avoid direct sunlight and high humidity.

1-2-3 Dehumidifier

The dehumidifier prevents condensation inside the copier. As long as the power plug is
connected, power is supplied to the dehumidifier even when the main switch is turned off.
If the copier will not be used for a long time, unplug the power cord. Do not unplug the power
cord when the humidity is 70% RH or higher.

1-2-1
 203

CONTENTS

1-3 Mechanical Construction

1-3-1 Parts names and their functions ........................................................ 1-3-1
1-3-2 Machine cross section ....................................................................... 1-3-3
1-3-3 Drive system ...................................................................................... 1-3-4
1-3-4 Mechanical construction .................................................................... 1-3-6
(1) Paper feed section .................................................................... 1-3-6
(1-1) Paper feed from the drawers .......................................... 1-3-6
(1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table ................................. 1-3-10
(2) Main charging section ............................................................. 1-3-13
Charger wire cleaning ............................................................. 1-3-14
(3) Optical section ........................................................................ 1-3-16
Original scanning .................................................................... 1-3-17
Image printing ......................................................................... 1-3-19
(4) Developing section ................................................................. 1-3-22
Toner feed .............................................................................. 1-3-23
Magnetic brush formation ....................................................... 1-3-24
Developing unit shifting ........................................................... 1-3-26
Toner density control .............................................................. 1-3-28
Absolute humidity correction ................................................... 1-3-29
(5) Transfer and separation section ............................................. 1-3-34
Transfer belt pressure ............................................................. 1-3-36
Lower secondary transfer roller pressure ............................... 1-3-37
Transfer belt cleaning ............................................................. 1-3-38
(6) Cleaning section ..................................................................... 1-3-40
(7) Charge erasing section ........................................................... 1-3-41
(8) Fixing and eject section .......................................................... 1-3-43
Heating and temperature detection in the heat roller and
press roller .............................................................................. 1-3-45
Silicon oil application .............................................................. 1-3-46
Fixing temperature control ...................................................... 1-3-47

1-1-9
 203

1-3-1 Parts names and their functions

1
5
( *) ⁄ ¤ ‹ (
2
6 &
3
4

@ 78
‚
·
„
#
$
´

% fi
fl ›
‡
9 —
0
!
^

Figure 1-3-1 Parts names and their functions

1 Original holder
2 Contact glass
3 Original size indicator
4 Operation panel
5 Bypass paper feed unit
6 Bypass paper feed unit handle
7 Guides
8 Bypass table
9 Paper feed section cover
0 Main switch
! Management keyhole
@ Copy tray
# First drawer
$ Second drawer
% Third drawer
^ Fourth drawer
& Front cover
* Toner hopper unit
( Toner hopper unit handles
) Toner replenishment cover: yellow
⁄ Toner replenishment cover: cyan
¤ Toner replenishment cover: magenta
‹ Toner replenishment cover: black
› Paper conveying unit handle
fi Paper conveying unit release lever
fl Fixing unit knob
‡ Fixing unit release lever
— Fixing unit
· Paper conveying unit safety button
‚ Eject cover
ΠEject cover handle
„ Waste toner tank cover
´ Waste toner tank

1-3-1
203

1 2 6 87 ! @ ) * & (

Metric

¤
3 5 4 09 # $ %^ › ‹ ⁄

1 2 6 87 ! @ )* & (

Inch
1 2 3 Auto
Program
Selection

4 5 6

Manual Energy
Saver
7 8 9
A

Staple 0 Stop / Clear

Interrupt

Print
Sort
Reset Transparency
Group Film

¤
3 5 4 09 # $ %^ › ‹ ⁄

Figure 1-3-2 Operation panel

1 Staple key 9 Manual key & Auto selection key

2 Staple indicator 0 Manual indicator * Auto selection indicator
3 Sorter key ! Touch screen ( Preheat/energy saver key
4 Sort indicator @ Numeric keys ) Preheat/energy saver indicator
5 Group indicator # All clear/reset key ⁄ Interrupt key
6 LCD brightness control $ Copy start indicator ¤ Interrupt indicator
7 Program key % Print key ‹ Transparency film key
8 Program indicator ^ Stop/clear key › Transparency film indicator

1-3-2
 1-3-2 Machine cross section

2 7
6 5
4

8 1

Light path
Paper path

Figure 1-3-3 Machine cross section

1. Paper feed section (page 1-3-6) 5. Transfer and separation section (page 1-3-34)
2. Main charging section (page 1-3-13) 6. Cleaning section (page 1-3-40)
3. Optical section (page 1-3-16) 7. Charge erasing section (page 1-3-41)
4. Developing section (1-3-22) 8. Fixing and eject section (page 1-3-43)
203-1

1-3-3
 203-1

1-3-4
2 1 3
1 5 1

6
4
1-3-3 Drive system

140 150 144

148
156 139 147 145 143 ˜ ˛
149 142 Ó ◊
157 146
153
™ ¿ Ç
158 152 ¡ ˘ ı ¸
136 155
138 154 175
134 Ú
135 151 Â
141 159 ª
137
162 ¯ º
165 161 176
‡ 168
£§ ¢ ¶
166 160 •
^ 170
$ & (
169
Ò
8
9 0 * ∞
163 œ ∑
! 167 173 ø ®
´ 164 
174 † ¥
171
©
% ‘
172 Ï ÍÔ “
7 ) π
Î ˝
179
„
ß
· ‚ Ø ∂
@ ° «
180 # Œ‰ ƒ
› ⁄ ≤
ˇ å ˚
181 fi fl ¤ ˙ Ω …
Á ˆ ∫ √
‹
¨ ∏ Å ≈
101 ç
177 ¬
104
100 ÷ 102
178 133 103
132 ≥ µ ∆
106
111 105
107
110
109 108
112
114 113
121
119 115
117
131 120
116 118
122

124 123

129 125

127
130
126
128

As viewed from machine front

Figure 1-3-4 Drive system

1. Scanner wire pulley 4. Scanner drive belt 7. Pulley 27/gear 21

2. Scanner wire 5. Scanner drum 8. Eject gear 20
3. Scanner motor pulley 6. Scanner drive pulley 9. Eject idle gear
 10. Upper eject gear 71. Bypass joint gear 38 138. Idle gear 56
11. Fixing gear 27/22 72. Idle gear 18 139. Yellow-cyan developing unit shift
12. Gear 20 73. Idle gear 16 gear 58A
13. Fixing gear 18/26 74. Forwarding pulley gear 16 140. Upper developing unit shift motor
14. Front heat roller gear 75. Bypass paper feed clutch gear gear
15. Rear heat roller gear 76. Bypass paper feed gear 20 141. Yellow-cyan developing unit shift
16. Gear 21 77. Bypass paper feed gear 16 gear 58B
17. Joint gear 78. Gear 32/25 142. Yellow developing unit gear 39
18. Oil application roller gear 79. Bypass gear 28 143. Yellow developing unit joint gear 14
19. Fixing drive gear 80. Registration clutch idle gear 144. Developing unit clutch 1 gear
20. Idle gear 25 81. Registration clutch gear 145. Yellow developing unit idle gear 27
21. Fixing idle gear B 82. Gear 24/36 146. Right yellow developing unit spiral
22. Fixing idle gear A 83. Feed drive gear gear 15
23. Fixing motor gear 84. Feed clutch 1 gear 147. Yellow developing unit idle gear 17
24. Gear 24 85. Gear 38/36 148. Yellow developing idle gear 15
25. Idle gear 25 86. Tension pulley 149. Left yellow developing spiral
26. Paper conveying pulley gear 87. Gear 38/36 gear 22
27. Magenta-black developing unit shift 88. Bypass drive belt 150. Yellow developing unit drive gear
pulley A 89. Idle gear A 151. Cyan developing unit gear 39
28. Magenta-black developing unit shift 90. Paper feed clutch 1 gear 152. Cyan developing unit joint gear 14
tension pulley A 91. Upper paper feed pulley gear 153. Developing unit clutch 2 gear
29. Lower developing unit shift motor 92. Gear 16 154. Cyan developing unit idle gear 27
gear 93. Lower paper feed pulley gear 155. Right cyan developing unit spiral
30. Magenta-black developing unit shift 94. Gear 22 gear 15
idle gear 95. Forwarding pulley gear 156. Cyan developing unit idle gear 17
31. Magenta-black developing unit shift 96. Gear 33/18 157. Cyan developing unit idle gear 15
pulley B 97. Speedclutch gear 158. Left cyan developing unit spiral
32. Magenta-black developing unit shift 98. Transfer roller pressure clutch gear 22
tension pulley B gear 24 159. Cyan developing unit drive gear
33. Magenta-black developing unit shift 99. Secondary pressure drive gear 160. Magenta developing unit gear 39
belt 100. Idle gear 161. Magenta developing unit joint
34. Transfer cleaning gear 24 101. Secondary pressure gear 24 gear 14
35. Gear 30 102. Paper feed idle gear 162. Developing unit clutch 3 gear
36. Transfer cleaning clutch gear 24 103. Feed clutch 2 gear 163. Magenta developing idle gear 27
37. Transfer cleaning idle gear 104. Paper feed belt pulley 164. Right magenta developing unit spiral
38. Gear 20 105. Paper feed clutch 2 gear gear 15
39. Gear 18 106. Upper paper feed pulley gear 165. Magenta developing unit idle
40. Gear 36 107. Gear 16 gear 17
41. Eject spiral gear 30 108. Lower paper pulley gear 166. Magenta developing unit idle
42. Gear 30 109. Gear 22 gear 15
43. Gear 24 110. Forwarding pulley gear 167. Left magenta developing unit spiral
44. Transfer cleaning spiral gear 111. Paper feed tension pulley gear 22
45. Secondary transfer drive gear 112. Paper feed idle gear 168. Magenta developing unit drive gear
46. Cleaning drive pulley 32 113. Feed clutch 3 gear 169. Black developing unit gear 39
47. Gear 24/36 114. Paper feed belt pulley 170. Black developing unit joint gear 14
48. Gear 45/22 115. Paper feed clutch 3 gear 171. Developing unit clutch 4 gear
49. Cleaning drive belt 116. Upper paper feed pulley gear 172. Left black developing unit spiral gear
50. Pulley 39 117. Gear 16 173. Black spiral idle gear
51. Gear 40 118. Lower paper feed pulley gear 174. Right black spiral gear 30
52. Smoothing drive clutch gear 119. Gear 22 175. Drum flange gear
53. Idle gear 45 120. Forwarding pulley gear 176. Drum motor gear
54. Idle gear 20 121. Paper feed tension pulley 177. Duplex unit idle gear
55. Belt smoothing gear 20 122. Paper feed idle gear 178. Duplex unit drive gear
56. Belt smoothing gear 30 123. Feed clutch 4 gear 179. Fixing gear 15
57. Belt smoothing gear 20 124. Paper feed belt pulley 180. Fixing gear 24B
58. Cleaning gear 16 125. Paper clutch 4 gear 181. Press roller gear
59. Gear 14 126. Upper paper feed pulley gear
60. Idle gear 16 127. Gear 16
61. Idle gear 14 128. Lower paper feed pulley gear
62. Gear 19 129. Gear 22
63. Cleaning gear 18 130. Forwarding pulley gear
64. Tension pulley 131. Paper feed pulley
65. Primary pressure cam gear 132. Paper feed motor pulley
66. Primary pressure drive belt 133. Feed drive belt
67. Pulley 20B 134. Developing motor pulley
68. Transfer drive pulley 135. Tension pulley
69. Transfer drive belt 136. Developing drive pulley 30
70. Pulley 25 137. Developing drive belt
203-1

1-3-5
203

1-3-4 Mechanical construction

(1) Paper feed section

The paper feed section consists of the primary paper feed and secondary paper feed
subsections. Primary feed conveys paper from the first, second, third or fourth drawer or
the bypass table to the upper and lower registration rollers, at which point secondary feed
takes place and the paper travels to the transfer section in sync with the secondary
transfer timing.

(1-1) Paper feed from the drawers

Ø
#9
!

⁄
4
12
8
0@ ¤
ˇ
∏ % fl Œ &
‡ 3
$
2 5
^ 1 ‹
Ï 8
„ Á
*
Å % ° 3
2 $
6
^ 1 ›
˝ 8
´ ¨
Í % (
· 3
$
2 7
^ 1 fi
Ó 8
‰ ˆ
% )
Î ‚ 3

Ô ^

Figure 1-3-5 Drawer paper feed and secondary paper feed sections

1-3-6
 203

1 Forwarding pulley fi Feed clutch 4 (FCL4)

2 Upper paper feed pulley
3 Lower paper feed pulley
4 Feed roller 1
5 Feed roller 2
6 Feed roller 3
7 Feed roller 4
8 Feed pulley
9 Upper registration roller
0 Lower registration roller
! Upper registration guide
@ Lower registration guide
# Pre-transfer guide
$ Feed guide
% Drawer lift
^ Lift operation plate
& Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1)
* Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2)
( Paper feed clutch 3 (PFCL3)
) Paper feed clutch 4 (PFCL4)
⁄ Speed clutch (SCL)
¤ Feed clutch 1 (FCL1)
‹ Feed clutch 2 (FCL2)
› Feed clutch 3 (FCL3)
fl Registration clutch (RCL)
‡ Paper switch 1 (PSW1)
— Paper switch 2 (PSW2)
· Paper switch 3 (PSW3)
‚ Paper switch 4 (PSW4)
ΠLift limit switch 1 (LICSW1)
„ Lift limit switch 2 (LICSW2)
´ Lift limit switch 3 (LICSW3)
‰ Lift limit switch 4 (LICSW4)
ˇ Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1)
Á Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2)
¨ Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3)
ˆ Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4)
Ø Registration switch (RSW)
” Paper length switch 1 (PLSW1)
Å Paper length switch 2 (PLSW2)
Í Paper length switch 3 (PLSW3)
Î Paper length switch 4 (PLSW4)
Ï *Paper width switch 1 (PWSW1)
˝ *Paper width switch 2 (PWSW2)
Ó *Paper width switch 3 (PWSW3)
Ô *Paper width switch 4 (PWSW4)
*For inch specifications only.

Each drawer consists of a lift driven by the lift motor and other components. Each drawer
can hold up to 550 sheets of paper.
Paper is fed from the drawer by the rotation of the forwarding pulley and upper paper feed
pulley. The lower paper feed pulley rotates opposite to the paper feed direction so that the
torque limiter prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time.

1-3-7
203

CN3-5A

URSPCB

RSW
CN12-19A

MPCB RCL

SCL
CN5-13A
FCL1
CN5-5A
LICSW1 PSW1
CN4-15A PFCL PFSW1
CN4-7A 1
CN5-1A
CN5-6A FCL2
LICSW2 PSW2
CN4-16A
PFCL PFSW2
CN4-8A 2
CN5-2A
CN5-7A FCL3
LICSW3 PSW3
CN4-17A
PFSW3
CN4-9A PFCL
CN5-3A 3

CN5-8A FCL4
LICSW4 PSW4
CN4-18A PFSW4
CN4-10A PFCL
CN5-4A 4

CN4-14A
CN4-13A
CN4-12A
CN4-11A
LRSPCB

Figure 1-3-6 Drawer paper feed section block diagram

1-3-8
 203

Print key

PFSW1

PFSW2

PFSW3

RSW
3734 ms
VSYNC

PFCL3 1s
68 ms
SCL

FCL1

FCL2

FCL3
110 ms
RCL

A BC D E F GH

Timing chart 1-3-1 Paper feed from the third drawer

A 1 s after the print key is pressed, paper feed clutch 3 (PFCL3) turns on and the forwarding
pulley, upper paper feed pulley and lower paper feed pulley rotate to start primary paper
feed.
B When the leading edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) on, feed clutch
3 (FCL3) turns on and feed roller 3 rotates.
C When the leading edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) on, feed clutch
2 (FCL2) turns on and feed roller 2 rotates.
D When the leading edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) on, the speed
clutch (SCL) turns on and feed roller 1 rotates at high speed to create slack in the paper
before registration.
E 68 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, the
speed clutch (SCL), feed clutch 2 (FCL2) and feed clutch 3 (FCL3) turn off.
F 3734 ms after the fourth VSYNC signal is turned on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns
on and upper and lower registration rollers rotate to start secondary paper feed. At the
same time, feed clutch 1(FCL) turns on and feed roller 1 rotates at low speed.
G When the trailing edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) off, feed clutch
1 (FCL1) turns off.
H 110 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the
registration clutch (RCL) turns off to complete secondary paper feed.

1-3-9
203-1

(1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table

0
! 2 @
$
9
6
7

1
#
8
5
3 4

Figure 1-3-7 Bypass paper feed section

1 Bypass table 9 Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL)

2 Bypass upper guide
3 Middle registration guide
4 Bypass lower guide
5 Bypass stopper
6 Bypass forwarding pulley
7 Bypass upper paper feed pulley
8 Bypass lower paper feed pulley
0 Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL)
! Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW)
@ Bypass paper length switch (BYPLSW)
# Bypass paper width switch (BYPWSW)
$ Bypass table extended detection switch
(BYPEDSW)

The bypass table can hold up to 50 sheets of paper.

When the start key is pressed, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on, unlocking the
bypass stopper and lowering the bypass forwarding pulley until it comes into contact with
the paper. This conveys paper placed on the bypass table to the bypass upper and lower
paper feed pulleys. The bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) then turns on, transmitting
the drive of the paper feed motor (PFM) to the bypass upper and lower paper feed pulleys
to start primary paper feed.
The bypass lower paper feed pulley rotates opposite to the paper feed direction so that the
torque limiter prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time.

1-3-10
 203

CN3-10A
CN3-6A
BYPPSW
CN3-9A

CN3-5A BYPSOL
BYP
URSPCB RSW PFCL

RCL

CN12-19A

MPCB

Figure 1-3-8 Bypass paper feed section block diagram

1-3-11
203-1

Print key

RSW
1s

BYPSOL
68 ms 400 ms
BYPPFCL
110 ms
RCL

VSYNC 3734 ms

A B C D
Monochrome copy mode, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2",
magnification ratio 25%

Timing chart 1-3-2 Paper feed from the bypass table

A 1 s after the print key is pressed, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on, unlocking the
bypass stopper and lowering the bypass forwarding pulley to forward the paper. At the
same time, the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns on and the bypass upper and
lower paper feed pulleys rotate to start primary paper feed.
B 68 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, the
bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns off.
C 3734 ms after the VSYNC signal is turned on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on and
the upper and lower registration rollers rotate to start secondary paper feed. At the same
time, the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns on for 400 ms. The bypass paper
feed clutch (BYPPFCL) and bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turn off simultaneously.
D 110 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the
registration clutch (RCL) turns off to complete secondary paper feed.

1-3-12
 203

(2) Main charging section

The main charging section consists of a drum and main charger. The main charger charges
the drum so that a latent image can be formed on the surface. The grid below the charger
ensures the charge is applied uniformly.
The drum potential sensor (DPS) measures the electric potential of the drum surface.
An image density sensor PCB (IDPCB) is located below the drum. It detects the color density
of calibration patches formed on the drum and converts this information into a voltage.

3 2
4

1
5

Figure 1-3-9 Main charging section

1 Drum 4 Drum potential sensor (DPS)

2 Main charger 5 Image density sensor PCB (IDPCB)
3 Main charger grid

1-3-13
203

Charger wire cleaning

When the main switch is turned on, the charger upper and lower cleaning pads slide along
the charger wire to clean it. The pads are attached to a slider which is moved back and forth
as the charger cleaning spiral turns. The spiral is driven by the charger cleaning motor
(CCM).

4
3

6 5 2

0
8
9
!

Figure 1-3-10 Main charger

1 Main charger grid 7 Charger upper cleaning pad

2 Grid tension plate
3 Main charger front lid
4 Main charger rear lid
5 Main charger shield
6 Tungsten wire
8 Charger lower cleaning pad
9 Charger cleaning pad slider
0 Charger cleaning spiral
! Charger cleaning motor (CCM)

1-3-14
 203-1

24 V DC
CN4-1 CN1-1

MC REM MC
CN4-3 CN1-3

CCM
GRID CONT
CN4-5 CN1-5
MC ALM
CN4-6 CN1-6 Grid

URSPCB MHVTPCB Drum

DPS

IDPCB
CN13-10

CN16-11 –
CN16-18

CN13-35, 36

MPCB

Figure 1-3-11 Main charging section block diagram

Original set in position End of copying

Print key

ESW
200 ms 200 ms
4 min 6s
MC REM

A B C
Full-color copy mode, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2",
magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart 1-3-3 Main charging

A Main charging (MC REM) starts 200 ms after the original has been set, and lasts for
4 min.
B Main charging (MC REM) starts 200 ms after the print key is pressed.
C Main charging (MC REM) ends 6 s after copying ends.

1-3-15
203

(3) Optical section

The optical section consists of a scanner, mirror frame and image scanning unit (ISU) which
scan the original, and a laser scanner unit (LSU) which generates the image. To prevent
overheating by the exposure lamp (EL), a cooling fan inside the machine exhausts heat. If
the scanner becomes abnormally hot, the exposure lamp supply is interrupted by the optical
section thermostat (TH5) on the side of the scanner.

2
4 ! 1 76 9 8 @# 0
$

5 3 %

Figure 1-3-12 Optical section

1 Scanner 9 Lens
2 Mirror frame 0 Optical rail
3 Mirror 1 ! Laser scanner unit (LSU)
4 Mirror 2 @ CCD drive PCB (CCDDPCB)
5 Mirror 3 # Scanner motor (SM)
6 Exposure lamp (EL) $ Scanner home position switch (SHPSW)
7 Reflector % Optical section thermostat (TH5)
8 Image scanning unit (ISU)

1-3-16
 203

Original scanning

The original is scanned from one side to the other as the scanner and mirror frame travel
on the optical rails on the front and rear of the machine. The mirror frame unit moves at 1/2
the speed of the scanner.
Depending on the copy mode (full-color, mono-color, monochrome), the original is scanned
a maximum of 4 times in the developing cycle order of cyan (C), magenta (M), yellow (Y)
and black (Bk).
The original is illuminated by the exposure lamp (EL). The light reflected off the original is
directed by the mirrors to the CCD drive PCB (CCDDPCB) in the image scanning unit (ISU).
The light is converted into RGB (red, green and blue) data and output to the CCD processing
PCB (CCDPPCB). The CCD processing PCB (CCDPPCB) converts the RGB data into
CMY (cyan, magenta and yellow) data and sends it to the IPU PCB (IPUPCB) as 8-bit data
(256 gradations).

Original

CCDDPCB
EL SM
SHPSW
CN9-1

CN9-3
CN10-1 –
CN10-3

CPSPCB
CN3-2 –

CN2-1 –
CN1-1 –

CN3-1 –

CN3-8
CN1-20

CN3-12

CN3-5

CN2-5
CN5-1 –

CN4-1 –
CN5-12

CN6-6 –
CN4-6

CND-1 –
CN6-9 CND-4
SCPCB
CCDPPCB

CN8-1 –
CN8-12
CN4-1 –
CN4-6

CN6-1 – CN5-1 –
CN6-5 CN5-5
CN2

MPCB IPUPCB

LSU

Drum

Figure 1-3-13 Optical section block diagram

1-3-17
203

Print key

SHPSW

VSYNC
1850 ms 1850 ms 1850 ms 1850 ms
Fwd.
SM C M Y Bk
Rev.
3000 ms 3000 ms 3000 ms 3000 ms
2195 ms 2195 ms 2195 ms 2195 ms 1750 ms
EL
1391 ms

A B CD E F
Full-color copy mode, original: A4/11" × 81/2", copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2",
magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart 1-3-4 Scanner operation

A The exposure lamp (EL) lights 1391 ms after the print key is pressed.
B The scanner motor (SM) rotates in the forward direction for 1850 ms to scan the original
for cyan (C).
C The exposure lamp (EL) goes out 2195 ms after the first VSYNC signal is input.
D When the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner motor (SM)
turns off and the scanner stops in the home position.
E The exposure lamp (EL) lights 3000 ms after the first VSYNC signal is input.
The above operations B through E are repeated to scan the original for magenta (M),
yellow (Y) and black (Bk).
F The exposure lamp (EL) remains lit for 1750 ms.

1-3-18
 203

Image printing

The image data scanned in by the CCD drive PCB (CCDDPCB) is processed by the IPU
PCB (IPUPCB) and sent to the laser scanner unit (LSU) as image printing data. By
repeatedly turning the laser on and off, the laser scanner unit forms a static latent image on
the drum surface.

• Laser scanner unit

1
2

5 0 9
6 8 7 3 !

&

# @

Figure 1-3-14 Laser scanner unit (1)

1 Lens 1 9 BD mirror 1
2 Lens 2 0 BD mirror 2
3 Lens 3 ! Object mirror
4 Polygon mirror @ Glass dust filter
5 Cylindrical lens # Polygon motor (PM)
6 Laser diode (LD) $ Motor drive PCB
7 BD sensor % LD control PCB
8 LD drive PCB ^ Slit plate
& Drum

1-3-19
203

8
5 7
1
6 7 2
3

Drum
9

Figure 1-3-15 Laser scanner unit (2)

1 Laser diode: Generates the laser beam that forms the latent image on the drum.
2 Collimator lens: Collimates the diffused laser beam emitted from the laser diode into a
cylindrical beam.
3 Cylindrical lens: Shapes the collimated laser beam to suit the printing resolution.
4 Polygon mirror: 6-faced mirror that rotates at approximately 28347 rpm. Each face
reflects the laser beam toward the drum in the horizontal (main) scan direction. The
motion of the beam across the drum forms one scan line.
5 Lenses 1, 2 and 3: Maintain scanning speed across the drum and beam diameter
constant. These lenses also correct the vertical alignment of the polygon mirror so that
the focal plane of the laser beam is always on the drum.
6 Object mirror: Reflects the laser beam onto the drum surface.
7 BD mirrors 1 and 2: Direct the laser beam to the BD sensor to generate the horizontal
sync signal.
8 BD sensor: Detects the laser beam reflected by BD mirrors 1 and 2, and sends the
detection signal to the scanner control PCB (SCPCB). The scanner control PCB
(SCPCB) uses this signal to determine the horizontal scanning signal timing.
9 Glass dust filter

1-3-20
 203

The laser beam forms a static latent image on the drum surface. Scanning proceeds in the
horizontal (main) direction as the polygon mirror rotates and in the vertical (auxiliary)
direction as the drum rotates.
The static latent image for the letter “A”, for example, is formed on the drum surface as
shown in Figure 1-3-16. The electrical charge of the drum is canceled where irradiated by
the laser. The focal point of the laser beam is moved line by line, and adjacent lines slightly
overlap each other.

Main scanning direction

Auxiliary scanning direction

: Laser beam is on.

Figure 1-3-16

1-3-21
203

(4) Developing section

The developing section consists of 4 separate developing units and toner hoppers, one set
for each of yellow (Y), cyan (C), magenta (M) and black (Bk).

Y developing unit

C developing unit

M developing unit

Bk developing unit

Figure 1-3-17 Developing section

Each developing unit consists of a developing roller and a doctor blade which together
form the magnetic brush, and a developing spiral for mixing the developer. In full-color
copying, the units operate one at a time in the order of C, M, Y and Bk. They gradually form
a visual image on the drum by applying toner to the static latent image.

1-3-22
 203

Toner feed

There are 4 toner hoppers, one each for yellow (Y), cyan (C), magenta (M) and black (Bk).
The toner feed motors (TFM1, 2, 3 and 4) turn the hopper spirals to carry toner to the
respective developing units. The toner level in each hopper is detected by the toner level
sensor (TLDS1, 2, 3 or 4).

Y toner hopper M toner hopper

C toner hopper Bk toner hopper

TLDS1
TFM2
TFM3
TLDS2
TLDS3

TFM4

TFM1

Hopper spiral

TLDS4

Direction of toner flow

Figure 1-3-18 Toner hoppers

1-3-23
203

Magnetic brush formation

The developing roller consists of a magnetic roller having five magnetic poles and the
sleeve roller. As the developing roller sleeve rotates, it entrains developer on the surface,
forming a magnetic brush at pole N1. This magnetic brush is used to form the image on the
drum. The height of the brush is controlled by a doctor blade, so developing depends on the
position of the developing roller poles and the doctor blade. The developing roller carries
a bias voltage (ref: –600 V DC) output from the developing bias PCB (DBPCB), in order to
improve image contrast.

Y developing unit C developing unit

4 3 1 2 4 3 1 2

5
A A
5
6 6

M developing unit Bk developing unit

25 25 A 1
A

6
6
4 3 1
4 3

A (distance between doctor blade and developing roller): 0.475 ± 0.025 mm

Figure 1-3-19 Magnetic brush forming

1 Developing roller 4 Left developing spiral

2 Doctor blade 5 Upper developing seal
3 Right developing spiral 6 Toner sensor (TNS1 to 4)

1-3-24
 203

Y magnetic roller C magnetic roller

S1 100° N1
81° S2
N2
61°
75°
N1 75°

S1
78° N3 49°
S3
64° N2
S2

N1: 1060 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T N1: 1000 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T

N2: 740 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T N2: 620 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T
S1: 630 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T N3: 670 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T
S2: 780 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T S1: 950 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T
S3: 610 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T S2: 810 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T

M magnetic roller Bk magnetic roller

N1 S1 N1
65°
S1 46°
79° 49°
75°
N2
75° S2
60°
S2

N2 86°
S3

N3

N1: 1080 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T N1: 1080 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T

N2: 660 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T N2: 730 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T
N3: 650 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T S1: 660 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T
S1: 770 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T S2: 750 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T
S2: 1000 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T S3: 670 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4T

Figure 1-3-20 Magnetic poles on the magnetic rollers

1-3-25
203

Developing unit shifting

Each of the developing units rests in its home position away from the drum. To develop a
specific color, a developing unit switching cam pushes the developing unit toward the drum.
Each developing unit has DS pulleys on its front and rear ends. These DS pulleys contact
the drum and keep the developing roller the correct distance from the drum.
The home positions of the Y and C developing units are detected by the developing unit
shift upper sensor (DUSUS). The home positions of the M and Bk developing units are
detected by the developing unit shift lower sensor (DUSLS). The sensor is on, and the
developing unit in its home position, when the light path is blocked by the blocking plate.

DS pulley
Y developing unit

Developing unit shift cam

Drum
C developing unit

M developing unit
Developing unit
shift upper sensor

Blocking plate

Bk developing unit
Developing unit shift lower sensor

Figure 1-3-21 Developing unit shifting

1-3-26
 203

URSPCB TFMPCB
Developing bias TLDS1 CN2-9 –
TNS1 TFM1
CN2-10
CN7-1 – TLDS2 CN2-7 –
DSM-U
CN7-4 TFM2 CN2-8
TNS2
TLDS3 CN2-5 –
CN5-2 DEVM TFM3
CN2-6
TNS3 TLDS4
TFM4 CN2-3 –
CN7-5 – CN2-4
CN7-8 DSM-L
TNS4

CN5-2
CN5-3
CN5-4
CN5-5
DBPCB

CN1-4

CN1-3

TFM1 REM
TFM2 REM
TFM3 REM
TFM4 REM
DB(MBk)
DB(YC)

CN15-2
CN15-3
CN15-4
C16-1
C16-3
C16-5

C16-7

CN13-29

CN13-30
CN15-9
CN15-10
CN15-11
CN15-12

CN15-5
MPCB

Figure 1-3-22 Developing section block diagram

Toner density is detected in each developing unit by a toner sensor (TSN1, 2, 3 or 4). As
developer passes the sensing part of the toner sensor, the ratio of toner to carrier is detected
and converted into a voltage. As toner is used, the ratio of carrier in the developer increases
and, consequently, so does the voltage output by the toner sensor. If the amount of carrier
exceeds the specified ratio, the high toner sensor output triggers toner feed. When toner is
added and its ratio to carrier returns to normal, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the
point where toner feed stops.

1-3-27
203-1

Toner density control

In simulation 100 (initial setting of the developers), the toner sensor control voltage (TNS
CONT) is set so that toner sensor output is 2.5 V. This establishes the toner control level
at 2.5 V and determines when the toner feed motor (TFM1, 2, 3 or 4) turns on and off.
When the toner sensor output is higher than the toner control level (2.5 V), the toner feed
motor turns on and toner is supplied from the hopper to the developing unit.
If the toner sensor output remains 0.3 V or more higher than the toner control level, the
hopper is assumed to be empty and the toner is aged. If the toner sensor output does not
fall below the toner control level after two minutes of aging, the toner hopper feed alarm is
generated and alarms codes C410 through 413 are displayed, even if there is toner in the
hopper.
When the toner hopper is empty and the empty state is detected by the toner level sensor
(TLDS1, 2, 3 and 4), a message requesting toner replenishment is displayed on the touch
screen. Copying is disabled after a further 100 copies have been made. However, if no toner
is detected in the developer once the toner replenishment request message has been
displayed, copying is disabled before those 100 copies have been made.
When copying is disabled, it can be enabled by supplying toner to the toner hopper, aging
the toner for 1 min. and feeding toner for a maximum of 2 min.
Otherwise, normal copying is possible immediately after toner has been supplied to the
hopper and the front cover has been closed.

• Toner feed amount

When the toner sensor output is between 0.5 V below the toner control level and the set
toner control level, the toner feed motor (TFM1, 2, 3 or 4) turns on and supplies toner only
for the time given in the table below according to the environment mode (see page 1-3-29).
This time allows enough toner to print one A3/11" × 17" page.

Toner feed time required to print one A3/11" × 17" page (ms)

Mode
0 1 2 3 4 5
Color
Y (TFM1) 0 0 0 0 0 0
C (TFM2) 400 400 0 0 0 0
M (TFM3) 400 400 0 0 0 0
Bk (TFM4) 200 200 0 0 0 0

If a paper other than size A3/11" × 17" is used, the toner feed time is changed in proportion
to the area of the paper size.

1-3-28
 203

Absolute humidity correction

To keep toner density constant despite changes in absolute humidity inside the machine,
the toner sensor control voltage and toner control level are divided into 6 environment
modes and corrected accordingly.

• Environment modes
Mode 0: Absolute humidity < 3 g/m3
Mode 1: 3 g/m3 ≤ Absolute humidity < 6 g/m3
Mode 2: 6 g/m3 ≤ Absolute humidity < 9 g/m3
Mode 3: 9 g/m3 ≤ Absolute humidity < 18 g/m3
Mode 4: 18 g/m3 ≤ Absolute humidity < 30 g/m3
Mode 5: Absolute humidity ≥ 30 g/m3

45
100
40

35
80
Absolute humidity (g/cm3)

Relative humidity (%RH)

30

25 60

20
40
15

10
20
5

0
10 15 20 25 30 35 (°C)
50 59 68 77 86 95 (°F)
Temperature

Figure 1-3-23 Relationship between absolute humidity and relative humidity

1-3-29
203

Absolute humidity calculation

The humidity sensor (HUMSENS) and internal temperature thermistor (ITTH) are part of
the humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB). The humidity sensor (HUMSENS) detects the relative
humidity via a moisture-sensitive material, converts the relative humidity into a voltage and
sends this voltage signal to the main PCB (MPCB). The main PCB (MPCB) calculates the
absolute humidity from this relative humidity signal (HUMSENS signal) and the temperature
signal sent from the internal temperature thermistor (ITTH).

MPCB

HUMPCB

1 5V
CN14-5
ITTH
2 ITTH
Moisture-sensitive CN14-10
material

3 HUMSENS CN14-11
4 GND
HUMSENS CN14-9

Figure 1-3-24 Absolute humidity calculation block diagram

• Toner sensor control voltage correction

The toner sensor control voltage is corrected according to the environment mode as shown
below.

Color
Y C M Bk
Mode
0 +0.08 V +0.08 V +0.08 V +0.04 V
1 +0.04 V +0.04 V +0.04 V 0V
2 0V 0V 0V 0V
3 0V 0V 0V 0V
4 –0.04 V –0.04 V 0V 0V
5 –0.08 V –0.08 V –0.04 V –0.04 V

1-3-30
 203-1

The toner sensor control voltage is corrected according to the developing aging time (the
total on-time of developing unit clutches 1 through 4) as shown below.

Color
Y C M Bk
Developing
aging time (s)

0 to 799 0V 0V 0V 0V
800 to 1299 +0.04 V +0.08 V 0V +0.08 V
1300 to 1799 +0.08 V +0.12 V +0.04 V +0.12 V
1800 to 2599 +0.12 V +0.20 V +0.04 V +0.20 V
2600 to 3599 +0.16 V +0.28 V +0.08 V +0.28 V
3600 to 3899 +0.16 V +0.36 V +0.08 V +0.36 V
3900 to 5199 +0.20 V +0.44 V +0.12 V +0.44 V
5200 to 5399 +0.24 V +0.48 V +0.16 V +0.48 V
5400 to 8999 +0.32 V +0.52 V +0.20 V +0.48 V
9000 to 9999 +0.36 V +0.56 V +0.24 V +0.48 V
10000 to 12599 +0.40 V +0.60 V +0.28 V +0.48 V
12600 to 14999 +0.40 V +0.60 V +0.32 V +0.48 V
15000 to 15399 +0.44 V +0.64 V +0.32 V +0.48 V
15400 to 19299 +0.48 V +0.64 V +0.32 V +0.52 V
19300 to 21799 +0.52 V +0.68 V +0.32 V +0.52 V
21800 to 24299 +0.56 V +0.68 V +0.32 V +0.52 V
24300 to 24999 +0.56 V +0.68 V +0.36 V +0.52 V
25000 to 26999 +0.60 V +0.68 V +0.36 V +0.52 V
27000 to 29699 +0.64 V +0.68 V +0.36 V +0.52 V
29700 to 34999 +0.64 V +0.68 V +0.36 V +0.52 V
35000 to 49999 +0.64 V +0.68 V +0.36 V +0.52 V
Over 50000 +0.64 V +0.68 V +0.36 V +0.52 V

• Toner control level correction

The toner control level is corrected according to the environment mode and the developing
aging time (the total on-time of developing unit clutches 1 through 4) as shown below.

Environment modes 0 and 1

Developing Y C M Bk
aging time Correction Correction Correction Correction
(min.) value (V) value (V) value (V) value (V)
0 –0.30 –0.36 –0.48 –0.26
0 to 0.5 –0.30 –0.36 –0.48 –0.26
0.5 to 1 –0.30 –0.36 –0.48 –0.26
1 to 1.5 –0.34 –0.38 –0.52 –0.26
1.5 to 2 –0.38 –0.38 –0.56 –0.26
2 to 2.5 –0.44 –0.40 –0.60 –0.28
2.5 to 3 –0.48 –0.40 –0.60 –0.30
3 to 3.5 –0.52 –0.42 –0.60 –0.32
3.5 to 4 –0.56 –0.42 –0.60 –0.34
4 to 4.5 –0.60 –0.44 –0.60 –0.36
4.5 to 5 –0.64 –0.44 –0.60 –0.38
Over 5 –0.68 –0.44 –0.60 –0.40

1-3-31
203-1

Environment mode 2

Developing Y C M Bk
aging time Correction Correction Correction Correction
(min.) value (V) value (V) value (V) value (V)
0 0 0 0 0
0 to 0.5 0 0 0 0
0.5 to 1 0 0 0 0
1 to 1.5 –0.02 –0.02 –0.02 –0.02
1.5 to 2 –0.04 –0.04 –0.04 –0.04
2 to 2.5 –0.06 –0.06 –0.06 –0.06
2.5 to 3 –0.06 –0.08 –0.06 –0.08
3 to 3.5 –0.06 –0.10 –0.06 –0.10
3.5 to 4 –0.06 –0.12 –0.06 –0.10
4 to 4.5 –0.06 –0.14 –0.06 –0.10
4.5 to 5 –0.06 –0.16 –0.06 –0.10
5 to 5.5 –0.06 –0.18 –0.06 –0.10
Over 5.5 –0.06 –0.18 –0.06 –0.10

Environment mode 3

Developing Y C M Bk
aging time Correction Correction Correction Correction
(min.) value (V) value (V) value (V) value (V)
0 +0.30 +0.24 +0.24 +0.28
0 to 0.5 +0.30 +0.24 +0.24 +0.28
0.5 to 1 +0.30 +0.24 +0.24 +0.28
1 to 1.5 +0.28 +0.22 +0.22 +0.26
1.5 to 2 +0.24 +0.18 +0.18 +0.22
2 to 2.5 +0.22 +0.16 +0.16 +0.20
2.5 to 3 +0.18 +0.14 +0.14 +0.16
3 to 3.5 +0.16 +0.12 +0.12 +0.14
3.5 to 4 +0.12 +0.10 +0.10 +0.10
4 to 4.5 +0.10 +0.08 +0.10 +0.08
4.5 to 5 +0.06 +0.06 +0.10 +0.04
5 to 5.5 +0.04 +0.04 +0.10 0
5.5 to 6 +0.02 +0.02 +0.10 –0.04
6 to 6.5 0 0 +0.10 –0.08
6.5 to 7 0 –0.02 +0.10 –0.12
7 to 7.5 0 –0.04 +0.10 –0.12
7.5 to 8 0 –0.06 +0.10 –0.12
8 to 8.5 0 –0.08 +0.10 –0.12
8.5 to 9 0 –0.10 +0.10 –0.12
9 to 9.5 0 –0.12 +0.10 –0.12
9.5 to 10 0 –0.14 +0.10 –0.12
Over 10 0 –0.16 +0.10 –0.12

1-3-32
 203-1

Environment mode 4

Developing Y C M Bk
aging time Correction Correction Correction Correction
(min.) value (V) value (V) value (V) value (V)
0 +1.20 +0.80 +0.80 +0.44
0 to 0.5 +1.20 +0.80 +0.80 +0.44
0.5 to 1 +1.20 +0.80 +0.80 +0.44
1 to 1.5 +1.12 +0.74 +0.74 +0.40
1.5 to 2 +1.04 +0.68 +0.68 +0.36
2 to 2.5 +0.96 +0.62 +0.62 +0.32
2.5 to 3 +0.88 +0.56 +0.56 +0.28
3 to 3.5 +0.80 +0.50 +0.50 +0.24
3.5 to 4 +0.72 +0.44 +0.44 +0.20
4 to 4.5 +0.64 +0.38 +0.38 +0.16
4.5 to 5 +0.56 +0.32 +0.32 +0.12
5 to 5.5 +0.48 +0.26 +0.26 +0.08
5.5 to 6 +0.40 +0.20 +0.20 +0.04
6 to 6.5 +0.32 +0.16 +0.16 0
6.5 to 7 +0.24 +0.12 +0.12 –0.04
7 to 7.5 +0.16 +0.08 +0.06 –0.08
7.5 to 8 +0.08 +0.04 0 –0.14
8 to 8.5 +0.02 0 –0.06 –0.20
8.5 to 9 –0.02 –0.04 –0.12 –0.20
9 to 9.5 –0.06 –0.08 –0.16 –0.20
9.5 to 10 –0.10 –0.12 –0.16 –0.20
Over 10 –0.14 –0.18 –0.16 –0.20

1-3-33
203-1

Environment mode 5

Developing Y C M Bk
aging time Correction Correction Correction Correction
(min.) value (V) value (V) value (V) value (V)
0 +1.40 +1.00 +1.40 +0.64
0 to 0.5 +1.40 +1.00 +1.40 +0.64
0.5 to 1 +1.40 +1.00 +1.40 +0.64
1 to 1.5 +1.32 +0.94 +1.32 +0.58
1.5 to 2 +1.24 +0.88 +1.24 +0.52
2 to 2.5 +1.16 +0.82 +1.16 +0.46
2.5 to 3 +1.08 +0.76 +1.08 +0.40
3 to 3.5 +1.00 +0.70 +1.00 +0.34
3.5 to 4 +0.92 +0.64 +0.92 +0.30
4 to 4.5 +0.84 +0.58 +0.84 +0.26
4.5 to 5 +0.76 +0.52 +0.76 +0.22
5 to 5.5 +0.68 +0.46 +0.68 +0.18
5.5 to 6 +0.60 +0.40 +0.60 +0.14
6 to 6.5 +0.50 +0.34 +0.50 +0.10
6.5 to 7 +0.40 +0.28 +0.40 +0.06
7 to 7.5 +0.30 +0.22 +0.30 +0.02
7.5 to 8 +0.20 +0.16 +0.20 0
8 to 8.5 +0.14 +0.10 +0.10 –0.04
8.5 to 9 +0.06 +0.04 +0.06 –0.08
9 to 9.5 0 0 0 –0.10
9.5 to 10 –0.06 –0.06 –0.04 –0.10
Over 10 –0.14 –0.12 –0.08 –0.10

1-3-34
1-3-33-1
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

1-3-35
203-1

(5) Transfer and separation section

The transfer and separation section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-25.
The upper primary transfer roller and lower secondary transfer roller generate a transfer
charge when a high voltage is applied by the transfer high-voltage transformer PCB
(THVTPCB). The toner image on the drum surface is transferred to the transfer belt by the
transfer charge on the upper primary transfer roller. This is referred to as “primary transfer”.
The toner is then transferred to the copy paper by the transfer charge on the lower
secondary transfer roller. This is referred to as “secondary transfer”.
When an AC voltage is applied by the separation high-voltage transformer PCB (SHVTPCB),
the separation electrodes discharge this voltage and neutralize any residual charge on the
copy paper bearing the transferred image. As a result, the paper comes off the transfer belt
under its own weight.
Primary transfer voltage .......................... 1000 V DC
Secondary transfer voltage ..................... In mono-color copying: 800 V DC
In full-color copying: 1950 V DC
Separation voltage .................................. 3.0 kV AC

#
1 $

8
2
3 7
%
4
5

!
@

9
60

Figure 1-3-25 Transfer and separation section

1 Transfer belt 9 Separation electrodes

2 Upper primary transfer roller
3 Lower primary transfer roller
4 Transfer belt cleaning roller
5 Upper secondary transfer roller
6 Lower secondary transfer roller
7 Tension roller
8 Transfer belt drive roller
0 Secondary transfer roller blade
! Transfer belt cleaning blade
@ Transfer belt cleaning spiral
# Smoothing plate
$ Transfer belt smoothing brush
% Transfer belt timing sensor (TBTS)

1-3-34
 203

TBM CLK
CN3-3 CN14-2
CN3-1 TBM REM CN14-4
CN1-1 – TBM H/L
CN3-2 CN14-6
CN1-5 TBM SYNC
CN3-4 CN14-8
CN3-5 TBM RESET CN14-23
TBPCB
Drum TBM
CN1-3 TC1 REM CN14-13
CN1-4 TC2 REM CN14-14
TC1
CN1-5 TC1 CONT CN14-15
CN1-6 TC2 CONT CN14-16
Transfer belt

THVTPCB

Separation SC ALM
electrode CN1-4 CN14-17
TC2
SC REM
CN1-3 CN14-24

SHVTPCB MPCB

Figure 1-3-26 Transfer and separation section block diagram

RCL
1080 ms 1080 ms 1080 ms 1080 ms
VSYNC

1616 ms 1616 ms 1616 ms 1616 ms

TC1 REM
C M Y Bk 222 ms
TC2 REM

A B C D E F

Full-color copy mode, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart 1-3-5 Primary and secondary transfer

A Primary transfer (TC1 REM) for cyan (C) toner starts 1080 ms after the first VSYNC
signal is input. Charging continues for 1616 ms.
B Primary transfer (TC1 REM) for magenta (M) toner starts 1080 ms after the second
VSYNC signal is input. Charging continues for 1616 ms.
C Primary transfer (TC1 REM) for yellow (Y) toner starts 1080 ms after the third VSYNC
signal is input. Charging continues for 1616 ms.
D Primary transfer (TC1 REM) for black (Bk) toner starts 1080 ms after the fourth VSYNC
signal is input. Charging continues for 1616 ms.
E Secondary transfer (TC2 REM) starts at the same time that the registration clutch (RCL)
turns on (secondary paper feed starts).
F Secondary transfer (TC2 REM) ends 222 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns off
(secondary paper feed ends).

1-3-35
203

Transfer belt pressure

The upper primary transfer roller normally rests in its home position away from the drum.
During primary transfer, the primary pressure cam turns and pushes the upper primary
transfer roller outward which, in turn, pushes the transfer belt towards the drum.
The upper primary transfer roller is detected in its home position by the transfer belt
pressure sensor (TBPS). The sensor is off (i.e. the roller is in its home position) when the
blocking plate is not blocking the light path of the sensor.

Drum

Transfer belt

Blocking plate

Transfer belt pressure sensor

Primary
pressure pulley

Upper primary transfer roller

Primary pressure cam

Figure 1-3-27 Transfer belt displacement

1-3-36
 203

Lower secondary transfer roller pressure

The lower secondary transfer roller normally rests in its home position away from the
transfer belt. During secondary transfer, the secondary pressure cam turns and pushes
the lower secondary transfer roller towards the transfer belt. The secondary transfer roller
has secondary pressure pulleys at the front and rear. The pressure pulleys make contact
with the transfer unit side plate and keep the transfer roller the correct distance from the
transfer belt.
The lower secondary transfer roller is detected in its home position by the transfer roller
pressure sensor (TRPS). The sensor is off (i.e. the roller is in its home position) when the
blocking plate is not blocking the light path of the sensor.

Upper secondary transfer roller

Transfer belt

Secondary pressure pulley

Lower secondary
transfer roller

Secondary pressure cam

Blocking plate

Transfer roller pressure sensor

Figure 1-3-28 Lower secondary transfer roller pressure

1-3-37
203

Transfer belt cleaning

After secondary transfer, residual toner on the transfer belt is removed by the transfer belt
cleaning blade. The removed toner is transported by the transfer belt cleaning spiral to the
waste toner tank.
The transfer belt cleaning blade normally rests in its home position away from the transfer
belt. After secondary transfer, the transfer belt cleaning pressure cam turns and pushes the
blade until it contacts the transfer belt.
The transfer belt cleaning blade is detected in its home position by the belt cleaning pressure
sensor (BCPS). The sensor is on (i.e. the blade is in its home position) when the light path
is blocked by the blocking plate.

Transfer belt

Cam lever

Transfer belt cleaning Transfer belt cleaning blade

pressure lever

Transfer belt cleaning roller

Lower transfer cleaning blade

Transfer cleaning
trap blade

Blocking plate
Transfer belt cleaning
pressure cam Transfer belt
cleaning spiral

Belt cleaning pressure sensor

Figure 1-3-29 Transfer belt cleaning blade operation

1-3-38
 203-1

After the paper is ejected, the belt smoothing solenoid (BSSOL) turns on. This operates
the transfer belt smoothing brush. The brush coats the transfer belt with stearic wax which
weakens toner adhesion to the belt, thus improving secondary transferability.

Belt smoothing
solenoid

Smooting plate

Stearic wax

Transfer belt smoothing brush

Transfer belt
Transfer belt drive roller

Figure 1-3-30 Stearic wax coating

1-3-39
203-1

(6) Cleaning section

The cleaning section consists of a cleaning blade and cleaning brush which remove residual
toner from the drum after primary transfer, and a cleaning spiral which transports the
removed toner to the waste toner tank. The cleaning brush coats the drum with stearic wax
which weakens toner adhesion and thus improves primary transferability.

5
6
1
7
2

4 3

Figure 1-3-31 Cleaning section

1 Cleaning blade 5 Upper cleaning seal blade

2 Cleaning brush 6 Smoothing plate
3 Cleaning spiral 7 Stearic wax
4 Cleaning seal blade

1-3-40
 203

(7) Charge erasing section

The cleaning lamp (CL) removes any residual charge from the drum.

Cleaning lamp

Figure 1-3-32 Charge erasing section

CL REM
CN13-24 CN6-1 CN5-1 CL

Drum

MPCB PRYJPCB

Figure 1-3-33 Charge erasing section block diagram

1-3-41
203-1

Original set in position Copying end

Print key

ESW
10 s
4 min
DRM

CL

A B C
Full-color copy mode, copy paper: A4/11" × 8 1/2",
magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart 1-3-6 Charge erasing

A When an original is set in position, the drum motor (DRM) turns on and simultaneously
the cleaning lamp lights.
B When the print key is pressed, the drum motor (DRM) turns on and simultaneously the
cleaning lamp lights. Residual toner is removed from the drum in the cleaning section
and then the residual charge is erased.
C The drum motor (DRM) and cleaning lamp (CL) turn off simultaneously 10 s after copying
ends.

1-3-42
 203-1

(8) Fixing and eject section

9 2 )⁄ 1
›5
‡
6
% # 0
*
4
7

@
^
(
& $
fl !
3

fi
8 ¤‹

Figure 1-3-34 Fixing and eject section

1 Fixing unit cover % Eject pulleys

2 Heat roller
3 Press roller
4 Oil application roller A
5 Oil application roller B
6 Oil application felt
7 Oil regulating blade
8 Press roller blade
9 Cleaning roller
0 Heat roller separation claws
! Press roller separation claws
@ Fixing pressure spring
# Fixing unit eject pulleys
$ Fixing unit eject roller
^ Eject roller
& Branch guide
* Fixing heater M (H1)
( Fixing heater S (H2)
) Fixing unit thermostat 1 (TH1)
⁄ Fixing unit thermostat 2 (TH2)
¤ Fixing unit thermostat 3 (TH3)
‹ Fixing unit thermostat 4 (TH4)
› Fixing unit thermistor 1 (FTH1)
fi Fixing unit thermistor 2 (FTH2)
fl Fixing eject switch (FESW)
‡ Eject switch (ESW)

1-3-43
203

The fixing and eject section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-34. After secondary
transfer, the paper is carried to the fixing unit. There, it passes between the heat roller, which
is heated by fixing heater M (H1), and the press roller, which is heated by fixing heater S
(H2). Pressure between the two rollers is maintained by the fixing pressure spring. As the
paper passes between the rollers, the toner is melted and fixed to the paper by the
combination of heat and pressure.
When fixing is completed, the paper is separated from the heat roller by the heat roller
separation claws and, subsequently, ejected by the rotation of the eject pulleys and roller.

CN11-16 FTH1
H1 REM Heat roller
CN12-14A
MTRC H1 TH1 TH2

H2 REM
CN12-13A
STRC H2 TH3 TH4

HPCB Press roller P

CN11-14 FTH2 R
Y
2
MPCB

Figure 1-3-35 Fixing and eject section block diagram

1-3-44
 203

Heating and temperature detection in the heat roller and press roller

1
6
5
9

8
7

4 0

Figure 1-3-36 Heating and temperature detection in the heat roller

and press roller

1 Heat roller 6 Fixing unit thermostat 2 (TH2)

2 Press roller 7 Fixing unit thermostat 3 (TH3)
3 Fixing heater M (H1) 8 Fixing unit thermostat 4 (TH4)
4 Fixing heater S (H2) 9 Fixing unit thermistor 1 (FTH1)
5 Fixing unit thermostat 1 (TH1) 0 Fixing unit thermistor 2 (FTH2)

The heat roller and press roller are heated by fixing heaters M and S (H1 and 2) respectively.
The heaters are inside the rollers. Fixing unit thermistors 1 and 2 (FTH1 and 2) detect the
surface temperatures of the heat roller and press roller respectively. The heaters are turned
on and off according to the detected temperatures, in order to keep temperatures at the
correct level for fixing.
If the fixing unit becomes abnormally hot, either a fixing unit thermistor detects it or one of
the fixing unit thermostats (TH1, 2, 3 or 4) turns power to the fixing heater off.

1-3-45
203-1

Silicon oil application

Silicon oil is applied to the heat roller to prevent the paper from wrapping around the heat
roller. Silicon oil is supplied from the oil tank to oil application roller A by the oil solenoid
(OILSOL). The oil is then supplied to oil application roller B which applies it to the heat roller.

Oil application roller B

Heat roller Oil application roller A

Oil tube

Oil solenoid

Oil tank
Lever

Figure 1-3-37 Silicon oil application

1-3-46
 203-1

Fixing temperature control

fixing temperature 100°C/212°F

fixing temperature 180°C/356°F

Secondary stabilization
Primary stabilization
MSW: On

H1

H2

FIXM

A B C

Timing chart 1-3-7 Fixing temperature control

A When the main switch (MSW) is turned on, fixing heaters M and S (H1 and 2) turn on
and start heating the heat roller and press roller.
B When the fixing temperature reaches 100°C/212°F, primary stabilization starts. The
fixing motor (FIXM) turns on and toner aging starts.
C When the fixing temperature reaches 180°C/356°F, secondary stabilization starts. The
fixing motor (FIXM) turns off and toner aging ends. After this point, fixing heaters M and
S (H1 and 2) are turned on and off to maintain the fixing temperature at 180°C/356°F.
When copying 11 or more sheets in mono-color continuous copy mode, 40 sheets are
regarded as one group and the fixing temperature is maintained at 140°C/284°F for the
11th to 40th sheets. This operation is repeated for every group.
During duplex mono-color continuous copying, the fixing temperature is maintained at
160°C/320°F for the 1st to 10th sheets.
For copying onto transparencies, the fixing temperature is maintained at 170°C/338°F.
For copying onto thick paper, the fixing temperature is maintained at 180°C/356°F.

1-3-47
 II

ELECTRICAL
SECTION
 203

CONTENTS

2-1 Electrical Parts Layout

2-1-1 Electrical parts layout ......................................................................... 2-1-1

1-1-11
 203

2-1-1 Electrical parts layout

17
13 16
15 14
10
6 11

26 5
12
27

28

29
22
2
9 23
7
30 8

19

18

1 Machine front Machine inside

21
25
Machine rear
20
24

Machine left

Figure 2-1-1 PCBs

2-1-1
203

1. Main PCB (MPCB) ...................................... Controls the other PCBs and electrical
components.
2. Upper rear sub PCB (URSPCB) ................. Controls electrical components.
3. Lower rear sub PCB (LRSPCB) .................. Controls electrical components.
4. Composite power source PCB
(CPSPCB) ................................................... Generates 36 V DC, 24 V DC,
+12 V DC, –12 V DC, +5 V DC and
–5 V DC.
5. IPU PCB (IPUPCB) ..................................... Processes images.
6. Main high-voltage transformer PCB
(MHVTPCB) ................................................ Generates high voltage for main
charging.
7. Transfer high-voltage transformer PCB
(THVTPCB) ................................................. Generates high voltage for transfer.
8. Separation high-voltage transformer PCB
(SHVTPCB) ................................................. Generates high voltage for separation.
9. Developing bias PCB (DBPCB) .................. Generates the developing bias.
10. Scanner control PCB (SCPCB) ................... Controls the scanner motor and
exposure lamp.
11. CCD drive PCB (CCDDPCB) ...................... Powers the CCD; amplifies CCD
output.
12. CCD processing PCB (CCDPPCB) ............ Converts the CCD signal into YMC
data.
13. Operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) ............ Controls the operation unit.
14. Operation unit right PCB (ORPCB) ............. Consists of operation keys and display
LEDs.
15. Operation unit left PCB (OLPCB) ................ Consists of the backlight and display
LEDs.
16. LCD ............................................................. Displays copy modes and messages.
17. Touch screen .............................................. Consists of a touch-sensitive layer
which detects presses of operation
keys displayed on the LCD.
18. Noise filter PCB (NFPCB) ........................... Reduces noise on the power supply
line.
19. Heater control PCB (HPCB) ........................ Controls fixing heaters M & S and the
dehumidifier.
20. Toner feed motor PCB (TFMPCB) .............. Controls rotation of the toner feed
motor.
21. Backup PCB (BUPCB) ................................ Stores the backup data.
22. Transfer belt control PCB (TBPCB) ............ Controls rotation of the transfer belt
motor and belt pressure motor.
23. Image density sensor PCB (IDPCB) ........... Detects the image density on the drum.

2-1-2
 203

24. Humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB) ............... Detects the absolute humidity.
25. Power relay junction PCB (PRYJPCB) ....... Connects the power relay to the safety
switches.
26. LSU filter PCB (LSUFPCB) ......................... Reduces noise on the power supply line
to the LSU.
27. Toner sensor temperature adjustment
PCB 1 (TNSTAPCB1) ................................. Corrects the toner sensor 1 output
voltage based on the temperature.
28. Toner sensor temperature adjustment
PCB 2 (TNSTAPCB2) ................................. Corrects the toner sensor 2 output
voltage based on the temperature.
29. Toner sensor temperature adjustment
PCB 3 (TNSTAPCB3) ................................. Corrects the toner sensor 3 output
voltage based on the temperature.
30. Toner sensor temperature adjustment
PCB 4 (TNSTAPCB4) ................................. Corrects the toner sensor 4 output
voltage based on the temperature.

2-1-3
203

28 14
16
13
27
25
26 15

1
21
17
5
9
2 22
18
6
10
3 23
19
7
11
4 24
20
8
12

Machine front Machine inside Machine rear

Figure 2-1-2 Switches on the paper feed and conveying system

1. Paper switch 1 (PSW1) ............................... Detects the presence of paper in the

first drawer.
2. Paper switch 2 (PSW2) ............................... Detects the presence of paper in the
second drawer.
3. Paper switch 3 (PSW3) ............................... Detects the presence of paper in the
third drawer.
4. Paper switch 4 (PSW4) ............................... Detects the presence of paper in the
fourth drawer.

2-1-4
 203

5. Paper length switch 1 (PLSW1) .................. Detects the length of paper in the first
drawer.
6. Paper length switch 2 (PLSW2) .................. Detects the length of paper in the
second drawer.
7. Paper length switch 3 (PLSW3) .................. Detects the length of paper in the third
drawer.
8. Paper length switch 4 (PLSW4) .................. Detects the length of paper in the fourth
drawer.
9.* Paper width switch 1 (PWSW1) .................. Detects the width of paper in the first
drawer.
10.* Paper width switch 2 (PWSW2) .................. Detects the width of paper in the
second drawer.
11.* Paper width switch 3 (PWSW3) .................. Detects the width of paper in the third
drawer.
12.* Paper width switch 4 (PWSW4) .................. Detects the width of paper in the fourth
drawer.
13. Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW) ................ Detects the presence of paper on the
bypass table.
14. Bypass paper length switch
(BYPPLSW) ................................................ Detects the length of paper on the
bypass table.
15. Bypass paper width switch
(BYPPWSW) ............................................... Detects the width of paper on the
bypass table.
16. Bypass table extended detection switch
(BYPEDSW) ................................................ Detects when the bypass table is
extended to use long paper.
17. Lift limit switch 1 (LICSW1) ......................... Detects the first drawer lift reaching the
upper limit.
18. Lift limit switch 2 (LICSW2) ......................... Detects the second drawer lift reaching
the upper limit.
19. Lift limit switch 3 (LICSW3) ......................... Detects the third drawer lift reaching the
upper limit.
20. Lift limit switch 4 (LICSW4) ......................... Detects the fourth drawer lift reaching
the upper limit.
21. Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) ..................... Controls paper feed clutch 1.
22. Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) ..................... Controls paper feed clutch 2.
23. Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) ..................... Controls paper feed clutch 3.
24. Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) ..................... Controls paper feed clutch 4.
25. Registration switch (RSW) .......................... Controls the secondary paper feed end
timing.
26. Paper conveying switch (PCSW) ................ Detects a paper jam in the paper
conveying section.
27. Fixing eject switch (FESW) ......................... Detects a paper jam in the fixing
section.
28. Eject switch (ESW) ..................................... Detects a paper jam in the eject
section.

* Inch specifications only.

2-1-5
203-1

20
21
22 23 24 25

28

8 12

9 13
29 14
2 31
10 5
4 16 15
30 1
11
32

34
7
17

33

26 18 19
27

Machine front Machine inside Machine rear

Figure 2-1-3 Switches and sensors

1. Main switch (MSW) ..................................... Turns the AC power on and off.

2. Safety switch 1 (SSW1) .............................. Breaks the safety circuit when the front
cover is opened, and resets paper jam
detection.
3. Safety switch 2 (SSW2) .............................. Breaks the safety circuit when the
waste toner tank cover is opened, and
resets paper jam detection.
4. Safety switch 3 (SSW3) .............................. Breaks the safety circuit when the eject
cover is opened, and resets paper jam
detection.
2-1-6
 203

5. Safety switch 4 (SSW4) .............................. Breaks the safety circuit when the
bypass paper feed unit is opened, and
resets paper jam detection.
6. Safety switch 5 (SSW5) .............................. Breaks the safety circuit when the
paper feed section cover is opened,
and resets paper jam detection.
7. Key switch (KEYSW) .................................. Enables copying.
8. Toner sensor 1 (TNS1) ............................... Detects the toner density in the yellow
developing unit.
9. Toner sensor 2 (TNS2) ............................... Detects the toner density in the cyan
developing unit.
10. Toner sensor 3 (TNS3) ............................... Detects the toner density in the
magenta developing unit.
11. Toner sensor 4 (TNS4) ............................... Detects the toner density in the black
developing unit.
12. Toner level sensor 1 (TLDS1) ..................... Detects the toner level in the yellow
toner hopper.
13. Toner level sensor 2 (TLDS2) ..................... Detects the toner level in the cyan toner
hopper.
14. Toner level sensor 3 (TLDS3) ..................... Detects the toner level in the magenta
toner hopper.
15. Toner level sensor 4 (TLDS4) ..................... Detects the toner level in the black
toner hopper.
16. Fixing unit thermistor 1 (FTH1) ................... Detects the heat roller temperature.
17. Fixing unit thermistor 2 (FTH2) ................... Detects the press roller temperature.
18. Overflow switch (OFSW) ............................. Detects when the waste toner tank is
full.
19. Waste toner tank switch (WTTSW) ............. Detects the presence of the waste toner
tank.
20. Scanner home position switch
(SHPSW) .................................................... Detects the scanner in its home
position.
21. Original detection switch (ODSW) .............. Operates the original size sensors.
22. Original size sensors 1, 2 (OSD1, 2) .......... Detect the original size.
23.* Original size sensors 3, 4 (OSD3, 4) .......... Detect the original size.
24. Original size sensors 5, 6 (OSD5, 6) .......... Detect the original size.
25. Original size sensors 7, 8 (OSD7, 8) .......... Detect the original size.
26. Humidity sensor (HUMSENS) ..................... Detects internal humidity.
27. Internal temperature thermistor (ITTH) ....... Detects the internal temperature.
28. Drum potential sensor (DPS) ...................... Detects the drum surface potential.
29. Developing unit shift upper sensor
(DUSUS) ..................................................... Detects the position of the yellow and
cyan developing units.
30. Developing unit shift lower sensor
(DUSLS) ...................................................... Detects the position of the magenta and
black developing units.
31. Transfer belt pressure sensor (TBPS) ........ Detects the turn-off timing of the
transfer belt pressure motor.

* Metric specifications only.

2-1-7
203

32. Transfer belt timing sensor (TBTS) ............. Detects the position of the transfer belt.
33. Transfer roller pressure sensor (TRPS) ...... Detects the turn-off timing of the
transfer roller pressure clutch.
34. Belt cleaning pressure sensor (BCPS) ....... Detects the turn-off timing of the belt
cleaning pressure clutch.

7
27
28 29
30
21 15 22

23 8
3 13
24
25
16 17
2 6

18
5

14

19
4 20

1
9

10

11

26 12

Machine front Machine inside Machine rear

Figure 2-1-4 Motors

2-1-8
 203

1. Paper feed motor (PFM) ............................. Drives the paper feed section.
2. Drum motor (DRM) ..................................... Drives the drum section.
3. Developing motor (DEVM) .......................... Drives the developing section.
4. Fixing motor (FIXM) .................................... Drives the fixing section.
5. Transfer belt motor (TBM) ........................... Drives the transfer belt.
6. Transfer belt pressure motor (TBPM) ......... Applies pressure to the transfer belt.
7. Scanner motor (SM) .................................... Drives the scanner.
8. Charger cleaning motor (CCM) ................... Cleans the main charger wire.
9. Lift motor 1 (CLM1) ..................................... Drives the first drawer lift.
10. Lift motor 2 (CLM2) ..................................... Drives the second drawer lift.
11. Lift motor 3 (CLM3) ..................................... Drives the third drawer lift.
12. Lift motor 4 (CLM4) ..................................... Drives the fourth drawer lift.
13. Upper developing unit shift motor
(DSM-U) ...................................................... Switches between the yellow and cyan
developing units.
14. Lower developing unit shift motor
(DSM-L) ...................................................... Switches between the magenta and
black developing units.
15. Toner feed motor 1 (TFM1) ......................... Replenishes toner in the yellow
developing unit.
16. Toner feed motor 2 (TFM2) ......................... Replenishes toner in the cyan
developing unit.
17. Toner feed motor 3 (TFM3) ......................... Replenishes toner in the magenta
developing unit.
18. Toner feed motor 4 (TFM4) ......................... Replenishes toner in the black
developing unit.
19. Paper conveying fan motor 1 (PCFM1) ...... Assists with paper conveying, and
exhausts heat.
20. Paper conveying fan motor 2 (PCFM2) ...... Assists with paper conveying, and
exhausts heat.
21. Internal cooling fan motor (ICFM) ............... Cools the machine interior.
22. Ozone exhaust fan motor (OEFM) .............. Exhausts ozone.
23. Fixing fan motor 1 (FFM1) .......................... Exhausts heat in the fixing section.
24. Fixing fan motor 2 (FFM2) .......................... Exhausts heat in the fixing section.
25. Duct fan motor (DFM) ................................. Ventilates the machine interior.
26. PVU fan motor (PVUFM) ............................ Cools the composite power source
PCB.
27. Optical section outer fan motor 1
(OPOFM1) .................................................. Exhausts heat in the optical section.
28. Optical section outer fan motor 2
(OPOFM2) .................................................. Exhausts heat in the optical section.
29. Optical section inner fan motor 1
(OPIFM1) .................................................... Exhausts heat in the optical section.
30. Optical section inner fan motor 2
(OPIFM2) .................................................... Exhausts heat in the optical section.

2-1-9
203

20
13

14 18

15

16
21 12
11

19 10 5,9

1
17

6
2

7
3

8
4

Machine front Machine inside Machine rear

Figure 2-1-5 Clutches and solenoids

1. Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) ...................... Primary paper feed from the first
drawer.
2. Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) ...................... Primary paper feed from the second
drawer.
3. Paper feed clutch 3 (PFCL3) ...................... Primary paper feed from the third
drawer.
4. Paper feed clutch 4 (PFCL4) ...................... Primary paper feed from the fourth
drawer.

2-1-10
 203

5. Feed clutch 1 (FCL1) .................................. Controls the drive of feed roller 1 at low
speed.
6. Feed clutch 2 (FCL2) .................................. Controls the driving of feed roller 2.
7. Feed clutch 3 (FCL3) .................................. Controls the driving of feed roller 3.
8. Feed clutch 4 (FCL4) .................................. Controls the driving of feed roller 4.
9. Speed clutch (SCL) ..................................... Controls the driving of feed roller 1 at
high speed.
10. Registration clutch (RCL) ............................ Controls secondary paper feed.
11. Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) ........ Controls primary paper feed from the
bypass table.
12. Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) ........................ Operates the bypass forwarding pulley.
13. Developing unit clutch 1 (DEVCL1) ............ Controls the driving of the yellow
developing unit.
14. Developing unit clutch 2 (DEVCL2) ............ Controls the driving of the cyan
developing unit.
15. Developing unit clutch 3 (DEVCL3) ............ Controls the driving of the magenta
developing unit.
16. Developing unit clutch 4 (DEVCL4) ............ Controls the driving of the black
developing unit.
17. Transfer roller pressure clutch (TRPCL) ..... Controls the pressure of the secondary
lower transfer roller.
18. Belt smoothing clutch (BSCL) ..................... Controls the belt smoothing brush.
19. Belt cleaning pressure clutch (BCPCL) ....... Controls the pressure of the transfer
cleaning blade.
20. Belt smoothing solenoid (BSSOL) .............. Operates the belt smoothing brush.
21. Oil solenoid (OILSOL) ................................. Supplies silicon oil.

2-1-11
203-1

Machine right
18 19

21 20

9
1

14

5,6

4
7,8

15 16 17

10
12
11

13

Machine left
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear

Figure 2-1-6 Other electrical parts

2-1-12
 203-1

1. Exposure lamp (EL) .................................... Exposes originals.

2. Cleaning lamp (CL) ..................................... Removes residual charge from the
drum surface.
3. Fixing heater M (H1) ................................... Heats the heat roller.
4. Fixing heater S (H2) .................................... Heats the press roller.
5. Fixing unit thermostat 1 (TH1) .................... Prevents overheating of the heat roller.
6. Fixing unit thermostat 2 (TH2) .................... Prevents overheating of the heat roller.
7. Fixing unit thermostat 3 (TH3) .................... Prevents overheating of the press
roller.
8. Fixing unit thermostat 4 (TH4) .................... Prevents overheating of the press
roller.
9. Optical section thermostat (TH5) ................ Prevents overheating of the scanner.
10. Power relay 1 (PRY1) ................................. Turns the AC, 24 V DC and 5 V DC
power supplies on and off.
11. Power relay 2 (PRY2) ................................. Turns the AC power supply to the fixing
heaters on and off.
12. Power relay 3 (PRY3) ................................. Turns the 5 V DC power supply to the
laser scanner unit on and off.
13. Power relay 4 (PRY4) ................................. Turns the –12 V DC power supply,
5 V DC power supply to IPU PCB and
CCD processing PCB, and 12 V DC
power supply to CCD processing PCB
on and off.
14. Laser scanner unit (LSU)
• Polygon motor (PM) .................................. Drives the polygon mirror.
• Laser diode (LD) ....................................... Generates the laser beam.
15. Paper feed dehumidifier (PFDH) ................. Dehumidifies the paper feed section.
16. Transfer dehumidifier (TDH) ....................... Dehumidifies the transfer section.
17. Thermal fuse (THF) ..................................... Detects overheating of the transfer
dehumidifier.
18. Total counter 1 (TC1) .................................. Displays the total number of copies
produced.
19. Total counter 2 (TC2) .................................. Displays the total number of full color
copies produced.
20. Total counter 3 (TC3) .................................. Displays the total number of mono-color
copies produced.
21. Total counter 4 (TC4) .................................. Displays the total number of
monochrome copies produced.

2-1-13
 203

CONTENTS

2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed

2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection .................................................................... 2-2-1
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions ................................................... 2-2-2
(1) Copier ....................................................................................... 2-2-2
(2) Duplex unit (see the duplex unit service manual) ..................... 2-2-7
(3) RADF (see the RADF service manual) ..................................... 2-2-7
(4) Stapler-sorter (see the stapler-sorter service manual) ............. 2-2-7

1-1-13
 203

2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection

When a paper jam occurs, the copier immediately stops copying and displays a message
indicating a paper jam, the jam location and the jam code on the touch screen.
To remove the jammed paper, open the drawer, paper feed section cover or front cover as
necessary.
To reset the paper misfeed detection, open and close the front cover, waste toner tank
cover, eject cover, bypass cover or paper feed section cover to turn safety switch 1, 2, 3,
4 or 5 off and on.

Paper misfeed.
Remove paper.

12 ?
Figure 2-2-1 Example of misfeed location indication

2-2-1
203-1

2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions

(1) Copier

ESW

BYPPFCL
RCL
FESW PCSW RSW FCL1, SCL
PFCL1 PFSW1

FCL2
PFCL2 PFSW2

FCL3
PFCL3 PFSW3

FCL4
PFCL4 PFSW4

Figure 2-2-2

2-2-2
 203

1. Paper feed section

• No paper feed from the fourth drawer (jam code 10)
Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) does not turn on within 573 ms after paper feed clutch 4
(PFCL4) has turned on.
Off
PFCL4
On

Off
PFSW4 573 ms
On

Timing chart 2-2-1

• No paper feed from the third drawer (jam code 11)

Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) does not turn on within 573 ms after paper feed clutch 3
(PFCL3) has turned on.
Off
PFCL3
On

Off
PFSW3 573 ms
On

Timing chart 2-2-2

• No paper feed from the second drawer (jam code 12)

Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn on within 573 ms after paper feed clutch 2
(PFCL2) has turned on.
Off
PFCL2
On

Off
PFSW2 573 ms
On

Timing chart 2-2-3

2-2-3
203-1

• No paper feed from the first drawer (jam code 13)

Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn on within 573 ms after paper feed clutch 1
(PFCL1) has turned on.
Off
PFCL1
On

Off
PFSW1 573 ms
On

Timing chart 2-2-4

• No paper feed from bypass (jam code 14)

The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 811 ms after the bypass paper
feed clutch (BYPPFCL) has turned on.
Off
BYPPFCL
On

Off
RSW 811 ms
On

Timing chart 2-2-5

• Vertical paper conveying section 1 (jam code 20)

Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) does not turn on within 467 ms after feed clutch 4 (FCL4)
has turned on.
Off
FCL4
On

Off
PFSW3 467 ms
On

Timing chart 2-2-6

• Vertical paper conveying section 2 (jam code 21)

Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn on within 467 ms after feed clutch 3 (FCL3)
has turned on.
Off
FCL3
On

Off
PFSW2 467 ms
On

Timing chart 2-2-7

2-2-4
 203-1

• Vertical paper conveying section 3 (jam code 22)

Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn on within 467 ms after feed clutch 2 (FCL2)
has turned on.
Off
FCL2
On

Off
PFSW1 467 ms
On

Timing chart 2-2-8

• Before registration (jam code 23)

The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 480 ms after the speed clutch
(SCL) has turned on.
Off
SCL
On

Off
RSW 480 ms
On

Timing chart 2-2-9

• Multiple paper feed in registration section (jam code 29)

The registration clutch (RCL) does not turn off after paper has been conveyed its length
plus 100 mm since the clutch was turned on.
Paper length + 100 mm Off
RCL
On

Timing chart 2-2-10

• No paper feed from registration section (jam code 31)

The registration clutch (RCL) does not turn on within 20 s after the slack has been
formed at the registration roller.

Slack formation
Off
BYPPFCL/
SCL On
20 s
Off
RCL
On

Timing chart 2-2-11

2-2-5
203-1

2. Paper conveying section

• Jam in paper conveying section (jam code 30)
The paper conveying switch (PCSW) does not turn on within the specified period after
the registration clutch (RCL) has turned on.
Plain paper: 1200 ms
Thick paper: 2000 ms
Off
RCL
On

Off
PCSW 1200 ms/2000 ms
On

Timing chart 2-2-12

3. Fixing section
• Jam in fixing section 1 (jam code 40)
The fixing eject switch (FESW) does not turn on within the specified period after the
paper conveying switch (PCSW) has turned on.
Plain paper: 1630 ms
Thick paper: 2717 ms
Off
PCSW
On

Off
FESW 1630 ms/2717 ms
On

Timing chart 2-2-13

• Jam in fixing section 2 (jam code 41)

The fixing eject switch (FESW) turns off before paper is conveyed its length minus
50 mm after the switch was turned on.
Paper length – 50 mm
Off
FESW
On

Timing chart 2-2-14

2-2-6
 203-1

4. Eject section
• Jam in eject section 1 (jam code 50)
The eject switch (ESW) does not turn on within the specified period after the fixing eject
switch (FESW) has turned on.
Plain paper: 731 ms
Thick paper: 1218 ms
Off
FESW
On

Off
ESW 731 ms/1218 ms
On

Timing chart 2-2-15

• Jam in eject section 2 (jam code 51)

The eject switch (ESW) does not turn off after paper has been conveyed its length plus
100 mm since the switch was turned on.
Off
Paper length + 100 mm
ESW
On

Timing chart 2-2-16

(2) Duplex unit (see the duplex unit service manual)

• Feedshift section (jam code 61)
• Duplex paper entrance section (jam code 62)
• No paper feed in duplex unit (jam code 63)
• Duplex registration section (jam code 64)
• Duplex conveying section (jam code 65)
• Duplex eject section (jam code 66)
• Duplex stock section (jam code 67)
• No duplex unit (jam code 90)

(3) RADF (see the RADF service manual)

• No paper feed (jam code 70)
• Original feed section (jam code 71)
• Belt section (jam code 72)
• Reversing section (jam code 73)
• Eject section (jam code 74)

(4) Stapler-sorter (see the stapler-sorter service manual)

• Sorter paper entrance section (jam code 80)
• Sorter eject section (jam code 81)

2-2-7
 203

CONTENTS

2-3 Operation of the PCBs

2-3-1 Composite power source PCB ........................................................... 2-3-1
(1) Input filter circuit ........................................................................ 2-3-2
(2) Rectifier/surge limiter circuit ...................................................... 2-3-2
(3) Active filter circuit ...................................................................... 2-3-3
(4) Switching-output smoothing (36 V DC and 24 V DC)/switching
control circuits ........................................................................... 2-3-4
(5) Output voltage feedback circuit ................................................ 2-3-6
(6) 5 V DC output circuit ................................................................. 2-3-7
(7) Overcurrent protection circuit .................................................... 2-3-8
(8) Overvoltage detection circuit .................................................. 2-3-10
(9) 12 V DC, –12 V DC and –5 V DC output smoothing
circuits ..................................................................................... 2-3-12
(10) Exposure lamp output circuit .................................................. 2-3-13
(11) AC input sync zero-crossing signal (ZC signal) circuit ............ 2-3-15
2-3-2 Main PCB ......................................................................................... 2-3-16
2-3-3 Upper rear sub PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-18
2-3-4 Lower rear sub PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-19
2-3-5 IPU PCB .......................................................................................... 2-3-20
2-3-6 Scanner control PCB ....................................................................... 2-3-22
2-3-7 CCD drive PCB ................................................................................ 2-3-23
2-3-8 CCD processing PCB ...................................................................... 2-3-24
2-3-9 Heater control PCB .......................................................................... 2-3-26
2-3-10 Toner feed motor PCB ..................................................................... 2-3-27
2-3-11 Transfer belt control PCB ................................................................ 2-3-28

1-1-15
 203

2-3-1 Composite power source PCB

ON/OFF Alarm Output voltage Exposure lamp AC input sync zero

control output control EL output crossing signal AC power input

Input filter circuit

AC input sync
Chopper
zero cross signal
(PWM)
circuit
Rectifier/surge limiter circuit

Active filter circuit

Switching control circuit,

overcurrent protection circuit
Switching circuit (FET)

–5 V DC output 5 V DC output smoothing circuit, 36 V DC output smoothing circuit, 24 V DC output

Transformer
smoothing circuit overcurrent protection circuit overcurrent protection circuit smoothing circuit

Output voltage feedback circuit

Overvoltage detection circuit

–5 V DC output 5 V DC output 36 V DC output 24 V DC output

–12 V DC output 12 V DC output

smoothing circuit smoothing circuit

–12 V DC output 12 V DC output

Figure 2-3-1 Block diagram of the composite power source PCB

The composite power source PCB, comprised of the circuits shown in the figure above,
generates stable 36 V DC, 24 V DC, 12 V DC, 5 V DC, –12 V DC and –5 V DC power supplies
from the AC power supply. It also provides the power for lighting the exposure lamp.
In the power source circuit, the AC power supply is converted into direct current and
stabilized by the active filter circuit. The direct current is converted to a pulse voltage by
switching the FET. The pulse voltage is applied to the primary side of the transformer,
inducing a pulse voltage on the secondary side which is then rectified and smoothed as the
36 V DC, 24 V DC, 12 V DC, 5 V DC, –12 V DC and –5 V DC supplies.
The 5 V DC output is derived from 36 V DC and 24 V DC supplies.
The supply for lighting the exposure lamp is generated from DC voltage from the active filter.

2-3-1
203

(1) Input filter circuit

F001 L001
AC(L)

C002

C004
C001

C003
AC(N)

Figure 2-3-2 Input filter circuit

The input filter circuit, comprised of a coil (L001) and capacitors (C001 to C004), attenuates
external noise entering through the AC power supply line and prevents switching noise
generated inside the power source circuit from being sent out through the AC power supply
line.

(2) Rectifier/surge limiter circuit

F006
R004 103°C D002 R005 T003

CN-A1 CN-C
3 7
R003
TR001
CN-A1 CN-C
R002 1 5

FR001 R001
X001*

D001

* 220/230/240 V specifications only.

Figure 2-3-3 Rectifier/surge limiter circuit

When AC power is applied, a surge current would normally flow through the full-wave
rectifier (D001) in the rectifier circuit. The surge limiter circuit, comprised of surge current
resistors (FR001, R002 and R001) in series, limits the surge current and so protects the
circuit components.

2-3-2
 203

When the power is turned on, current limited by the resistors (FR001, R002 and R001) flows
through the circuit. The voltage induced across the coil on the primary side of the
transformer (T003) is applied to the gate of the triac (TR001), turning it on. This bypasses
the surge limiting resistors (FR001, R002 and R001), allowing the normal flow of current
through the circuit.

(3) Active filter circuit

L011
CN-B
D008 D011 4 5

R015
R014
C007
L012 L013
R016

D010
Q002

D009
F003

F002
C008 L002
R017

R023
IP001
Q004 Q003
R018

L003
R025
9 6 1 2 10 R027
C009
C010
IC001
C006

D013

R024
D012
R026

8 5 7

VR001
C021

IP002 T002
R020

R019 L014 CN-B

R021 1 2

R022 C011

R045*

* 120 V specifications only.

Figure 2-3-4 Active filter circuit

The active filter circuit placed in front of the switching circuit protects the input power
supply from harmonic interference by converting the input AC power into DC with a relatively
high ripple content. This also provides phase compensation.

2-3-3
203

(4) Switching-output smoothing (36 V DC and 24 V DC)/switching control circuits

C201 C202 R201

L201 L205
T003 F201
36 V

L202 D201 R202

C203

R203

C206
C204

C205
+
–

L203 L204
F202

G(24 V)

C301 R301

C302
L301
24 V

D301 R305
L302
C303

R307
R306
C304

D302
R308
C305
+

– PC003 R310
R302

C306
R309 C307

L303 L304
C308 VR301
R311
IC301

G(24 V)
C309*

* 220/230/240 V specifications only.

Switching control circuit

Q1

R6 C2
8
9

+
–

C3
16 15 14 13 12 11 10

R5
7

R7 R4
5 6

C4
+ R3
–

D1

C1
R2
3
IC1

R1
2
1

R8
D2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

Figure 2-3-5 Switching-output smoothing (36 V DC and 24 V DC)/

switching control circuits

2-3-4
 203

When positive current is applied to the gates of the FETs of the switching circuit, current
flows through the FETs, inducing a voltage across the secondary coil of the transformer. The
current flowing through coils L201, L202, L301 and L302 and diodes D201 and D301
charges capacitors C205 and C305.
When the FETs are turned off, no voltage is generated across the secondary coil of the
transformer, so capacitors C205 and C305 stop charging. However, because the energy
stored in the coil L205 continues to discharge to capacitors C205 and C305 via coils L203,
L204, L303 and L304 and diodes D201 and D301, the voltage across the capacitors does
not drop abruptly. Accordingly, a smoothed direct-current voltage is available across the
capacitors, by switching the FETs on and off continuously.
Resistors R201 and R202 and capacitors C201, C202, C203 and C204 of the 36 V DC
output circuit, and resistors R301 and R302 and capacitors C301, C302, C303 and C304
of the 24 V DC output circuit serve to absorb surge current.
The output voltage is kept stable by adjusting the timing when the FET is turned on. The FET
is controlled by the switching control circuit consisting of a switching regulator (IC1).

2-3-5
203

(5) Output voltage feedback circuit

C201 C202 R201

L201 L205
T003 F201
36 V

L202 D201 R202

C203

R203

C206
C204

C205
+
–

L203 L204
F202

G(24 V)

C301 R301

C302
L301
24 V

D301 R305
L302
C303

R307
R306
C304

D302
R308
C305
+

– PC003 R310
R302

C306
R309 C307

L303 L304
C308 VR301
R311
IC301

G(24 V)
C309*

* 220/230/240 V specifications only.

Switching control circuit

Q1

R6 C2
8
9

+
–

C3
16 15 14 13 12 11 10

R5
7

R7 R4
5 6

C4
+ R3
–

D1

C1
R2
3
IC1

R1
2
1

R8
D2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

Figure 2-3-6 Output voltage feedback circuit

The 24 V DC output from the switching-output smoothing circuit varies due to fluctuations
in the input voltage and loads. If the output voltage rises excessively, the voltage monitored
by the potential divider (R301, VR301 and 311) increases, which turns the shunt regulator
(IC301) on. This turns the photocoupler (PC003) on. This is transmitted optically to the
switching control circuit (pin 8 of IC1 on the switching control circuit goes low), which
regulates the FET to reduce the output voltage.
Capacitors C307 and C308 and resistor R309 are phase-compensation components for the
op-amp inside the shunt regulator (IC301) to prevent its oscillation.

2-3-6
 203

(6) 5 V DC output circuit

36 V

24 V

D202
G (24 V)

R701

R708
L701 L703* L702
Q701
5V
R709
R704
R703
R702

Q702

C708
R712
R707

D701

C709
R705

C704

C706

C707
+

+
D703 R710 D704
– –
C702
C701

+
+

VR701
R706

– C703 C705
– R711

R713

D702

G (5 V)
5 7 1 2 3 6

D1
R10
R6
R11

R7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
IC1

8
C4 C3 R3

R8

C5
C2

R2 R1
C1

R5 R9

* 220/230/240 V specifications only.

Figure 2-3-7 5 V DC output circuit

The 5 V DC output circuit generates 5 V DC from the 36 V DC and 24 V DC supplies by

switching the FET (Q701) on and off.
When the signals from pins 8 and 11 of the switching regulator (IC1) are low, the FET (Q701)
turns on. When the signals are high, the FET (Q701) turns off. This cycle produces pulse
voltage at the drain of the FET (Q701).
The 5 V DC output is generated by changing the pulse width of the FET (Q701). While the
FET is on, current flows through it to charge capacitors C706 and C707.
When the FET (Q701) is off, the capacitors (C706 and C707) begin to discharge; however,
the voltages at the capacitors (C706 and C707) do not drop abruptly because the energy
stored in the coil (L702) is discharged through the diode (D703). As a result, a smooth
5 V DC voltage is generated.

2-3-7
203

(7) Overcurrent protection circuit

• 36 V DC and 24 V DC output circuits

T003

CN-D
4 5

C013

R032
R029

R030

D014

C014
L004

L005 R037

F005

F004
L008 R039

Q006 Q005

C015
R028

R038
R040
C012

C016
R041
R034

L007
L009

L010

L006

CN-D
1 2 R035

R036

PWB-C PC002
R043
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D015
C019

D016

R042
R033 C017 C018
PC003

Switching control circuit

Q1

R6 C2
8
9

+
–

C3
16 15 14 13 12 11 10

R5
7

R7 R4
5 6

C4
+ R3
–

D1

C1
R2
3
IC1

R1
2
1

R8
D2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

Figure 2-3-8 Overcurrent protection circuit (36 V DC and 24 V DC output circuits)

2-3-8
 203

To protect the 36 V and 24 V DC output circuits from overcurrent, IC1 monitors the voltage
drop across resistors R035 and R036 caused by the current flowing through the coil on the
primary side of the transformer (T003). If too high a drop is present at pin 15 of IC 1, IC1
reduces the pulse widths of the FETs (Q005 and Q006) to reduce the current flowing through
the coil on the primary side of the transformer (T003).

• 5 V DC output circuit

36 V

24 V

D202
G (24 V)

R701

R708
L701 L703* L702
Q701
5V
R709
R704
R703
R702

Q702

C708
R712
R707

D701

C709
R705

C704
C706

C707
+

D703 R710 D704

– –
C702
C701

+
+

VR701
R706

– C703 C705
– R711

R713

D702

G (5 V)
5 7 1 2 3 6

D1
R10
R6
R11

R7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
IC1

8
C4 C3 R3

R8

C5
C2

R2 R1
C1

R5 R9

* 220/230/240 V specifications only.

Figure 2-3-9 Overcurrent protection circuit (5 V DC output circuit)

To protect the 5 V DC output circuit from overcurrent, pin 1 of IC1 monitors the voltage drop
across resistors R708 and R709 caused by the current flowing through them. If too high a
drop occurs, IC1 shuts off the FET (Q701).

2-3-9
203

(8) Overvoltage detection circuit 36 V

D203

D204

D205

24 V

D403 D303
D404
+12 V
D304
D706 D707
+5 V

D603 R303
D604
–5 V

D503 D504 R304 PC002

–12 V D306

D303

G (24 V)

T003

CN-D
4 5

C013

R032
R029

R030

D014
C014

L004

L005 R037
F005

F004

L008 R039

Q006 Q005
C015

R028
R038
R040
C012

C016
R041
R034

L007
L009

L010

L006

CN-D
1 2 R035

R036

PWB-C PC002
R043
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D015
C019

D016

R042
R033 C017 C018
PC003

Figure 2-3-10 Overvoltage detection circuit

2-3-10
 203

If the 36 V DC, 24 V DC, 12 V DC, 5 V DC, –12 V DC or –5 V DC outputs rise above a

specified level, the zener diodes (D203, D204, D303, D403, D706, D503 or D603) conduct
electricity, which flows through the resistor (R303), turning the photocoupler (PC002) on.
This is communicated optically to the switching control circuit (pin 6 of IC1 goes high) and
IC1 turns the FET off.

2-3-11
203

(9) 12 V DC, –12 V DC and –5 V DC output smoothing circuits

G (24 V)

L205 D402

12 V
IP401 IC401
L401

C404
C402
+
R401 C403
– –
C401

D401

G(5 V)
D502

IP501 IC501
L501

+
C502
+

C504
R501 C503
– –
C501

D501

– 12 V

D602

G(5 V)
IP601 IC601
L601

+
C602
+

C604
R601 C603
– –
C601

D601

–5V

Figure 2-3-11 12 V DC, –12 V DC and –5 V DC output smoothing circuits

The voltage generated at L205 is smoothed by L401, L501, L601, C402, C502 and C602,
and output as stable 12 V DC, –12 V DC and –5 V DC through the constant-voltage
regulators (IC401, IC501 and IC601).

2-3-12
 203

(10) Exposure lamp output circuit

• 120 V specifications

R104 C104
C103 T103
F102 F101
C012
+ EL
L102
R101 D106
D104 R118 R108

R107

C109
R105 R113
R102 R114 R109 D107
D102 + PC102

C108
C106
– D105 R110

D101
D103 L101
Q102 PC103 SR101

R103

C102
+

C105

D108
C110
– R106 +
R115 R111 C111 R112
PC101 –
C012 C112
EL
–
D807
T101 T102
IC802
3 24 V

D801
11
R3 D803

D804
+ R812 R815 R817

C811
R1 R803 + +

C807

C808
C805
–

D802
R2 R810 – –

D805
C801
D804 CN-E
1 +24 V
10 D6 R35 2
D4

3 PET
R5
R8

PVUFM
R14

R17

R40

R32

R34
R10 Q5 R30 4 15 R39 REM
R23
IC2

PC103
D7 9 10 1112 13 14 1516
9 6 EL ALM

C804
IC1
R22

R29 R809
D8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

R31

R33

R38
+
R16 D2

R18 D3

D5

+ –
R4
R6

R28
C4
C5

D806
R13

R805
R11

C1

D9 13

D11
SR801

R816
18
R15 VR801

D10
R27

D12
Q3

Q801

R19 +

R813 +
Q1

Q2

12 R808 R811
Q4 –
R26
C2

C806

R814
R25

PC102
R24

C802
R806
R36

C3

Q6

Q7

Q8
R7

R37
PC101

R9 R12 R20 R21

R802 2
8 1 GND
17 5

D808

C809

D809
–
R818 EL REM
VR802 +
CN9 CN10 L801 R819 Q802 R801
1 EL 1 EL REM 16 7 5V
2 NC 2 EL ALM – R824
C810 R822 R820
3 EL 3 EL CONT + D810
4 PVUFM REM R823 R821
EL CONT

• 220/230/240 V specifications

R104 C104
R118
C103 Heat sink
F102 T103 F101
C012
+ EL
Q101
R101 D106
R114 R108
D104
R107

C109

R117 R105 R113

R116 R109 D107
R102
D102 + PC102
C108
C106

– D105 R110
C113

C114
D101

D103 L101
Q102 PC103 SR101
R103

C102

+
C105

D108
C110

– R106 +
R115 R111 C111 R112
PC101 –
C012 C112
EL
–
D807
T101 T102
IC802
3 24 V
D801

11
R3 D803
D804

+ R812 R815 R817

C811

R1 R803 + +
C807

C808
C805

–
D802

R2 R810 – –
D805

C801
D804 CN-E
1 +24 V
10 D6 R35 2
R40

3 PET
R5
R8

PVUFM
R14

R17

D4

R32

R34

R10 Q5 R30 4 15 R39 REM

R23
IC2

PC103
D7 9 10 1112 13 14 1516
9 6 EL ALM
C804

IC1
R22

R29 R809
D8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R31

R33

R38

+
R16 D2

R18 D3

D5

+ –
R4
R6

R28
C4
C5

–
D806
R13

R805
R11

C1

D9 13
D11
SR801

R816

18
R15 VR801
D10
R27

D12
Q3

Q801

R19
+

R813 +
Q1

Q2

12 R808 R811
Q4 –
R26
C2

C806

R814
R25

PC102
R24

C802
R806
R36

C3

Q6

Q7

Q8
R7

R37
PC101

R9 R12 R20 R21

R802 2
8 1 GND
17 5
D808

C809

D809

–
R818 EL REM
VR802 +
CN9 CN10 L801 R819 Q802 R801
1 EL 1 EL REM 16 7 5V
2 NC 2 EL ALM – R824
C810 R822 R820
3 EL 3 EL CONT + D810
4 PVUFM REM R823 R821
EL CONT

Figure 2-3-12 Exposure lamp output circuit

2-3-13
203

The DC voltage from the active filter is turned on and off by the FET (Q101) chopper and
smoothed by the smoothing circuit comprising the diode (D104), choke coil (T103) and
capacitor (C108) to generate a DC output voltage.
The pulse voltage input into the EL CONT SIGNAL INPUT is smoothed through the
smoothing circuit comprising the diode (D809), choke coil (L801) and capacitor (C809) to
generate a signal voltage which defines the output voltage for the exposure lamp.
The exposure lamp output voltage is indirectly generated from the coil of the choke coil
(T103) and detected through the diode (D803) and potential divider (R809, VR801 and
R808). The signal voltage which defines the exposure lamp output voltage and the exposure
lamp output voltage itself are input into the PWM control IC (IC1), which uses pulse width
modulation to control the switching of the FET (Q101), generating an exposure lamp output
voltage corresponding to the EL CONT signals.
The EL REM signal turns the exposure lamp on and off. When the signal is low, the exposure
lamp turns on, and when the signal is high, the lamp turns off.
If the exposure lamp output voltage increases excessively, current flows into the constant-
voltage diodes (D106 and D107) and the resistor (R110) through the photocoupler (PC103),
which turns the thyristor (SR801) on and hence the exposure lamp off. The EL ALM output
changes from high to low.

2-3-14
 203

(11) AC input sync zero-crossing signal (ZC signal) circuit

D003 D005

D004 D006

R006
D007 R007

Q001
R008

C005
CN-B
12
CN-A2 CN-C
3 3

R012
R013

PC001
CN-A2 CN-C
2 2

5V

R714

R715 R716

R719

D705 R717
Q703

Q704

PC001

R718

G(5 V)

ZC

Figure 2-3-13 AC input sync zero-crossing signal (ZC signal) circuit

The AC input voltage is rectified by the full-wave rectifier diodes (D003, D004, D005 and
D006), and input to the base of the transistor (Q001) via the resistors (R006 and R007) and
the constant-voltage diode (D007). Pulse signals synchronized with the zero-crossing
signals of the AC input are generated and passed through the photocoupler (PC001) to the
transistors (Q703 and Q704) to generate the ZC signal.

2-3-15
203

2-3-2 Main PCB

Analog input,
TNS, High voltage remote,
thermistor, SCPCB fans, clutches, IDPCB SSW, TFM,
HUMPCB switches, CCM DPS relays, solenoids

MPCB SRAM ASIC1 A/D converter

(IC23) (IC86)
ROM
Original detection
CPU (IC13)

CPU
ASIC2
(IC22)
(IC44)
URSPCB

Sub board communi- LRSPCB

Reset circuit BUPCB cation CPU (IC6)
TC

CTC communication *
Stapler-sorter
CPU 1(IC16)
RADF *

CTC communication
CPU 2 (IC58) OMPCB
IPUPCB
LSU
MMD
(IC26) Modem *

Timer IC1 Timer IC2 Timer IC3 D/A converter

(IC98) (IC79, 82) (IC78) (IC63·66) THVTPCB

TBTS RCL H1
TFM
* Optional.

Figure 2-3-14 Main PCB block diagram

The main PCB controls the electrical components used for copying and control boards via
serial communication. The control circuits consist of CPUs and other components shown
in Figure 2-3-14.
Using the control program in the ROM, the CPU (IC22) controls ASIC1 (IC23), ASIC2
(IC44), sub board communication CPU (IC6), CTC communication CPUs 1 and 2 (IC16 and
IC58), D/A converter (IC63 and IC 66), timer IC1 (IC98), timer IC2 (IC79 and IC 82), timer
IC3 (IC78), MMD (IC26); controls the address bus and data bus, and communicates with
the scanner control PCB (SCPCB). It also collects data from sensors and thermistors.

2-3-16
 203

ASIC1 (IC23) controls electrical components such as fans, clutches, switches and the
charger cleaning motor (CCM), as well as the A/D converter (IC86) and the original
detection CPU (IC13), by inputs to and outputs from the ports.
ASIC2 (IC44) controls the safety switches (SSW1 to 5), the toner feed motors (TFM1 to 4),
relays and solenoids.
The sub board communication CPU (IC6) transmits commands from the CPU (IC22), via
serial communication, to the upper rear sub PCB (URSPCB) and the lower rear sub PCB
(LRSPCB).
The CTC communication CPU1 (IC16) communicates with the devices attached to the
copier (the stapler-sorter* and RADF*).
The CTC communication CPU2 (IC58) communicates with the operation unit main PCB
(OMPCB), IPU PCB (IPUPCB) and LSU.
The MMD (IC26) controls the modem* attached to the copier which serves as an external
controller.
The D/A converter (IC63 and IC 66) converts digital signals to analog signals and outputs
them as control voltages to the transfer high-voltage transformer PCB (THVTPCB) and the
toner sensor.
The timer IC1 (IC98) serves as a clock circuit to delay the timing when detecting the position
of the transfer belt, to avoid color misregistration.
The timer IC2 (IC79 and IC82) controls the timing and duration of the registration clutch
turning on; and outputs clock pulses to control the toner feed motors (TFM1 to 4).
The timer IC3 (IC78) controls the timing and duration of the fixing heater M (H1) turning on.

* Optional.

2-3-17
203

2-3-3 Upper rear sub PCB

URSPCB
DEVM
Serial
communication
DRM

FIXM
MPCB RESET Reset IC
(IC2) RSW
ESW

Sensors in transfer and

separation section

Clutches & solenoids

I/O in transfer and
(IC4) separation sections

DUSUS
DUSLS

Switches in bypass
paper feed section

Clutch & solenoid

in bypass paper
feed section

Fan motor

Developing DSM-
MHVTPCB unit shift U
motor drive
circuit DSM-
(IC6, 7) L

Figure 2-3-15 Upper rear sub PCB block diagram

The upper rear sub PCB receives commands from the CPU (IC22) of the main PCB (MPCB)
and controls electrical components.
The I/O IC (IC4) communicates with the main PCB (MPCB) serially, and controls motors in
the developing, drum and fixing sections, clutches and solenoids in the transfer and
separation sections, bypass paper feed section and fan motor. It also controls the
developing unit shift motors (DSM-U and DSM-L) via the developing unit shift motor drive
circuit (IC6 and IC7).
It also transmits remote signals and control signals for main charging to the main high-
voltage transformer PCB (MHVPCB).

2-3-18
 203

2-3-4 Lower rear sub PCB

LRSPCB

Serial PSW
communication LICSW
PLSW
PFSW
MPCB
RESET Reset IC
(IC1) PFCL

Paper feed unit

BYPPWSW
I/O
(IC3)
WTTSW

PLSW OFSW

*
PWSW FCL

SCL

Lift motor
drive circuit CLM
(IC6)

* Inch specifications only.

Figure 2-3-16 Lower rear sub PCB block diagram

The lower rear sub PCB receives commands from the CPU (IC22) of the main PCB (MPCB)
and controls electrical components.
The I/O IC (IC3) communicates with the main PCB (MPCB) serially, and based on serial
commands and switch signals, controls the feed clutches (FCL1 to 4), speed clutch (SCL)
and paper feed clutches (PFCL1 to 4). It also controls lift motors (CLM1 to 4) via the lift motor
drive circuit (IC6).

2-3-19
203

2-3-5 IPU PCB

Expansion I/F Scanner I/F

8 bit × 3 (C, M, Y)
C, M, Y, Bk

Input processing
• Data sampling Automatic adjustment
• Expansion I/F data memory
control
CPU
• CPU 8 bit × 3
• CPU associated
circuits
Area recognition Line delay memory
• Dot recognition
• Text recognition
• Area recognition
processing Data memory

8 bit × 3
Timing control
• Clock generation
• Data cut Data table ROM
Color correction
• Color correction
• UCR

8 bit × 4 (C, M, Y, Bk)

Tonal processing
• γ correction Line delay memory
• Filtering
• Automatic tone
Pre-scan RAM
adjustment
• Filtering
• Tonal processing Line memory
• Automatic exposure
processing
• Main scan magnifi- Data table RAM
cation
10 bit

LSU I/F

Figure 2-3-17 IPU PCB block diagram

2-3-20
 203

The IPU PCB processes image signals received from the CCD processing PCB
(CCDPPCB), determines areas of halftone dots and text, performs color correction and
tonal processing and outputs the image data to the LSU. The IPU PCB consists of the input
processing section, area recognition section, color correction section, tonal processing
section, CPU and associated circuits.
The input processing section samples the image signals received from the scanner, and
also controls the expansion I/F.
The area recognition section detects text and dots in the original, separates areas, then
filters each area separately.
The color correction section corrects the toner transparency of each signal to the ideal
transparency. It also separates signals for the Bk toner from signals for Y, M, and C (UCR
processing).
The tonal processing section makes corrections using the test pattern (the gradation
pattern stored in the copier) to the signals for Y/M/C/Bk received from the color correction
section, which are represented as 256 halftones with a 2 × 1-dot (main × sub) pattern after
filtering. In monochrome mode, the background level is determined so that the back-
ground is not visible. Image signals are then written on the drum at the same pitch to form
a same-sized image.
The CPU controls the data and timing of the scanner section and the IPU section.

2-3-21
203

2-3-6 Scanner control PCB

SCPCB
Serial
communication EL REM
CPSPCB

V.TIM V.SYNC
IPUPCB
V.SYNC
MPCB CPU
SM STOP (IC7) BD
LSU

RESET Reset IC SHPSW

(IC17)

Scanner
motor drive
SM
circuit
(IC1-2)

Motor current
control circuit
(IC6)

Figure 2-3-18 Scanner control PCB block diagram

The scanner control PCB controls the electrical components used for scanning and
generates signals for scanning.
The CPU (IC7) receives commands from the main PCB (MPCB) via serial communication.
Following the commands received, it controls the scanner motor (SM) through the scanner
motor drive circuit (IC1 and IC2), transmits remote signals to the exposure lamp (EL) of the
composite power source PCB (CPSPCB) and processes signals from the scanner home
position switch (SHPSW).
It also receives V.TIM signals from the main PCB (MPCB), BD signals from the LSU, and
generates leading edge registration signals (V. SYNC) which are transmitted to the IPU
PCB (IPUPCB).

2-3-22
 203-1

2-3-7 CCD drive PCB

CCDDPCB

CCD chips Buffer amplifier

EVEN

ODD

Reflected
light EVEN
CCDPPCB
G

ODD

EVEN

ODD

Figure 2-3-19 CCD drive PCB block diagram

The CCD drive PCB converts the light reflected from the original through the mirrors and
the lens into 400 dpi (15.7 lines/mm) R/G/B analog signals through the CCD chips, each
chip having an R, G or B filter (photoelectric conversion). The signals are amplified through
the buffer amplifier and transmitted as image signals to the CCD processing PCB
(CCDPPCB).

2-3-23
2-3-24

2-3-8 CCD processing PCB

203-1
CCDPPCB

Magnification
Shading γ correction Line correction Scanner color adjustment/
correction YMC conversion

10
Figure 2-3-20 CCD processing PCB block diagram

CLP 10 bit A/D bit

conversion 10 8 8 8
bit bit bit bit
M (8 bit)
10
10 bit A/D bit
CLP
conversion
RAM
10
10 bit A/D bit
CLP
conversion 10 8 8 8
CCDD bit bit Memory bit bit
PCB Y (8 bit)
10
10 bit A/D bit
CLP
conversion
RAM
10
CLP 10 bit A/D bit
conversion
10 8 8 8
bit bit Memory bit bit
10 C (8 bit)
10 bit A/D bit
CLP
conversion
RAM
Gain control Timing
Clamp level controller
control D/A Data bus
conversion
Address bus
 203-1

The CCD processing PCB receives image signals from the CCD drive PCB (CCDDPCB),
performs analog to digital conversion, shading, gamma correction, line correction, scanner
color correction and magnification correction, before converting to Y/M/C digital signals,
which are transmitted to the printer section.
In the A/D conversion process, analog signals from the CCD drive PCB are converted into
10 bit (1024 tone) digital signals.
In the shading process, shading correction is performed by averaging the white correction
data which is read before each copying cycle to compensate for uneven light output of the
exposure lamp and uneven sensitivity of the CCD and to keep the output of the CCD stable.
In the gamma correction process, the accuracy of color correction is improved by using a
gamma conversion table.
In the line correction process, the offset in the R/G/B pixels is corrected by synchronizing
them with the line memory.
In the scanner color correction process, a matrix is calculated for the R/G/B signals to
provide color correction, using a masking factor which compensates for the transparencies
of the three CCD color filters.
In the magnification correction process, the offset in the R/G/B pixels caused by the
magnification process is corrected and finally transmitted as 8 bit digital Y/M/C signals.
In the D/A conversion process, digital values computed by the CPU are converted to analog
signals and fed back to the signal processing section.
The timing controller generates the CCD drive clock, the A/D converter clocks and clocks
to drive other processing circuits. The clock timing is controlled by the CPU in the IPU.

2-3-25
203

2-3-9 Heater control PCB

HPCB

AC IN

H1 REM
PC1

MTRC H1

H2 REM
PC2

MPCB

STRC H2

PFDH REM Switching

PFDH
transistor

TDH REM Switching TDH

transistor (THF)

Figure 2-3-21 Heater control PCB block diagram

The heater control PCB controls the turning on and off of the fixing heaters (H1 and H2), the
paper feed dehumidifier (PFDH) and the transfer dehumidifier (TDH). The transfer de-
humidifier (TDH) has a thermal fuse (THF) connected in series.
Control signals from the main PCB (MPCB) turn the photocouplers (PC1 and PC2) on.
These apply triggers to the gates of the triacs (MTRC and STRC), which then conduct
current to turn fixing heater M (H1) and fixing heater S (H2) on.

2-3-26
 203

2-3-10 Toner feed motor PCB

TFMPCB

TFM REM Toner TFM1

feed motor
TFM CLK Divider circuit drive circuit
(IC1) (IC5)
TFM2

TFM3
MPCB Toner
feed motor
drive circuit
(IC6) TFM4

Charger
cleaning motor
CCM REM forward/reverse
rotation CCM
control circuit
(IC7)

Figure 2-3-22 Toner feed motor PCB block diagram

The toner feed motor PCB controls the toner feed AC motors (TFM1 to 4) and the direction
of rotation of the charger cleaning motor (CCM).
The divider circuit (IC1) divides clock pulse signals from the main PCB (MPCB) to generate
a pseudo 5 V AC power supply which is supplied to the toner feed motors (TFM1 to 4).
Activated by remote signals from the main PCB (MPCB), the toner feed motor drive circuits
(IC5 and IC6) control the turning on and off of the toner feed motors.

2-3-27
203

2-3-11 Transfer belt control PCB

TBPM

TBPCB
Transfer belt
pressure motor
TBPM REM
forward/reverse
rotation control
(IC7)
TBM REM CPU
(IC5)
MPCB
RESET
Reset IC Transfer belt
(IC12) motor drive
circuit TBM
(IC1, 2)

Motor current
control circuit
(IC5)

TBPS
TBTS

Figure 2-3-23 Transfer belt control PCB block diagram

The transfer belt control PCB controls the drive of the transfer belt motor (TBM) through the
CPU (IC5) and the transfer belt motor drive circuit (IC1 and IC2).
It also controls forward/reverse rotation of the transfer belt pressure motor (TBPM).

2-3-28
 III

SET UP AND
ADJUSTMENT
SECTION
 203

CONTENTS

3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation ................................................................. 3-1-1
(1) Installation environment ............................................................ 3-1-1
(2) Installation procedure ............................................................... 3-1-2
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ................................................................ 3-1-28
3-1-3 Installing the modem (optional) ........................................................ 3-1-29

1-1-17
 203-1

3-1-1 Unpacking and installation

(1) Installation environment

1. Temperature: 10 – 35°C/50 – 95°F
2. Humidity: 15 – 85% RH
3. Power supply: 120 V AC, 13.6 A
220 – 240 V AC, 5.5 A
4. Power source frequency: 50 Hz ± 0.3%/60 Hz ± 0.3%
5. Installation location
• Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. Ensure that the photoconductor will not be
exposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams.
• Avoid extremes of temperature and humidity, abrupt ambient temperature changes,
and hot or cold air directly hitting the machine.
• Avoid dust and vibration.
• Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine.
• Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowable inclination: 1°)
• Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the
photoconductor, such as mercury, acidic and alkaline vapors, inorganic gases,
NOx, SOx gases and chlorine-based organic solvents.
• Select a room with good ventilation.
6. Precaution when moving the machine
Remove the fixing unit from the machine before moving it (see page 3-3-111-1).
7. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine.
Machine front: 1000 mm/393/8" Machine rear: 100 mm/4"
Machine right: 600 mm/235/8" Machine left: 600 mm/235/8"

a f
b

d
e

a: 1427 mm/563/16" b: 1142 mm/4415/16" c: 610 mm/24"

d: 1176 mm/465/16" e: 1047 mm/411/4" f: 740 mm/291/8"

Figure 3-1-1 Installation dimensions

3-1-1
203-1

(2) Installation procedure

Start

Connect the power plug.

Unpack.

Load developer.

Remove the tapes.

Initialize the developers.

Remove the smoothing plate
retaining film.
Dispense the toner.

Remove the retainers from the optical

section. Apply toner to the cleaning blade.

Install the original holder. Initialize the ID correction for high

density areas.

Remove the retainers holding the

transfer cleaning unit and lower sec- Adjust the halftones.
ondary transfer roller.

Adjust color registration.

Remove the retainers from the devel-
oping section.

Adjust the paper conveying speed

for fixing.
Install the image density sensor PCB
assembly.

Attach the instruction handbook pocket.

Remove the pins from the cleaning

unit.
Attach the power plug retainer.

Attach the image formation shading

plate. Make test copies.

Remove the pressure lever release Completion of machine installation.

screws.

Inject silicon oil.

3-1-2
 203-1

Mirror frame retainers

Developing section retainer

Screws holding
the scanner

Pressure lever
release screws

Smoothing plate
retaining film

Cleaning unit pins

Front and rear Bk

developing unit
retainers

Transfer cleaning unit and lower

secondary transfer roller retainers
Image density sensor PCB assembly

Figure 3-1-2

3-1-3
203

Unpack.

#
1

3 9
4
5
6 $
7 5

%
0

!
8

Figure 3-1-3 Unpacking

1 Upper case 9 Original holder

2 Top plate 0 Accessory case
3 Plastic bag ! Middle pad
4 Top pads @ Bottom pads
5 Supporting columns # Outer case
6 Machine cover $ Bar code labels
7 Copier % Hinge joints
8 Skid

3-1-4
 203-1

8 3

9
7
2

4
6 5

Figure 3-1-4 Accessory case

1 Plastic bag 3 Air-padded bag

• Instruction handbook 4 Copy tray
• Size indicator 5 Accessory case
• Business reply mail 6 Plastic bag
(120 V specifications only) • Connector jumper
• Warranty 7 Plastic bag
(120 V specifications only) • Image formation shading plate
2 Plastic bag 8 Plastic bag
• Power plug retainer • Two (2) developer funnels
• Cross-head bronze binding screw 9 Plastic bag
BVM4 × 06: one (1) for 120 V • Two (2) developer funnels
specifications or two (2) for 220/230/
240 V specifications
• One (1) cross-head bronze binding
screw BVM3 × 05

3-1-5
203

Remove the tapes.

1. Remove the tape holding the front cover.

2. Remove the six tapes holding the drawers.
3. Remove the two tapes holding the bypass table.
4. Remove the tape holding the key switch.
5. Remove the tape holding the paper feed section cover.
6. Remove the two tapes holding the waste toner tank cover.
7. Remove the tape holding the original detection switch.
8. Remove the four tapes holding the power cord.
9. Remove the two tapes from the bayonet holes of the original holder.
Tapes
Tapes

Tape

Tape

Tapes

Tapes
Tapes
Tape

Figure 3-1-5

3-1-6
 203-1

10. Open the first drawer and take out the instruction handbook pocket from inside.

Instruction handbook pocket

Figure 3-1-6

11. Open the fourth drawer and remove the image density sensor PCB assembly
from inside.

Image density sensor

PCB assembly
Tapes

Figure 3-1-6 (a)

3-1-7
203-1

12. Open each drawer and remove the two tapes holding the drawer lift.

Tapes

Drawer lift

Figure 3-1-7

13. Open the front cover and remove the two tapes holding the toner hopper and the
tape holding the fixing unit.

Tapes

Front cover

Fixing unit
Toner hopper
Tape

Figure 3-1-8

3-1-8
 203-1

Remove the smoothing plate retaining film.

1. Open the paper feed section cover.

2. Draw out the bypass paper feed unit.
3. Remove the three tapes.
4. Remove the smoothing plate retaining film by pulling it downward.

Tapes
Smoothing plate retaining film

Bypass paper feed unit

Figure 3-1-9 (a)

3-1-8-1
3-1-9
203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-1-10
 203

Remove the retainers from the optical section.

1. Remove the two screws and top right cover.

2. Remove the screw and upper grounding plate.
3. Remove the contact glass.

Screw
Contact glass
Upper grounding plate

Screws

Top right cover

Figure 3-1-9

4. Remove the two screws (blue) holding the scanner at the machine right.

Screws holding
the scanner

Figure 3-1-10

3-1-9
203-1

5. Remove the two screws (blue) on the front and rear of the mirror frame. Remove
the two mirror frame retainers.
Take care not to damage the front or rear optical rails when removing the mirror
frame retainers.

Mirror frame
retainer

Mirror frame
retainer

Figure 3-1-11

6. Refit the mirror frame retainers on the right side of the ISU with the pins facing
upward. Secure with the two screws.
Attach the retainers as shown. They will be used later to position the mirror
frame and scanner frame when attaching the scanner wire.

Mirror frame retainers

ISU

Figure 3-1-12

7. Refit the contact glass, upper grounding plate and top right cover.

3-1-10
 203

Install the original holder.

1. Attach the original holder to the machine.

Original holder

Figure 3-1-13

Remove the retainers holding the transfer cleaning unit and lower secondary
transfer roller.

1. Open the front cover and pull upward to remove it from the machine.
2. Pull out the toner hopper. Remove the two screws and toner hopper from the
machine.

Screws

Toner hopper

Figure 3-1-14

3-1-11
203-1

3. Remove the three screws and transfer high-voltage transformer cover.

Screws

Transfer high-voltage
transformer cover

Figure 3-1-15

4. Remove the blue screws, transfer cleaning unit retainer and lower secondary
transfer roller retainer.

Screws

Transfer cleaning Lower secondary

unit retainer transfer roller retainer

Figure 3-1-16

5. Refit the transfer high-voltage transformer cover.

3-1-12
 203-1

Remove the retainers from the developing section.

1. Remove the screw and connector. Pull out the main charger laterally and detach
it from the machine.

Connector

Main charger

Figure 3-1-17

2. Remove the screw and primary transfer terminal.

When refitting, make sure that the end of the spring makes contact with the end
of the upper primary transfer roller.

Upper primary transfer roller

Spring
Primary transfer terminal

Figure 3-1-18

3-1-13
203-1

3. Remove the six screws securing the image formation section.

Image formation
Knob section Knob

Figure 3-1-19

4. Remove the hexagonal socket head screw with a hexagonal wrench.

Hexagonal wrench (P/N 49990029)
To refit, tighten the hexagon socket head screw until the drum rotates.
5. Remove the two screws and front drum bushing.
6. Remove the inner and outer drum joints.
Note: If leaving the image formation section inserted without the inner and outer drum
joints attached for more than three minutes, be sure to insert the front drum
bushing; otherwise the drum shaft will be deformed by the weight of the drum.
7. Hold the knob and pull the image formation section out laterally (see Figure 3-1-19).
Inner drum joint
Front drum bushing

Screw

Outer drum joint

Hexagonal socket
Screw head screw

Figure 3-1-20

3-1-14
 203-1

8. Remove the eight screws (blue) and developing section retainer from the Y, C
and M developing units.

Blue screws

Blue screws

Developing section retainer

Figure 3-1-21

9. Remove the two screws and two retainers from the Bk developing unit.
The removed screws will be re-used to fix the Bk developing unit.
10. While holding up the rails on the front and rear of the machine, fix the Bk
developing unit with the two screws.

Rail
Rail

Rear Bk developing
Front Bk developing Bk developing unit unit retainer
unit retainer

Figure 3-1-22

3-1-15
203-1

Install the image density sensor PCB assembly.

1. Fit the rear of the image density sensor PCB assembly to the rear frame of the
image formation section 1. Align the screw hole at the front of the assembly
with the screw hole in the front frame of the image formation section 2.
2. Secure the image density sensor PCB assembly with a cross-head bronze
binding screw BVM3 × 05 and connect the 7-pin connector.

7-pin connector

BVM3 × 05

1
2

Image density sensor PCB assembly

Figure 3-1-22 (a)

3-1-16
3-1-15-1
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-1-17
203-1

Remove the pins from the cleaning unit.

1. Remove the two pins (white) from the cleaning unit.

2. Check that the cleaning blade release lever is pushed into the unit. Shift the
cleaning unit toward the drum.

Cleaning unit pin

Blade release lever
Cleaning unit stopper

Push

Cleaning unit

6-pin connector

Cleaning unit stopper

Cleaning unit pin

Figure 3-1-23

3. Fix the cleaning unit with the two cleaning unit stoppers.
4. Connect the 6-pin connector of the front of the image formation section.
5. Insert the image formation section into the machine.
6. Fit the inner and outer drum joints.
7. Refit the front drum bushing with the two screws.
8. Fasten the hexagonal socket head screw until the drum rotates.
9. Refit the primary transfer terminal and main charger.
10. Secure the image formation section with the six screws as before.

3-1-16
 203

Attach the image formation shading plate.

1. Hook the image formation shading plate onto the two knobs and fit by sliding the
plate to the left.

Image formation
Knob shading plate Knob

Figure 3-1-24

Remove the pressure lever release screws.

1. Draw the fixing unit out.

2. Remove the two pressure lever release screws (blue) from the front and rear of
the fixing unit.

Pressure lever release screws

Figure 3-1-25

3-1-17
203-1

Inject silicon oil.

1. Open the fixing unit guide stay.

2. Remove the two screws and fixing unit front cover.
3. Remove the two screws and fixing unit cover.

Fixing unit cover

Fixing unit front cover

Fixing unit guide stay

Figure 3-1-26

3-1-18
 203-1

4. Push the fixing unit back in.

5. Open the oil tank cap. Inject silicon oil until it reaches the level between the
“UPPER” and “LOWER” marks.

Oil tank

Figure 3-1-27

6. Pull the fixing unit out.

7. Push the oil solenoid lever several times and check visually that silicon oil is
coming out of the end of the oil tube.

Oil tube

Lever

Figure 3-1-28

8. Close the oil tank cap.

9. Refit the removed parts.
10. While pressing the paper conveying unit safety button, push the fixing unit back
in.

3-1-19
203-1

Connect the power plug.

1. Connect the power plug to the wall outlet.

Load developer.

Note: Do not drive the developing units for long periods of time when running simu-
lation 26.
1. Short-circuit the connector for toner hopper installation detection using the
connector jumper.
2. Turn the key switch to “ON” with the front cover opened. Turn the main switch
on.
3. When the message “Close front cover” is displayed, enter 10871087 with the
numeric keys to enter the simulation mode.
4. Turn safety switch 1 on and hold it on.

Connector jumper

Safety switch 1

Figure 3-1-29

3-1-20
 203-1

5. Agitate the Y, C, M and Bk developers by shaking the bottles well.

6. When the motor sound stops and the machine stabilizes, enter 20 with the
numeric keys and press the print key.
As a guide to machine stabilization, look for the eject roller to stop.
7. Select mode 0 with the cursor keys and press the Go key.
Potential correction starts. When finished, “OK” is displayed.
8. Select mode 1 with the cursor keys and press the Go key.
Agitation starts in the Y developing unit.
9. Use the developer funnel to dispense the Y developer to the Y developing unit.
Load the developer after the developing unit has moved to the drum.
10. Press the Stop key.
11. Select mode 2 with the cursor keys and press the Go key.
Agitation starts in the C developing unit.
12. Use the developer funnel to dispense the C developer to the C developing unit.
13. Press the Stop key.
14. Select mode 3 with the cursor keys and press the Go key.
Agitation starts in the M developing unit.
15. Use the developer funnel to dispense the M developer to the M developing unit.
16. Press the Stop key.
17. Select mode 4 with the cursor keys and press the Go key.
Agitation starts in the Bk developing unit.
18. Use the developer funnel to dispense the Bk developer to the Bk developing unit.
19. Press the Stop key.
20. Press the stop/clear key.
21. Turn safety switch 1 off.
22. Remove the connector jumper.
23. Remove the image formation shading plate.
24. Refit the toner hopper and fix with the two screws.
25. Refit the front cover.

Developer

Developer funnel

Figure 3-1-30

3-1-21
203

Initialize the developers.

1. Close the front cover.

2. When the motor sound stops and the machine stabilizes, enter 100 with the
numeric keys and press the print key.
3. Select mode 0 (All) with the cursor keys and press the Go key.
Aging starts and the toner control level is set automatically according to the initial
developer. The process stops after about ten minutes and “OK” is displayed.
If the stop/clear key is pressed during the aging, the operation stops and the
toner control level is not updated.
4. Press the stop/clear key.

Dispense the toner.

Perform the following steps for each color.

1. Turn the key switch to “ON” and open the front cover.
2. Pull out the toner hopper and open the toner replenishment cover.
3. Remove the cap of the toner bottle by turning it counterclockwise.
4. Tap the side of the toner bottle lightly 10 to 15 times.

Figure 3-1-31

3-1-22
 203

5. Shake the toner bottle well to agitate the toner inside.

Shake vertically 10 to 15 times and horizontally 10 to 15 times as shown in the
figure.

Figure 3-1-32 Agitating the toner

6. Fit the toner bottle to the replenishment opening of the toner hopper.
The replenishment opening of each hopper has a different shape corresponding
to the appropriate color toner bottle. Bottles of other colors will not fit.

Figure 3-1-33

7. Turn the toner bottle clockwise.

The inner cover of the toner bottle opens and the toner is dispensed into the
hopper.
8. When the bottle is empty, tap the side of the bottle lightly to shake all the
remaining toner into the hopper.
9. Turn the toner bottle counterclockwise to remove it from the toner replenishment
opening.
10. Close the toner replenishment cover of the toner hopper and push the toner
hopper back in.
11. Close the front cover.

3-1-23
203-1

Apply the toner to the cleaning blade.

1. When the motor sound stops and the machine stabilizes, enter 130 with the
numeric keys and press the print key.
2. Press the Go key.
Toner is applied to the drum surface and the operation stops automatically.
Pressing the stop/clear key interrupts toner application.
3. Press the stop/clear key.
4. Open the front cover and pull the toner hopper out.
5. Pull the blade release lever downward and out until the cleaning blade makes
contact with the drum.

Blade release lever

Pull out

Figure 3-1-34

6. Push the toner hopper back in and close the front cover.

Initialize the ID correction for high density areas.

1. When the motor sound stops and the machine stabilizes, enter 105 with the
numeric keys and press the print key.
2. Load A3/11" × 17" full color copy paper in the drawer.
3. Select mode 0 with the cursor keys and press the Go key.
A test pattern is printed.
4. Place the test pattern output in step 3 on the contact glass and approximately 50
sheets of A4/11" × 17" paper on top of it to promote close contact. With the original
holder or RADF open, press the print key.
Make sure the test pattern is placed in the same direction as it was printed out.
Place the test pattern correctly by aligning it with the original size indicator. If the
test pattern is not placed correctly, error code 89 will be displayed.
Complete this process as quickly as possible.
When the operation completes correctly, “OK” is displayed.

3-1-24
 203-1

Test pattern

Figure 3-1-34 (a)

5. Remove the output pattern from the contact glass.

6. Select mode 5 with the cursor keys and press the Go key.
When the operation completes correctly, “OK” is displayed.
Note: If an error occurs during simulation 105, an error code appears on the touch
screen. If an error code is displayed, remove the cause of the error and run
simulation 105 again.
7. Press the stop/clear key.

3-1-24-1
3-1-25
203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-1-26
 203-1

Adjust the halftones.

1. Load A3/11" × 17" paper in the drawer.

2. Enter 300 with the numeric keys and press the print key.
3. Select mode 1 with the cursor keys and press the Go key.
A test pattern is printed.
4. Place the printed test pattern on the contact glass and press the print key.
Make sure the test pattern is placed in the same direction as it was printed out.
Complete this process as quickly as possible.
5. Place the newly printed test pattern on the contact glass and press the print key.
When the operation completes correctly, the scanner output data menu is
displayed. (Table for Mode/ Color/ range/ initial value.)
6. Press print to return to simulation mode 300 menu. Exit by stop/ clear key.
7. In normal copy mode make 15 copies using a color original. (5-10%)
8. Main switch OFF/ ON.
9. Enter simulation mode 300.
10. Perform steps 3-5 of this procedure. (Test pattern reading 2nd time)
If an error is displayed, check the cause and run simulation 300 again.
11. When the Scanner out put menu is displayed remove the Test pattern and press
the Sample key. (Test mode)
12. Place Color test chart on the contact glass, make a sample copy with Full color/
Mix original mode. Press the stop/ clear key to return to Scanner out put menu.
13. If the image is incorrect, change the value of “Scanner out put menu” and try
Sample mode. (Re-try steps 11-13, increasing the value makes a darker image)
If not sucessfull set all values to 2 (default) and try again.
14. After all adjustments, press print to register the values and the press stop/ clear.

Test pattern

Figure 3-1-34 (b)

3-1-25
203-1

Adjust color registration.

1. Enter 320 with the numeric keys and press the print key.
2. Select mode 0 with the cursor keys and change the setting to 46.
3. Press the Sample key.
4. Set the copy mode for five A3/11" × 17" sheets, full color, text & photo.
5. Press the print key to output five test patterns.
6. Check if there is any color misregistration on the test patterns. If so, perform
steps 10 to 22. If there is no color misregistration, perform steps 7 to 9.

If there is no color misregistration:

7. Press the stop/clear key twice.
The screen returns to that for simulation 320.
8. Select mode 0 with the cursor keys and change the setting to 0.
9. Press the print key.

If there is color misregistration:

10. Press the stop/clear key twice.
The screen returns to that for simulation 320.
11. Press the print key.
12. Enter 30 with the numeric keys and press the print key.
13. Check if there is any color misregistration on the test patterns and change the
setting of mode 2.

C or M is not registered
correctly.

Figure 3-1-35

Color misregistration in the second to fifth test patterns

If cyan (C) is faster than magenta (M), increase the setting of mode 2.
If magenta (M) is faster than cyan (C), decrease the setting of mode 2.

3-1-26
 203-1

14. Press the Sample key.

15. Set the copy mode for five A3/11" × 17" sheets, full color, text & photo.
16. Press the print key to output five test patterns.
17. Check the color registration of the test patterns. If there is no color misregistration,
perform steps 18 to 22. If there is any color misregistration, perform step 18 and
then steps 13 to 17 again.
18. Press the stop/clear key twice.
The screen returns to that for simulation 30.

If the setting is hard to determine (color misregistration occurs on the opposite side
when the setting is changed by one step), change the paper to A4R/81/2" × 11" and print
five test patterns. Determine the optimum value according to the images on those test
patterns.

If cyan (C) shifts toward the bottom of the paper at approximately 150 mm from the
trailing edge on the second and later test patterns only, adjust the paper conveying
speed for fixing first and then adjust the color misregistration.

19. Press the print key.

The settings in simulation 30 are stored.
20. Enter 320 with the numeric keys and press the print key.
21. Select mode 0 with the cursor keys and change the setting to 0.
22. Press the print key.

3-1-26-1
3-1-27
203-1

Adjust the paper conveying speed for fixing.

1. Open the front cover and turn safety switch 1 on.

2. Enter 320 with the numeric keys and press the print key.
3. Select mode 0 with the cursor keys and change the setting to 46.
4. Press the Sample key.
5. Set the copy mode for two A3/11" × 17" sheets, monochrome, text & photo.
6. Press the print key and check the paper conveying operation. If paper is
conveyed correctly, perform steps 7 to 10; if paper is not conveyed correctly,
perform steps 11 to 23.
Paper shall not float when entering the fixing section. Also, paper shall not be
dragged or the trailing edge of paper flip up when exiting from the transfer section.

If paper is conveyed correctly:

7. Press the stop/clear key twice.
The screen returns to that for simulation 320.
8. Select mode 0 with the cursor keys and change the setting to 0.
9. Press the print key.
10. Enter 001 with the numeric keys and press the print key to exit simulation.

If paper is not conveyed correctly:

11. Press the stop/clear key twice.
The screen returns to that for simulation 320.
12. Press the print key.
13. Enter 30 with the numeric keys and press the print key.
14. Change the setting of mode 4.
If paper floats, increase the value.
If paper is dragged or the trailing edge of the paper flips up, decrease the value.
15. Press the Sample key.
16. Set the copy mode for two A3/11" × 17" sheets, monochrome, text & photo.
17. Press the print key and check the paper conveying operation. If paper is
conveyed correctly, perform steps 18 to 23; if paper is not conveyed correctly,
perform step 18 and then steps 14 to 17 again.
18. Press the stop/clear key twice.
The screen returns to that for simulation 30.
19. Press the print key.
The new setting is stored.
20. Enter 320 with the numeric keys and press the print key.
21. Select mode 0 with the cursor keys and change the setting to 0.
22. Press the print key.
23. Enter 001 with the numeric keys and press the print key to exit simulation.

3-1-28
3-1-26-2
 203-1

Attach the instruction handbook pocket.

Attach the instruction handbook pocket to the copier if the optional stapler-sorter is
not installed, or to the rear of the stapler-sorter if it is installed.

1. Attach the instruction handbook pocket to the lower left cover.

Lower left cover

Instruction handbook pocket

Figure 3-1-36

Attach the power plug retainer.

1. Attach the power plug retainer to the outlet on the machine rear with the cross-
head bronze binding screw(s) BVM 4 × 06.

120 V area 220 – 240 V area

Outlet Outlet

Power plug BVM 4 × 06 Power plug BVM 4 × 06

retainer retainer

Figure 3-1-37

Make test copies.

1. Load paper in the drawers and make test copies.

Completion of machine installation.

3-1-29
3-1-27
203-1

3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes

Factory settings are as follows:

Sim. No. Contents Factory setting

183 Selecting copy count timing for the total counter Counts when the eject
switch is turned off.

184 Selecting double count

Maintenance counter Double count for
A3/11" × 17" only
Full-color counter Double count for
A3/11" × 17" only
Mono-color counter Double count for
A3/11" × 17" only
Black counter Single count

185 Selecting counter mode

Maintenance counter Mode 1
Full-color counter Mode 1
Mono-color counter Mode 1
Black counter Mode 1

194 Turning auto start function on/off On

3-1-30
3-1-28
 203-1

3-1-3 Installing the modem (optional)

When using the MMD, connect the modem to the copier as follows.

Procedure
1. Remove the two screws and blanking plate covering the 9-pin connector.

9-pin connector
Screws

Blanking plate

Figure 3-1-38

2. Insert the plug on the cable provided with the modem into the 9-pin connector on the
copier.
3. Connect the modem LINE jack to the telephone line. When sharing the telephone
line with a telephone or facsimile, connect the modem TEL jack to the telephone or
facsimile.
4. Insert the modem power plug into the wall outlet.
Do not insert the modem power plug into the copier outlet.
5. Run simulation 176 and change the setting to “ON”.
6. Run simulation 170 to initialize the MMD.

Plug Copier

Modem
9-pin
connector
LINE TEL

Telephone line

Telephone, facsimile, etc.

To the modem

Figure 3-1-39

3-1-31
3-1-29
 203

CONTENTS

3-2 Simulation
3-2-1 Simulations ........................................................................................ 3-2-1
(1) Running a simulation ................................................................ 3-2-1
(2) Simulation list ............................................................................ 3-2-4
(3) Contents of simulations ............................................................ 3-2-8

1-1-19
 203

3-2-1 Simulations

This copier is equipped with a simulation function which can be used to maintain and service
the machine.

(1) Running a simulation

Start

Enter 10871087 with the numeric keys. ---------- Entering simulation mode

Enter the number of the simulation to

---------- Selecting a simulation
be executed with the numeric keys.

Press the print key.

The simulation is run.

Press the stop/clear key.

Yes
Run another simulation item?

No

Enter 001 with the numeric

keys and press the print key. ---------- Exiting simulation mode

End

3-2-1
203

• Data setting simulations

In data setting simulations, data can be set and test copies can be made by pressing the
keys on the touch screen.

State key: Indicates the state of the machine.

Pressing the State key switches to the screen showing the state of the machine in the
simulation mode. Pressing the Return key returns to the initial screen.

State State key

(indicating the state of the machine)
Drive Motors ON
0–3 20
0. Yellow developer
Cursor keys
1. Cyan developer (to select a mode number)

2. Magenta developer

3. Black developer Go Go key

(to execute an operation)
Stop Stop key
(to stop an operation)

Return Return key

(to return to the initial screen)
Machine Condition
20
1 Toner-Con Y 142 Temp [C] 28 5

2 Toner-Con C 202 Humidity [%] 28 6

3 Toner-Con M 75 I/D Sensor 0 7

4 Toner-Con Bk 130 S. Potential 60 8

Figure 3-2-1

1 Toner sensor 1 output 5 Internal machine temperature

2 Toner sensor 2 output 6 Internal machine humidity
3 Toner sensor 3 output 7 Image density sensor PCB output
4 Toner sensor 4 output 8 Drum potential sensor output

3-2-2
 203

Sample key: Selects a test copy mode.

Pressing the Sample key in the data setting screen switches to the copy screen to make a
test copy under the set conditions. Pressing the stop/clear key returns to the initial screen.

Sample Sample key

(showing the copy screen)

Adjusting 100%
0–1 62
0. Main 0
Cursor keys
(to select a mode number)
1. Sub 0

Up
Up/Down keys
Down (to change the set value)

Reset

Figure 3-2-2

3-2-3
203-1

(2) Simulation list

Section Sim. No. Simulation contents Default

Main PCB 1 Exiting the simulation mode —

10 Initializing the backup memory —
11 Initializing the histories —
Drive 20 Aging the developing units —
system 21 Cleaning the transfer belt —
22 Cleaning the charger wire —
23 Checking the paper conveying section switches —
24 Checking the paper conveying section clutches —
and solenoids
25 Rotating the transfer belt —
26 Loading developer —
30 Adjusting the motor speed —
31 Adjusting leading edge timing and the amount —
of slack in the paper
33 Adjusting the duplex unit —
34 Changing fan control for high ambient temperature 0
Optical 50 Checking scanning —
54 Automatic adjustment of the original size sensors —
60 Displaying scanning lamp data —
61 Correcting the home position 128
62 Adjusting magnification 0
63 Setting the scanner current 1
64 Displaying the original size sensor level 128
65 Settings for checking scanner operation —
High 70 Laser power —
voltage 71 Correcting the potentials —
72 Setting the primary transfer output control 60
73 Performing the primary transfer output —
74 Setting the secondary transfer output control 120
75 Performing the secondary transfer output —
80 Setting the Y developing unit data —
81 Setting the C developing unit data —
82 Setting the M developing unit data —
83 Setting the Bk developing unit data —

3-2-4
 203-1

Section Sim. No. Simulation contents Default

High 84 Correcting the dirty potential sensor 0

voltage 85 Adjusting the printing position in the main 0
(cont.) scanning direction
90 Setting the transfer voltage (modes 2, 3) —
91 Setting the transfer voltage (mode 0) —
92 Setting the transfer voltage (mode 1) —
93 Setting the transfer voltage (modes 4,5) —
Developing 100 Initial setting of the developers —
105 Correcting the ID for the high-density areas —
110 Displaying the toner control levels 127
111 Displaying the toner sensor control voltage —
112 Displaying the developing bias 111
Fixing and 130 Applying toner to the cleaning blade —
cleaning 135 Measuring the fixing nip width —
141 Setting the fixing temperatures 155
142 Setting the preheat temperatures —
Operation 150 Checking the RADF —
and 151 Turning the original protection function on/off 0
options when the DF is used
160 Adjusting leading edge registration in RADF 64
mode
161 Initializing the touch screen —
162 Checking if all the LEDs on the operation panel —
light
170 Operating the MMD host monitoring system —
171 Selecting presence or absence of the duplex unit 0
172 Changing the number of copies to be stacked in 0
the stapler-sorter
173 Setting the limit for the maintenance counter 36
174 Resetting the maintenance counter —
175 Setting the CAD output controller installation 0
176 Setting the use of the MMD host monitoring system —
Modes 180 Selecting the destination —
182 Setting the folio size —
183 Selecting copy count timing for the total counter 0
184 Selecting double count —

3-2-5
203-1

Section Sim. No. Simulation contents Default

Modes 185 Selecting counter mode 1

(cont.) 190 Setting the auto preheat/energy saver time 3
191 Setting preheat/energy saver mode 0
194 Turning auto start function on/off 1
200 Outputting the setting values in simulation mode —
201 Outputting the developing section data —
202 Outputting the copy count by paper feed location —
203 Outputting copy counts by paper size —
204 Outputting the frequency of paper jams by jam —
location
205 Outputting the total counts of optional devices —
206 Outputting the service call history —
207 Outputting the frequency of service call codes —
208 Displaying the ROM version —
209 Registering the service telephone number 0
212 Making fine adjustment to auto exposure 0
220 Resetting the partial operation control —
221 Date confirmation —
242 Setting the use of a key card 1
246 Setting the machine number —
Image 300 Adjusting the IPU automatically —
processing 301 Batch adjustment of the lamp/scanner —
310 Adjusting output margins 0
311 Adjusting input margins 0
313 Adjusting the scanning start position in the main 0
scanning direction
314 Outputting the scanner check data —
317 Auto halftone adjustment —
320 Selecting a PG test pattern —
325 Adjusting the color balance offset in text mode 128
326 Adjusting the color balance offset in photo mode 128
327 Adjusting the color balance offset in map mode 128
328 Adjusting the color balance offset in text & photo 128
mode
329 Adjusting ACPS (text/photo area recognition) —
331 Adjusting the exposure mode offset data 3

3-2-6
 203-1

Section Sim. No. Simulation contents Default

Image 336 Adjusting the RGB filter in fine increments 0

processing 345 Adjusting the black and white data —
(cont.)
346 Adjusting gamma —
347 Adjusting the matrix (cyan) —
348 Adjusting the matrix (magenta) —
349 Adjusting the matrix (yellow) —
355 Adjusting output thresholds (black in text, 0
full-color text & photo mode)
359 Adjusting output thresholds (text in mono-color, 0
text & photo mode)
360 Adjusting output thresholds (magenta in text, –25
full-color mode)
361 Adjusting output thresholds (cyan in text, –25
full-color mode)
362 Adjusting output thresholds (yellow in text, –25
full-color mode)
363 Adjusting output thresholds (black in text, –25
full-color mode)
364 Adjusting output thresholds (magenta in photos, –25
full-color photo mode)
365 Adjusting output thresholds (cyan in photos, –25
full-color photo mode)
366 Adjusting output thresholds (yellow in photos, –25
full-color photo mode)
367 Adjusting output thresholds (black in photos, –25
full-color photo mode)
375 Adjusting output thresholds (black in photos, 0
full-color text & photo mode)
376 Adjusting output thresholds (mono-color text –25
mode)
377 Adjusting output thresholds (mono-color photo –25
mode)
378 Adjusting output thresholds (mono-color map –25
mode)
379 Adjusting output thresholds (photos in mono-color –25
text & photo mode)
399 Adjusting output thresholds (mono-color printed –25
photo mode)
Copy mode 402 Checking messages —

3-2-7
203-1

(3) Contents of simulations

SIM No. Description

1 Exiting the simulation mode

Description
Exits simulation mode and returns to normal copy mode.
Purpose
Used when exiting simulation mode.
Method
Press the print key. The copier returns to the normal copy mode.

10 Initializing the backup memory

Description
Initializes the backup data on the main PCB.
Purpose
Used when replacing the backup PCB on the main PCB.
Caution
Before initializing the backup memory, run simulation 200 to output the
simulation setting list and check the settings before initialization.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Select mode 1 with the cursor keys.

Mode No. Description

0 ———
1 Initializes all the backup data.

3. Press the Go key. After all the backup data is initialized, the power turns
off and on automatically, bringing the machine to the state at power-on.
Press the stop/clear key to cancel.

3-2-8
 203

SIM No. Description

11 Initializing the histories

Description
Initializes the history data output when running simulations 201 to 204 and
207.
Purpose
To initialize the history data after replacing a part or remedying a problem
so that the counter and the frequency of errors can be checked during the
next maintenance.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Select the mode with the cursor keys.

Mode No. Description

0 ———
1 All histories
2 Developing section data
3 Copy counts by paper feed location
4 Copy counts by paper size
5 Frequency of paper jams
6 Frequency of service calls

3. Press the Go key. Press the stop/clear key to cancel.

Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-9
203-1

SIM No. Description

20 Aging the developing units

Description
Drives all motors except the paper feed motor and ages the developing
units.
Purpose
To check motor operation.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Select the mode with the cursor keys.

Mode No. Description

0 Y developing unit
1 C developing unit
2 M developing unit
3 Bk developing unit

3. Press the Go key. The selected developing unit is aged.

4. Press the Stop key. Stirring stops.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

21 Cleaning the transfer belt

Description
Applies stearic wax to the transfer belt for 60 seconds.
Purpose
Used when replacing the transfer belt.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Press the Go key.
Stearic wax is applied for 60 seconds. Press the Stop key to stop
cleaning.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-10
 203-1

SIM No. Description

22 Cleaning the charger wire

Description
Cleans the main charger wire for 24 seconds.
Purpose
Used when checking cleaning of the charger wire.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Press the Go key. The main charger wire is cleaned for 24 seconds.
Press the Stop key to stop cleaning.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

23 Checking the paper conveying section switches

Description
Displays the on/off state of the switches in the paper conveying section.
Purpose
Used when checking the switches in the paper conveying section.
Method
1. Open the front cover.
2. Press the print key. The states of the following switches are displayed
as 0 (off) or 1 (on).

Display Switch
outlet Eject switch
branch f Fixing eject switch
conveyor Paper conveying switch
regist Registration switch
feed U Paper feed switch 1
feed M Paper feed switch 2
feed D Paper feed switch 3
feed G Paper feed switch 4
branch Feedshift switch
adu regist Duplex registration switch
adu conveyor Duplex paper conveying switch
adu outlet Duplex eject switch

Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-11
203-1

SIM No. Description

24 Checking the paper conveying section clutches and solenoids

Description
Turns the clutches and solenoids in the paper conveying section on.
Purpose
Used when checking the clutches and solenoids in the paper conveying
section.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Select the mode with the cursor keys.

Mode No. Description

0 Bypass paper feed clutch
1 Paper feed clutch 1
2 Paper feed clutch 2
3 Paper feed clutch 3
4 Paper feed clutch 4
5 Speed clutch
6 Feed clutch 1
7 Feed clutch 2
8 Feed clutch 3
9 Feed clutch 4
10 Registration clutch
11 Duplex paper tapping solenoid*
12 Duplex paper press solenoid*
13 Duplex forward solenoid*
14 Refeed clutch*
15 Duplex paper conveying clutch*
16 Duplex registration clutch*
17 Feedshift solenoid*
*Optional.

3. Press the Go key.

The clutch or solenoid is turned on and off repeatedly.
4. Press the Stop key. The operation stops.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-12
 203-1

SIM No. Description

25 Rotating the transfer belt

Description
Rotates the transfer belt.
Purpose
Used to check if the transfer belt flutters after the belt is replaced. Adjust
the movement of the belt if it flutters (see page 3-3-78-1).
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Press the Go key. The transfer belt starts rotating.
3. To stop the rotation, press the Stop key.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

26 Loading developer
Description
Corrects the potentials and ages the developing units. To prevent the
deposition of toner or developer on the drum surface during aging, the
potentials should be corrected in mode 0 before any aging operation.
Purpose
Used when loading developer.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Select the mode with the cursor keys.

Mode
No. Description Operation

0 Potential correction Sets the light and dark potentials

1 Y developing unit
2 C developing unit
3 M developing unit
4 Bk developing unit
and developing bias (for approx.
1 min.).
Ages the Y developing unit.
Ages the C developing unit.
Ages the M developing unit
Ages the Bk developing unit

3. Press the Go key. The selected operation is performed.

4. To stop aging, press the Stop key.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-12-1
3-2-13
203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-2-14
 203-1

SIM No. Description

30 Adjusting the motor speed

Description
Adjusts the speed of each motor. Low speed helps fixing of color images
(with at least two colors) on thicker paper fed from the bypass table.
Purpose
Used when replacing a defective motor, or correcting color misregistration
in full color printing (see page 3-3-26).
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys. See page 3-3-26.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Transfer belt motor at high speed –20 to +20 –18
1 Transfer belt motor at low speed –20 to +20 18
2 Paper feed motor at high speed –20 to +20 –10
3 Paper feed motor at low speed –20 to +20 18
4 Fixing motor at high speed –10 to +10 0
5 Fixing motor at low speed –10 to +10 0
6 Fine adjustment for transfer belt –20 to +20 0
motor at low speed
7 Fine adjustment for paper feed –20 to +20 0
motor at low speed
8 Fine adjustment for fixing motor –20 to +20 0
at low speed
9 Transfer belt control PCB version 0 to 1 1*
*The larger the number becomes, the newer the version is.

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-13
203-1

SIM No. Description

31 Adjusting leading edge timing and the amount of slack in the paper
See pages 3-3-24, 25 and 27-1.

33 Adjusting the duplex unit

Description
Adjusts the duplex unit (option).
Purpose
Used when installing the duplex unit (option). Modes 5 to 7 are used for
two-page concatenation copying*.
* The transfer belt carries the images of two pages at a time to accelerate
the copying speed when A4/11" × 81/2" or smaller paper is fed from a
drawer and two or more colors are used.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Home position correction 1 to 255 119
fine adjustment data
1 Forwarding solenoid on time 1 to 255 20
2 Forwarding solenoid start time 1 1 to 255 172
3 Tapping solenoid on time 1 1 to 255 53
4 Tapping solenoid start time 1 1 to 255 147
5 Forwarding solenoid start time 2 1 to 255 152
6 Tapping solenoid on time 2 1 to 255 34
7 Tapping solenoid start time 2 1 to 255 136
8 Duplex registration 1 to 255 41

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-14
 203-1

SIM No. Description

34 Changing fan control for high ambient temperature

Description
Changes the fan control method for high ambient temperature.
Purpose
To be used when the copier is operated in a high-temperature environment
and a problem occurs due to a rise in temperature.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Change the setting using Up/Down keys.

Setting Description
0 Normal fan control is performed.
1 In a high-temperature (32°C/89.6°F or
higher) environment, the ozone exhaust
fan motor, internal cooling fan motor,
duct fan motor, fixing fan motors 1 and
2, and optical section outer fan motors 1
and 2 are always turned on.
Initial value: 0

2. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-14-1
3-2-15
203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-2-16
 203

SIM No. Description

50 Checking scanning
Description
Performs scanning.
Purpose
Used when checking scanning.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Select the mode with the cursor keys.

Mode No. Description

0 Scanner scanning
1 Lamp on during copying
2 Lamp on during shading
3 Shading

3. Press the Go key. The selected mode is run.

4. Press the Stop key. The operation stops.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

54 Automatic adjustment of the original size sensors

Description
Sets the sensor threshold of the original size sensors automatically.
Purpose
Used when replacing the original size sensors or initializing the backup
data.
Method
1. Close the original holder.
2. Press the print key.
3. Press the Go key. The original size sensors are adjusted automatically.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-17
3-2-15
203-1

SIM No. Description

54 Caution
(cont.) If a problem occurs while performing this adjustment, a code indicating the
nature of the problem is displayed on the touch screen. When the code is
displayed, check the cause and remedy, and then retry the adjustment.

Code Contents Causes

210 Open original holder. The original holder is open.
211 Original size sensor 1 problem. The original holder is dirty.
The connector terminals
212 Original size sensor 2 problem.
of each original size
213 Original size sensor 3 problem. detection sensor make
214 Original size sensor 4 problem. poor contact.

215 Original size sensor 5 problem.

216 Original size sensor 6 problem.
217 Original size sensor 7 problem.
218 Original size sensor 8 problem.

3-2-18
3-2-15-1
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-2-19
203

SIM No. Description

60 Displaying scanning lamp data

Description
Displays the lamp exposure (lamp voltage) set automatically in simulation
301.
Purpose
Used when checking the lamp exposure. No change from the factory
default is necessary.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Lamp exposure during scanning 1 to 244 205
1 Lamp exposure during shading 1 to 254 215

Change in value per step: 0.1 to 0.5 V

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-16
 203-1

SIM No. Description

61 Correcting the home position

Description
Displays and changes the correction value of the scanning start position
(timing) set automatically in simulation 301 mode 1.
Purpose
Used when checking and changing the correction value of the scanning
start position.
Change the position only when replacing the ISU, scanner frame or mirror
frame.
Method
Press the print key. The correction value of the scanning start position
automatic adjustment set in simulation 301 mode 1 is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Setting range Initial value

1 to 255 128
Change in value per step: 0.05 mm
Increasing the value makes the scanning start-time earlier and
decreasing the value makes it later.
2. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-17
203

SIM No. Description

62 Adjusting magnification
See pages 3-3-49 and 50.

63 Setting the scanner current

Description
Displays and changes the current flowing in the scanner motor. Excessive
current may cause oscillation; insufficient current may cause unstable
operation of the scanner motor.
Purpose
Do not change the setting.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Setting range Initial value

0 to 5 1

2. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-18
 203-1

SIM No. Description

64 Displaying the original size sensor level

Description
Displays the sensor level of the original size sensor set automatically in
simulation 54.
Purpose
To check the level detected by the original size sensor. The displayed value
is an automatically adjusted setting and no change is necessary.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Original size sensor 1 0 to 255 128
1 Original size sensor 2 0 to 255 128
2 Original size sensor 3* 0 to 255 128
3 Original size sensor 4* 0 to 255 128
4 Original size sensor 5 0 to 255 128
5 Original size sensor 6 0 to 255 128
6 Original size sensor 7 0 to 255 128
7 Original size sensor 8 0 to 255 128
* Metric specifications only.
Increasing the value makes the sensor sensitivity higher and
decreasing the value makes it lower.
3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-19
203-1

SIM No. Description

65 Settings for checking scanner operation

Description
Displays and changes the scanning magnification and paper size to be
employed when checking scanning in simulation 50.
Purpose
Used when changing the scanning magnification and paper size used to
check scanning.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Magnification 25 to 400 (%) 100
1 Paper size 1 to 24 1
The values in mode 1 represent the following paper sizes.
1: A3 9: 11" × 17" 17: Computer form
2: B4 10: 81/2" × 14" 18: Postcard
3: A4R 11: 81/2" × 11" 19: 12" × 18"
4: B5R 12: 51/2" × 81/2" 20: 41/4" × 51/2"
5: A5R 13: 11" × 81/2" 21: E
6: A4 14: Non-standard 22: L
7: A6R 15: Folio 23: H
8: B5 16: B6R 24: Panorama
3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-20
 203

SIM No. Description

70 Laser power
Description
Performs main charging and turns the LSU on for each developing unit.
Purpose
Used when checking main charging and laser function for each color.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Select the mode with the cursor keys.

Mode No. Description

0 Y developing unit
1 C developing unit
2 M developing unit
3 Bk developing unit

3. Press the Go key. Main charging and the LSU are turned on.
4. Press the Stop key. The operation stops.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-21
203-1

SIM No. Description

71 Correcting the potentials

Description
Corrects the potentials.
Purpose
Running this simulation is not necessary during service.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Select the mode with the cursor keys.

Mode No. Description

0 Correcting potentials (light and dark)
1 Correcting the dark potential
2 Correcting the light potential

3. Press the Go key. The potential of the selected mode is corrected.

Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-22
 203-1

SIM No. Description

72 Setting the primary transfer output control

Description
Sets the output control value for primary transfer.
Purpose
No need to run this simulation during service.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Enter the value to be set using the Up/Down keys.

Description Setting range Initial value

Primary transfer output control voltage 0 to 255 60

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

73 Performing the primary transfer output

Description
Performs the primary transfer output operation.
Purpose
No need to run this simulation during service.
Method
1. Press the Go key. The output operation for primary transfer is
performed.
2. Press the Stop key. Operation stops.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-23
203-1

SIM No. Description

74 Setting the secondary transfer output control

Description
Sets the output control value for secondary transfer.
Purpose
No need to run this simulation during service.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Enter the value to be set using the Up/Down keys.

Description Setting range Initial value

Secondary transfer output control 0 to 255 120

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

75 Performing the secondary transfer output

Description
Perform the secondary transfer output operation.
Purpose
No need to run this simulation during service.
Method
1. Press the Go key. The output operation for secondary transfer is
performed.
2. Press the Stop key. Operation stops.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-24
3-2-23-1
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-2-25
203-1

SIM No. Description

80 Setting the Y developing unit data

Description
Displays the Y developing unit data and changes the setting.
Purpose
To check the Y developing unit data.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Grid, 650 V data (dark potential) 25 to 232 137
1 Grid, 750 V data (dark potential) 35 to 242 190
2 LSU, 650 data (light potential) 84 to 254 164
3 LSU, 650 power data (light potential) 85 to 255 215
4 Grid data setting (during copying) 25 to 255 137
5 LSU data setting (during copying) 64 to 255 164

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-24
 203-1

SIM No. Description

81 Setting the C developing unit data

Description
Displays the C developing unit data and changes the setting.
Purpose
To check the C developing unit data.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Grid, 650 V data (dark potential) 29 to 236 141
1 Grid, 750 V data (dark potential) 39 to 246 194
2 LSU, 650 data (light potential) 77 to 254 153
3 LSU, 650 power data (light potential) 78 to 255 204
4 Grid data setting (during copying) 25 to 255 141
5 LSU data setting (during copying) 64 to 255 153

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-25
203-1

SIM No. Description

82 Setting the M developing unit data

Description
Displays and the M developing unit data and changes the setting.
Purpose
To check the M developing unit data.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Grid, 650 V data (dark potential) 35 to 242 147
1 Grid, 750 V data (dark potential) 45 to 252 200
2 LSU, 650 data (light potential) 68 to 254 147
3 LSU, 650 power data (light potential) 69 to 255 198
4 Grid data setting (during copying) 25 to 255 147
5 LSU data setting (during copying) 64 to 255 147

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-26
 203-1

SIM No. Description

83 Setting the Bk developing unit data

Description
Displays the Bk developing unit data and changes the setting.
Purpose
To check the Bk developing unit data.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Grid, 650 V data (dark potential) 38 to 245 150
1 Grid, 750 V data (dark potential) 48 to 255 203
2 LSU, 650 data (light potential) 64 to 254 146
3 LSU, 650 power data (light potential) 65 to 255 197
4 Grid data setting (during copying) 25 to 255 150
5 LSU data setting (during copying) 64 to 255 146

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-27
203-1

SIM No. Description

84 Correcting the dirty potential sensor

Description
Displays and changes the correction value of the surface potential sensor
set in automatic correction.
Purpose
To check the value of the surface potential error due to the potential sensor
surface being soiled with toner. When replacing a soiled surface potential
sensor, be sure to return the setting to 0.
Method
Press the print key. The correction value of the surface potential sensor set
during automatic correction is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Setting range Initial value

0 to 51 0

2. Press the print key. The value is set.

85 Adjusting the printing position in the main scanning direction

See page 3-3-23.

3-2-28
 203-1

SIM No. Description

90 Setting the transfer voltage (modes 2, 3)

Description
Displays and changes the setting for the transfer voltage at normal ambient
temperature and humidity (ambient modes 2, 3).
Purpose
No change is necessary during service. Raising the voltage improves
transferability; however, excessive transfer voltage may accelerate the
deterioration of the transfer belt.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the setting makes the voltage higher and decreasing it
makes the voltage lower.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Primary transfer voltage (Bk) 1 to 255 55
1 Primary transfer voltage (Y, M, C) 1 to 255 90
2 Primary transfer voltage, two-color, 1 to 255 60
first color
3 Primary transfer voltage, two-color, 1 to 255 110
second color
4 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 60
first color
5 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 70
second color
6 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 70
third color
7 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 80
forth color
8 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 47
color (Y, M, C, Bk)
9 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 75
10 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 150
11 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 90
color (duplex)
12 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 130
(duplex)

3-2-29
203-1

SIM No. Description

90 Mode Setting Initial

(cont.) No. Description range value
13 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 160
(duplex)
14 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 90
color (transparency)
15 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 139
(transparency)
16 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 139
(transparency)
17 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 90
color (thick paper)
18 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 139
(thick paper)
19 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 139
(thick paper)
Change in value per step: 10 V
3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-30
3-2-29-1
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-2-31
203-1

SIM No. Description

91 Setting the transfer voltage (mode 0)

Description
Displays and changes the setting for the transfer voltage at low ambient
temperature and humidity (ambient mode 0).
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Primary transfer voltage (Bk) 1 to 255 55
1 Primary transfer voltage (Y, M, C) 1 to 255 90
2 Primary transfer voltage, two-color, 1 to 255 60
first color
3 Primary transfer voltage, two-color, 1 to 255 110
second color
4 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 60
first color
5 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 70
second color
6 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 70
third color
7 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 80
forth color
8 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 62
color (Y, M, C, Bk)
9 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 110
10 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 150
11 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 150
color (duplex)
12 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 170
(duplex)
13 Secondary transfer voltage, four color 1 to 255 180
(duplex)
14 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 90
color (transparency)

3-2-32
3-2-30
 203-1

SIM No. Description

91 Mode Setting Initial

(cont.) No. Description range value
15 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 139
(transparency)
16 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 139
(transparency)
17 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 90
color (thick paper)
18 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 139
(thick paper)
19 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 139
(thick paper)
Change in value per step: 10 V
3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-30-1
3-2-33
203-1

SIM No. Description

92 Setting the transfer voltage (mode 1)

Description
Displays and changes the setting for the transfer voltage at low ambient
temperature and humidity (ambient mode 1).
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Primary transfer voltage (Bk) 1 to 255 55
1 Primary transfer voltage (Y, M, C) 1 to 255 90
2 Primary transfer voltage, two-color, 1 to 255 60
first color
3 Primary transfer voltage, two-color, 1 to 255 110
second color
4 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 60
first color
5 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 70
second color
6 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 70
third color
7 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 80
forth color
8 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 62
color (Y, M, C, Bk)
9 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 90
10 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 150
11 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 130
color (duplex)
12 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 150
(duplex)
13 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 160
(duplex)
14 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 90
color (transparency)

3-2-34
3-2-30-2
 203-1

SIM No. Description

92 Mode Setting Initial

(cont.) No. Description range value
15 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 139
(transparency)
16 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 139
(transparency)
17 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 90
color (thick paper)
18 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 139
(thick paper)
19 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 139
(thick paper)
Change in value per step: 10 V
3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-30-3
3-2-35
203-1

SIM No. Description

93 Setting the transfer voltage (modes 4, 5)

Description
Displays and changes the setting for the transfer voltage at high ambient
temperature and humidity (ambient modes 4, 5).
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Primary transfer voltage (Bk) 1 to 255 55
1 Primary transfer voltage (Y, M, C) 1 to 255 90
2 Primary transfer voltage, two-color, 1 to 255 55
first color
3 Primary transfer voltage, two-color, 1 to 255 55
second color
4 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 55
first color
5 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 55
second color
6 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 55
third color
7 Primary transfer voltage, four-color, 1 to 255 60
forth color
8 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 47
color (Y, M, C, Bk)
9 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 75
10 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 100
11 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 72
color (duplex)
12 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 110
(duplex)
13 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 129
(duplex)
14 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 90
color (transparency)

3-2-36
3-2-30-4
 203-1

SIM No. Description

93 Mode Setting Initial

(cont.) No. Description range value
15 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 139
(transparency)
16 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 139
(transparency)
17 Secondary transfer voltage, single 1 to 255 90
color (thick paper)
18 Secondary transfer voltage, two-color 1 to 255 139
(thick paper)
19 Secondary transfer voltage, four-color 1 to 255 139
(thick paper)
Change in value per step: 10 V
3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-30-5
3-2-37
203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-2-38
 203

SIM No. Description

100 Initial setting of the developers

Description
Sets the toner control levels automatically.
Purpose
Used for initial setting of the developers when installing the machine or
replacing the developers.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Select the mode with the cursor keys.

Mode No. Description

0 All developers
1 Y developer
2 C developer
3 M developer
4 Bk developer

3. Press the Go key. The initial setting of the selected developer is

performed (cleaning of the main charger wire, correcting of the
potentials and setting of the developer).
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-31
203-1

SIM No. Description

105 Correcting the ID for the high-density areas

Description
Corrects the initial ID for high density areas.
Purpose
To initialize the developers when installing the machine or replacing the
developers. Modes 0 to 4 are used to determine the maximum density for
each developing unit and modes 5 to 9 are used to back up the data.
After running this simulation, proceed to simulation 300 mode 1 (auto
halftone adjustment).
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
It is preferable to set the initial potential for all developers using mode 0
even if all four of the developers have not been replaced.

Mode No. Description

0 Initial potential setting (all developers)
1 Initial potential setting (Y)
2 Initial potential setting (C)
3 Initial potential setting (M)
4 Initial potential setting (Bk)
5 Initialization of ID correction for
high-density areas (all developers)
6 Initialization of ID correction for
high-density areas (Y)
7 Initialization of ID correction for
high-density areas (C)
8 Initialization of ID correction for
high-density areas (M)
9 Initialization of ID correction for
high-density areas (Bk)

3-2-32
 203-1

SIM No. Description

105 3. Press the Go key.

(cont.) • Modes 0 to 4:
(1) A test pattern is output.
(2) Place the output test pattern on the contact glass in the same
direction as it was output and press the print key.
To promote close contact between the test pattern and contact glass,
place 50 sheets of paper on top of the test pattern.
Be sure to perform these steps smoothly without pause.
• Modes 5 to 9:
The data determined in modes 0 to 4 are backed up.
Important: If an error occurs during simulation 105, an error code appears
on the touch screen. If an error code is displayed, remove the
cause of the error and run simulation 105 again.
4. Press the stop key. Operation stops.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering the simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-32-1
3-2-33
203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-2-34
 203-1

SIM No. Description

106 This simulation has been deleted.

3-2-35
3-2-33
203-1

SIM No. Description

107 This simulation has been deleted.

3-2-36
3-2-34
 203-1

SIM No. Description

110 Displaying the toner control levels

Description
Displays the toner control levels set in simulation 100.
Purpose
Used when checking the toner control levels. No change is necessary from
the initial value.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Y developing unit 0 to 255 127
1 C developing unit 0 to 255 127
2 M developing unit 0 to 255 127
3 Bk developing unit 0 to 255 127

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

111 Displaying the toner sensor control voltage

Description
Displays the toner sensor control voltage.
Purpose
Used when checking the toner sensor control voltage. No change is
necessary from the initial value.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Y developing unit 0 to 255 136
1 C developing unit 0 to 255 136
2 M developing unit 0 to 255 136
3 Bk developing unit 0 to 255 126

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-37
3-2-35
203-1

SIM No. Description

112 Displaying the developing bias

Description
Displays the developing biases.
Purpose
Used when checking the developing biases. No change is necessary from
the initial value.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Y developing unit 0 to 255 111
1 C developing unit 0 to 255 111
2 M developing unit 0 to 255 111
3 Bk developing unit 0 to 255 111

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

130 Applying toner to the cleaning blade

Description
Turns on the drum motor, performs main charging and applies toner to the
drum surface.
Purpose
Used for applying toner to the drum to coat the cleaning blade when the
blade or drum is replaced.
Caution
Before running this simulation, turn the power on with the front cover open,
enter simulation mode and then close the front cover thereby skipping auto
corrections at power-on. If auto corrections are performed while the clean-
ing blade is released, the toner applied to the drum may scatter and mix
with toner of different colors.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Press the Go key. The drum motor is turned on, main charging is
performed, and toner is applied to the drum surface.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-38
3-2-36
 203-1

SIM No. Description

135 Measuring the fixing nip width

Description
Measures the fixing pressure of the fixing pressure nuts.
Purpose
Used for checking the fixing pressure, if there is a fixing problem such as
creased paper, or when a fixing pressure spring is replaced (see page
3-3-111).
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Place A3/11" × 17" paper in the drawer.
3. Press the Go key. A test copy to measure the fixing nip width is output.
Caution
When the stapler-sorter (optional) is attached, detach the stapler-sorter
from the copier (without disconnecting the connector cable) before mea-
suring the fixing nip width.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering simulation No. is displayed.

141 Setting the fixing temperatures

Description
Displays and changes the fixing temperatures of the heat and press rollers.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.

3-2-39
3-2-37
203-1

SIM No. Description

141 Setting
(cont.) 1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Heat roller surface temperature 47 to 207 155
1 Press roller surface temperature 47 to 207 155
2 Heat roller surface temperature 47 to 207 155
(transparency)
3 Press roller surface temperature 47 to 207 155
(transparency)
4 Heat roller surface temperature 47 to 207 170
(thick paper)
5 Press roller surface temperature 47 to 207 170
(thick paper)
Temperature for value 155: 170°C/338°F
Increasing the value makes temperature higher and decreasing the
value makes it lower.
3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-40
3-2-37-1
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-2-41
203-1

SIM No. Description

142 Setting the preheat temperatures

Description
Displays and changes the roller surface temperatures in preheat mode.
Purpose
Used when changing the time required to recover from preheat mode.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting
No. Description range Initial value

0 Heat roller surface 47 to 207 108 (140°C/284°F)

temperature
1 Press roller surface 47 to 207 91 (130°C/266°F)
temperature
Increasing the value makes the temperature higher and decreasing the
value makes it lower.
3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-42
3-2-38
 203-1

SIM No. Description

150 Checking the RADF

Description
Simulates copying when the RADF (option) is installed.
Purpose
To check the RADF (option).
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the mode with the cursor keys.

Mode No. Description

0 Simplex
1 Simplex copying without paper
2 Duplex
3 Duplex copying without paper

3. Press the Go key.

4. Press the Stop key to interrupt operation in modes 1 or 3.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

151 Turning the original protection function on/off when the DF is used
Description
Selects if enabling DF (optional) copying with an original present on the
contact glass.
Purpose
To be used when selecting if the original left on the contact glass is
protected before DF copying starts.
Method
Press the start key.
Setting
1. Change the setting using Up/Down keys.

Setting Description
0 Original protection function off
(DF copying enabled)
1 Original protection function on
(DF copying disabled)
Initial value: 0
2. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-39
203-1

SIM No. Description

160 Adjusting leading edge registration in RADF mode

Description
Adjusts the stop position of an original fed from the RADF (option) in RADF
mode.
Purpose
To be executed when there is a regular error between the leading edge of
the copy image and that of the original in RADF mode when the RADF
(option) is used.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Simplex copy 1 to 127 64
1 Duplex copy 1 to 127 64

3. Press the start key. The value is set.

3-2-40
 203-1

SIM No. Description

161 Initializing the touch screen

Description
Corrects the key positions displayed on the touch screen.
Purpose
To be executed after replacing the touch screen.
Method
1. Press the print key.

Figure 3-2-3
2. Press the center of the + key displayed at the upper left of the touch
screen. Another + key is displayed at the lower right of the screen.
3. Press the center of the + key on lower right. The touch screen is
initialized.

162 Checking if all the LEDs on the operation panel light

Description
Lights all the LEDs on the operation panel.
Purpose
To check all the LEDs on the operation panel.
Method
Press the print key. All the LEDs on the operation panel light.
Completion
Press the Return key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-41
203-1

SIM No. Description

170 Operating the MMD host monitoring system

Description
Initializes or operates the MMD host monitoring system.
Purpose
Used when setting up the machine or during regular maintenance or repair.
Important: Run simulation 176 and change the setting of MMD to “ON”
(enabled) before this simulation.
Method
1. Press the print key.
The basic status screen is displayed.
2. Operate the device following the instructions on the touch screen.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key.
Basic status
(Basic status)
Select a mode 170
Technician arrive 1
Maintenance count clear 2
Display to select Phone number setting 3
simulation No. MMD device Initialization 4
Service report (leave) 5
Return
Return

(Basic status)
Select a mode 170
Technician compulsion call 6
PPC evacuation 7

Return
Return

• To initialize the MMD host monitoring
system, run the following modes in
order:
“Phone number setting” 3
“MMD device initialization” 4
• During regular maintenance or repair,
run the following modes in order:
“Technician arrive” 1
“Maintenance count clear” 2
“Service report (leave)” 5
• To remotely control from the host
computer, run the following mode:
“Technician compulsion call” 6
• To withdraw the copier, run the
following mode:
“PPC evacuation” 7

3-2-42
3-2-41-1
 203-1

SIM No. Description

1 2

Technician arrive
Select a mode 170 Maintenance parts check/clear
Select parts & push clear 170
Developer (Bk) 000000100

Developer (M) 000000050

Technician arrive Developer (C) 000000040

Developer (Y) 000000040

Pulley pickup 1 000000050

Return Return Clear

Return Select an item.

Ready to send
Maintenance parts check/clear
Select parts & push clear 170
Roller A oil 000000100
Push send key
Roller B oil 000000050

Claw press roller 000000040

Reset Send
Blade clean seal (U) 000000040

Cleaner trns. blade 000000050

Send
Return Clear
Transmission starts.
Checkmark the replaced parts.
Basic status screen
Return Clear
Counts are cleared.

Basic status screen

3-2-41-2
3-2-43
203-1

SIM No. Description

Phone number setting

Set mode 170 Select the item and enter the
Prefix code 0,123 digits with the numeric keys.
Press the stop/clear key to enter
Reset Host tel No 0312345678
a comma representing a dial
Suffix code
pause inserted between digits.
Dial type Tone Pulse Press the all clear/reset key to
Reset Set clear data.

Set
The phone number is stored.

Basic status screen

3-2-44
3-2-41-3
 203-1

SIM No. Description

Device Initialization
Select a mode 170
Standard

Special by MODEL

Retry initialization

Return
Standard Special by MODEL

Initialization standard
Set mode 170 Initialization special
Set mode 170
PPC ID Model

Initialization ID Personal ID

Total count Total count

Reset Set Reset Set

Initialization standard
Set mode 170 Initialization special
Set mode 170
FC count config 00000000 FC count config 00000000

MC count config 00000000 MC count config 00000000

Bk count config 00000000 Bk count config 00000000

Reset Set Reset Set

Select the item and enter the Select the item and enter the
digits with the numeric keys. digits with the numeric keys.

Set Set

4 –1

3-2-41-4
3-2-45
203-1

SIM No. Description

4 –1

Ready to send
xxxxx
Push send key
(Reason for failure)
Reset Send Check

Send Check

Initializing device.
Yes Can retry
initialization?

Initialization No
succeeded? No

Yes Display depending on

the reason for failure or
basic status display.
Initialization successful

Check
Device Initialization
Select a mode 170
Check
Standard

Special by MODEL
Basic status screen
Retry initialization

Return

Retry initialization

4 –1

3-2-46
3-2-41-5
 203-1

SIM No. Description

5 6

Service report (leave)

Select a mode 170 Ready to send
Preventative Maintenance
Push send key
Repair
Return
PM & Repair
Reset Send
Courtesy call

Send
Return
Transmission starts.
Select an item.

Ready to send Basic status screen

Push send key

Reset Send 7

Send
Ready to send
Transmission starts.
Push send key

Reset Send
Basic status screen

Send

Transmission starts.

Basic status screen

3-2-41-6
3-2-47
203-1

SIM No. Description

171 Selecting presence or absence of the duplex unit

Description
Selects presence or absence of the duplex unit (option).
Purpose
To be executed when installing the duplex unit.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Setting Description
0 Absent
1 Present

2. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-42
 203-1

SIM No. Description

172 Changing the stacking number in the stapler sorter

Description
Changes the stacking limit on the bins of the stapler-sorter (option).
Purpose
Used when changing the setting according to the thickness of the paper to
be used.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Setting Description
0 When 75 – 80 g/m2 paper is used.
1 When 100 g/m2 paper is used.
Initial value: 0
For the stacking limit of each paper weight, see the stapler-sorter
service manual.
2. Press the print key. The value is set.

173 Setting the limit for the maintenance counter

Description
Checks and changes the maintenance cycle.
Purpose
Used when replacing the backup PCB on the main PCB.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Change in
Description Setting range Initial value
value per step
Maintenance cycle 0 to 250 36 1000 sheets
If the value is set to 0, no limit is imposed.
2. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-43
203-1

SIM No. Description

174 Resetting the maintenance counter

Description
Clears the maintenance count.
Purpose
Used when resetting the maintenance counter or after periodic
maintenance.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Press the Go key. The maintenance count is cleared. Press the stop/
clear key when the count is not to be cleared.

175 Setting the CAD output controller installation

Description
Sets whether the optional CAD output controller is installed.
Purpose
Used when installing the optional CAD output controller.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Setting Description
0 Not installed
1 Installed
Initial value: 0
2. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-44
 203-1

SIM No. Description

176 Setting the use of the MMD host monitoring system

Description
Enables and disables the MMD host monitoring system, and sets the
presence and type of modem.
Purpose
Used when setting up the machine. Change the setting of MMD to “ON”
(enabled) in this simulation before running simulation 170.
Method
• Setting to “ON”
1. Press the print key.
2. Select “ON” and press the Set key.
3. Select the country code and press the Set key.
4. Set the type of modem installed and press the Set key. Setting is
completed and the screen for entering a simulation No. is displayed.
• Setting to “OFF”
1. Press the print key.
2. Select “OFF” and press the Set key. Setting is completed and the
screen for entering a simulation No. is displayed.

3-2-44-1
3-2-45
203-1

SIM No. Description

180 Selecting the destination

Description
Changes the functions of the keys on the operation panel and screen for
inch or metric specifications according to destinations.
Purpose
Used when replacing the backup PCB on the main PCB
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the cursor keys.

Setting Description
0 Japan
1 USA (inch specifications)
2 Europe (metric specifications)
3 Asian Pacific

2. Press the Go key.

3. Press the stop/clear key. The new value is set and the screen for
entering a simulation No. is displayed.

3-2-46
3-2-44-2
 203-1

SIM No. Description

182 Setting the folio size

Description
Changes the image area according to the folio paper used.
Purpose
To prevent the trailing edge or right or left side of the image from not being
printed by setting the size of the folio paper used.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Length 330 to 356 (mm) 330
1 Width 200 to 220 (mm) 210

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-45
203-1

SIM No. Description

183 Selecting copy count timing for the total counter

Description
Selects copy count-up timing for each counter.
Purpose
To be set according to user (copy service provider) request. When count
timing is set before the specified location where paper jams frequently
occur, copies are counted without copy paper being ejected. To avoid this
problem, copy timing should be delayed.
When set to 0 (counts up when the eject switch turns off) and paper jam
occurs in the sorter, the counter does not count this copy.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Setting Description
0 Counts up when the eject switch turns off.
1 Counts up when the registration switch turns on.
2 Counts up when the paper feed clutch turns on.
Initial value: 0
2. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-46
 203-1

SIM No. Description

184 Selecting double count

Description
Selects double count for each counter.
Purpose
To select copy count for A3/11" × 17" and B4/legal size paper: either count
as one or two. To be set according to user (copy service provider) request.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Maintenance counter 0 to 2 1
1 Full-color counter 0 to 2 1
2 Mono-color counter 0 to 2 1
3 Black counter 0 to 2 0

Setting Description
0 Single count for all sizes
1 Double count for A3/11" × 17" only
2 Double count for A3/11" × 17" and B4/legal size

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-47
203-1

SIM No. Description

185 Selecting counter mode

Description
Switches counter mode for each counter to set the counter, counting
method and count timing.
Purpose
To be used when changing count-up of the counter according to the
number of colors such as full-color and black.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Description Setting range Initial value

Counter mode 0 to 6 1

Setting (counter mode)

Counter Copy mode 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Total counter 1 Full-color 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
(total number of copies) RGB mono-color 2 2 2 2 2
2 2
CMY mono-color 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Black 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Total counter 2 Full-color 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(full-color) RGB mono-color 1 1 – – –
1 1
CMY mono-color 1 1 – – – – –
Black 1 – – – – – –
Total counter 3 Full-color – – – – – – –
(mono-color) RGB mono-color – – – 1 1
– –
CMY mono-color – – – – 1 1 –
Black – – – – – – –
Total counter 4 Full-color – – – – – – –
(monochrome) RGB mono-color – – 1 – –
– –
CMY mono-color – – 1 1 – – 1
Black – 1 1 1 1 1 1
For double count paper sizes, twice the above value is counted.

2. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-48
 203-1

SIM No. Description

190 Setting the auto preheat/energy saver time

Description
Sets the time to enter preheat/energy saver mode after copying is
complete.
Purpose
To be set to extend/reduce the preheat time according to frequency of
copier use. If the copier is in frequent use, increase the value to enable
copying promptly without the recovery time from preheating; if the copier is
not in frequent use, decrease the value to save energy.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Change in
Description Setting range Initial value
value per step
Auto preheat/energy
0 to 9 3 5 min.
saver time
The relation between the setting value and the auto preheat/energy
saver time is as follows.
Auto preheat/energy saver time (min.) = setting value × 5
Example: If the value is set to 3, the auto preheat/energy saver time will
be 15 minutes. If the value is set to 0, the auto preheat/
energy saver function will be cancelled.
2. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-49
203-1

SIM No. Description

191 Setting preheat/energy saver mode

Description
Change the setting in preheat/energy saver mode.
Purpose
According to user request, used when selecting which is given priority,
energy saving function or the function to return immediately from preheat/
energy saver mode to copy mode. For users who make copies frequently,
select the latter.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down key.

Mode Initial
No. Description Setting range value
0 Priority 0 (energy saving), 0
1 (time to return)
1 Time to return 0 (normal), 1 (0 s) 0

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

194 Turning auto start function on/off

Description
Selects whether the auto start function is turned on/off.
Purpose
No change from the factory default is necessary. Turning this function off
may prevent problems if any.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Setting Description
0 Function off
1 Function on
Initial value: 1
2. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-50
 203-1

SIM No. Description

200 Outputting the setting values in simulation mode

Description
Outputs a list of current settings for simulation modes.
Purpose
To check the current settings for simulation modes.
Method
1. Set the A4R/81/2" × 11" paper.
2. Press the print key.
3. Press the Go key. The simulation setting list is output.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

201 Outputting the developing section data

Description
Outputs a list of developing section data.
Purpose
To check the developing section status.
Method
1. Set the A4R/81/2" × 11" paper.
2. Press the print key.
3. Press the Go key.
The developing section data as shown in the table below is output.

Item Description
ALLY Total number of developing (Y)
ALLC Total number of developing (C)
ALLM Total number of developing (M)
ALLB Total number of developing (Bk)
DEVY Number of developing after developer replacement (Y)
DEVC Number of developing after developer replacement (C)
DEVM Number of developing after developer replacement (M)
DEVB Number of developing after developer replacement (Bk)
DCHY Number of developer replacements (Y)
DCHC Number of developer replacements (C)
DCHM Number of developer replacements (M)
DCHB Number of developer replacements (Bk)
TE Y Number of toner empty detections (Y)
TE C Number of toner empty detections (C)

3-2-51
203-1

SIM No. Description

201 Item Description

(cont.)
TE M Number of toner empty detections (M)
TE B Number of toner empty detections (Bk)
TOVR Number of toner overflow detections
TMPL Lowest temperature
TMPH Highest temperature
HUML Lowest humidity
HUMH Highest humidity

Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

202 Outputting the copy count by paper feed location

Description
Outputs a list of copy counts by paper feed location.
Purpose
To check copy counts by paper feed location, or to check the time to
replace the consumable parts.
Method
1. Set the A4R/81/2" × 11" paper.
2. Press the print key.
3. Press the Go key. A list of copy counts by paper feed location.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-52
3-2-51-1
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-2-53
203-1

SIM No. Description

203 Outputting copy counts by paper size

Description
Outputs a list of copy counts by paper size.
Purpose
To check copy counts by paper size.
Method
1. Set the A4R/81/2" × 11" paper.
2. Press the print key.
3. Press the Go key. A list of copy counts by paper size is output.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

204 Outputting the frequency of paper jams by jam location

Description
Outputs a list of the frequency of paper jams by jam location.
Purpose
To check the frequency of paper jams by jam location, or to check the time
to replace the consumable parts.
Method
1. Set the A4R/81/2" × 11" paper.
2. Press the print key.
3. Press the Go key. A list of the frequency of paper jams by jams location
is output.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-54
3-2-52
 203-1

SIM No. Description

205 Outputting the total counts of optional devices

Description
Outputs a list of total counts of optional devices.
Purpose
To check the service or replacement time of parts requiring maintenance in
optional devices.
Method
1. Set the A4R/81/2" × 11" paper.
2. Press the print key.
3. Press the Go key.
The total counts of the optional equipment shown in the table below are
output.

Item Description
Df c Number of DF original replacements
Df 1 Number of single-sided DF originals
Df 2 Number of double-sided DF originals
St p Number of sheets conveyed to the stapler-sorter
St s Number of staplings on the stapler-sorter

Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

206 Outputting the service call history

Description
Outputs a list of past service call codes.
Purpose
To check the occurrence of service call codes.
Method
1. Set the A4R/81/2" × 11" paper.
2. Press the print key.
3. Press the Go key. A list of past service call codes is output.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-52-1
3-2-55
203-1

SIM No. Description

207 Outputting the frequency of service call codes

Description
Outputs a list of the frequency of service call codes by reason.
Purpose
To check the type and frequency of service call codes.
Method
1. Set the A4R/81/2" × 11" paper.
2. Press the print key.
3. Press the Go key. A list of the last 10 service call codes are output.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-56
3-2-52-2
 203-1

SIM No. Description

208 Displaying the ROM version

Description
Displays the ROM version for each PCB.
Purpose
To check the ROM version.
Method
Press the print key.
The versions of the ROMs shown in the table below are displayed.

Display Description
MMI F Display ROM IC
MMI C Operation ROM IC1
MMI R Operation ROM IC2
SEQ Sequence ROM IC
SCN Scanner IC
IPU IPU control ROM IC
LSU Laser scanner unit software version

Completion
Press the Return key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

209 Registering the service telephone number

Description
Sets the telephone number to be shown when a service call code is
detected.
Purpose
To set the telephone number for a service call when installing the machine.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Enter the telephone number with the numeric keys. Use the cursor keys
to move the cursor, the – key to enter a hyphen and the SPC key to
enter a space.
2. Press the print key. The telephone number is set.

3-2-53
203-1

SIM No. Description

212 Making fine adjustments to auto exposure

Description
Changes the image density for copying in auto exposure mode.
The changes can also be made from the user default setting mode.
Purpose
To be executed if the entire image is too dark or too light in auto exposure
mode.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Description Setting range Initial value

Density in auto exposure mode –3 to +3 0
Increasing the value makes the image lighter and decreasing the value
makes it darker.
Changing the setting in this simulation will automatically renew the
setting for the auto exposure adjustment in user default setting mode.
2. Press the print key.
The value is set.

220 Resetting the partial operation control

Description
Resets partial operation control while a service call is displayed.
Purpose
To be executed after completing the repair of the parts in a drawer or other
components having a problem. The copier is partially operated while the
service call is displayed.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Press the Reset key. The service call is reset.
To cancel, press the Return key.

3-2-54
3-2-53-1
 203-1

SIM No. Description

221 Date confirmation

Description
Displays the current date as stored by the machine.
Purpose
To check the configured date.
Method
Press the print key.
The year (lower two digits), month and day are displayed.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-53-2
3-2-55
203-1

SIM No. Description

242 Setting the use of a key card

Description
To enable or disable the use of an optional key card.
Purpose
Used when installing an optional key card.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Setting value Description

0 Enabled
1 Disabled
Initial value: 1
2. Press the print key. The value is set.

246 Setting the machine number

Description
Displays the machine number.
Purpose
To check the machine number.
Method
Press the print key.
The machine number is displayed.
Completion
Press the Return key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-54
 203-1

SIM No. Description

300 Adjusting the IPU automatically

Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Select the mode with the cursor keys.

Mode 0 Automatic scanner adjustment

Original to be used for adjustment
Digital color adjustment chart (P/N: 20370010A)
1) Set the original on the contact glass and press the Go
key. Evenness in scanning of light areas is checked.
The Go key displayed in reverse returns to normal
when adjustment is completed.

Mode 1 Auto halftone adjustment

Important: Do not turn the main switch off nor open and
close any covers (thereby turning safety
switches off and on) until the automatic
adjustment is completed.
Note: Basically Sim. 300 should be performed during set
up or maintenance. If Sim.300 is performed during
the maintenance cycle of the machine and error
codes appear, please perform Sim. 317 instead of
Sim. 300.
1) Press the Go key.
2) Place the test pattern outputted in step 1 on the contact
glass and press the print key after reading below notes.
Important:
- Place the test pattern on the contact glass in the
same direction as outputted in step 1.
- To achieve close contact between the test pattern
and the contact glass, place 15 ~ 20 A3 size sheets
on top of the test pattern before pressing the print
key.
- Be sure to perform these steps smoothly without any
pause.
3) Place the test pattern outputted in step 2 on the contact
glass and press the print key once again.
4) After scanner reading of the test pattern is completed,
the ‘scanner output reference curve’ menu will
automatically be displayed.
In this menu the scanner output reference value of
each colour (M, C, Y and Bk) can be changed from 0
to 6. The default setting is 2.

3-2-55
203-1

SIM No. Description

300
5) Press the sample key and the basic copy screen will be
(cont.)
displayed.
6) Place the Mita new color chart (part no.: 20370020A)
on the contact glass and press the print key.
7) Press the stop/clear key to return to the ‘scanner output
reference curve’ menu. Confirm the copy outputted in
step 6. If the colour balance is unsatisfactory, please
change the setting value of the colours and repeat step
5 until 7.
Note:
Pressing the UP key will diminish the presence of a
colour, while pressing the DOWN key will increase
each colour’s presence.
8) If the colour balance in the copy is correct, please
press the print key to store the set values in the
memory.
Note:
After the set values have been stored properly, the
machine will go back to its initial Simulation 300 screen.
Mode 2 Auto three-tone black adjustment
1) Press the Go key.
2) Place the output test pattern on the contact glass and
press the print key. To promote close contact between
the test pattern and contact glass, place 50 sheets of
paper on top of the test pattern. The reproduction of
black made from yellow, cyan and magenta toners is
adjusted automatically.
The Go key displayed in reverse returns to normal
when adjustment is completed.

Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.
Important: When an error is detected during adjustment in simulation 300,
a code indicating the description of the error appears on the
touch screen.

Code Description
0 Normal completion
1 Auto scanner gain adjustment error

3-2-56
 203-1

SIM No. Description

300
(cont.) Code Description
2 Auto scanner offset adjustment error
3 Auto scanner lamp light quantity adjustment error
4 Scanner white shading error
5 Excess scanner check gray
6 Insufficient scanner check gray
7 Right-left difference in scanner check gray
8 Scanner gamma adjustment error
9 Scanner matrix error
11 Auto scanner filter adjustment error
12 Auto scanner position adjustment error
87 Minimum output check error
Perform when the minimum outputs of cyan, magenta, yellow
and black of the scanner are outside the standards.
89 Black patch density check error
Perform when the difference between copy density of the
black patches on the right and left sides is outside the
standards.
90 Maximum output density error
Perform when the maximum outputs of cyan, magenta, yellow
and black of the scanner are outside the standards.
201 Original out of position error
Others Other errors
Perform when auto adjustment cannot be completed for any
reasons.
When an error is detected, check and remove the causes and retry
adjustment.

Code Causes
5 to 12 Incorrect original setting.
12 Image squareness problem.
87 Dirty mirror, lens of shading plate or scanner squareness
problem.
89 and 90 Insufficient ID and unevenness between right and left sides of
the image. Incorrect original setting.
100 and Fog or scanner data problem.
over

3-2-57
203-1

SIM No. Description

301 Batch adjustment of the lamp/scanner

Description
Performs the multiple simulations for auto adjustment successively.
Purpose
This simulation is run before shipping. Run mode 0 after replacing the
exposure lamp, mode 1 after the scanner, mirror frame, ISU or original size
indicator (left) is replaced and mode 2 after the ISU is replaced.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
Mode 0 Lamp adjustment
1) Press the Go key. The following adjustments are
performed automatically.
• Auto lamp light quantity adjustment
• Auto scanner black gain adjustment
Important: Do not turn the main switch off and on, or turn
the safety switch off and on by opening and
closing the cover before auto adjustment is
completed.
The Go key displayed in reverse returns to normal
when auto adjustment is completed.
Mode 1 Scanner adjustment
Original to be used for adjustment
Digital color adjustment chart (P/N: 20370010A)
Be sure to run simulations 345 to 349 and enter the values
on the test original before this simulation.
1) Place the original on the contact glass and press the
Go key. The following adjustments are performed
automatically.
• Auto scanner lamp light quantity adjustment
• Auto scanner black gain adjustment
• Auto scanning start position adjustment
• Auto shading offset adjustment
• Auto scanner gamma adjustment
• Auto scanner matrix adjustment
Important: Do not turn the main switch off and on, or turn
the safety switch off and on by opening and
closing the cover, before auto adjustment is
completed.
The Go key displayed in reverse returns to normal
when auto adjustment is completed.

3-2-58
 203-1

SIM No. Description

301 Mode 2 Auto LNC selection

(cont.)
Perform the same steps and use the same original as in
mode 1. The scanner filter is reselected to adjust the MFT
misalignment in the scanner RGB data during enlargement
or reduction copying.

Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.
Important: If an error is detected while running any of these simulations,
the same error code as in simulation 300 is displayed.

310 Adjusting output margin.

See pages 3-3-51, 53 and 55.

311 Adjusting input margins

See pages 3-3-52, 54 and 56.

313 Adjusting the scanning start position in the main scanning direction
See page 3-3-57.

314 Outputting the scanner check data

Description
Scans the output PG test pattern to create scanner check data which is to
be sent to the host computer of the MMD host monitoring system. The data
transmission is controlled remotely from the host computer.
Purpose
To send the scanned data to the host and to obtain the necessary
instructions from the host.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Press the Go key.
3. Place the output test pattern on the contact glass and press the print
key. The scanner check data is created. The reversed display of the
Go key returns to normal after completion.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-59
203-1

SIM No. Description

316 Changing the scanner output reference curve

Description
Changes the scanner output reference curve for fine adjustment after the
auto halftone adjustment. This simulation is automatically set when mode 0
in simulation 300 is run.
Purpose
Run this simulation if a slight brightness deviation between scanners
affects halftone image. If there is a problem in any of the three colors of C,
M and Y (such as excessive cyan density all over the image) after the auto
halftone adjustment is performed by simulation 300, run this simulation to
perform fine adjustment.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Go/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 M (magenta) 0 to 6 4
1 C (cyan) 0 to 6 4
2 Y (yellow) 0 to 6 4
3 Bk (black) 0 to 6 4
Increasing the value makes the low density areas of the image
produced after running simulation 300 mode 1 (Auto halftone
adjustment) lighter, decreasing the value makes the low density areas
of the image darker.
3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-60
 203-1

SIM No. Description

320 Selecting a PG test pattern

Description
Displays and changes the PG test pattern to be output.
Purpose
Used to run simulation in which a PG test pattern is required.
Mode 0: Selects the PG test pattern to be output.
Mode 2: Changes the PG test pattern density (used mainly to change the
density of PG test pattern 9).
Mode 3: Changes the laser output power for PG test pattern 46 (used
when the lines in the output pattern are too thick or thin).
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
3. Press the Up/Down keys to change the setting.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 PG test pattern * 0
2 PG test pattern density 1 to 127 32
3 Laser power setting 64 to 255 64
* See the table on the next page.
4. Press the print key or stop/clear key. When the print key is pressed, the
value is set and a PG test pattern is output while running other
simulations and in normal copy mode. When the stop/clear key is
pressed, the value is not set and the screen for entering a simulation
No. is displayed.
Turning the main switch off and on returns the setting to the initial
value.
5. To stop the PG test pattern output, perform mode 0 and change the
setting to 0. Normal copying is then enabled.

3-2-61
203-1

SIM No. Description

320 No. Output pattern Purpose

(cont.)
1 • To check the gradations of each developing
unit. When selecting full color mode, the
pattern is output in monochrome mode.

2 • To check fixing performance.

When selecting full color mode, the pattern is
output in monochrome mode.

5 • To adjust the leading edge margin for

printing.
• To adjust the trailing edge margin for printing.
• To adjust left and right margins for printing.
• To adjust lateral squareness.
• To adjust longitudinal squareness.

9 • To check the drum quality.

46 • To adjust misalignment of color.

48 • To adjust the centerlines of drawers and

bypass.
• To adjust the centerline for printing.
• To adjust the leading edge registration for
printing.

3-2-62
3-2-61-1
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-2-63
203-1

SIM No. Description

325 Adjusting the color balance offset in text mode

Description
Displays and changes the density of each color when copying in text mode.
Purpose
To change the color balance when making copies in text mode.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 M (magenta) 118 to 138 128
1 C (cyan) 118 to 138 128
2 Y (yellow) 118 to 138 128
3 Bk (black) 118 to 138 128
Increasing the value makes the density higher and decreasing the
value makes it lower.
3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-62
 203-1

SIM No. Description

326 Adjusting the color balance offset in photo mode

Description
Displays and changes the density of each color when copying in photo
mode.
Purpose
To change each color balance when making copies in photo mode.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 M (magenta) 118 to 138 128
1 C (cyan) 118 to 138 128
2 Y (yellow) 118 to 138 128
3 Bk (black) 118 to 138 128
Increasing the value makes the density higher and decreasing the
value makes it lower.
3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-63
203-1

SIM No. Description

327 Adjusting the color balance offset in map mode

Description
Displays and changes the density of each color when copying in map
mode.
Purpose
To change the color balance when making copies in map mode.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 M (magenta) 118 to 138 128
1 C (cyan) 118 to 138 128
2 Y (yellow) 118 to 138 128
3 Bk (black) 118 to 138 128
Increasing the value makes the density higher and decreasing the
value makes it lower.
3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-64
 203-1

SIM No. Description

328 Adjusting the color balance offset in text & photo mode
Description
Displays and changes the density of each color when copying in text &
photo mode.
Purpose
To change the color balance when making copies in text & photo mode.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 M (magenta) 118 to 138 128
1 C (cyan) 118 to 138 128
2 Y (yellow) 118 to 138 128
3 Bk (black) 118 to 138 128
Increasing the value makes the density higher and decreasing the
value makes it lower.
3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-65
203-1

SIM No. Description

329 Adjusting ACPS (text/photo area recognition)

Description
Adjusts the detection levels of text and dots threshold for ACPS.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service: the levels are adjusted
automatically when running simulation 301 mode 2.
To adjust the detection level of black text, change the settings of modes 0
and 1. Decreasing the value makes the level more text sensitive, and
increasing the value makes it more photo sensitive.
Run mode 4 to remove the lateral lines that may appear when copying dot
originals. Mode 5, with the value set to 1, is used to check area recognition.
Changing the value in modes 2 to 3 does not cause any adjustment effect.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select mode 0, 1, 4 or 5 with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 ACPS text edge threshold 0 to 4 2
1 ACPS text color threshold 0 to 4 2
2 ACPS dot cycle threshold 0 to 4 2
3 ACPS dot density threshold 0 to 4 2
4 ACPS recognition process 0 to 4 2
5 ACPS sample mode (text/dot area 0 to 29 0
display)
If the edges of thick black letters are rough, decrease the values of
modes 0 and 1; if photos are detected frequently as black texts,
increase the values.
If lateral lines between several millimeters and several centimeters
thick appear when copying from a dot original, and then similar lateral
lines appear in cyan on the copy after changing the setting of mode 5 to
1 (ACPS debug mode), the lateral lines can be removed by changing
the setting of mode 4 to 0 or 1. (Note that moire in the dot area may
increase or black letters may become slightly thick after this
adjustment.) Changing the setting of mode 4 to 3 or 4 does not cause
any adjustment effect.
3. Press the print key. The value is set. Note that the setting for mode 5 is
automatically reset to the initial value by turning the power off and back
on.

3-2-66
 203-1

SIM No. Description

331 Adjusting the exposure mode offset data

Description
Changes the exposure level for each color when the central step is
selected for exposure.
Purpose
To change color densities. This simulation is a temporary measure to be
taken before performing the auto halftone adjustment in simulation 300.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
The larger the value, the lighter the image; the smaller the value, the
darker the image.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 M (magenta) 0 to 6 3
1 C (cyan) 0 to 6 3
2 Y (yellow) 0 to 6 3
3 Bk (black) 0 to 6 3
4 Mono (mono-color) 0 to 6 3

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-67
203

SIM No. Description

336 Adjusting the RGB filter in fine increments

Description
Adjusts each filter used when scanning color originals in fine increments.
The place where all filters detect peaks is regarded as black text when
scanning originals. Black text may be detected incorrectly if the peaks of
the filters are misregistered.
Since only the places where all filters detect peaks are regarded as black
text when scanning originals, the black text may be recognized incorrectly.
Set automatically by running simulation 301 mode 2.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service: each filter is adjusted automatically
when running simulation 301 mode 2. Note that text may be detected
incorrectly if the setting is changed after auto adjustment is run.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 G filter 0 to 6 0
1 B filter 0 to 6 0
2 R filter 0 to 6 0

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-68
 203-1

SIM No. Description

337 This simulation has been deleted.

3-2-69
203-1

SIM No. Description

345 Adjusting the black and white data

Description
Prevents unevenness in adjustment results affected by the test original to
be used when running 301 mode 1 and mode 2. Enter the values on the
test original, each of which is slightly different in tone. The unevenness is
corrected during auto adjustment.
Purpose
To enter the values on the back of the test original before running
simulation 301 mode 1 and mode 2.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys. Make sure that the values
match the test original.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Black and white adjustment 190 to 235 215
(green in white)
1 Black and white adjustment 190 to 235 212
(blue in white)
2 Black and white adjustment 190 to 235 210
(red in white)
3 Black and white adjustment 0 to 30 8
(green in black)
4 Black and white adjustment 0 to 30 7
(blue in black)
5 Black and white adjustment 0 to 30 9
(red in black)

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-70
 203-1

SIM No. Description

346 Adjusting gamma

Description
Prevents unevenness in adjustment results affected by the test original to
be used when running 301 mode 1 and mode 2. Enter the values on the
test original, each of which is slightly different in tone. The unevenness is
corrected during auto adjustment.
Purpose
To enter the values on the back of the test original before running
simulation 301 mode 1 and mode 2.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys. Make sure that the values
match the test original.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 G 110 to 155 120
1 B 110 to 155 120
2 R 105 to 150 127

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-71
203-1

SIM No. Description

347 Adjusting the matrix (cyan)

Description
Prevents unevenness in adjustment results affected by the test original to
be used when running 301 mode 1 and mode 2. Enter the values on the
test original, each of which is slightly different in tone. The unevenness is
corrected during auto adjustment.
Purpose
To enter the values on the back of the test original before running
simulation 301 mode 1 and mode 2.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys. Make sure that the values
match the test original.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 B 0 to 55 21
1 G 0 to 65 34
2 R 190 to 255 225
3 Y 220 to 255 255
4 M 190 to 255 227
5 C 0 to 70 36
6 Bk 90 to 165 126

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-72
 203-1

SIM No. Description

348 Adjusting the matrix (magenta)

Description
Prevents unevenness in adjustment results affected by the test original to
be used when running 301 mode 1 and mode 2. Enter the values on the
test original, each of which is slightly different in tone. The unevenness is
corrected during auto adjustment.
Purpose
To enter the values on the back of the test original before running
simulation 301 mode 1 and mode 2.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys. Make sure that the values
match the test original.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 B 5 to 75 41
1 G 115 to 190 155
2 R 0 to 70 35
3 Y 220 to 255 255
4 M 0 to 70 36
5 C 85 to 155 124
6 Bk 90 to 165 125

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-73
203-1

SIM No. Description

349 Adjusting the matrix (yellow)

Description
Prevents unevenness in adjustment results affected by the test original to
be used when running 301 mode 1 and mode 2. Enter the values on the
test original, each of which is slightly different in tone. The unevenness is
corrected during auto adjustment.
Purpose
To enter the values on the back of the test original before running
simulation 301 mode 1 and mode 2.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys. Make sure that values
match the test original.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 B 95 to 165 133
1 G 45 to 120 82
2 R 0 to 70 39
3 Y 15 to 90 54
4 M 80 to 155 123
5 C 205 to 255 244
6 Bk 90 to 165 127

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-74
 203-1

SIM No. Description

355 Adjusting output thresholds (black in text, full-color text & photo
mode)
Description
Adjusts black color density in text for copying in full-color and text & photo
mode. Adjust the density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10).
The values set in this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to
automatically adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 0
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 0
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 0
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 0
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 0
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 0
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 0
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 0
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 0
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 0
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 0

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-75
203-1

SIM No. Description

359 Adjusting output thresholds (text in mono-color, text & photo mode)
Description
Adjusts text density for copying in mono-color and text & photo mode.
Adjust the density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The
values set in this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to
automatically adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 0
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 0
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 0
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 0
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 0
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 0
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 0
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 0
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 0
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 0
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 0

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-76
 203-1

SIM No. Description

360 Adjusting output thresholds (magenta in text, full-color mode)

Description
Adjusts magenta color density for copying in full-color text mode. Adjust the
density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The values set in
this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to automatically
adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 –25
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 –25
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 –25
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 –25
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 –25
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 –25
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 –25
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 –25
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 –25
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 –25
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 –25

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-77
203-1

SIM No. Description

361 Adjusting output thresholds (cyan in text, full-color mode)

Description
Adjusts cyan color density for copying in full-color text mode. Adjust the
density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The values set in
this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to automatically
adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 –25
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 –25
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 –25
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 –25
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 –25
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 –25
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 –25
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 –25
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 –25
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 –25
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 –25

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-78
 203-1

SIM No. Description

362 Adjusting output thresholds (yellow in text, full-color mode)

Description
Adjusts yellow color density for copying in full-color text mode. Adjust the
density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The values set in
this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to automatically
adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 –25
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 –25
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 –25
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 –25
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 –25
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 –25
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 –25
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 –25
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 –25
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 –25
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 –25

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-79
203-1

SIM No. Description

363 Adjusting output thresholds (black in text, full-color mode)

Description
Adjusts black color density for copying in full-color text mode. Adjust the
density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The values set in
this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to automatically
adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 –25
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 –25
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 –25
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 –25
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 –25
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 –25
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 –25
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 –25
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 –25
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 –25
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 –25

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-80
 203-1

SIM No. Description

364 Adjusting output thresholds (magenta in photos, full-color photo

mode)
Description
Adjusts magenta color density when copying in full-color photo mode.
Adjust the density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The
values set in this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to
automatically adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 –25
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 –25
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 –25
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 –25
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 –25
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 –25
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 –25
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 –25
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 –25
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 –25
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 –25

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-81
203-1

SIM No. Description

365 Adjusting output thresholds (cyan in photos, full-color photo mode)

Description
Adjusts cyan color density for copying in full-color photo mode. Adjust the
density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The values set in
this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to automatically
adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 –25
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 –25
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 –25
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 –25
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 –25
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 –25
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 –25
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 –25
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 –25
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 –25
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 –25

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-82
 203-1

SIM No. Description

366 Adjusting output thresholds (yellow in photos, full-color photo mode)

Description
Adjusts yellow color density for copying in full-color photo mode. Adjust the
density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The values set in
this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to automatically
adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 –25
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 –25
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 –25
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 –25
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 –25
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 –25
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 –25
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 –25
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 –25
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 –25
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 –25

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-83
203-1

SIM No. Description

367 Adjusting output thresholds (black in photos, full-color photo mode)

Description
Adjusts the black color density for copying in full-color photo mode. Adjust
the density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The values set in
this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to automatically
adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 –25
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 –25
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 –25
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 –25
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 –25
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 –25
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 –25
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 –25
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 –25
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 –25
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 –25

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-84
 203-1

SIM No. Description

375 Adjusting output thresholds (black in photos, full-color text & photo
mode)
Description
Adjusts black color density in photos for copying in full-color text & photo
mode. Adjust the density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10).
The values set in this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to
automatically adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 0
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 0
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 0
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 0
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 0
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 0
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 0
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 0
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 0
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 0
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 0

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-85
203-1

SIM No. Description

376 Adjusting output thresholds (mono-color text mode)

Description
Adjusts the density for copying in mono-color text mode. Adjust the density
for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The values set in this
simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to automatically adjust
the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 –25
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 –25
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 –25
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 –25
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 –25
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 –25
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 –25
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 –25
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 –25
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 –25
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 –25

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-86
 203-1

SIM No. Description

377 Adjusting output thresholds (mono-color photo mode)

Description
Adjusts the density for copying in mono-color photo mode. Adjust the
density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The values set in
this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to automatically
adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 –25
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 –25
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 –25
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 –25
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 –25
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 –25
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 –25
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 –25
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 –25
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 –25
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 –25

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-87
203-1

SIM No. Description

378 Adjusting output thresholds (mono-color map mode)

Description
Adjusts density for copying in mono-color map mode. Adjust the density for
each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The values set in this simulation
are cleared when simulation 300 is run to automatically adjust the
halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 –25
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 –25
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 –25
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 –25
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 –25
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 –25
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 –25
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 –25
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 –25
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 –25
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 –25

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-88
 203-1

SIM No. Description

379 Adjusting output thresholds (photos in mono-color text & photo

mode)
Description
Adjusts the photo density for copying in mono-color text & photo mode.
Adjust the density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The
values set in this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to
automatically adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

No. Description range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 –25
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 –25
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 –25
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 –25
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 –25
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 –25
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 –25
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 –25
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 –25
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 –25
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 –25

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-89
203-1

SIM No. Description

399 Adjusting output thresholds (mono-color printed photo mode)

Description
Adjusts the density for copying in mono-color printed photo mode. Adjust
the density for each of eleven tones (input levels 0 to 10). The values set in
this simulation are cleared when simulation 300 is run to automatically
adjust the halftones.
Purpose
No change is necessary during service.
Method
Press the print key.
Setting
1. Select the mode with the cursor keys.
To adjust the threshold in low density areas, select a mode of a smaller
input level; to adjust the threshold in high density areas, select a mode
of a larger input level.
2. Change the setting with the Up/Down keys.
Increasing the value increases the color component threshold;
decreasing the value decreases the color component threshold.

Mode Setting Initial

Description
No. range value
0 Input level 0 –127 to +127 –25
1 Input level 1 –127 to +127 –25
2 Input level 2 –127 to +127 –25
3 Input level 3 –127 to +127 –25
4 Input level 4 –127 to +127 –25
5 Input level 5 –127 to +127 –25
6 Input level 6 –127 to +127 –25
7 Input level 7 –127 to +127 –25
8 Input level 8 –127 to +127 –25
9 Input level 9 –127 to +127 –25
10 Input level 10 –127 to +127 –25

3. Press the print key. The value is set.

3-2-90
 203-1

SIM No. Description

402 Checking messages

Description
Displays a list of messages one at a time on the touch screen of the
operation panel.
Purpose
To check all the messages stored in the ROM for the operation panel.
Method
1. Press the print key.
2. Display all messages one at a time using the cursor keys.

Displaying message check

402
Please wait. Upper line for
a message
Lower line for
a message

0001 12
0002 0

Upper message Upper character length

line No.
Lower message Lower character length
line No.

Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a simulation No. is
displayed.

3-2-91
 203-1

CONTENTS

3-3 Assembly and Disassembly

3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ....................................... 3-3-1
(1) Precautions ............................................................................... 3-3-1
(2) Running a simulation ................................................................ 3-3-2
3-3-2 Paper feed section ............................................................................. 3-3-3
(1) Replacing the forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paper
feed pulleys ............................................................................... 3-3-3
(2) Replacing the paper width switch 1, 2, 3 or 4
(inch specifications only) ........................................................... 3-3-8
(3) Replacing the bypass forwarding, upper paper feed and
lower paper feed pulleys ......................................................... 3-3-10
(4) Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaners .............. 3-3-18
(5) Replacing the bypass width switch ......................................... 3-3-19
(6) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster .............................. 3-3-21
(7) Adjusting the position of the bypass table adjuster ................. 3-3-22
(8) Adjusting the centerline of printing .......................................... 3-3-23
(9) Adjusting the image start position ........................................... 3-3-24
(10) Adjusting the amount of paper slack before registration ......... 3-3-25
(11) Adjusting color registration ..................................................... 3-3-26
(12) Adjusting the bypass paper feed clutch on-timing before
secondary paper feed for thick paper (reference) ................. 3-3-27-1
3-3-3 Main charging section ...................................................................... 3-3-28
(1) Replacing the charger wire, main charger grid and upper
and lower charger cleaning pads ............................................ 3-3-28
3-3-4 Optical section ................................................................................. 3-3-32
(1) Replacing the exposure lamp ................................................. 3-3-32
(2) Replacing the optical section thermostat ................................ 3-3-33
(3) Replacing the scanner wires ................................................... 3-3-34
(3-1) Detaching the scanner wires ........................................ 3-3-34
(3-2) Refitting the scanner wires ........................................... 3-3-39
(4) Replacing the dust filter .......................................................... 3-3-41
(5) Replacing the laser scanner unit ............................................ 3-3-42
(6) Adjusting lateral image squareness (reference) ..................... 3-3-46
(7) Adjusting magnification in the main scanning direction .......... 3-3-49
(8) Adjusting magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction ..... 3-3-50
(9) Adjusting the leading edge margin ......................................... 3-3-51
(10) Adjusting the trailing edge margin .......................................... 3-3-53
(11) Adjusting the right and left margins ........................................ 3-3-55
(12) Adjusting the scanner centerline ............................................. 3-3-57
3-3-5 Drum section .................................................................................... 3-3-58
(1) Replacing the drum ................................................................. 3-3-58
(2) Cleaning the drum .................................................................. 3-3-62
3-3-6 Developing section .......................................................................... 3-3-63
(1) Replacing the Y, C, M and Bk developing unit upper seals .... 3-3-63

1-1-21
203-1

3-3-7 Transfer and separation section ...................................................... 3-3-69

(1) Replacing the secondary transfer roller blade ........................ 3-3-69
(2) Replacing the secondary transfer lower roller ........................ 3-3-72
(3) Replacing the transfer belt ...................................................... 3-3-74
(4) Replacing the belt smoothing brush and smoothing plate ...... 3-3-79
(5) Replacing the transfer cleaning unit blade .............................. 3-3-81
(6) Replacing the transfer cleaning trap blade ............................. 3-3-83
(7) Replacing the lower transfer cleaning blade ........................... 3-3-84
(8) Replacing the transfer cleaning blade cleaner ...................... 3-3-84-1
3-3-8 Cleaning section .............................................................................. 3-3-85
(1) Detaching and refitting the cleaning blade .............................. 3-3-85
(2) Detaching and refitting the cleaning brush ............................. 3-3-88
(3) Detaching and refitting the cleaning unit seal blade ............... 3-3-89
(4) Detaching and refitting the smoothing plate ........................... 3-3-90
(5) Detaching and refitting the auxiliary waste toner tank
and the auxiliary waste toner tank blade ............................. 3-3-90-1
3-3-9 Fixing section ................................................................................... 3-3-91
(1) Replacing fixing heaters M and S ........................................... 3-3-91
(2) Replacing the press roller ....................................................... 3-3-95
(3) Replacing the heat roller ......................................................... 3-3-97
(4) Replacing fixing unit thermistor 1 ............................................ 3-3-99
(5) Replacing fixing unit thermistor 2 .......................................... 3-3-100
(6) Replacing fixing unit thermostats 1, 2, 3 and 4 ..................... 3-3-102
(7) Replacing the press roller separation claws ......................... 3-3-103
(8) Replacing the heat roller separation claws ........................... 3-3-104
(9) Replacing the press roller blade ........................................... 3-3-105
(10) Replacing the cleaning roller ................................................ 3-3-106
(11) Replacing the oil application felt ........................................... 3-3-107
(12) Replacing the oil regulating blade ......................................... 3-3-108
(13) Replacing oil application rollers A and B .............................. 3-3-109
(14) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference) .............................. 3-3-111
(15) Detaching the fixing unit ..................................................... 3-3-111-1
(16) Cleaning the oil recovery filter ............................................ 3-3-111-2
3-3-10 Others ............................................................................................ 3-3-112
(1) Replacing ozone filter B ........................................................ 3-3-112
(2) Replacing ozone filter C ........................................................ 3-3-113
(3) Replacing the vacuum fan filter ............................................ 3-3-114

1-1-22
 203

3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly

(1) Precautions
• Be sure to turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug before starting
disassembly.
• When handling PCBs, do not touch connectors with bare hands or damage the board.
• Do not touch any PCB containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to static
charge.
• Use only the specified parts to replace the fixing unit or optical section thermostats.
Never substitute wire for the thermostats, as the copier may be seriously damaged.
When installing a thermostat, ensure the correct clearance, if specified, using a thickness
gauge.
• Prevent the ingress of dust, which causes image problems (thin/thick lines), inside the
copier while removing the contact glass.
• Use the following testers when measuring voltages:
Hioki 3200
Sanwa MD-180C
Sanwa YX-360TR
Beckman TECH300
Beckman DM45
Beckman 330 (capable of measuring RMS values)
Beckman 3030 (capable of measuring RMS values)
Beckman DM850 (capable of measuring RMS values)
Fluke 8060A (capable of measuring RMS values)
Arlec DMM 1050
Arlec YF1030C
• Prepare the following as test originals:
1. NTC (new test chart)
2. NPTC (newspaper test chart)

3-3-1
203

(2) Running a simulation

Start

Enter 10871087 with the numeric .......... Simulation mode is entered.

keys.

Enter the simulation No. with the .......... The simulation is selected.
numeric keys.

Press the print key.

The selected simulation is run.

Press the stop/clear key.

Enter 001 with the numeric keys .......... Simulation mode is exited.
and press the print key.

End

3-3-2
 203

3-3-2 Paper feed section

(1) Replacing the forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paper feed pulleys
Replace the forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paper feed pulleys as follows.

Procedure
• Detaching the primary paper feed unit
1. Open the drawer.
2. Open the front cover, lift and detach it.
3. Open the paper feed section cover.
4. Remove the screw and the primary paper feed unit.

Paper feed
section cover

Primary paper feed unit

Figure 3-3-1 Detaching the primary paper feed unit

3-3-3
203

• Detaching the forwarding pulley

5. Raise the forwarding pulley retainer in the direction of the arrows as shown in Figure
3-3-2, and detach it from the primary paper feed unit.

Forwarding
pulley retainer

Figure 3-3-2

3-3-4
 203

6. Remove the stop ring, pull the forwarding pulley shaft out in the direction of the arrow
as shown in Figure 3-3-3, and detach the forwarding pulley.

Stop ring
Forwarding
pulley shaft

Forwarding pulley

Figure 3-3-3 Detaching the forwarding pulley

• Detaching the upper paper feed pulley

7. Remove the two stop rings.
8. Free the paper feed clutch wires from the notches on the rear of the paper feed housing.
9. Pull the upper paper feed shaft out to the rear of the primary paper feed unit (in the
direction of the arrow below), and detach the upper paper feed pulley.

Stop rings
Notches
Upper paper feed shaft

Upper paper feed pulley Wires

Paper feed clutch

Figure 3-3-4 Detaching the upper paper feed pulley

3-3-5
203

• Detaching the lower paper feed pulley

10. Remove the stop ring on the rear of the primary paper feed unit.
11. Pull out the lower paper feed shaft to the rear (in the direction of the arrow below).

Lower paper feed shaft Stop ring

Figure 3-3-5

12. Detach the lower paper feed pulley.

Lower paper feed pulley

Figure 3-3-6 Detaching the lower paper feed pulley

3-3-6
 203

13. Replace the forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paper feed pulleys.
14. Refit all the removed parts.

Important:
• Install the forwarding pulley in the orientation shown in Figure 3-3-7.

Machine front Machine rear

Forwarding pulley

Figure 3-3-7

• Install the upper paper feed pulley with its blue end (having the arrow indicating the
direction of rotation) toward the machine front.
• After installing the upper paper feed pulley, refit the wires which were detached in step 8
in the notches of the paper feed housing.
• Install the lower paper feed pulley in the orientation shown in Figure 3-3-8.

Machine front Machine rear

Lower paper feed pulley

Figure 3-3-8

3-3-7
203

(2) Replacing the paper width switch 1, 2, 3 or 4 (inch specifications only)

Replace the paper width switch 1, 2, 3 or 4 as follows.
Caution: After replacing a paper width switch, be sure to perform (6) Adjusting the position
of the rack adjuster.

Procedure
1. Open the drawer.
2. Remove the four screws and take the drawer out.

Drawer

Figure 3-3-9 Detaching the drawer

3. Remove the two screws and 8-pin socket from the rear of the drawer.
4. Remove the 8-pin paper width switch connector from the 8-pin socket.
5. Remove the three screws holding the rack adjuster.
6. While raising the drawer lift in the direction of the arrow, remove the rack adjuster.
Screws

Rack adjuster

8-pin socket

Drawer lift

8-pin connector Screws

Figure 3-3-10 Removing the rack adjuster

3-3-8
 203

7. Remove the two screws from the back of the rack adjuster and then the paper width
switch.

Screws

Paper width
switch

Figure 3-3-11

8. Apply the specified grease to the printed surface of the new paper width switch (the
shaded area in the figure) and fit the switch to the rack adjuster.

Apply the specified grease.

Figure 3-3-12 Paper width switch

9. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-9
203

(3) Replacing the bypass forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paper feed
pulleys
Replace the bypass forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paper feed pulleys as follows.

Procedure
• Detaching the bypass paper feed unit
1. Open the paper feed section cover.
2. Open the bypass table and, while holding the bypass paper feed unit knob, pull the
bypass paper feed unit out.
3. Loosen the front and rear screws and remove the bypass cover.

Bypass cover

Figure 3-3-13

3-3-10
 203

4. Remove the screw and bypass table retainer.

5. Remove the 9-pin connector and bypass table.

Bypass table retainer

9-pin connector

Bypass table

Figure 3-3-14 Detaching the bypass table

6. Remove the two screws holding the bypass paper feed unit and detach the unit.

Bypass paper feed unit

Figure 3-3-15 Detaching the bypass paper feed unit

3-3-11
203

• Detaching the bypass forwarding pulley

7. Detach the stop ring at the front of the bypass forwarding pulley retainer, pull out the
bypass forwarding pulley shaft to the machine rear and detach the bypass forwarding
pulley.

Bypass forwarding pulley

Stop ring

Bypass forwarding
pulley shaft

Figure 3-3-16 Detaching the bypass forwarding pulley

3-3-12
 203-1

• Detaching the bypass upper paper feed pulley

8. Detach the spring from the bypass forwarding pulley retainer.
9. Detach the stop ring.
10. Move the bushing at the front of the bypass forwarding pulley retainer in the direction
of arrow A, and detach the bushing from the bypass forwarding pulley retainer.
11. Press the bypass solenoid lever in the direction of arrow B, and detach the bypass
forwarding pulley retainer from the bypass paper feed unit in the direction of arrow C.

Spring

Stop ring
Bypass solenoid lever

Bypass forwarding
pulley retainer
Unhook A
Bushing

Figure 3-3-17 Detaching the bypass forwarding pulley retainer

3-3-13
203-1

12. Detach the E ring, gear, spring pin and bushing at the front of the bypass paper feed unit.
13. Draw the bypass paper feed shaft slightly toward the rear of the bypass paper feed unit
to detach the shaft from the bypass front frame.

Bypass front frame

Spring pin

E ring

Bypass paper feed shaft

Bushing
Gear

Figure 3-3-18 Detaching the bypass paper feed shaft

14. Detach the bushing and bypass upper paper feed pulley from the bypass paper feed
shaft.

Bypass paper feed shaft

Bypass upper
paper feed pulley
Bushing

Figure 3-3-19 Detaching the bypass upper paper feed pulley

3-3-14
 203

• Detaching the bypass lower paper feed pulley

15. Remove the two screws and bypass rear mount.
16. Remove the pin at the front and the upper registration cleaner.
17. Remove the E ring at the rear of the bypass paper feed unit and the three gears.

Bypass rear mount Pin

Gears

E ring

Upper registration cleaner

Gear

Figure 3-3-20

18. Remove the two pins and upper registration guide.

19. Remove the four screws holding the middle registration guide.

Middle registration guide

Pin

Pin

Upper registration guide

Figure 3-3-21

3-3-15
203

20. Remove the two screws holding the bypass lower guide.
21. Remove the bypass separation retainer.

Bypass separation retainer

Bypass lower guide

Figure 3-3-22 Detaching the bypass separation retainer

22. Detach the stop ring at the rear of the bypass separation retainer, and draw the joint
shaft in the direction of the arrow in Figure 3-3-23.

Bypass lower paper feed pulley

Stop ring

Bushing
Joint shaft Bypass separation retainer

Figure 3-3-23

3-3-16
 203

23. Detach the stop ring and then the bypass lower paper feed pulley.

Bypass lower paper feed pulley

Stop ring

Figure 3-3-24 Detaching the bypass lower paper feed pulley

24. Replace the bypass forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paper feed pulleys.
25. Refit all the removed parts.

Caution: Install the bypass upper paper feed pulley with its blue end (having the arrow
indicating the direction of rotation) toward the machine rear.

3-3-17
203-1

(4) Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaners

Replace the upper and lower registration cleaners as follows.

Procedure
1. Remove the bypass paper feed unit (see page 3-3-10).
2. Remove one pin at the machine front and then the upper registration cleaner.
3. Remove one pin at the machine front and then the lower registration cleaner.

Upper registration cleaner

Lower registration cleaner

Figure 3-3-25 Detaching the upper and lower registration cleaners

4. Replace the upper and lower registration cleaners.

5. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-18
 203

(5) Replacing the bypass width switch

Replace the bypass width switch as follows.

Caution: After replacing the bypass width switch, be sure to perform (7) Adjusting the
position of the bypass table adjuster.

Procedure
1. Remove the 9-pin connector below the bypass table and then the bypass table (see
Figure 3-3-14).
2. Remove the two screws and the pin holding the bypass table adjuster, and slide off the
bypass table adjuster in the direction of the arrow.

Screws

Pin

Bypass table adjuster

Figure 3-3-26 Detaching the bypass table adjuster

3-3-19
203

3. Remove the two screws from the back of the bypass table adjuster and then the guide
cover.
4. Remove the 5-pin connector, the screw holding the bypass width switch and then the
switch.

Screws

Guide cover

Bypass width switch

5-pin connector

Figure 3-3-27

5. Apply conductive grease to the printed surface of the new bypass width switch (the
shaded area in the figure), and fit the switch to the bypass table adjuster.

Apply conductive grease.

Figure 3-3-28 Bypass width switch

6. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-20
 203-1

(6) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster

Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the
original and the copy image on paper fed from a specific drawer.

Procedure

Start

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 320 with the numeric keys

and press the print key. Correct image Output Output
example 1 example 2
Change the setting of mode 0
(PG pattern selection) to 48.
Figure 3-3-29

Press the Sample key and set

the copy mode.

Select A3/11" × 17" paper. Loosen the three screws holding

the rack adjuster and change the
position of the adjuster so that
Press the print key to output the centers of the original and the
the PG pattern. copy image are aligned.
• For output example 1, shift the
rack adjuster in the direction of
the white arrow (e).
Is the center of • For output example 2, shift the
No
the image aligned with
rack adjuster in the direction of
that of the paper?
the black arrow (a).

Yes Screws
Perform simulation 320 and Rack adjuster
change the setting of mode 0
(PG pattern selection) to 0.

Exit simulation mode.

End

Figure 3-3-30 Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster

3-3-21
203-1

(7) Adjusting the position of the bypass table adjuster

Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the
original and the copy image on paper fed from the bypass table.

Procedure

Start

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 320 with the numeric keys

and press the print key. Correct image Output Output
example 1 example 2
Change the setting of mode 0
(PG pattern selection) to 48.
Figure 3-3-31

Press the Sample key and set the

copy mode.
Loosen the two screws holding
Select A3/11" × 17" paper. the bypass table adjuster and
change the position of the
adjuster so that the centers of the
Press the print key to output the original and the copy image are
PG pattern. aligned.
• For output example 1, shift the
bypass table adjuster in the
direction of the white arrow
Is the center of (e).
No • For output example 2, shift the
the image aligned with
that of the paper? bypass table adjuster in the
direction of the black arrow
(a).
Yes

Perform simulation 320 and

change the setting of mode 0 Screws
(PG pattern selection ) to 0.

Exit simulation mode.

End

Bypass table adjuster

Figure 3-3-32 Adjusting the position of the

bypass table adjuster

3-3-22
 203-1

(8) Adjusting the centerline of printing

Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the
original and the copy image on paper fed from a specific paper location.

No. 313 No. 310 No. 311

No. 85
(p. 3-3-57) (p. 3-3-55) (p. 3-3-56)

Cautions:
• Perform the adjustment for each paper feed location.
• Before performing this adjustment, ensure the adjustments in the above simulations have
been made in order.

Procedure

Start

Enter simulation mode.

Correct image Output Output
Enter 320 with the numeric keys example 1 example 2
and press the print key.

Change the setting of mode

Figure 3-3-33
0 (PG pattern selection) to 48.
Enter 85 with the numeric keys
Press the print key. and press the print key.

Select the mode No. of the paper

source to be adjusted with the
Press the Sample key and set the cursor keys.
copy mode. Mode 0: First drawer
Mode 1: Second drawer
Mode 2: Third drawer
Load A3/11" × 17" paper.
Mode 3: Fourth drawer
Mode 4: Bypass table
Press the print key to output the Mode 5: Duplex unit
PG pattern.

Press the stop/clear key.

Is the center of
the image aligned with
that of the paper? No

Change the setting with the

Yes
Press the print key.
The new setting
is stored.
Perform simulation 320 and
change the setting of mode
0 (PG pattern selection) to 0.
Exit simulation mode.
Up/Down keys.
For output example 1, increase
the setting.
For output example 2, decrease
the setting.
Setting range: –6 – +6
Reference: 0
Changing the value by 1 moves the centerline by 0.5 mm.
Increasing the value moves the image to the machine rear,
and decreasing it moves the image to the machine front.

End
3-3-23
203-1

(9) Adjusting the image start position

Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the start positions of the
original and the copy image on paper.

No. 62,
No. 31 mode 1
(p. 3-3-50)

Cautions:
• Perform the adjustment for each copying condition, such as paper source (drawer and
bypass table) and paper type.
• Before performing this adjustment, ensure the adjustments in the above simulations have
been made in order.
A=3±1 mm

Procedure
Start

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 320 with the numeric keys

and press the print key.

Measure A with a ruler.

Change the setting of mode
0 (PG pattern selection) to 48.
Figure 3-3-34
Press the print key.
Enter 31 with the numeric
keys and press the print key.

Select the mode No. to be adjusted

Press the Sample key and set the
with the cursor keys.
copy mode.
Mode 0: Drawer
Mode 1: Bypass table
Press the print key to output the (transparency, mono-color)
PG pattern. Mode 2: Bypass table
(transparency, full-color)
Mode 3: Bypass table
Press the stop/clear key. Mode 7: Bypass table (thick paper)

No Change the setting with the

Is distance A 3±1 mm?
Up/Down keys.

Yes Setting range: 0 – 60

Press the print key.
The new setting
is stored.
Perform simulation 320 and
change the setting of mode
0 (PG pattern selection) to 0.
Reference: 35
Changing the value by 1 moves changes the margin
by 0.5 mm.
Increasing the value makes the leading edge margin
smaller, and decreasing the value makes the leading
edge margin larger.

Exit simulation mode.

End

3-3-24
 203-1

(10) Adjusting the amount of paper slack before registration

Perform the following adjustment if the leading edge of the copy image is missing or
inconsistent, or the copy paper is folded.

Caution: Perform this adjustment for each paper source (drawer and bypass table) and
paper type.

Procedure
Start

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 31 with the numeric

keys and press the print key. Original Copy Copy
example 1 example 2
Select the mode No. to be
adjusted with the cursor keys. Figure 3-3-35
Mode 4: Drawer
Mode 5: Bypass table
(transparency)
Mode 6: Bypass table

Press the Sample key and set the

copy mode in the copy display.

Press the print key to make a test

copy.

Press the stop/clear key.

Is the leading copy Yes Increase the setting with the

image missing or inconsistent Up/Down keys.
(copy example 1)?

No

Is the paper folded Yes Decrease the setting with the

(copy example 2)? Up/Down keys.

No Setting range: 0 – 20
Reference: 13 (paper from the drawers)
Press the print key. 5 (paper from the bypass table,
transparency)
The new setting 9 (paper from the bypass table)
is stored.
Changing the value by 1 changes the amount of
Exit simulation mode. paper slack by 0.5 mm.
Increasing the value increases the amount of slack,
and decreasing it decreases the amount of slack.
End

3-3-25
203-1

(11) Adjusting color registration

Perform the following adjustment if colors are misregistered with respect to each other
during full-color printing.

Procedure

Start

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 320 with the numeric keys

and press the print key.

Change the setting of mode

0 (PG pattern selection) to 46.

Press the print key.

Enter 30 with the numeric keys

and press the print key.

Press the Sample key and set the

copy mode to full-color, text & B
photo, five copies, A3/11" × 17".

Press the print key to output the

PG pattern.

Press the stop/clear key.

3-3-26
 203-1

C or M is not registered
correctly.

Figure 3-3-36

A B

If the second to fifth PG patterns

have misregistered colors, change
Yes the setting of mode 2 with
Are the colors
Up/Down keys.
misregistered?
If C is below M, decrease the
setting.
No If C is above M, increase the
setting.

Setting range: –20 – +20

Reference: 0

Press the print key.

The new setting
is stored.
Perform simulation 320 and
change the setting of the mode
0 (PG pattern selection) to 0.

Exit simulation mode.

End

3-3-27
203-1

(12) Adjusting the bypass paper feed clutch on-timing before secondary paper
feed for thick paper (reference)
Perform the following adjustment if the leading edge of the copy image is inconsistent when
thick paper is fed from the bypass table.

Procedure

Start

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 31 with the numeric

keys and press the print key. Original Copy
example

Select mode 8 with the cursor keys. Figure 3-3-36 (a)

Press the Sample key and set the

copy mode in the copy display.

Place thick paper on the bypass

table.

Press the print key to make a test

copy.

Press the stop/clear key.

Is the leading copy Yes Increase the setting with the

image missing or inconsistent Up/Down keys.
(copy example)?

No Setting range: 0 – 100

Reference: 50
Press the print key. Changing the value by 1 changes the bypass paper
feed clutch on-timing before secondary paper feed
The new setting by 4 ms.
is stored.
Increasing the value makes the bypass paper feed
Exit simulation mode. clutch on-timing earlier, and decreasing the value
makes it later.

End

3-3-27-1
3-3-28
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-3-29
203-1

3-3-3 Main charging section

(1) Replacing the charger wire, main charger grid and upper and lower charger
cleaning pads
Perform the following procedure when the charger wire is broken or to be replaced, when
the main charger grid is to be replaced or the upper and lower charger cleaning pads are
to be cleaned or replaced.

Precautions:
• Use the specified tungsten wire for the charger wire.
• Use a clean, undamaged tungsten wire and do not touch the wire.
• Clean the main charger shield with a wet cloth and then a dry cloth when replacing the
charger wire.
• Do not use organic solvents such as alcohol or thinner to clean the main charger shield.
• Attach the lower charger cleaning pad before fitting the charger wire.

Procedure
1. Open the front cover, and lift to detach it.
2. Draw out the toner hopper, remove the two screws and then the toner hopper.

Screws

Toner hopper

Figure 3-3-37 Detaching the toner hopper

3-3-30
3-3-28
 203

3. Remove the screw and the connector, and pull the main charger out horizontally.

Connector

Main charger

Figure 3-3-38 Detaching the main charger

4. Remove the screw, and then the grid tension plate and the main charger grid.
5. Remove the main charger front and rear lids.

Main charger grid

Main charger rear lid

Main charger front lid

Grid tension plate

Figure 3-3-39

3-3-31
3-3-29
203-1

6. Remove the upper charger cleaning pad.

7. Detach the round terminals of the charger wire from the charger wire retainer pin and
charger spring, and detach the charger wire.
8. Remove the lower charger cleaning pad.
9. Clean the main charger shield with a wet cloth followed by a dry cloth.

Charger terminal

Charger spring

Round terminal Charger wire

Upper charger
cleaning pad

Round terminal
Charger wire
retainer pin

Lower charger cleaning pad

Main charger shield

Figure 3-3-40 Detaching the charger wire

10. Replace the lower charger cleaning pad.

Insert the bottom of the lower charger cleaning pad into the opening in the charger
cleaning actuator. Be careful to correctly orient the pad as shown in the diagram below.

Charger cleaning actuator

Charger wire

Machine rear Machine front

Lower charger
cleaning pad
Lower charger
cleaning pad

Figure 3-3-40 (a)

3-3-32
3-3-30
 203-1

11. Hook one round terminal of the charger wire onto one end of the charger spring.
12. Hook the other end of the charger spring onto the charger terminal of the main charger
rear housing.
13. Pass the charger wire through the notch and keep it taut.
14. Hook the other round terminal of the charger wire onto the charger wire retainer pin of
the main charger front housing.

Charger spring Charger wire retainer pin

Notch

Charger terminal Charger wire retainer pin

Charger spring

Main charger rear housing Main charger front housing

Figure 3-3-41 Replacing the charger wire

15. Refit the main charger front and rear lids.

16. Replace the main charger grid.
17. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-33
3-3-31
203-1

3-3-4 Optical section

(1) Replacing the exposure lamp

Clean or replace the exposure lamp as follows.

Procedure
1. Lift and detach the original holder.
2. Remove the two screws and the right top cover.
3. Remove the screw and the upper grounding plate.
4. Detach the contact glass.
5. Move the scanner frame to the center.
6. Remove the five screws and the light shield of the scanner frame.
7. Remove the exposure lamp by opening the lamp terminals at the front and rear of the
scanner frame outwards.
Hold only the ceramic part of the exposure lamp when handling it.
8. Clean or replace the exposure lamp.
9. Refit all the removed parts.

Light shield Exposure lamp

Lamp terminal

Exposure lamp

Figure 3-3-42 Detaching the exposure lamp

3-3-32
 203

(2) Replacing the optical section thermostat

The optical section thermostat can be reset by pressing the reset button if it has been
triggered.
If the supply is not resumed after the reset button is pressed, replace the scanner
thermostat.

Precautions:
• Use the specified part for the optical section thermostat.
• Never substitute wire for thermostats, as the copier may be seriously damaged.

Procedure
1. Detach the contact glass.
2. Remove the two 1-pin connectors of the optical section thermostat.
3. Check for power to the optical section thermostat using a tester. If there is no power,
press the reset button and check for power again. If power supply is not resumed after
the reset button is pressed, replace the optical section thermostat by the following
procedure.
4. Remove the two screws holding the optical section thermostat and detach the thermo-
stat.
5. Replace the optical section thermostat.
6. Refit all the removed parts.

1-pin connector
Optical section
thermostat
1-pin connector

Reset button

Screws

Figure 3-3-43 Detaching the optical section thermostat

3-3-33
203

(3) Replacing the scanner wires

Take the following steps when a scanner wire is broken or to be replaced. After replacing
a scanner wire, proceed to (6) Adjusting lateral image squareness.

(3-1) Detaching the scanner wires

1. Remove the original holder, right top cover and contact glass.
2. Remove the six screws and rear cover.
3. Open the paper feed section cover and bypass table and draw out the bypass paper feed
unit.
4. Remove the six screws and right cover.

Right cover

Rear cover

Figure 3-3-44

3-3-34
 203

5. Remove the four screws and operation unit lower cover.

6. Remove the six screws and rear top cover.

Rear top cover

Operation unit lower cover

Figure 3-3-45

3-3-35
203

7. Remove the three screws and open the IPU board cover.

IPU board cover

Figure 3-3-46

8. Remove the three hexagonal socket-head screws with spring washers on the flywheel.
9. Rotate the flywheel in the direction of the arrows to align the cutout with the protrusion
and detach the flywheel.

Flywheel

Hexagonal socket-head
screw with spring washer

Figure 3-3-47 Detaching the flywheel

3-3-36
 203-1

10. Remove the two screws and scanner signal cable cover.
11. Remove the five screws and ISU cover.
12. Remove the connector from the original size sensor mount.
13. Remove the two screws and original size sensor mount.

Scanner signal cable cover

ISU cover

Original size
sensor
mount

Figure 3-3-48

14. Remove the screws holding the wire retainer at the front and rear of the scanner frame
and then the retainers.
15. Loosen the screws holding each of the scanner wire mounts and the scanner wires.
16. Remove the screw holding the scanner signal cable and cut the band.
17. Detach the 2-pin connector and remove the scanner frame from the machine.

Wire retainer Scanner wire mounts

Wire retainer

Scanner signal cable

Band
2-pin connector
Scanner frame

Figure 3-3-49

3-3-37
203-1

18. Detach the scanner wire round terminal from the scanner wire mount.
19. Remove the scanner wire.
20. Remove one screw each from the front and rear scanner wire drums.
21. Loosen the four screws holding the scanner motor and the scanner drive belt.
Before loosening the screws, mark the position of the scanner motor so that it can be
refitted in the same position.
22. Remove the two screws and belt tension plate.
23. Remove the flywheel at the rear of the scanner drive shaft.
24. Loosen the two hexagonal socket-head screws and remove the scanner drive pulley.
25. Remove the E ring and bearing at the rear of the scanner drive shaft.
26. Remove the E ring, bearing and bearing spacer at the front of the scanner drive shaft.
27. Remove the scanner drive shaft.

Scanner drive shaft front

E ring
Bearing
Bearing spacer
Scanner drive shaft rear

Belt tension plate Bearing

Mark
E ring

Hexagonal socket-head screws Scanner drive belt

Scanner drive pulley

Flywheel

Scanner motor

Figure 3-3-50 Detaching the scanner drive shaft

3-3-38
 203-1

(3-2) Refitting the scanner wires

Refitting requires the following tool:
Scanner wire drum clip (part No.: 75700330)

Procedure
1. Insert the small ball of the scanner wire into the scanner wire drum so that the end of
the wire with the spring is to the left and the end of the wire with the round terminal is
to the right of the machine.
2. Wind the wire end with the spring one turn inwards.
3. Wind the wire end with the round terminal six turns outwards.
4. Hold the scanner wire in place with the scanner wire drum clip.
5. Perform steps 1 to 4 for each of the front and rear scanner wire drums.

Front scanner wire drum Rear scanner wire drum

Front Rear

Scanner wire drum clip

6 turns 6 turns
1 turn 1 turn

Figure 3-3-51 Winding the scanner wire

6. Refit the scanner drive shaft, and secure it with the E ring and bearing at the front, and
the E ring, bearing and bearing spacer at the rear.
7. Reattach the scanner drive pulley, and tighten the two hexagonal socket-head screws.
8. Refit the flywheel.

Belt tension plate

Mark

Scanner drive belt

Figure 3-3-51 (a)

9. Align the belt tension plate with the mark on the right and secure it with the two screws.

3-3-39
203-1

10. Loop the inner scanner wire around the scanner wire pulley on the left side of the
machine from bottom to top. ................................................................................... 1
11. Loop the scanner wire around the lower groove of the scanner wire pulley on the mirror
frame. ..................................................................................................................... 2
12. Hook the round terminal onto the catch on the left of the machine. ....................... 3
13. Loop the outer scanner wire around the scanner wire pulley on the right side of the
machine from bottom to top. ................................................................................... 4
14. Loop the scanner wire around the upper groove in the scanner wire pulley on the mirror
frame. ..................................................................................................................... 5
15. Hook the round terminal onto the scanner wire mount, and then remove the scanner wire
drum clip. ................................................................................................................ 6
16. Repeat steps 10 to 15 for the scanner wire on the other side of the machine.

Machine left Machine right

5
3 2
6
4
1
Scanner wire
drum clip

Figure 3-3-52 Installing the scanner wire

3-3-39-1
3-3-40
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-3-41
203-1

17. Tighten the loosened screws of the scanner motor while keeping the scanner drive belt
taut.
18. Manually rotate the scanner motor for several turns until the scanner drive belt and
pulley engage securely.
19. Loosen the two screws holding the belt tension plate to release the tension of the
scanner drive belt and then retighten the screws.
20. Move the mirror frame until it touches the positioning holes. Remove the positioning
plates attached at the right of the ISU unit with one screw each. Insert the positioning
plates in the front and rear, and secure the mirror frame with one screw.
21. Loosen the front and rear screws holding the scanner wire mount, adjust the tension of
the front and rear scanner wires, and then tighten the screws holding the mount.
22. Place the scanner frame where it touches the positioning plates.
Move the scanner frame toward the machine rear so that the front of the frame touches
the positioning plate.
23. Refit the wire retainers with one screw each and secure the scanner wires.
24. Remove the screws holding the positioning plates and return them to their storage
locations.
25. Refit all the removed parts.

Scanner frame
Wire retainer
Wire retainer

Positioning plate
Positioning plate

Mirror frame

Figure 3-3-53 Fastening the scanner wire

3-3-40
 203

(4) Replacing the dust filter

Take the following steps when the dust filter is to be replaced.

Procedure
1. Remove the four screws from the machine left and two screws from the inside of the eject
cover and then the left cover.
2. Remove the two screws and dust filter.

Dust filter

Figure 3-3-54 Detaching the dust filter

3. Replace the dust filter.

Assemble the dust filter with its luminous side toward the inside.
4. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-41
203

(5) Replacing the laser scanner unit

Take the following steps when the laser scanner unit is to be checked or replaced.

Caution: After replacing the laser scanner unit, proceed to (6) Adjusting lateral image
squareness if squareness is not attained.

Procedure
1. Remove the two screws and toner hopper.
2. Remove the screw and then the glass dust filter retainer and glass dust filter.
Do not touch the surface of the glass dust filter.

Glass dust filter retainer Glass dust filter

Figure 3-3-55 Detaching the glass dust filter

3-3-42
 203

3. Remove the contact glass and move the mirror frame to the right.
4. Remove the two screws and original size indicator.
5. Remove the four screws.
6. Remove the 6-pin connector and laser scanner unit cover.

Laser scanner unit cover

6-pin connector

Figure 3-3-56 Detaching the laser scanner unit cover

3-3-43
203-1

7. Remove the four screws from the machine left and two screws from the inside of the
eject cover and then the left cover.
8. Remove the five screws and inner left cover.
9. Remove the 9-pin (CN1), 26-pin (CN2) and 8-pin (CN3) connectors.
10. Remove the screw holding the grounding wire.
11. Remove the three screws and laser scanner unit.

CN2
CN1 CN3

Mark

Grounding wire

Scale

Figure 3-3-57

12. Check or replace the laser scanner unit.

13. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-44
 203-1

Refitting the laser scanner unit

1. Fit the hole in the right rear of the laser scanner unit to the pin on the main body.
2. Insert the positioning plate pin.
Before insertion, remove the mirror frame fixing parts attached to the right of the ISU
with one screw each.
3. Fasten the laser scanner unit with three screws.
4. Remove the positioning plate.
5. Connect the 9-pin (CN1), 26-pin (CN2) and 8-pin (CN3) connectors.
6. Fasten the grounding wire with the screw.

Laser scanner unit

Cutout

Positioning
plate

Figure 3-3-58 Detaching and refitting the laser scanner unit

3-3-45
203-1

(6) Adjusting lateral image squareness (reference)

Take the following steps when the copy image is skewed laterally (lateral image
squareness is not obtained).

To adjust lateral image squareness, adjust the position of the laser scanner unit and check
for squareness of the copy image. If squareness is not obtained, adjust the installation of
the ISU.

Adjusting the installation of the laser scanner unit

Procedure

Start

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 320 with the numeric keys

and press the print key. Correct image Output Output
example 1 example 2
Change the setting of mode 0
(PG pattern selection) to 5. Figure 3-3-59

Press the Sample key to setting

the copy mode.
Press the print key to output the PG
pattern. Press the stop/clear key.
Refit the left cover, inner left cover and
contact glass.
Tighten the three screws.

No
Is the image correct?
Yes
Perform simulation 320 and change the
setting of mode 0 (PG pattern selection)
to 0.
Exit simulation mode.
Loosen the three screws and adjust
the position of the laser scanner unit
(see Figure 3-3-60).
For output example 1, move the laser
scanner unit with the positioning pin in
place in the direction of arrow B.
For output example 2, move the laser
scanner unit with the positioning pin in
place in the direction of arrow A.
Adjust the position by referring to the
marks on the machine and the laser
scanner unit (see Figure 3-3-57).

Detach the left cover, inner left cover

and contact glass.
End

3-3-46
 203-1

Laser scanner unit

Screw
Screw

Positioning pin
B A

Screw

Figure 3-3-60

Adjusting the installation of the ISU

Procedure

Start Refit the contact glass, original

size sensor mount, scanner signal
cable cover and ISU cover.

Make a test copy.

1. Remove the four screws.
2. Insert a shim under each of
the two screws holding the
ISU (see Figure 3-3-62).
No For copy example 1, insert
Is the image correct? shims under A and C.
For copy example 2, insert
shims under B and D.
Yes 3. Secure the ISU with the mirror
frame retainers.
4. Fix the ISU with the four
screws.
End
5. Remove the mirror frame
retainers.

Detach the contact glass, original

size sensor mount, scanner signal
cable cover and ISU cover.

Correct image Copy Copy

example 1 example 2

Figure 3-3-61

3-3-47
203-1

Fastening the ISU

Image leading edge

Original

Copy example 1
L mm
200 mm

Copy example 2
L mm

200 mm

When the image is skewed by L mm

in 200 mm, insert L/1.6 mm shims.
There are two types of shims, 0.5 mm
and 0.25 mm, to be used depending
on the degree of skew.

Example: If L is 0.8 mm, insert

0.5 mm-thick shims.

Screws (blue)

Mirror frame
retainers

Screws

ISU

Shims

D Screws
B

Shims C
A

Figure 3-3-62

3-3-48
 203-1

(7) Adjusting magnification in the main scanning direction

Make the following adjustment when the magnification in the main scanning direction is
incorrect.

Procedure

Start

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 62 with the numeric keys and

press the print key.
Original Copy Copy
example 1 example 2
Press the Sample key and set the
copy mode in the copy display.
Figure 3-3-63
Select A3/11" × 17" paper.

Press the print key to make a test

copy.

Press the stop/clear key.

Change the setting with the

Is the width of
the copy image the same as
that of the original?
Yes
Press the print key.
The new setting
is stored.
Exit simulation mode.
Up/Down keys.
No For copy example 1, increase the
value.
For copy example 2, decrease the
value.
Setting range: –10 – +10
Reference: 0
Changing the value by 1 changes the
magnification by 0.1%.
Increasing the value makes the image wider,
and decreasing the value makes the image thinner.

End

3-3-49
203-1

(8) Adjusting magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction

Make the following adjustment when magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction is
incorrect.

Procedure

Start

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 62 with the numeric keys and

press the print key.
Original Copy Copy
example 1 example 2
Press the Sample key and set the
copy mode in the copy display.
Figure 3-3-64
Select A3/11" × 17" paper.

Press the print key to make a test

copy.

Press the stop/clear key.

Change the setting with the

Up/Down keys.
Is the length of No For copy example 1, increase the
the copy image the same as value.
that of the original? For copy example 2, decrease the
value.
Yes
Setting range: –10 – +10
Press the print key. Reference: 0
Changing the value by 1 changes the
The new setting magnification by 0.1%.
is stored. Increasing the value makes the image longer,
and decreasing the value makes the image shorter.
Exit simulation mode.

End

3-3-50
 203-1

(9) Adjusting the leading edge margin

Perform the following adjustment if the leading edge margin is not within the specified range.

No. 31 No. 310, No. 62, No. 311,

mode 1
(p. 3-3-24) mode 1 (p. 3-3-50) mode 1

Caution: Before performing this adjustment, ensure the adjustments in the above simula-
tions have been made in order.

Adjusting the printing start position

Procedure
A=3±2.5 mm
Start

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 320 with the numeric keys and

press the print key.

Change the setting of mode 0

(PG pattern selection) to 5.
Measure A with a ruler.

Press the print key.

Figure 3-3-65
Enter 310 with the numeric keys and
press the print key.

Press the Sample key and set the

copy mode.

Press the print key to output the PG

pattern.

Press the stop/clear key.

No Change the setting of mode 1

Is leading edge margin
A 3±2.5 mm? with the Up/Down keys.

Yes Setting range: –12 – +127

Press the print key.
The new setting
is stored.
Perform simulation 320 and
change the setting of mode 0
(PG pattern selection) to 0.
Reference: 0
Changing the value by 1 changes the
margin by 0.25 mm.
Increasing the value makes the leading edge
margin larger, and decreasing the value makes
the leading edge margin smaller.

Exit simulation mode.

End
3-3-51
203-1

Adjusting the scanning start position

Draw a line in the auxiliary scanning direction on the original for reference.

Procedure

A=3±2.5 mm

Start

Enter simulation mode.

Original Copy example
Enter 311 with the numeric keys and
press the print key. Measure A with a ruler.

Press the Sample key and set the Figure 3-3-66

copy mode in the copy display.

Press the print key to make a test

copy.

Press the stop/clear key.

No Change the setting of mode 1

Is leading edge margin
A 3±2.5 mm? with the Up/Down keys.

Yes Setting range: –12 – +127

Reference: 0
Changing the value by 1 changes the
Press the print key. margin by 0.25 mm.
Increasing the value makes the leading edge
The new setting margin larger, and decreasing the value makes
is stored.
the leading edge margin smaller.
Exit simulation mode.

End

3-3-52
 203-1

(10) Adjusting the trailing edge margin

Perform the following adjustment if the trailing edge margin is not within the specified range.

No. 31 No. 310, No. 62, No. 311,

mode 1
(p. 3-3-24) mode 3 (p. 3-3-50) mode 3

Caution: Before performing this adjustment, ensure the adjustments in the above simula-
tions have been made in order.

Adjusting the printing end position

Procedure

Start

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 320 with the numeric keys and

press the print key.

Change the setting of mode 0 A=3±2.5 mm

(PG pattern selection) to 5.
Measure A with a ruler.
Press the print key.
Figure 3-3-67
Enter 310 with the numeric keys and
press the print key.

Press the Sample key and set the copy

mode.

Press the print key to output the PG

pattern.

Press the stop/clear key.

No Change the setting of mode 3

Is trailing edge margin
A 3±2.5 mm? with the Up/Down keys.

Yes Setting range: –12 – +127

Reference: 0
Press the print key. Changing the value by 1 changes the margin
The new setting by 0.25 mm.
is stored. Increasing the value makes the trailing edge
Perform simulation 320 and change margin larger, and decreasing the value makes
the setting of mode 0 (PG pattern the trailing edge margin smaller.
selection) to 0.

Exit simulation mode.

End
3-3-53
203-1

Adjusting the scanning end position

Draw a line in the auxiliary scanning direction on the original for reference.

Procedure

Start

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 311 with the numeric keys and A=3±2.5 mm

press the print key.
Original Copy example

Press the Sample key and set the copy Measure A with a ruler.
mode in the copy display.
Figure 3-3-68
Press the print key to make a test
copy.

Press the stop/clear key.

Is trailing edge margin No Change the setting of mode 3

A 3±2.5 mm? with the Up/Down keys.

Yes Setting range: –8 – +127

Reference: 0
Changing the value by 1 changes the margin
Press the print key. by 0.25 mm.
Increasing the value makes the trailing edge
The new setting margin larger, and decreasing the value makes
is stored. the trailing edge margin smaller.
Exit simulation mode.

End

3-3-54
 203-1

(11) Adjusting the right and left margins

Make the following adjustments when the right or left margin is incorrect.

No. 85 No. 313 No. 310 No. 311

(p. 3-3-23) (p. 3-3-57)

Cautions:
• Adjust the printing right and left margins first. Check the copy image and, if the right and
left margins are not within the specified ranges, adjust the scanning right and left margins.
• Before performing this adjustment, ensure that the adjustments in the above simulations
have been made in order.

Adjusting the printing right and left margins

Procedure
Left margin Right margin
Start A A
A=2±2 mm

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 320 with the numeric keys and

press the print key.

Change the setting of mode 0

(PG pattern selection) to 5.

Press the print key.

Measure A with a ruler.

Enter 310 with the numeric keys and
press the print key.
Figure 3-3-69
Press the Sample key and set the copy
mode.

Press the print key to output the PG

pattern. Press the stop/clear key.

No Change the setting of mode 0 (left)

Is right/left margin
A 2±2 mm? and 2 (right) with the Up/Down keys.

Yes Setting range: –8 – +127

Press the print key.
The new setting
is stored.
Perform simulation 320 and change
the setting of mode 0 (PG
pattern selection) to 0.
Reference: 0
Changing the value by 1 changes the margin
by 0.25 mm.
Increasing the value makes the margin larger,
and decreasing the value makes the margin
smaller.

Exit simulation mode.

End
3-3-55
203-1

Adjusting the scanning right and left margins

Draw a line in the main scanning direction on the original for reference.

Procedure

Left margin Right margin

A A
Start
A=2±2 mm

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 311 with the numeric keys and

press the print key.

Press the Sample key and set the copy

Original Copy example
mode in the copy display.
Measure A with a ruler.
Press the print key to make a test
copy. Figure 3-3-70

Press the stop/clear key.

Is right/left margin No Change the setting of mode 0 (left)

A 2±2 mm? and 2 (right) with the Up/Down
keys.
Yes
Setting range: –8 – +127
Reference: 0
Press the print key. Changing the value by 1 changes the margin
by 0.25 mm.
The new setting
is stored. Increasing the value makes the margin larger,
and decreasing the value makes the margin smaller.
Exit simulation mode.

End

3-3-56
 203-1

(12) Adjusting the scanner centerline

Make the following adjustment when there is a regular error between the centerlines of the
copy image and original.

No. 85 No. 310 No. 311

No. 313
(p. 3-3-23) (p. 3-3-55) (p. 3-3-56)

Caution: Before performing this adjustment, ensure the adjustments in the above simula-
tions have been made in order.

Procedure

Start

Enter simulation mode.

Enter 313 with the numeric keys and

press the print key. Original Copy Copy
example 1 example 2
Select the mode to be adjusted with
the cursor keys.
Figure 3-3-71
Mode 0: Center alignment (DF)
Mode 1: Side alignment (contact glass)

Press the Sample key and set the copy

mode in the copy display.

Press the print key to make a test

copy.

Press the stop/clear key.

Change the setting with the

No Up/Down keys.
Is the image correct? For copy example 1, decrease the
value.
For copy example 2, increase the
Yes value.

Setting range: –127– +127

Press the print key. Reference: 0
Changing the value by 1 moves the centerline
The new setting
is stored. by 0.5 mm.
Increasing the value moves the copy image
toward the machine front, and decreasing it
Exit simulation mode.
moves the image toward the machine rear.

End

3-3-57
203-1

3-3-5 Drum section

(1) Replacing the drum

Perform the following steps when cleaning or replacing the drum.

Precautions:
• Avoid direct sunlight and other strong light when detaching and refitting the drum.
• Hold the drum at the ends. Never touch the drum surface.
• After removing the drum, keep it in the drum case or storage bag to protect the surface
from light.
• After replacing the drum, perform maintenance item 130 to apply toner.
• If interrupting the procedure while the drum is fitted to the image formation section, be sure
to insert the drum front bearing and push the image formation section back into the
machine.
• When pulling the image formation section out, make sure that the tension of the transfer
belt is released; otherwise the belt may be damaged.

Procedure
1. Close all the covers and turn the main switch off.
2. Open the front cover and remove the toner hopper and the main charger (see page
3-3-28).
3. Remove the screw and the primary transfer terminal.
When refitting the plate, apply conductive grease to the front of the roller shaft and make
sure that the end of the spring makes contact with the end of the roller.

Upper primary transfer roller

Apply conductive grease.

Spring
Primary transfer terminal

Figure 3-3-72

3-3-58
 203-1

4. Remove the six screws securing the image formation section.

Image formation
section Knob
Knob

Figure 3-3-73

5. Remove the hexagonal socket-head screw using a hexagonal wrench.

Hexagonal wrench: P/N 49990029
To refit, tighten the hexagonal socket-head screw until the drum rotates.
6. Remove the two screws and the drum front bearing.
7. Remove the drum middle and outer joints.
8. Hold the knob and pull the image formation section out laterally (see Figure 3-3-73).

Drum middle joint

Drum front bearing
Screw

Hexagonal
socket-head screw
Screw
Drum outer joint

Figure 3-3-74

3-3-59
203-1

9. Remove the two screws and connector, and open the main charger stay.
When the image formation section is not fully drawn out, the main charger stay does not
open. If the stay does not open, try drawing the image formation section again.

Connector

Main charger
stay

Figure 3-3-75

10. Press the blade release lever, and detach the cleaning blade from the drum.
11. Unlock the cleaning unit stoppers, and remove the cleaning unit.
To remove the cleaning unit, support the cleaning unit from the back of the image
formation section.
Cleaning unit
Cleaning unit stopper

Cleaning unit
stopper

Figure 3-3-76 Detaching the cleaning unit

3-3-60
 203-1

12. Remove the drum.

Drum

Drum rail

Drum release
lever

Figure 3-3-77 Detaching the drum

13. Replace the drum.

Align the drum with the front and rear drum rails and push the drum release lever toward
the machine front to engage the drum and the rails correctly.
14. Refit all the removed parts.
15. With the front cover open, turn the main switch on.
16. Enter simulation mode.
17. Close the front cover.
18. Perform simulation 130 to apply toner.
19. Open the front cover, pull the blade release lever and position the cleaning blade
against the drum.

3-3-61
203-1

(2) Cleaning the drum

Clean the drum as follows when an image problem occurs or if the drum is dirty.

Precautions
• Avoid direct sunlight and other strong light when cleaning the drum.
• Airborne dust and dust from the polishing cloth may damage the drum while cleaning.
Avoid working in dusty places.
• Clean the drum entirely even if it is only dirty locally.
• The results of cleaning depend on the kinds of stains and the deterioration of the drum with
age. Clean the drum repeatedly if necessary.

Required supplies:
• Polishing cloth: specified synthetic cotton
• Ethyl or isopropyl alcohol

Procedure
1. Detach the drum from the image formation section (see pages 3-3-58 to 61).
2. Clean off any deposits of toner lodged on the drum within 10 mm of either end (contacts
with the DS pulleys of the developing unit) using a polishing cloth with toluene applied.
Toner stain on the contacts between the drum and the DS pulley can cause uneven pitch
of the image. In addition, toluene can fuse with the photosensitive layer and thereby
cause parts of the image missing. Do not allow any trace of toluene in the image
formation area of the drum.
3. Apply a polishing cloth to the drum and gently wipe the drum, in one direction without
excessive force, taking care not to damage the surface. Always apply a clean area of
the polishing cloth to the drum surface and wipe until toner is completely removed.
4. Moisten the polishing cloth with alcohol and wipe the drum surface. Rub the polishing
cloth in one direction; do not rub back and forth.
5. Slowly turning the drum at least twice, repeat step 4. Clean the entire surface.
6. Refit the drum.
7. Make a test copy and check the image.

Polishing cloth

Drum

Figure 3-3-78 Cleaning the drum

3-3-62
 203-1

3-3-6 Developing section

(1) Replacing the Y, C, M and Bk developing unit upper seals

Replace the Y, C, M and Bk developing unit upper seals as follows.

While servicing with the developing unit removed, be sure to attach the drum front bearing
to the drum shaft and push the image formation section back into the machine.

Procedure
1. Open the front cover of the machine and draw the image formation section out (see
pages 3-3-58 and 59).
2. Remove the four developing unit bias connectors at the front of the image formation
section.

Developing unit bias connectors

Developing unit bias connectors

Figure 3-3-79

3-3-63
203

Detaching the Y, C and M developing units

3. Remove the 4-pin connector on each of the Y, C and M developing units at the front.

Y developing unit

Connectors

C develop-
ing unit

M developing unit

Figure 3-3-80

4. Detach the Y, C and M developing units.

To refit the Y, C and M developing units, fit the front and rear shafts of each developing
unit into the rails with springs in the guides in the image formation section and fit the front
pulley of each developing unit into the recess under the guides. Check if the developing
units move toward the drum smoothly when pushed.

Guide Shaft Guide Shaft

Pulley

Rear Front

Figure 3-3-81 Detaching the Y, C and M developing units

3-3-64
 203-1

Detaching the Bk developing unit

5. Remove the 4-pin connector at the front of the Bk developing unit.

4-pin connector

Figure 3-3-82

6. Remove the 7-pin connector on the image density sensor PCB.

7. Remove the screw and image density sensor PCB assembly.

7-pin connector

Image density sensor PCB assembly

Figure 3-3-83 Detaching the image density sensor PCB assembly

3-3-65
203-1

8. Remove the screw and the image density sensor cover. Clean the detection elements
of the image density sensor with a dry cloth.

Image density sensor detection elements

Image density sensor cover

Figure 3-3-83 (a)

3-3-65-1
3-3-66
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-3-67
203-1

9. Remove the two screws at the front and rear of the Bk developing unit.
10. Slide the two flat springs holding the Bk developing unit outward and lower them to
remove the Bk developing unit.
When refitting the Bk developing unit, hold the rail up and fix it with a screw.

Rail
Rail

Flat spring

Bk developing unit Flat spring

Figure 3-3-84 Detaching the Bk developing unit

Detaching the developing unit upper seal

11. Remove the two screws and Y developing unit upper seal.
When refitting the seal, push it upward fully and secure with the screws.

Y developing unit

Y developing
unit upper seal

Figure 3-3-85 Detaching the Y developing unit upper seal

3-3-66
 203-1

12. Remove the screw and C developing unit upper seal.

To refit the seal, fit it as shown in the figure and secure with the screw.

C developing unit

C developing unit upper seal

Figure 3-3-86 Detaching the C developing unit upper seal

13. Remove the screw and M developing unit upper seal.

To refit the seal, fit it as shown in the figure and secure it with the screw.

M developing unit

M developing unit upper seal

Figure 3-3-87 Detaching the M developing unit upper seal

3-3-67
203-1

14. Remove the two screws and Bk developing unit upper seal.
When refitting the seal, fit it as shown in the figure and secure with the screws.
Make sure that the projections on the housing are positioned in the cutouts of the
developing unit upper seal.

Bk developing unit
upper seal

Bk developing unit

Figure 3-3-88 Detaching the Bk developing unit upper seal

15. Replace each developing unit upper seal.

16. Refit all the removed parts.

Note: Install the developing units in the order Bk, M, Y and C.

3-3-68
 203

3-3-7 Transfer and separation section

(1) Replacing the secondary transfer roller blade

Take the following steps when the secondary transfer roller blade is to be replaced.

Procedure
1. Open the front cover, and remove the toner hopper.
2. Remove the three screws and transfer high-voltage transformer cover.
3. Remove the screw and paper conveying unit safety button.

Paper conveying unit

safety button

Figure 3-3-89 Detaching the paper conveying unit safety button

3-3-69
203-1

4. Detach the separation electrode connector at the front of the secondary transfer roller
unit.
5. Remove the secondary transfer terminal connector.
Make sure that the secondary transfer terminal connector and separation electrode
connector are plugged correctly.
6. Remove the screw and pull out the secondary transfer roller unit horizontally.

Secondary transfer terminal connector

Separation electrode connector

Screw
Secondary transfer roller unit

Figure 3-3-90 Detaching the secondary transfer roller unit

3-3-70
 203

7. Remove the three screws and secondary transfer roller blade.

Secondary transfer roller blade

Figure 3-3-91 Detaching the secondary transfer roller blade

8. Replace the secondary transfer roller blade.

9. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-71
203-1

(2) Replacing the secondary transfer lower roller

Take the following steps when the secondary transfer lower roller is to be replaced.

Caution: Do not touch or leave fingerprints on the surface of the secondary transfer lower
roller.

Procedure
1. Remove the secondary transfer roller unit (see page 3-3-69).
2. Remove the screw at the front of the secondary transfer roller unit and the secondary
transfer terminal.
When refitting the secondary transfer terminal, make sure that the end of the spring
makes contact with the end of the roller.

Spring

Secondary
transfer terminal

Figure 3-3-92 Detaching the secondary transfer terminal

3. Remove the three screws and secondary transfer roller blade.

3-3-72
 203-1

4. Remove the outer E ring, gear, two inner E rings, secondary press pulley and bearing
at the rear of the secondary transfer roller unit.
5. Remove the E ring and bearing at the front, and then the secondary transfer lower roller.
6. Remove the E ring and secondary press pulley at the front.

Secondary Gear
press pulley

E rings
Bearing

E ring

Bearing
Apply conductive grease.

Secondary transfer
lower roller
Secondary press pulley
E ring

Figure 3-3-93 Detaching the secondary transfer lower roller

7. Replace the secondary transfer lower roller.

Apply conductive grease to the front of the roller shaft.
8. Refit all the removed parts.
9. Check the image and adjust the color registration (see page 3-3-26).

3-3-73
203

(3) Replacing the transfer belt

Take the following steps when the transfer belt is to be replaced.

Caution: Do not touch or leave fingerprints on the surface of the transfer belt.

Procedure
1. Open the front cover, and remove the toner hopper and transfer high-voltage trans-
former cover.
2. Remove the screw and primary transfer terminal (see page 3-3-59).
3. Open the paper feed section cover and bypass table, and remove the bypass paper feed
unit (see page 3-3-11).
4. Remove the six screws and right cover.
5. Loosen the screw and remove the protection cover of the safety switch.
6. Disconnect the 14-pin connector from the transfer unit.

14-pin
connector

Safety switch

Protection
cover

Figure 3-3-94

3-3-74
 203

7. Remove the two screws, rotate the transfer unit and position the contact pin on the
mount.

Handle

Screws

Transfer unit

Figure 3-3-95

3-3-75
203

8. Remove the two screws, and pull out the transfer unit shaft horizontally.

Transfer unit shaft

Figure 3-3-96 Detaching the transfer unit shaft

3-3-76
 203-1

9. Hold the handle of the transfer unit and pull to remove the transfer unit.
To remove the transfer unit, pull up the unit in the direction of the arrow with the pins of
the transfer unit sliding along the rail on the machine. Take care not to damage the
surface of the transfer belt by allowing it to contact components inside the machine.

Transfer unit
Handle

Pins

Mounting rail

Figure 3-3-97 Detaching the transfer unit

3-3-77
203-1

10. Remove the pin holding the handle at the front of the transfer unit.
11. Remove the two screws holding the transfer belt plate at the front of the transfer unit.
12. Remove the tension pin at the front of the transfer unit.
13. Remove the pin holding the handle at the rear of the transfer unit and then the handle.
14. Remove the two screws holding the transfer belt plate at the rear of the transfer unit and
then the transfer belt plate.
15. Remove the screw and transfer belt timing sensor.
16. Remove the tension pin at the rear of the transfer belt and loosen the belt.
To refit the tension pin, move the support plate in the direction of the arrow A and
tighten the tension pin.
If the support plates at the machine front and rear are moved in the opposite direction,
the transfer belt waves.
17. Remove the transfer belt.

Transfer belt protection plate

Tension pin Handle

Support plate

A
Transfer belt Transfer belt
timing sensor

Figure 3-3-98 Detaching the transfer belt

18. Replace the transfer belt.

Fit the transfer belt with the hole situated at the back.
19. Refit all the removed parts.
After replacing the transfer belt, adjust the movement of the belt using the following
procedure.

3-3-78
 203-1

Adjusting the transfer belt movement

Procedure
1. Detach the right cover to see the movement of the transfer belt (see page 3-3-74).
2. Remove the toner hopper.
3. Remove the cleaning unit or move the cleaning blade away from the drum by pressing
the blade release lever.
4. Short-circuit the connector for the toner hopper installation detection with a connector
jumper.
5. With the front cover open, turn the key switch to ON, then turn the main switch on.
6. When the message requesting the front cover to be closed is displayed, enter 10871087
with the numeric keys to enter simulation mode.
7. Turn on safety switch 1 which detects open/close of the front cover and hold it on.
8. Enter 25 with the numeric keys and press the print key.
9. Press the Go key.
The transfer belt starts rotating. Let the belt rotate for approximately 5 minutes to check
whether the transfer belt flutters.
10. Press the Stop key.
The transfer belt stops rotating.
11. If the transfer belt does not flutter:
Proceed to step 16 and complete the adjustment.
If the transfer belt flutters:
Adjust the belt movement using the following steps.
12. Loosen the two screws securing the transfer unit backstop.
13. Tighten or loosen the adjustment screw on the transfer unit adjustment plate to correct
the transfer belt flutter.
If the transfer belt flutters at the machine front (i.e. the belt creeps toward the machine
front):
Loosen the adjustment screw by approximately 1/4 turn.
If the transfer belt flutters at the machine rear (i.e. the belt creeps toward the machine
rear):
Tighten the adjustment screw by approximately 1/4 turn. While tightening the screw, lift
the transfer unit backstop to prevent deformation of the transfer belt adjustment plate
under the weight of the transfer unit.
When loosening or tightening the adjustment screw, turn it gradually, always checking
and re-checking the movement.

3-3-78-1
3-3-79
203-1

14. Tighten the two screws to secure the transfer unit backstop.

Screws

Transfer unit backstop

Adjustment screw

Transfer unit adjustment plate

Figure 3-3-98 (a) Adjusting the transfer belt movement

15. Repeat steps 9 to 14 until the transfer belt moves smoothly without flutter.
If the belt flutters on the other side after adjustment, turn back the adjustment screw by
approximately half as much as it was loosened or tightened in step 13.
16. Press the stop/clear key.
The screen for entering a simulation No. is displayed.
17. Enter 21 with the numeric keys and press the print key.
18. Press the Go key.
Stearic wax is applied for approximately 60 seconds.
19. Press the stop/clear key.
The screen for entering a simulation No. is displayed.
20. Enter 001 with the numeric keys and press the print key to exit simulation mode.
21. Reset the ON state of safety switch 1 and remove the connector jumper.
22. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-80
3-3-78-2
 203-1

(4) Replacing the belt smoothing brush and smoothing plate

Perform the following steps when the replacing the belt smoothing brush and smoothing
plate.

Procedure
1. Detaching the transfer unit (see page 3-3-74).
• Detaching the smoothing plate
2. Remove the stop ring, pin and smoothing plate.

Stop ring

Smoothing plate Pin

Figure 3-3-99 Detaching the smoothing plate

3-3-81
3-3-79
203-1

• Detaching the belt smoothing brush

3. Remove the stop ring, ring and bushing at the machine rear.
4. Remove the stop ring, gear, pin and two rings at the machine front and then the belt
smoothing brush.

Pin
Stop ring

Gear
Bushing
Ring Belt smoothing brush Bushing

Ring Ring
Stop ring

Figure 3-3-100 Detaching the belt smoothing brush

5. Replace the belt smoothing brush and smoothing plate.

6. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-80
3-3-82
 203

(5) Replacing the transfer cleaning unit blade

Take the following steps when the transfer cleaning unit blade is to be replaced.

Procedure
1. Remove the transfer high-voltage transformer cover.
2. Remove the screw and paper conveying unit safety button.
3. Press the release lever at the machine front to the left to lay the transfer cleaning unit
down horizontally.
4. Remove the screw, and pull the transfer cleaning unit out.
To refit the transfer cleaning unit, place the rear indentation of the unit over the machine
shaft, lift the left side of the unit and insert it. Take care not to press the unit against the
side plate; otherwise, the transfer cleaning unit blade will be damaged.

Release lever

Transfer cleaning unit

Screw

Figure 3-3-101 Detaching the transfer cleaning unit

3-3-83
3-3-81
203

5. Remove the two screws and blade mount.

6. Remove the screw and transfer cleaning unit blade from the blade mount.

Transfer cleaning unit blade

Blade mount

Figure 3-3-102 Detaching the transfer cleaning unit blade

7. Replace the transfer cleaning unit blade.

8. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-84
3-3-82
 203

(6) Replacing the transfer cleaning trap blade

Take the following steps when the transfer cleaning trap blade is to be replaced.

Procedure
1. Remove the transfer cleaning unit (see page 3-3-81).
2. Loosen the three screws and remove the transfer cleaning trap blade.
To refit the trap blade, press the corner of the transfer cleaning trap blade against the
contact surface of the transfer cleaning unit stay and secure the blade with the screws.

Transfer cleaning trap blade

Transfer cleaning unit stay

Figure 3-3-103 Detaching the transfer cleaning trap blade

3. Replace the transfer cleaning trap blade.

4. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-85
3-3-83
203

(7) Replacing the lower transfer cleaning blade

Take the following steps when replacing the lower transfer cleaning blade.

Procedure
1. Remove the transfer cleaning unit (see page 3-3-81).
2. Loosen the three screws and transfer cleaning unit trap blade.
3. Remove the three screws and lower transfer cleaning blade.
To refit the lower blade, position the lower transfer cleaning blade toward the rear
(nearer to the pipe) to prevent toner from escaping. Press the corner of the lower blade
against the contact surface of the transfer cleaning stay and secure the lower blade with
the screws.

Lower transfer cleaning blade

Transfer cleaning unit stay

Figure 3-3-104 Detaching the lower transfer cleaning blade

4. Replace the lower transfer cleaning blade.

5. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-86
3-3-84
 203-1

(8) Replacing the transfer cleaning blade cleaner

Perform the following steps when replacing the transfer cleaning blade cleaner.

Procedure
1. Remove the transfer unit from the machine (see page 3-3-74).
2. Remove the two pins, then the film and transfer cleaning blade cleaner.
3. Replace the transfer cleaning blade cleaner.
4. Insert the blade cleaning levers at the machine front and rear into the notches in the
transfer cleaning blade cleaner.
5. Align the holes in the transfer cleaning blade cleaner with those in the film and secure
them with the two pins such that the transfer cleaning blade cleaner moves up and down.
6. Refit the all the removed parts.

Blade cleaning lever

Blade cleaning lever

Film

Transfer cleaning blade cleaner

Figure 3-3-104 (a)

3-3-84-1
3-3-87
203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-3-88
 203-1

3-3-8 Cleaning section

(1) Detaching and refitting the cleaning blade

Check, clean or replace the cleaning blade as follows.

After replacing the cleaning blade, perform simulation 130 to apply toner.
While servicing with the cleaning unit or image density sensor PCB assembly removed, be
sure to attach the drum front bearing to the drum shaft and push the image formation section
back into the machine.

Procedure
1. Open the front cover, and draw out the image formation section (see pages 3-3-58 and
59).
2. Remove the connector.
3. Press the blade release lever, and detach the cleaning blade from the drum.
4. Unlock the cleaning stoppers, and remove the cleaning unit.
To remove the cleaning unit, support the cleaning unit from the back of the image
formation section.

Cleaning unit
Cleaning unit stopper

Connector
Cleaning unit
stopper

Figure 3-3-105 Detaching the cleaning unit

3-3-85
203

5. Remove the two screws holding the cleaning unit cover and then the cover.

Screw

Cleaning unit cover

Screw

Figure 3-3-106 Detaching the cleaning unit cover

3-3-86
 203-1

6. Turn the blade mount.

When turning the blade mount, move the blade mount seal to its original position
between the aluminum stay and blade release lever.
7. Remove the pin and the cleaning blade.

Pin

Cleaning blade

Blade mount seal

Blade mount

Figure 3-3-107 Detaching the cleaning blade

8. Clean or replace the cleaning blade.

9. Refit all the removed parts, and close the front cover.
To refit the cleaning unit, press the blade release lever to release the cleaning blade.
10. With the front cover open, turn the main switch on.
11. Enter simulation mode.
12. Close the front cover.
13. Perform simulation 130 to apply toner.
14. Open the front cover, and pull the blade release lever to bring the cleaning blade into
contact with the drum.

3-3-87
203

(2) Detaching and refitting the cleaning brush

Replace the cleaning brush as follows.

Procedure
1. Open the front cover, and remove the cleaning unit (see page 3-3-85).
2. Remove the E ring and gear holding the cleaning brush at the front of the cleaning unit.
3. Remove the screw and bearing.
4. Remove the cleaning brush.

Gear

Cleaning brush Bearing

E ring

Figure 3-3-108 Detaching the cleaning brush

5. Replace the cleaning brush.

6. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-88
 203-1

(3) Detaching and refitting the cleaning unit seal blade

Clean or replace the cleaning unit seal blade as follows.

Procedure
1. Open the front cover and remove the cleaning unit (see page 3-3-85).
2. Remove the two screws and cleaning magnet mount.
3. Loosen the three screws and remove the cleaning unit seal blade.
To refit the seal blade, align it at the rear and secure with the screws.

Cleaning
magnet mount

Cleaning unit
seal blade

Figure 3-3-109 Detaching the cleaning unit seal blade

4. Replace the cleaning unit seal blade.

5. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-89
203

(4) Detaching and refitting the smoothing plate

Replace the smoothing plate as follows.

Procedure
1. Open the front cover and remove the cleaning unit (see page 3-3-85).
2. Remove the two screws holding the cleaning unit cover and then the cover (see page
3-3-86).
3. Turn the blade mount.
4. Remove the stop ring and pin holding the smoothing plate at the rear of the cleaning unit.
5. Remove the smoothing plate.

Smoothing plate Pin

pressure spring

Stop ring

Smoothing plate

Figure 3-3-110 Detaching the smoothing plate

6. Replace the smoothing plate.

Take care not to deform the smoothing plate pressure spring when attaching the
smoothing plate. If the plate cannot be attached easily, remove the cleaning brush.
7. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-90
 203-1

(5) Detaching and refitting the auxiliary waste toner tank and the auxiliary waste
toner tank blade
Replace the auxiliary waste toner tank and the auxiliary waste toner tank blade as follows.

Procedure
1. Open the front cover and draw out the image formation section (see pages 3-3-58 and
59).
2. Remove the 7-pin connector and the screw to detach the image density sensor PCB
assembly.

7-pin connector

Image density sensor PCB assembly

Figure 3-3-110 (a)

3. Remove the two screws to detach the auxiliary waste toner tank.

Auxiliary waste toner tank

Image density sensor PCB assembly

Figure 3-3-110 (b)

3-3-90-1
3-3-91
203-1

4. Remove the two screws to detach the auxiliary waste toner tank blade.
5. Refit all the removed parts.
To refit the auxiliary waste toner tank blade, push the blade all the way downwards and
secure with the two screws.

Auxiliary waste toner tank blade

Image density sensor PCB assembly

Figure 3-3-110 (c)

3-3-92
3-3-90-2
 203-1

3-3-9 Fixing section

(1) Replacing fixing heaters M and S

Replace fixing heaters M and S as follows.

Procedure
1. Draw out the toner hopper and remove the two screws holding the toner hopper and
then the toner hopper.
2. Draw out the fixing unit.
3. Open the fixing unit guide stay.
4. Remove the two screws and fixing unit front cover.
5. Remove the two screws and fixing unit cover.

Fixing unit cover

Fixing unit front cover

Fixing unit guide stay

Figure 3-3-111

3-3-91
203-1

6. Remove the screw and remove the oil tube from the oil unit.
7. Remove the two screws and 2-pin connector and detach the oil solenoid.

2-pin connector

Oil solenoid

Figure 3-3-112 Detaching the oil tank

8. Remove the three screws and fixing unit rear cover.

9. Remove the screw and fixing heater rear retainer.

Fixing heater
rear retainer

Fixing unit rear cover

Figure 3-3-113

3-3-92
 203-1

10. Remove the connector at the front of fixing heater M.

11. Remove the connector at the front of fixing heater S.

Connector of fixing Connector of

heater M fixing heater S

Figure 3-3-114

12. Remove the screw at the front of the fixing unit and the fixing heater M retainer.
13. Remove the screw at the front of the fixing unit and the fixing heater S retainer.

Fixing heater M

Retainers

Fixing heater S

Figure 3-3-115 Detaching the metal parts

3-3-93
203

14. Remove the connectors of fixing heaters M and S at the rear of the fixing unit.

Connector of fixing heater M

Connector of fixing heater S

Figure 3-3-116

15. Pull out fixing heaters M and S from the front.

16. Replace fixing heaters M and S.
The large connector at the rear of the fixing heaters is for fixing heater M, and the small
connector is for fixing heater S.
17. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-94
 203-1

(2) Replacing the press roller

Replace the press roller as follows.

Procedure
1. Remove the screw and oil tube from the oil unit.
2. Remove the screw holding the oil unit.
3. Remove the oil unit by sliding it toward the machine front.
When refitting the oil unit, be sure to insert the pin and bushing at the machine rear into
the respective holes in the rear of the fixing unit.

Oil unit

Pin

Bushing

Figure 3-3-117 Detaching the oil unit

Note: After removing the oil unit, hook the claw at the front of the oil unit on the fixing unit
cover and secure the end of the tube into the oil catch to prevent silicon oil leakage.

Oil unit

Fixing unit cover

Claw
Tube

Figure 3-3-117 (a)

3-3-95
203-1

4. Remove the front and rear screws holding the fixing unit and open the fixing unit stay.
5. Lift and remove the press roller.
6. Remove the bushings at the front and rear of the press roller.
7. Remove the screw and gear at the rear of the press roller, and then the roller.

Fixing unit stay

Bushing
Gear

Press roller

Bushing

Figure 3-3-118 Detaching the press roller

8. Replace the press roller.

9. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-96
 203

(3) Replacing the heat roller

Replace the heat roller as follows.

Procedure
1. Remove fixing heater M (see pages 3-3-91 to 94).
2. Remove the oil unit (see page 3-3-95).
3. Remove the front and rear screws holding the fixing unit and open the fixing unit stay.
4. Remove the two screws and bearing holder.
5. Remove the C ring and bearing at the front of the heat roller.
6. Remove the screw holding the rear gear of the heat roller, and then the gear and bearing.
7. Remove the heat roller.
To refit the heat roller, pull the longer shaft to the rear.

Heat roller Bearing

C ring

Bearing holder

Machine front

Screw

Gear

Heat roller

Machine rear

Figure 3-3-119

3-3-97
203

8. Remove the screw holding the front gear of the heat roller, and then the gear and
bushing.

Heat roller

Gear
Bushing

Figure 3-3-120

9. Replace the heat roller.

10. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-98
 203

(4) Replacing fixing unit thermistor 1

Replace fixing unit thermistor 1 as follows.

Procedure
1. Draw out the fixing unit and remove the fixing unit cover (see page 3-3-91).
2. Remove the connector of fixing unit thermistor 1 at the front of the fixing unit.
3. Remove the screw and fixing unit thermistor 1.
To refit fixing unit thermistor 1, seat the projection of the thermistor 1 in the cutout in the
mount.

Fixing unit
thermistor 1

Figure 3-3-121 Detaching fixing unit thermistor 1

4. Replace fixing unit thermistor 1.

5. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-99
203-1

(5) Replacing fixing unit thermistor 2

Replace fixing unit thermistor 2 as follows.

Procedure
1. Remove the press roller (see pages 3-3-95 and 96).
2. Remove the two screws and fixing wire cover.
3. Remove the connector of fixing unit thermistor 2.

Connector

Fixing wire cover

Figure 3-3-122

3-3-100
 203

4. Remove the screw and fixing unit thermistor 2.

To refit fixing unit thermistor 2, seat the projection of thermistor 2 in the cutout in the
mount.

Fixing unit
thermistor 2

Figure 3-3-123 Detaching fixing unit thermistor 2

5. Replace fixing unit thermistor 2.

6. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-101
203-1

(6) Replacing fixing unit thermostats 1, 2, 3 and 4

Replace fixing unit thermostats as follows.

Caution: Use the specified thermostat for replacement. Do not substitute a simple wire or
similar; otherwise, the machine will be seriously damaged.

Procedure
1. Draw out the fixing unit and remove the fixing unit cover (see page 3-3-91).
2. Remove the connectors of the fixing unit wire and fixing heater wire from each fixing unit
thermostat.
Remove the connector while pressing the projection on the connector.
3. Remove the two screws holding each of fixing unit thermostats 1, 2, 3 and 4 and detach
the thermostats.

Fixing unit wire

Fixing unit thermostat wire
Fixing heater wire
Screws

Screws

170˚C

Upper fixing unit

160˚C

Fixing unit thermostat 2 Fixing unit thermostat 1

Fixing unit wire Fixing heater wire

Screws
Screws

140˚C
Lower fixing unit 150˚C

Fixing unit thermostat 3

Fixing unit thermostat 4
Fixing unit thermostat wire

Figure 3-3-124 Detaching fixing unit thermostats 1, 2, 3 and 4

4. Replace fixing unit thermostats 1, 2, 3 and 4.

To refit the fixing unit thermostats, check the temperature indications on the thermostat
detecting surfaces and install the thermostats on the fixing unit stay in the correct
positions.
5. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-102
 203-1

(7) Replacing the press roller separation claws

Replace the press roller separation claws as follows.

Procedure
1. Remove one screw each from the front and rear of the fixing unit and turn the fixing stay.
2. Remove the three screws and press roller separation claw guide.
3. Remove the spring and press roller separation claws.

Press roller separation

claw guide

Separation
claw

Spring

Figure 3-3-125 Detaching the press roller separation claws

4. Replace the press roller separation claws.

5. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-103
203-1

(8) Replacing the heat roller separation claws

Replace the heat roller separation claws as follows.

Procedure
1. Open the fixing unit guide stay at the left of the fixing unit (see page 3-3-91).
2. Remove the three screws and fixing unit upper left guide reinforcement.

Fixing unit upper left

guide reinforcement

Figure 3-3-125 (a)

3. Remove the springs from the heat roller separation claws.

4. Remove the six heat roller separation claws from the fixing unit upper guide.

Spring

Heat roller separation claw

Figure 3-3-126 Detaching the heat roller separation claws

5. Replace the heat roller separation claws.

6. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-104
 203

(9) Replacing the press roller blade

Replace the press roller blade as follows.

Procedure
1. Remove the press roller and fixing unit thermistor 2 (see pages 3-3-100 and 101).
2. Remove the press roller blade mount.
3. Remove the three screws and press roller blade.

Press roller blade

Press roller blade mount

Figure 3-3-127 Detaching the press roller blade

4. Replace the press roller blade.

5. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-105
203-1

(10) Replacing the cleaning roller

Replace the cleaning roller as follows.

Procedure
1. Draw out the fixing unit and remove the fixing unit front cover and fixing unit cover (see
page 3-3-91).
2. Remove the front and rear springs holding the cleaning roller and then the cleaning roller.
When refitting the front and rear springs, orient the folded part on either end of each
spring downward; otherwise the springs may become dislodged during copying.

Spring
Cleaning roller

Spring
Spring

Figure 3-3-128

3. Loosen the hexagonal socket-head screw and remove the gear, E ring, and bearing at
the rear of the cleaning roller.
4. Remove the E ring and bearing at the front of the cleaning roller.

E ring
Gear Cleaning roller
Bearing

Bearing

E ring
Hexagonal
socket-head
screw

Figure 3-3-129

5. Replace the cleaning roller.

6. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-106
 203-1

(11) Replacing the oil application felt

Replace the oil application felt as follows.

Procedure
1. Remove the oil unit (see page 3-3-95).
2. Remove the two screws and oil application felt mount.

Oil application felt mount

Figure 3-3-130

3. Remove the three pins and oil application felt.

4. Replace the oil application felt.
Be careful to correctly determine the front face of the oil application felt from the back.
Fit the oil application felt by aligning its three holes with those in the oil application felt
press.
5. Refit all the removed parts.

Oil application felt

Oil application felt mount

Oil application felt press

Figure 3-3-130 (a) Detaching the oil application felt

3-3-107
203-1

(12) Replacing the oil regulating blade

Replace the oil regulating blade as follows.

Procedure
1. Remove the oil unit (see page 3-3-95).
2. Remove the pin at the front and the screw at the rear of the oil unit and then the oil trap.
3. Remove the three screws and oil regulating blade.

Oil regulating blade

Screw

Oil trap

Pin

Figure 3-3-131 Detaching the oil regulating blade

4. Replace the oil regulating blade.

5. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-108
 203-1

(13) Replacing oil application rollers A and B

Replace oil application rollers A and B as follows.

Procedure
1. Remove the oil unit (see page 3-3-95).
2. Remove the springs at the front and rear of the unit and oil application roller B.

Spring

Oil application roller B

Spring

Figure 3-3-132

3. Remove the bearing at the rear of oil application roller B.

4. Remove the bearing at the front of oil application roller B.

Bearing
Bearing

Oil application roller B

Figure 3-3-133 Detaching the oil application roller B

3-3-109
203-1

5. Remove the oil application felt mount (see page 3-3-107).

6. Remove the oil regulating blade (see page 3-3-108).
7. Disengage the front and rear springs from the hooks on the oil unit mount.
8. Remove the screw and the bushing at the machine front.
9. Remove the bushing at the machine rear and then the oil application roller A stay from
the oil unit mount.

Oil unit mount

Bushing

Oil application roller A stay

Bushing

Figure 3-3-134

10. Remove the three E rings at the front of oil application roller A, and then the oil application
roller gear, spring pin and two bushings.
11. Remove the two E rings at the rear of oil application roller A and then the two bushings.
12. Remove oil application roller A from the oil application roller A stay.
13. Replace oil application rollers A and B.
14. Refit all the removed parts.

E rings

Oil application roller A

Bushings

Oil application roller A stay

E rings

Bushings
Spring pin
Oil application roller gear

Figure 3-3-135

3-3-110
 203-1

(14) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference)

Adjust fixing pressure when paper creases, fixing is defective, or after a fixing pressure
spring has been replaced.

If the optional stapler sorter is installed, detach the sorter from the machine without
detaching the connectors before measuring the fixing nip width (width of the black band).

Procedure

Start
7.5±0.5 mm
Enter simulation mode.

Enter 135 with the numeric keys

and press the print key. Fixing pressure: 320 N
(both machine front and rear)
Load A3/11" × 17" paper into
the drawer.

Press the Go key.

Is the
width of the black
band printed on the image
(indicating the part which stopped No Turn the fixing pressure nuts to
in the fixing section) on adjust the fixing pressure.
the image within
7.5±0.5 mm?

Yes

Exit simulation mode.

End

Fixing pressure nuts

Figure 3-3-136 Adjusting the fixing pressure

3-3-111
203-1

(15) Detaching the fixing unit

Remove the fixing unit from the machine when moving the machine.

Procedure
1. Draw out the fixing unit.
2. Remove the four screws and then the fixing unit from the machine.

Note: Place the removed fixing unit on a level surface such as the edge of a table as shown
in the diagram below so as to keep the oil tank horizontal.

Fixing unit

Oil tank

Figure 3-3-136 (a)

3-3-111-1
3-3-112
 203-1

(16) Cleaning the oil recovery filter

Procedure
1. Draw out the fixing unit and remove the front fixing unit cover.
2. Remove the two screws and oil tank.

Note: Since silicon oil may leak from the fixing unit after removing the oil tank, spread an
oil-proof sheet beneath the unit.

Oil tank

Figure 3-3-136 (b)

3. Remove the oil recovery filter from the oil tank.

4. Clean the oil recovery filter.
5. Refit all the removed parts.
Snap the oil recovery filter into place by engaging it securely into the four claws in the
oil recovery filter hole in the oil tank.

Oil recovery filter

Figure 3-3-136 (c)

3-3-111-2
3-3-113
203

3-3-10 Others

(1) Replacing ozone filter B

Replace ozone filter B as follows.

Procedure
1. Open the front cover and remove the toner hopper.
2. Remove the five screws and inner cover.
3. Remove the screw and draw out the filter mount.
4. Remove and replace ozone filter B.
5. Refit all the removed parts.

Filter mount

White
Black side side

Ozone filter B

Figure 3-3-137

3-3-114
3-3-112
 203

(2) Replacing ozone filter C

Replace ozone filter C as follows.

Procedure
1. Remove the six screws and left cover.
2. Remove the two screws and duct fan motor.
3. Remove the filter mount.
4. Remove and replace ozone filter C.
5. Refit all the removed parts.

Filter mount

Black side White side

Ozone filter C

Duct fan motor

Figure 3-3-138

3-3-115
3-3-113
203

(3) Replacing the vacuum fan filter

Replace the vacuum fan filter as follows.

Procedure
1. Open the paper feed section cover and bypass table and draw out the bypass paper
feed unit.
2. Remove the six screws and right cover.
3. Remove the two screws and vacuum fan filter.

Vacuum
fan filter

Figure 3-3-139 Detaching the vacuum fan filter

4. Replace the vacuum fan filter.

5. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-116
3-3-114
 203-1

CONTENTS

3-4 PCB Initial Settings

3-4-1 Main PCB ........................................................................................... 3-4-1
3-4-2 Adjustment-free variable resistors (VR) ............................................. 3-4-2
3-4-3 Adjustments after parts replacement ................................................. 3-4-3

1-1-23
 203-1

3-4-1 Main PCB

After replacing the main PCB, remove the backup PCB from the old main PCB and fit it
to the new main PCB. If the new backup PCB is used, perform the following steps.

Procedure
• Before removing the old backup PCB:
1. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug.
2. Replace the backup PCB with the new one.

• After installing the new backup PCB:

3. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.
4. Enter the simulation mode.
5. Run simulation 10.
6. Run simulation 180 to select the destination.
7. Run appropriate simulations to reenter the data listed on the simulation label.
8. Exit the simulation mode.

3-4-1
203

3-4-2 Adjustment-free variable resistors (VR)

The variable resistors listed below are set at the factory prior to shipping and cannot be
adjusted in the field.
• Composite power source PCB: VR001, VR301, VR701, VR801, VR802
• Noise filter PCB: VR1, VR2
• Main high-voltage transformer PCB: VR1, VR2, VR4, VR5
• Transfer high-voltage transformer PCB: VR1, VR31
• Separation high-voltage transformer PCB: VR1
• Developing bias PCB: VR50, VR51, VRB12, VRB34
• Transfer belt control PCB: VR1

3-4-2
 203-1

3-4-3 Adjustments after parts replacement

After replacing any of the parts listed below, execute the specified simulations in the order
indicated to perform necessary adjustments.

Replacement part Adjustment item

Original size sensor Sim. 54-0
Exposure lamp Sim. 301-0
CCD drive PCB Lateral squareness adjustment*2 → Sim. 301-1 and 2
→ Sim. 300-0 and 1
CCD processing PCB Sim. 301-1 → Sim. 300-0 and 1
Laser scanner unit (LSU) Lateral squareness adjustment*2
Drum* 1
Sim. 130-0 → Sim. 105-0 and 5 → Sim. 300-1 →
Sim. 30-2
Developer*1 Sim. 26-0 to 4 → Sim. 100-0 → Sim. 105-0 and 5 →
Sim. 300-1 → Sim. 30-2
Image density sensor PCB Sim. 105-0 and 5 → Sim. 300-1 → Sim. 30-2
Cleaning blade*1 Sim. 130-0 → Sim. 30-2
Transfer belt Sim. 25-0 → Sim. 21-0 → Sim. 300-1
Secondary transfer lower roller Sim. 30-2 → Sim. 300-1
Fixing pressure spring Sim. 135-0 → Sim. 30-4 and 5
Press roller Sim. 135-0 → Sim. 30-4 and 5
Scanner frame Sim. 301-1 → Sim. 300-0 and 1 → Sim. 61-0
Mirror frame Sim. 301-1 → Sim. 300-0 and 1 → Sim. 61-0
ISU Sim. 301-1 and 2 → Sim. 300-0 and 1 → Sim. 61-0
Original size indicator Sim. 301-1 → Sim. 300-0 and 1
Backup PCB Sim. 10-0 → Sim. 180-0
Touch screen Sim. 161-0
Drum potential sensor Sim. 84-0

*1 Before entering simulation mode, open the front cover and turn the main switch on.
*2 No simulation is available for adjustment.

3-4-3
 203

CONTENTS

3-5 Self-diagnosis
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis .................................................................................... 3-5-1
(1) Self-diagnostic function ............................................................. 3-5-1
Self diagnostic codes ................................................................ 3-5-2

1-1-25
 203-1

3-5-1 Self-diagnosis

(1) Self-diagnostic function

This unit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function. When it detects a problem with itself,
it disables copying and displays the problem as a code consisting of “C” followed by a
number between 001 and 713, indicating the nature of the problem. A message requesting
the user to call for service is also displayed.
After removing the problem, the self-diagnostic function can be reset as follows.
Codes C001, C003 and C620: By disconnecting and then connecting the power plug.
Other codes: By turning the main switch off and back on.

Call for service.

Figure 3-5-1 Service call code display

3-5-1
203-1
Self diagnostic codes
Code Contents
C001 Main PCB RAM problem
The main PCB RAM data
is different from the speci-
fied values when the
power supply is turned on.
C003 Operation unit main PCB
RAM problem
The operation unit main
PCB RAM data is different
from the specified values
when the power supply is
turned on.
C010 LSU communication
problem
A communication problem
is detected three times in
a row between the LSU
and the main PCB.
3-5-2
Remarks
Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
The backup Run simulation 10 and
data has a reenter the contents of the
problem. backup data.
Defective Replace the backup PCB or
backup PCB the main PCB, if C001 is de-
or main PCB. tected (confirmed by simula-
tion 207) after the backup
memory data is reentered.
Defective 1. Check the connection of
operation unit the connectors on the
main PCB or backup RAM.
backup RAM. 2. Run simulation 246 and
check that the correct
machine serial number is
entered.
3. Run simulation 10 and
initialize the backup
memory, and then run
simulation 246 and enter
the machine serial
number.
4. Replace the operation unit
main PCB and backup
RAM, and run simulations
10 and 246. Then check
for correct operation.
Poor contact Check the connection of the
in the con- connectors on the LSU and
nector termi- the main PCB.
nals of the
LSU and the
main PCB.
Defective Replace the LSU and check
LSU. for correct operation.
Defective Replace the main PCB and
main PCB. check for correct operation.
 203

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C011 Operation unit communi- Poor contact Check the connection of the
cation problem in the connec- connectors on the operation
A communication problem tor terminals unit main PCB and the main
is detected ten times in a of the opera- PCB.
row between the operation tion unit main
unit main PCB and the PCB and the
main PCB. main PCB.

Defective op- Replace the operation unit

eration unit main PCB and check for cor-
main PCB. rect operation.

Defective Replace the main PCB and

main PCB. check for correct operation.
C013 IPU communication Poor contact Check the connection of the
problem in the connec- connectors on the IPU PCB
A communication problem tor terminals and the main PCB.
is detected ten times in a of the IPU
row between the IPU PCB PCB and the
and the main PCB. main PCB.
Defective IPU Replace the IPU PCB and
PCB. check for correct operation.
Defective Replace the main PCB and
main PCB. check for correct operation.

3-5-3
203

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C014 Scanner control PCB Poor contact Check the connection of the
communication problem in the connec- connectors on the scanner
A communication problem tor terminals control PCB and the main
is detected ten times in a of the scan- PCB.
row between the scanner ner control
control PCB and the main PCB and the
PCB. main PCB.

Defective Replace the scanner control

scanner con- PCB and check for correct
trol PCB. operation.

Defective Replace the main PCB and

main PCB. check for correct operation.
C016 Upper rear sub PCB Poor contact Check the connection of the
communication problem in the connec- connectors on the upper rear
A communication problem tor terminals sub PCB and the main PCB.
is detected ten times in a of the upper
row between the upper rear sub PCB
rear sub PCB and the and the main
main PCB. PCB.
There is no communica-
tion between the upper Defective up- Replace the upper rear sub
rear sub PCB and the per rear sub PCB and check for correct
PCB. operation.
main PCB when the power
supply is turned on. Defective Replace the main PCB and
main PCB. check for correct operation.

3-5-4
 203

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C017 Lower rear sub PCB Poor contact Check the connection of the
communication problem in the connec- connectors on the lower rear
A communication problem tor terminals sub PCB and the main PCB.
is detected ten times in a of the lower
row between the lower rear sub PCB
rear sub PCB and the and the main
main PCB. PCB.
There is no communica-
tion between the lower Defective Replace the lower rear sub
rear sub PCB and the lower rear PCB and check for correct
sub PCB. operation.
main PCB when the power
supply is turned on. Defective Replace the main PCB and
main PCB. check for correct operation.
C030 Total counter problem Poor contact Check the connection of the
The total counter insertion in the connec- connectors on the total coun-
detection signal is not tor terminals ter and the main PCB.
present on the main PCB. of the total
counter and
the main
PCB.

Defective Replace the total counter

total counter. and check for correct opera-
tion.

Defective Replace the main PCB and

main PCB. check for correct operation.

3-5-5
203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C100 Exposure lamp problem Poor contact Check the connection of the
An alarm signal is in the connec- connectors of the exposure
detected for 100 ms after tor terminals lamp.
the composite power of the expo-
source PCB remote signal sure lamp.
is turned on.
Defective ex- Check for continuity across
posure lamp. the exposure lamp terminals.
If none, replace the expo-
sure lamp.
Defective Replace the composite
composite power source PCB and
power source check for correct operation.
PCB.

Defective Replace the scanner control

scanner con- PCB and check for correct
trol PCB. operation.

Optical sec- Press the reset button of the

tion thermo- optical section thermostat
stat is and check for continuity. If
triggered. there is no continuity, re-
place the optical section
thermostat.

C101 Exposure lamp lighting Poor contact Check the connection of the
problem in the connec- connectors of the LSU and
The V.SYNC signal is not tor terminals the scanner control PCB.
present on the scanner of the LSU
control PCB CPU within and the scan-
20 s after the exposure ner control
lamp turns on. PCB.
Defective Replace the LSU and check
LSU. for correct operation.

Defective Replace the scanner control

scanner con- PCB and check for correct
trol PCB. operation.

3-5-6
 203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C110 Scanner home position Poor contact Check the connection of the
problem in the connec- connectors on the scanner
The end of the home posi- tor terminals home position switch.
tion correction is not of the scanner
detected before the scan- home position
ner motor drives 10000 switch.
steps after the scanner
Defective Check if CN3-8 on the scan-
initialization has started.
scanner ner control PCB goes high
home position when the scanner home
switch. position switch is turned on.
If not, replace the scanner
home position switch.
Poor contact Check the connection of the
in the connec- connectors on the scanner
tor terminals motor.
of the scan-
ner motor.
Defective Replace the scanner motor
scanner and check for correct opera-
motor. tion.
Defective Check the tension of the
scanner driv- scanner drive belt and the
ing system. installation of the scanner
wires. Repair if necessary.
C120 Scanner control PCB Poor contact Check the connection of the
24 V problem in the connec- connectors on the scanner
The power supply part of tor terminals control PCB and the com-
the scanner control PCB of the scanner posite power source PCB.
cannot detect 24 V. control PCB
and the com-
posite power
source PCB.
Defective Check if 24 V DC is output to
composite CN3-4 on the composite
power source power source PCB. If not,
PCB. replace the composite power
source PCB,

Defective Check if the problem display

scanner con- remains with 24 V DC output
trol PCB. to CN1-3 on the scanner
control PCB. If not, replace
the scanner control PCB.

3-5-7
203

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C121 Scanner control PCB Poor contact Check the connection of the
36 V problem in the connec- connectors on the scanner
The power supply part of tor terminals control PCB and the com-
the scanner control PCB of the scanner posite power source PCB.
cannot detect 36 V. control PCB
and the com-
posite power
source PCB.
Defective Check if 36 V DC is output to
composite CN5-1 on the composite
power source power source PCB. If not,
PCB. replace the composite power
source PCB.

Defective Check if the problem display

scanner con- remains with 36 V DC input
trol PCB. to CN1-5 on the scanner
control PCB. If not, replace
the scanner control PCB.
C130 CCD problem (white Insufficient Replace the exposure lamp.
shading problem) exposure
The white shading result lamp intensity.
sampled at four points
Dirty shading Clean the shading plate.
averages less than 100 H
(normally over 200 H). plate.
Dirty CCD Clean the CCD drive PCB
drive PCB sensor.
sensor.
Poor contact Check the connection of the
in the connec- connectors on the CCD drive
tor terminals of or processing PCB and the
the CCD drive main PCB.
or processing
PCB and the
main PCB.
Defective CCD Replace the CCD drive or
drive or pro- processing PCB and check
cessing PCB. for correct operation.

Defective Replace the main PCB and

main PCB. check for correct operation.

3-5-8
 203

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C200 Drum motor problem Poor contact Check the connection of the
A drum motor synchroni- in the connec- connectors on the drum mo-
zation problem is detected tors of the tor.
every 100 ms 10 times in a drum motor.
row 600 ms after the drum
motor starts rotating. Defective Replace the drum motor.
drum motor.
C210 Developing motor Poor contact Check the connection of the
problem in the connec- connectors on the develop-
A developing motor syn- tors of the ing motor.
chronization problem is developing
detected every 100 ms 10 motor.
times in a row 300 ms af-
ter the developing motor Defective Replace the developing mo-
developing tor.
starts rotating.
motor.
C221 S.SYNC signal problem Transfer belt Check the transfer belt and
The synchronization signal installed reinstall if necessary.
is not sent within 83 ms incorrectly.
after the image output per-
mission signal is sent from Poor contact Check the connection of the
in the connec- connectors on the scanner
the scanner control PCB
to the main PCB during tors of the control PCB and the main
image output. scanner con- PCB.
trol PCB and
the main
PCB.
Defective Replace the scanner control
scanner con- PCB and check for correct
trol PCB. operation.
Defective Replace the main PCB and
main PCB. check for correct operation.

3-5-9
203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C222 Belt synchronization Transfer belt Check the transfer belt and
signal problem installed reinstall if necessary.
The transfer belt timing incorrectly.
sensor cannot detect the
Poor contact Check the connection of the
second hole within 889 ms
in the connec- connectors on the transfer
after detecting the first
transfer belt hole. tor terminals belt timing sensor.
of the transfer
belt timing
sensor.
Defective Replace the transfer belt
transfer belt timing sensor.
timing sensor.
C223 Transfer belt timing sen- Dirty detec- Clean the detection element
sor problem tion element of the transfer belt timing
The transfer belt timing of the transfer sensor.
sensor detects a closed belt timing
hole within 20 ms after sensor.
detecting the first transfer
belt hole. Defective Replace the transfer belt
transfer belt timing sensor.
timing sensor.
C224 Transfer belt cleaning Poor contact Check the connection of the
problem in the connec- connectors on the belt clean-
The home position correc- tor terminals ing pressure clutch.
tion of the belt cleaning of the belt
pressure clutch does not cleaning pres-
complete within 912 ms. sure clutch.
Defective belt Replace the belt cleaning
cleaning pres- pressure clutch.
sure clutch.
Dirty detec- Clean the detection element
tion element of the belt cleaning pressure
of the belt sensor.
cleaning pres-
sure sensor.
Defective belt Replace the belt cleaning
cleaning pres- pressure sensor.
sure sensor.

3-5-10
 203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C225 Transfer belt pressure Poor contact Check the connection of the
motor problem in the connec- connectors on the transfer
The primary pressure tor terminals belt pressure motor.
home position correction of the transfer
does not complete within pressure
1000 ms after the transfer motor.
belt pressure motor is
Defective Replace the transfer belt
turned on.
transfer belt pressure motor.
pressure
motor.

Defective Replace the transfer belt

transfer belt pressure sensor.
pressure sen-
sor.
C230 Paper feed motor prob- Poor contact Check the connection of the
lem in the connec- connectors on the paper
A paper feed motor syn- tor terminals feed motor.
chronization problem is of the paper
detected every 100 ms 10 feed motor.
times in a row 600 ms
after the paper feed motor Defective Replace the paper feed
starts rotating. paper feed motor.
motor

C231 Transfer roller pressure Poor contact Check the connection of the
clutch problem in the connec- connectors on the transfer
The transfer roller pres- tor terminals roller pressure sensor.
sure sensor does not turn of the transfer
on within 150 ms after the roller pres-
transfer roller home posi- sure sensor.
tion correction request is
accepted. Defective Replace the transfer roller
transfer roller pressure sensor.
pressure sen-
sor.

3-5-11
203

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C240 Upper developing unit Poor contact Check the connection of the
shift motor home posi- in the connec- connectors on the upper
tion problem tor terminals developing unit shift motor.
The developing unit shift of the upper
upper sensor does not developing
turn on within 2000 ms unit shift
after the upper developing motor.
unit shift motor starts rotat-
ing. Defective Replace the upper develop-
upper devel- ing unit shift motor.
oping unit
shift motor.
Poor contact Check the connection of the
in the connec- connectors on the develop-
tor terminals ing unit shift upper sensor.
of the devel-
oping unit shift
upper sensor.
Defective Replace the developing unit
developing shift upper sensor.
unit shift
upper sensor.
C241 Lower developing unit Poor contact Check the connection of the
shift motor home posi- in the connec- connectors on the lower
tion problem tor terminals developing unit shift motor.
The developing unit shift of the lower
lower sensor does not turn developing
on within 2000 ms after unit shift
the lower developing unit motor.
shift motor starts rotating.
Defective Replace the lower develop-
lower devel- ing unit shift motor.
oping unit
shift motor.
Poor contact Check the connection of the
in the connec- connectors on the develop-
tor terminals ing unit shift lower sensor.
of the devel-
oping unit shift
lower sensor.
Defective Replace the developing unit
developing shift lower sensor.
unit shift
lower sensor.

3-5-12
 203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C242 Duplex unit side regis- Defective side Check for continuity across
tration motor problem registration the coil; if none, replace the
The side registration home motor. side registration motor.
position switch does not
turn on within 5 s after the Defective side Check if the level at
side registration motor registration CN4-25A on the lower rear
starts rotating. home position sub PCB is high when the
switch. side registration home posi-
tion switch is on and low
when it is off. If not, replace
the switch.
Poor contact Check for continuity across
in the connec- the connector terminals; if
tor terminals. none, replace them.
Side registra- Check if the side registration
tion guides guides operate smoothly and
malfunction. remedy if necessary.
C250 Lift motor 1 problem Poor contact Check the connection of the
Lift limit switch 1 does not in the connec- connectors on lift motor 1.
turn on within 6000 ms tor terminals
after lift motor 1 starts of lift motor 1.
rotating.
Defective lift Replace lift motor 1.
motor 1.

Poor contact Check the connection of the

in the connec- connectors on lift limit switch
tor terminals 1.
of lift limit
switch 1.
Defective lift Replace lift limit switch 1.
limit switch 1.

3-5-13
203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C251 Lift motor 2 problem Poor contact Check the connection of the
Lift limit switch 2 does not in the connec- connectors on lift motor 2.
turn on within 6000 ms tor terminals
after lift motor 2 starts of lift motor 2.
rotating.
Defective lift Replace lift motor 2.
motor 2.
Poor contact Check the connection of the
in the connec- connectors on lift limit switch
tor terminals 2.
of lift limit
switch 2.
Defective lift Replace lift limit switch 2.
limit switch 2.

3-5-13-1
3-5-14
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-5-15
203

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C252 Lift motor 3 problem Poor contact Check the connection of the
Lift limit switch 3 is not in the connec- connectors on lift motor 3.
turned on within 6000 ms tor terminals
after lift motor 3 starts of lift motor 3.
rotating.
Defective lift Replace lift motor 3.
motor 3.
Poor contact Check the connection of the
in the connec- connectors on lift limit switch
tor terminals 3.
of lift limit
switch 3.
Defective lift Replace lift limit switch 3.
limit switch 3.

C253 Lift motor 4 problem Poor contact Check the connection of the
Lift limit switch 4 is not in the connec- connectors on lift motor 4.
turned on within 6000 ms tor terminals
after lift motor 4 starts of lift motor 4.
rotating.
Defective lift Replace lift motor 4.
motor 4.

Poor contact Check the connection of the

in the connec- connectors on lift limit switch
tor terminals 4.
of lift limit
switch 4.
Defective lift Replace lift limit switch 4.
limit switch 4.
C260 Fixing motor problem Poor contact Check the connection of the
A fixing motor synchroni- in the connec- connectors on the fixing
zation problem is detected tor terminals motor.
every 100 ms 10 times in a of the fixing
row 500 ms after the fixing motor.
motor has started rotating.
Defective fix- Replace the fixing motor.
ing motor.

3-5-14
 203

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C300 Polygon motor synchro- Poor contact Check the connection of the
nization problem in the polygon polygon motor connectors.
The polygon motor does motor connec-
not reach synchronization tor terminals.
speed within 10 s after it
Defective Replace the LSU.
has started rotating.
polygon
motor.

C301 Polygon motor steady- Poor contact Check the connection of the
state problem in the polygon polygon motor connectors.
The polygon motor loses motor connec-
synchronization after it has tor terminals.
reached synchronization
speed. Defective Replace the LSU.
polygon
motor.
C302 BD initialization problem Defective IPU Replace the IPU PCB and
No BD signal is detected PCB. check for correct operation.
when the main switch or
Defective Replace the LSU.
safety switch is turned on.
LSU.
C303 BD steady-state problem Defective Replace the LSU.
No BD signal is detected laser diode.
when the LSU is steady
Defective Replace the LSU.
(standing by or copying).
polygon
motor.

3-5-15
203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C304 BD copy problem Defective Replace the LSU.
No BD signal is detected laser diode.
when copying starts.
Defective Replace the LSU.
polygon
motor.
C310 LSU standby problem Defective IPU Replace the IPU PCB and
The LSU does not enter PCB. check for correct operation.
standby mode within 15 s
after the main or safety Defective Replace the LSU.
switch is turned on. LSU.

C400 Image density sensor Poor contact Check the connection of the
problem (≥ 4.1 V) in the image image density sensor con-
The image density sensor density sen- nectors.
input is 4.1 V or more sor connector
during image density cor- terminals.
rection, which means
correction is impossible.
Defective Clean the image density
image density sensor.
sensor.
Defective Replace the main PCB and
main PCB. check for correct operation.
C401 Image density sensor Poor contact Check the connection of the
problem (< 4.0 V) in the image image density sensor con-
The image density sensor density sen- nectors.
input is less than 4.0 V sor connector
during image density cor- terminals.
rection, which means
correction is impossible. Dirty detec- Clean the detection element
tion element of the image density sensor.
of the image
density sen-
sor.
Defective Clean or replace the image
image density density sensor.
sensor.
Defective Replace the main PCB and
main PCB. check for correct operation.

3-5-16
 203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C410 Toner hopper feed prob- Poor contact Check the connection of the
lem (yellow) in the connec- connectors of toner feed
Toner feed is not com- tor terminals motor 1.
pleted within two minutes of toner feed
with no toner in the Y motor 1.
developing unit and with
toner in the Y toner hop- Defective Replace toner feed motor 1.
toner feed
per.
motor 1.
Defective Replace the toner feed
toner feed motor PCB and check for
motor PCB. correct operation.
C411 Toner hopper feed prob- Poor contact Check the connection of the
lem (cyan) in the connec- connectors of toner feed
Toner feed is not com- tor terminals motor 2.
pleted within two minutes of toner feed
with no toner in the C motor 2.
developing unit and with
Defective Replace toner feed motor 2.
toner in the C toner hop-
per. toner feed
motor 2.

Defective Replace the toner feed

toner feed motor PCB and check for
motor PCB. correct operation.

3-5-17
203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C412 Toner hopper feed prob- Poor contact Check the connection of the
lem (magenta) in the connec- connectors of toner feed
Toner feed is not com- tor terminals motor 3.
pleted within two minutes of toner feed
with no toner in the M motor 3.
developing unit and with
toner in the M toner hop- Defective Replace toner feed motor 3.
toner feed
per.
motor 3.
Defective Replace the toner feed
toner feed motor PCB and check for
motor PCB. correct operation.
C413 Toner hopper feed prob- Poor contact Check the connection of the
lem (black) in the connec- connectors of toner feed
Toner feed is not com- tor terminals motor 4.
pleted within two minutes of toner feed
with no toner in the Bk motor 4.
developing unit and with
toner in the Bk toner hop- Defective Replace toner feed motor 4.
per. toner feed
motor 4.

Defective Replace the toner feed

toner feed motor PCB and check for
motor PCB. correct operation.
C420 Toner sensor problem Poor contact Check the connection of the
(yellow) in the connec- connectors of toner sensor
The correction value for tor terminals 1.
toner sensor 1 output of toner sen-
cannot be obtained by sor 1.
adjusting the toner sensor
Defective Replace toner sensor 1.
control voltage.
toner sensor
1.

3-5-18
 203

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C421 Toner sensor problem Poor contact Check the connection of the
(cyan) in the connec- connectors of toner sensor
The correction value for tor terminals 2.
toner sensor 2 output of toner sen-
cannot be obtained by sor 2.
adjusting the toner sensor
control voltage. Defective Replace toner sensor 2.
toner sensor
2.
C422 Toner sensor problem Poor contact Check the connection of the
(magenta) in the connec- connectors of toner sensor
The correction value for tor terminals 3.
toner sensor 3 output of toner sen-
cannot be obtained by sor 3.
adjusting the toner sensor
Defective Replace toner sensor 3.
control voltage.
toner sensor
3.

C423 Toner sensor problem Poor contact Check the connection of the
(black) in the connec- connectors of toner sensor
The correction value for tor terminals 4.
toner sensor 4 output of toner sen-
cannot be obtained by sor 4.
adjusting the toner sensor
Defective Replace toner sensor 4.
control voltage.
toner sensor
4.

3-5-19
203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C500 Main high-voltage short Foreign matter Clean the main charger.
problem on the main
The main high-voltage charger.
alarm signal is detected
every 100 ms 10 times in a
Main charger Check the insertion of the
row. inserted main charger and the tight-
incorrectly. ness of the screws.
Poor contact Check the connection of the
in the connec- connectors of the main high-
tor terminals voltage transformer PCB and
of the main the upper rear sub PCB.
high-voltage
transformer
PCB and the
upper rear
sub PCB.
Defective Replace the main high-
main high- voltage transformer PCB and
voltage trans- check for correct operation.
former PCB .

C530 Drum potential sensor Poor contact Check the connection of the
problem in the connec- connectors of the drum
Abnormal drum potential tor terminals potential sensor.
sensor value is input dur- of the drum
ing regular sampling of the potential sen-
drum potential. sor.

Defective Clean or replace the drum

drum poten- potential sensor.
tial sensor.

Defective Replace the main PCB and

main PCB. check for correct operation.
C540 Dark potential problem Poor contact Check the connection of the
Abnormal drum potential in the connec- connectors of the drum
sensor value is input dur- tor terminals potential sensor.
ing dark potential correc- of the drum
tion. potential sen-
sor.
Defective Clean or replace the drum
drum poten- potential sensor.
tial sensor.

3-5-20
 203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C540 Dark potential problem Main charger Check the insertion of the
(cont.) Abnormal drum potential inserted main charger and the tight-
sensor value is input dur- incorrectly. ness of the screws.
ing dark potential correc-
tion.
Defective Replace the main charger.
main charger.
Defective Replace the main high-volt-
main high- age transformer PCB and
voltage trans- check for correct operation.
former PCB .
Incorrect ex- Replace the laser scanner
posure for the unit.
laser scanner
unit.
C550 Separation high-voltage Foreign matter Vacuum clean the separa-
problem on the sepa- tion electrodes.
The separation high- ration elec-
voltage alarm signal is trodes.
detected every 100 ms 10
times in a row. Poor contact Check the connection of the
in the connec- connectors of the separation
tor terminals high-voltage transformer
of the sepa- PCB and the main PCB.
ration high-
voltage
transformer
PCB and the
main PCB.
Defective Replace the separation high-
separation voltage transformer PCB and
high-voltage check for correct operation.
transformer
PCB .

3-5-21
203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C600 Broken fixing heater M Broken fixing Replace fixing heater M.
wire (primary stabiliza- heater M wire.
tion)
Fixing unit Replace fixing unit thermo-
Fixing unit thermistor 1
thermostats 1 stats 1 and 2.
does not reach the primary
and 2 trig-
stabilization temperature
gered.
(100°C/212°F) within
3 min. after fixing heater M Defective Replace fixing unit thermistor
is turned on. fixing unit 1.
thermistor 1.

Defective Replace the heater control

heater control PCB.
PCB.

C610 Broken fixing heater M Broken fixing Replace fixing heater M.

wire (secondary stabili- heater M wire.
zation)
Fixing unit Replace fixing unit thermo-
Fixing unit thermistor 1
thermostats 1 stats 1 and 2.
does not detect the sec-
and 2 trig-
ondary stabilization tem-
gered.
perature within 8 min. after
detecting the primary Defective Replace fixing unit thermistor
stabilization temperature. fixing unit 1.
thermistor 1.

Defective Replace the heater control

heater control PCB.
PCB.

C611 Broken fixing heater S Broken fixing Replace fixing heater S.

wire (secondary stabili- heater S wire.
zation)
Fixing unit Replace fixing unit thermo-
Fixing unit thermistor 2
thermostats 3 stats 3 and 4.
does not detect the sec-
and 4 trig-
ondary stabilization tem-
gered.
perature within 10 min.
after detecting the primary Defective Replace fixing unit thermistor
stabilization temperature. fixing unit 2.
thermistor 2.

Defective Replace the heater control

heater control PCB.
PCB.

3-5-22
 203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C620 Abnormally low fixing Defective Replace fixing unit thermistor
heater M temperature fixing unit 1.
If the temperature of fixing thermistor 1.
unit thermistor 1 is de-
Fixing unit Replace fixing unit thermo-
tected as 0.3 V (15°C/
thermostats 1 stats 1 and 2.
59°F) or below, a broken
fixing unit thermistor 1 and 2 trig-
gered.
alarm signal is generated
and fixing heater M is Broken fixing Replace fixing heater M.
turned on for the specified heater M.
period of time (before pri-
mary stabilization, 60 s; Defective Replace the heater control
after primary stabilization, heater control PCB.
30 s). Generation of the PCB.
alarm signal continues.
C621 Abnormally low fixing Defective Replace fixing unit thermistor
heater S temperature fixing unit 2.
If the temperature of fixing thermistor 2.
unit thermistor 2 is de-
Fixing unit Replace fixing unit thermo-
tected as 3.0 V (15°C/
thermostats 3 stats 3 and 4.
59°F) or below, a broken
fixing unit thermistor 2 and 4 trig-
gered.
alarm signal is generated
and fixing heater S is Broken fixing Replace fixing heater S.
turned on for the specified heater S.
period of time (before pri-
mary stabilization, 120 s; Defective Replace the heater control
after primary stabilization, heater control PCB.
30 s). Generation of the PCB.
alarm signal continues.
C640 Abnormally high fixing Defective Replace fixing unit thermistor
unit thermistor 1 tem- fixing unit 1.
perature thermistor 1.
The temperature of fixing
Defective Replace the heater control
unit thermistor 1 is
heater control PCB.
detected as 4.1 V or
above (high temperature PCB.
fixing alarm signal) every
100 ms 10 times in a row.

3-5-23
203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C641 Abnormally high fixing Defective Replace fixing unit thermistor
unit thermistor 2 tem- fixing unit 2.
perature thermistor 2.
The temperature of fixing
Defective Replace the heater control
unit thermistor 2 is
detected as 4.1 V or heater control PCB.
above (high temperature PCB.
fixing alarm signal) every
100 ms 10 times in a row.
C700 Stapler problem The connec- Check the connection of the
If the stapler home sensor tors of the connectors of the stapler
does not turn on within stapler motor motor.
400 ms after the stapler make poor
motor starts rotating for- contact.
ward, the stapler motor
starts reversing within The connec- Check the connection of the
200 ms to open the staple tors of the connectors of the stapler
head. However, the sta- stapler home home sensor.
pler home sensor does not sensor make
turn on within 400 ms. poor contact.
The stapler home sensor Defective Replace the stapler motor
does not turn on within stapler motor. and check for correct opera-
400 ms after the stapler tion.
motor starts reversing
when the stapler home Defective Check if the level of J11-2 on
sensor is off during sorter stapler home the stapler-sorter main PCB
initialization. sensor. changes when the light path
The stapler paper sensor of the stapler home sensor is
turns on (paper is present) blocked. If not, replace the
when the stapler returns to stapler home sensor.
the home position during The connec- Check the connection of the
sorter initialization. tors of the connectors of the stapler
stapler paper paper sensor.
sensor make
poor contact.
Defective Check if the level of J11-12
stapler paper on the stapler-sorter main
sensor. PCB changes when the light
path of the stapler paper sen-
sor is blocked. If not, replace
the stapler paper sensor.
Defective Replace the stapler-sorter
stapler-sorter main PCB and check for cor-
main PCB. rect operation.

3-5-24
 203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C701 Jogger problem The connec- Check the connection of the
The tamper home sensor tors of the connectors of the tamper
does not turn on within tamper motor motor.
3000 ms after the tamper make poor
motor starts rotating to contact.
move the tampers to the
home position. The connec- Check the connection of the
The tamper home sensor tors of the connectors of the tamper
does not turn off after the tamper home home sensor.
tampers move 15 mm with sensor make
the tamper home sensor poor contact.
on during sorter initializa- Defective Replace the tamper motor
tion. tamper motor. and check for correct opera-
tion.
Defective Check if the level of J7-2 on
tamper home the stapler-sorter main PCB
sensor. changes when the light path
of the tamper home sensor
is blocked. If not, replace the
tamper home sensor.
Defective Replace the stapler-sorter
stapler-sorter main PCB and check for cor-
main PCB. rect operation.

3-5-25
203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C702 Bin problem The connec- Check the connection of the
The bin cam switch does tors of the bin connectors of the bin drive
not turn on within 520 ms drive motor motor.
after the bin drive motor make poor
starts rotating to raise or contact.
lower the bins by the
height of one bin. The connec- Check the connection of the
The bin upper or lower tors of the bin connectors of the bin cam
limit switch turns on while cam switch switch.
the bin unit ascends or make poor
descends by the height of contact.
one bin. The connec- Check the connection of the
The bin cam switch or sta- tors of the bin connectors of the bin upper
pler swing home sensor is upper or or lower limit switch.
off at power on or before lower limit
sorter initialization. switch makes
poor contact.
The connec- Check the connection of the
tors of the connectors of the stapler
stapler home swing home position sensor.
position sen-
sor make
poor contact.
Defective bin Replace the bin drive motor
drive motor. and check for correct opera-
tion.
Defective bin Check if the level of J6-1 on
cam switch. the stapler-sorter main PCB
changes when the bin cam
switch is turned on and off. If
not, replace the bin cam
switch.
Defective bin Check if the level of J3-1 on
upper limit the stapler-sorter main PCB
switch. changes when the bin upper
limit switch is turned on and
off. If not, replace the bin
upper limit switch.

3-5-26

Code Contents
C702 Bin problem
(cont.) The bin cam switch does
not turn on within 520 ms
after the bin drive motor
starts rotating to raise or
lower the bins by the
height of one bin.
The bin upper or lower
limit switch turns on while
the bin unit ascends or
descends by the height of
one bin.
The bin cam switch or sta-
pler swing home sensor is
off at power on or before
sorter initialization.
203-1
Remarks
Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
Defective bin Check if the level of J3-3 on
lower limit the stapler-sorter main PCB
switch. changes when the bin lower
limit switch is turned on and
off. If not, replace the bin
lower limit switch.
Defective Check if the level of J10-2 on
stapler swing the stapler-sorter main PCB
home sensor. changes when the stapler
swing home sensor is turned
on and off. If not, replace the
stapler swing home sensor.
Defective Replace the stapler-sorter
stapler-sorter main PCB and check for cor-
main PCB. rect operation.
3-5-27
203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C703 Staple jam The connec- Check the connection of the
The stapler swing sensor tors of the connectors of the stapler
does not turn on within stapler swing swing motor.
400 ms after the stapler motor make
swing motor starts rotating poor contact.
forward to move the sta-
pler to the stapling posi- The connec- Check the connection of the
tion. tors of the connectors of the stapler
The stapler swing home stapler swing swing sensor.
sensor does not turn on sensor make
within 400 ms after the poor contact.
stapler swing motor starts The connec- Check the connection of the
reversing to move the sta- tors of the connectors of the stapler
pler to the home position. stapler swing swing home sensor.
The stapler swing home home sensor
sensor turns off during bin make poor
movement. contact.
Defective Replace the stapler swing
stapler swing motor and check for correct
motor. operation.
Defective Check if the level of J10-5 on
stapler swing the stapler-sorter main PCB
sensor. changes when the stapler
swing sensor is turned on
and off. If not, replace the
stapler swing sensor.
Defective Check if the level of J10-2 on
stapler swing the stapler-sorter main PCB
home sensor. changes when the stapler
swing home sensor is turned
on and off. If not, replace the
stapler swing home sensor.
Defective Replace the stapler-sorter
stapler-sorter main PCB and check for cor-
main PCB. rect operation.

3-5-28
 203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C704 Sorter communication The connec- Check the connection of the
problem tors of the connectors between the
A communication problem signal cable copier and stapler-sorter.
between the stapler-sorter between the
and the copier is detected copier and
100 consecutive times. stapler-sorter
make poor
contact.
Defective Replace the stapler-sorter
stapler-sorter main PCB and check for cor-
main PCB. rect operation.
Defective Replace the copier main
copier main PCB and check for correct
PCB. operation.
C710 RADF original feed Defective Check if the level of CN3-15
motor jam original feed on the RADF main PCB
The level of the FG signal motor pulse changes state when the
does not change for sensor original feed motor pulse
128 ms while the original sensor rotates. If not, re-
feed motor turns. place the sensor.
Defective Check if the original feed
original feed motor connectors make
motor good contact. If they do,
check for continuity across
the coil. If none, replace the
motor.
C711 RADF original Defective Check if the level of CN3-16
conveying motor jam original feed on the RADF main PCB
There are five or fewer FG motor pulse changes state when the
pulses in the 350 ms after sensor original conveying motor
the original conveying mo- pulse sensor rotates. If not,
tor has started. replace the sensor.
Ten or fewer pulses are
detected every 600 ms for Defective Check if the original convey-
five consecutive cycles original con- ing motor connectors make
after the original convey- veying motor good contact. If they do,
ing motor has started. check for continuity across
The original conveying the coil and, if none, replace
motor speed is abnormally the motor.
high for 15 ms as moni- Defective Turn the copier main switch
tored at 600-ms intervals RADF main off and on and if C711 per-
200 ms after it has turned PCB sists, replace the RADF
on. main PCB.

3-5-29
203-1

Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C712 RADF loop motor jam Defective loop Check if the level of CN4-9
There are five or fewer FG motor clock on the RADF main PCB
pulses in the 350 ms after sensor changes state when the loop
the loop motor has started. motor clock sensor rotates. If
Ten or fewer pulses are not, replace the sensor.
detected every 600 ms for
five consecutive cycles Defective loop Check if the loop motor con-
after the loop motor has motor nectors make good contact.
started. If they do, check for continu-
The loop motor speed is ity across the coil and, if
abnormally high for 15 ms none, replace the motor.
as monitored at 600 ms Defective Turn the copier main switch
intervals 200 ms after it RADF main off and on and if C712 per-
has turned on. PCB sists, replace the RADF
main PCB.
C713 RADF communication The wires or Check for continuity. If a
problem connector problem is found, replace the
A communication problem terminals be- wires or connector terminals.
between the copier main tween the
PCB and RADF main PCB copier main
is detected 100 or more PCB and
consecutive times. RADF main
PCB are de-
fective.
Defective Replace the copier main
copier main PCB or RADF main PCB
PCB or RADF and check for correct opera-
main PCB. tion.

3-5-30
 203-1

CONTENTS

3-6 Troubleshooting
3-6-1 Image formation problems ................................................................. 3-6-1
(1) No image appears (entirely white). ........................................... 3-6-3
(2) No image appears (entirely black). ........................................... 3-6-4
(3) Image is too light. ...................................................................... 3-6-5
(4) Background is visible. ............................................................... 3-6-6
(5) A white line appears longitudinally. ........................................... 3-6-7
(6) A black line appears longitudinally. ........................................ 3-6-7-1
(7) A black line appears laterally. ................................................... 3-6-8
(8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. ............... 3-6-8
(9) Black dots appear on the image. .............................................. 3-6-9
(10) Image is blurred. ....................................................................... 3-6-9
(11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned
with the original. ...................................................................... 3-6-10
(12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned
with the original. ...................................................................... 3-6-10
(13) Paper creases. ........................................................................ 3-6-11
(14) Offset occurs. .......................................................................... 3-6-11
(15) Image is partly missing. .......................................................... 3-6-12
(16) Fixing is poor. ......................................................................... 3-6-12
(17) Image is out of focus. .............................................................. 3-6-13
(18) Image center does not align with the original center. ............. 3-6-13
(19) Image is not square. ............................................................... 3-6-14
(20) The density is laterally uneven on a gray or low density
image. ..................................................................................... 3-6-14
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ................................................................................ 3-6-15
(1) A paper jam in the paper feed, paper conveying or fixing
eject section is indicated as soon as the main switch is
turned on. ................................................................................ 3-6-15
(2) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during
copying (no paper present in the fourth drawer). .................... 3-6-16
(3) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during
copying (no paper present in the third drawer). ...................... 3-6-17
(4) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during
copying (no paper present in the second drawer). ................. 3-6-17
(5) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during
copying (no paper present in the first drawer). ....................... 3-6-18
(6) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during
copying (no paper present on the bypass table). .................... 3-6-18
(7) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during
copying (jam in the vertical paper conveying section 1). ........ 3-6-19
(8) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during
copying (jam in the vertical paper conveying section 2). ........ 3-6-19

1-1-27
203-1

(9) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during

copying (jam in vertical paper conveying section 3). .............. 3-6-20
(10) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during
copying (jam in the pre-registration section). .......................... 3-6-20
(11) A paper jam in the paper conveying section is indicated
during copying (jam in the paper conveying section). ............. 3-6-21
(12) A paper jam in the fixing section is indicated during copying
(jam in the fixing section 1 or 2). ............................................. 3-6-21
(13) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying
(jam in eject section 1). ........................................................... 3-6-22
(14) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying
(jam in eject section 2). ........................................................... 3-6-22
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ..................................................................... 3-6-23
(1) Composite power source PCB ................................................ 3-6-23
(2) Main PCB ................................................................................ 3-6-29
(3) Upper rear sub PCB ............................................................... 3-6-37
(4) Lower rear sub PCB ............................................................... 3-6-41
(5) IPU PCB ................................................................................. 3-6-44
(6) Scanner control PCB .............................................................. 3-6-46
(7) CCD drive PCB ....................................................................... 3-6-48
(8) CCD processing PCB ............................................................. 3-6-50
(9) Operation unit main PCB ........................................................ 3-6-52
(10) Operation unit PCB ................................................................. 3-6-55
(11) Noise filter PCB ...................................................................... 3-6-57
(12) Heater control PCB ................................................................. 3-6-58
(13) Toner feed motor PCB ............................................................ 3-6-59
(14) Transfer belt control PCB ....................................................... 3-6-60
3-6-4 Electrical problems .......................................................................... 3-6-62
(1) The machine does not operate when the main switch is
turned on. ................................................................................ 3-6-62
(2) The drum motor does not operate (C200). ............................. 3-6-62
(3) The scanner motor does not operate. ..................................... 3-6-63
(4) The paper feed motor does not operate (C230). .................... 3-6-63
(5) The developing motor does not operate (C210). .................... 3-6-63
(6) The fixing motor does not operate (C260). ............................. 3-6-64
(7) The transfer belt motor does not operate. .............................. 3-6-64
(8) The transfer belt pressure motor does not operate (C225). ... 3-6-64
(9) The charger cleaning motor does not operate. ....................... 3-6-64
(10) Lift motor 1 does not operate (C250). ..................................... 3-6-65
(11) Lift motor 2 does not operate (C251). ..................................... 3-6-65
(12) Lift motor 3 does not operate (C252). ..................................... 3-6-65
(13) Lift motor 4 does not operate (C253). ..................................... 3-6-65
(14) The upper developing unit switch motor does not operate
(C240). .................................................................................... 3-6-66
(15) The lower developing unit switch motor does not operate
(C241). .................................................................................... 3-6-66
(16) Toner feed motor 1 does not operate. .................................... 3-6-66
(17) Toner feed motor 2 does not operate. .................................... 3-6-66
(18) Toner feed motor 3 does not operate. .................................... 3-6-67
(19) Toner feed motor 4 does not operate. .................................... 3-6-67

1-1-28
 203

(20) Paper conveying section fan 1 or 2 does not operate. ........... 3-6-67
(21) The internal cooling fan motor does not operate. ................... 3-6-67
(22) The ozone exhaust fan motor does not operate. .................... 3-6-68
(23) The fixing fan motor 1 or 2 does not operate. ......................... 3-6-68
(24) The duct fan motor does not operate. ..................................... 3-6-68
(25) The PVU fan motor does not operate. .................................... 3-6-68
(26) The optical section outer fan motor 1 or 2 does not
operate. ................................................................................... 3-6-69
(27) The optical section inner fan motor 1 or 2 does not
operate. ................................................................................... 3-6-69
(28) Paper feed clutch 1 does not operate. .................................... 3-6-69
(29) Paper feed clutch 2 does not operate. .................................... 3-6-69
(30) Paper feed clutch 3 does not operate. .................................... 3-6-70
(31) Paper feed clutch 4 does not operate. .................................... 3-6-70
(32) Feed clutch 1 does not operate. ............................................. 3-6-70
(33) Feed clutch 2 does not operate. ............................................. 3-6-70
(34) Feed clutch 3 does not operate. ............................................. 3-6-71
(35) Feed clutch 4 does not operate. ............................................. 3-6-71
(36) The speed clutch does not operate. ....................................... 3-6-71
(37) The registration clutch does not operate. ............................... 3-6-71
(38) The bypass paper feed clutch does not operate. .................... 3-6-72
(39) The bypass solenoid does not operate. .................................. 3-6-72
(40) Developing unit clutch 1 does not operate. ............................. 3-6-72
(41) Developing unit clutch 2 does not operate. ............................. 3-6-72
(42) Developing unit clutch 3 does not operate. ............................. 3-6-73
(43) Developing unit clutch 4 does not operate. ............................. 3-6-73
(44) The transfer roller pressure clutch does not operate
(C231). .................................................................................... 3-6-73
(45) The belt smoothing clutch does not operate. .......................... 3-6-73
(46) The belt cleaning pressure clutch does not operate (C224). .... 3-6-74
(47) The belt smoothing solenoid does not operate. ...................... 3-6-74
(48) The oil solenoid does not operate. .......................................... 3-6-74
(49) The cleaning lamp does not light. ........................................... 3-6-75
(50) The exposure lamp does not light (C100). .............................. 3-6-75
(51) The exposure lamp does not turn off (C100). ......................... 3-6-75
(52) The fixing heater M or S does not turn on
(C600, C610, C611). ............................................................... 3-6-75
(53) Fixing heater M or S does not turn off (fixing unit thermostat
1, 2, 3 or 4 triggered). ............................................................. 3-6-76
(54) Main charging is not performed. ............................................. 3-6-76
(55) Transfer charging is not performed. ........................................ 3-6-76
(56) Separation charging is not performed. .................................... 3-6-77
(57) No developing bias is output. .................................................. 3-6-77
(58) The original size is not detected. ............................................ 3-6-77
(59) The original size is not detected correctly. .............................. 3-6-77
(60) The touch screen keys do not work. ....................................... 3-6-78
(61) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown
when paper is present in the first drawer. ............................... 3-6-78
(62) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown
when paper is present in the second drawer. ......................... 3-6-78

1-1-29
203-1

(63) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown

when paper is present in the third drawer. .............................. 3-6-78
(64) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown
when paper is present in the fourth drawer. ........................... 3-6-79
(65) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown
when paper is present in the bypass table. ............................ 3-6-79
(66) The message requesting the first drawer to be set is
shown even though the drawer is set. .................................... 3-6-79
(67) The message requesting the second drawer to be set is
shown even though the drawer is set. ................................. 3-6-79-1
(68) The message requesting the third drawer to be set is
shown even though the drawer is set. ................................. 3-6-79-1
(69) The message requesting the fourth drawer to be set is
shown even though the drawer is set. .................................... 3-6-80
(70) A paper jam in the paper feed, paper conveying or fixing
and eject section is indicated on the touch screen
immediately after the main switch is turned on. ...................... 3-6-80
3-6-5 Mechanical problems ....................................................................... 3-6-82
(1) No primary paper feed. ........................................................... 3-6-82
(2) No secondary paper feed. ...................................................... 3-6-82
(3) Skewed paper feed. ................................................................ 3-6-83
(4) The scanner does not travel. .................................................. 3-6-83
(5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. .......................... 3-6-83
(6) Paper jams. ............................................................................. 3-6-83

1-1-30
 203-1

3-6-1 Image formation problems

Important: First output a PG test pattern and check if the same image formation problem
occurs. If the same problem occurs on the PG test pattern, the problem is
attributed to the printer; if the same problem does not occur, the problem is
attributed to the scanner.

(1) No image appears (2) No image appears (3) Image is too light.
(entirely white). (entirely black).

See page 3-6-3 See page 3-6-4 See page 3-6-5

(4) Background is visible. (5) A white line appears (6) A black line appears
longitudinally. longitudinally.

See page 3-6-6 See page 3-6-7 See page 3-6-7

(7) A black line appears (8) One side of the copy (9) Black dots appear on
laterally. image is darker than the image.
the other.

See page 3-6-8 See page 3-6-8 See page 3-6-9

3-6-1
203-1

(10) Image is blurred. (11) The leading edge of (12) The leading edge of
the image is consist- the image is sporadi-
ently misaligned with cally misaligned with
the original. the original.

See page 3-6-9 See page 3-6-10 See page 3-6-10

(13) Paper creases. (14) Offset occurs. (15) Image is partly miss-
ing.

See page 3-6-11 See page 3-6-11 See page 3-6-12

(16) Fixing is poor. (17) Image is out of focus. (18) Image center does
not align with the
original center.

See page 3-6-12 See page 3-6-13 See page 3-6-13

(19) Image is not square. (20) The density is laterally

uneven on a gray or
low density image.

See page 3-6-14 See page 3-6-14

3-6-2
 203-1

(1) No image appears Causes

(entirely white). 1. No transfer charging.
2. No laser exposure.
3. Poor contact in the CCD processing PCB connector
terminals.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. No transfer charging.
A. The connector terminals of the
main high-voltage transformer
PCB make poor contact.
B. Defective main PCB.
C. Defective transfer high-
voltage transformer PCB.
2. No laser exposure.
A. Defective laser scanner unit.
3. Poor contact in the CCD process-
ing PCB connector terminals.
Check for continuity across the terminals. If
none, replace the terminals.
Check if CN14-13 or CN14-14 on the main
PCB goes low during copying. If not, replace
the main PCB.
Check if transfer charging takes place during
copying when CN1-3 or CN1-4 on the trans-
fer high-voltage transformer PCB goes low.
If not, replace the transfer high-voltage trans-
former PCB.
Replace the laser scanner unit.
Check the connection of the connectors on
the CCD processing PCB.

3-6-3
203-1
(2) No image appears
(entirely black).
Causes
1. No main charging.
A. Broken main charger wire.
B. Leaking charger housing.
C. The connector terminals of the
main high-voltage transformer
PCB make poor contact.
D. Defective upper rear sub PCB.
E. Defective main high-voltage
transformer PCB.
2. Exposure lamp fails to light.
A. The connector terminals of the
exposure lamp make poor
contact.
B. Defective composite power
source PCB.
C. Defective scanner control PCB.
3. Laser fails to turn off.
A. Defective laser scanner unit.
3-6-4
Causes
1. No main charging.
2. Exposure lamp fails to light.
3. Laser fails to turn off.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Replace the wire.
Clean the charger housing.
Check for continuity across the terminals. If
none, replace the terminals.
Check if CN4-3 goes low during copying. If
not, replace the upper rear sub PCB.
Check if main charging takes place during
copying when CN1-3 on the main high-
voltage transformer PCB goes low. If not,
replace the main high-voltage transformer
PCB.
Check for continuity across the terminals. If
none, replace the terminals.
Check if the halogen lamp lights during
copying when CN10-1 on the composite
power source PCB goes low. If not, replace
the composite power source PCB.
Check if CN3-2 goes low during copying. If
not, replace the scanner control PCB.
Replace the laser scanner unit.
 203-1

(3) Image is too light. Causes

1. Misadjusted toner control levels.
2. Poor contact in the toner sensor connector
terminals.
3. Deteriorated developer.
4. Dirty or deteriorated drum.
5. Broken primary or secondary transfer terminal
spring.
6. Poor or broken continuity in the primary or
secondary transfer terminal.
7. Defective transfer high-voltage transformer PCB.
8. Defective drum potential sensor.
9. Incorrect developing bias.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Misadjusted toner control levels.
2. Poor contact in the toner sensor
connector terminals.
3. Deteriorated developer.
4. Dirty or deteriorated drum.
5. Broken primary or secondary
transfer terminal spring.
6. Poor or broken continuity in the
primary or secondary transfer
terminal.
7. Defective transfer high-voltage
transformer PCB.
8. Defective drum potential sensor.
9. Incorrect developing bias.
A. Dislodged connector(s) on the
developing units.
B. Poor contact in the developing
bias PCB connector terminals.
C. Defective developing bias PCB.
Adjust toner control levels (see page 3-2-35).
Check the connection of the connectors on
the toner sensor.
Check the number of copies made with the
current developer. If it has reached the
specified limit, replace the developer.
Clean the drum or, if the maintenance level
has been reached, replace the drum (see
page 3-3-58).
Replace the primary or secondary transfer
terminal spring.
Replace the primary or secondary transfer
terminal.
Replace the transfer high-voltage transformer
PCB.
Clean or replace the drum potential sensor.
Check the connection of the connectors on
the developing units.
Check the connection of the connectors on
the developing bias PCB.
Replace the developing bias PCB.

3-6-5
203-1

(4) Background is visible. Causes

1. Deteriorated developer.
2. Incorrect developing bias.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Deteriorated developer.
2. Incorrect developing bias.
A. Dislodged connector(s) on the
developing units.
B. Poor contact in the developing
bias PCB connector terminals.
Check the number of copies made with the
current developer. If it has reached the
specified limit, replace the developer.
Check the connection of the connectors on
the developing units.
Check the connection of the connectors on
the developing bias PCB.

3-6-6

(5) A white line appears
longitudinally.
Causes
1. Foreign matter in the developing
section.
2. Flawed drum.
3. Dirty shading plate.
4. Dirty LSU dust filter.
5. Flawed cleaning blade.
6. Dirty or flawed main charger grid.
7. Dirty main charger shield.
8. Dirty mirror 1, 2 or 3.
203-1
Causes
1. Foreign matter in the developing section.
2. Flawed drum.
3. Dirty shading plate.
4. Dirty LSU dust filter.
5. Flawed cleaning blade.
6. Dirty or flawed main charger grid.
7. Dirty main charger shield.
8. Dirty mirror 1, 2 or 3.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Check if the magnetic brush is formed
uniformly. If not, replace the developer.
Replace the drum (see page 3-3-58).
Clean the shading plate.
Clean the LSU dust filter.
Replace the cleaning blade (see page 3-3-85).
Clean the main charger grid (removing dust)
or, if it is flawed, replace it (see page 3-3-28).
Adjust the main charger shield.
Clean the scanner mirror 1, 2 or 3.
3-6-7
203-1

(6) A black line appears Causes

longitudinally. 1. Dirty or flawed charger wire.
2. Dirty contact glass.
3. Dirty or flawed drum.
4. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
5. Dirty scanner mirror.
6. Dirty or flawed main charger grid.
7. Defective transfer cleaning unit blade.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Dirty or flawed charger wire.
2. Dirty contact glass.
3. Dirty or flawed drum.
4. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
5. Dirty scanner mirror.
6. Dirty or flawed main charger grid.
7. Defective transfer cleaning unit
blade.
Clean the charger wire or, if it is flawed,
replace it.
Clean the contact glass.
Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it
(see page 3-3-58).
Replace the cleaning blade (see page
3-3-85).
Clean the scanner mirror.
Clean the main charger grid (removing dust)
or, if it is flawed, replace it (see page 3-3-28).
Replace the transfer cleaning unit blade (see
page 3-3-81).

3-6-8
3-6-7-1
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-6-9
203

(7) A black line appears Causes

laterally. 1. Flawed drum.
2. Dirty developing section.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Flawed drum. Replace the drum (see page 3-3-58).
2. Dirty developing section. Clean any part contaminated with toner or
carrier in the developing section.

(8) One side of the copy Causes

image is darker than 1. Dirty charger wire.
the other. 2. Defective exposure lamp.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Dirty charger wire.
2. Defective exposure lamp.
Clean the wire or, if it is extremely dirty,
replace it.
Check if the exposure lamp light is distributed
evenly. If not, replace the halogen lamp (see
page 3-3-32).

3-6-8

(9) Black dots appear on
the image.
Causes
1. Dirty or flawed drum.
2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
3. Dirty developing section.
4. Dirty rollers in the transfer unit.
(10) Image is blurred.
Causes
1. Scanner moves erratically.
2. Deformed press roller.
3. Paper conveying section drive
problem.
203-1
Causes
1. Dirty or flawed drum.
2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
3. Dirty developing section.
4. Dirty rollers in the transfer unit.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it
(see page 3-3-58).
Replace the cleaning blade (see page
3-3-85).
Clean any part contaminated with toner or
carrier in the developing section.
Clean the rollers in the transfer unit.
Causes
1. Scanner moves erratically.
2. Deformed press roller.
3. Paper conveying section drive problem.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Check if there is any foreign matter on the
front and rear scanner rails. If any, remove it.
Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-95).
Check the gears and belts and, if necessary,
grease them.
3-6-9
203

(11) The leading edge of the Causes

image is consistently 1. Misadjusted leading edge registration.
misaligned with the 2. Misadjusted scanning start position (home position).
original.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Misadjusted leading edge
registration.
2. Misadjusted scanning start
position (home position).
Readjust the leading edge registration.
Readjust the scanning start position by
running simulation 301 mode 1 and
simulation 61.

(12) The leading edge of the Causes

image is sporadically 1. Registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch or
misaligned with the paper feed clutch 1, 2, 3 or 4 installed or operating
original. incorrectly.
2. Insufficient slack in the paper at the registration
roller.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Registration clutch, bypass paper
feed clutch or paper feed clutch 1,
2, 3 or 4 installed or operating
incorrectly.
2. Insufficient slack in the paper at
the registration roller.
Check the installation position and operation
of the registration clutch, bypass paper feed
clutch or paper feed clutch 1, 2, 3 or 4. If any
of them operates incorrectly, replace it.
Increase the slack setting value (see page
3-3-25).

3-6-10
 203-1

(13) Paper creases. Causes

1. Paper curled.
2. Paper damp.
3. Defective pressure springs.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Paper curled. Check the paper storage conditions.
2. Paper damp. Check the paper storage conditions.
3. Defective pressure springs. Replace the pressure springs.

(14) Offset occurs. Causes

1. Defective cleaning blade.
2. Defective transfer cleaning unit blade.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Defective cleaning blade. Replace the cleaning blade (see page
3-3-85).
2. Defective transfer cleaning unit Replace the transfer cleaning unit blade (see
blade. page 3-3-81).

3-6-11
203-1

(15) Image is partly missing. Causes

1. Paper damp.
2. Paper creased.
3. Drum condensation.
4. Flawed drum.
5. Dirty or flawed transfer belt.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Paper damp. Check the paper storage conditions.
2. Paper creased. Replace the paper.
3. Drum condensation. Clean the drum (see page 3-3-62).
4. Flawed drum. Replace the drum (see page 3-3-58).
5. Dirty or flawed transfer belt. Clean the transfer belt with a dry cloth or, if it
is flawed, replace it (see page 3-3-74).

(16) Fixing is poor. Causes

1. Wrong paper.
2. Defective pressure springs.
3. Flawed press roller.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Wrong paper. Check if the paper meets specifications.
2. Defective pressure springs. Replace the pressure springs.
3. Flawed press roller. Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-95).

3-6-12

(17) Image is out of focus.
Causes
1. Defective image scanning unit.
2. Misaligned scanner frame and
mirror frame.
3. Deformed transfer cleaning unit
blade.
(18) Image center does not
align with the original
center.
Causes
1. Misadjusted image center line.
2. Original placed incorrectly.
3. Misadjusted scanner center line.
203-1
Causes
1. Defective image scanning unit.
2. Misaligned scanner frame and mirror frame.
3. Deformed transfer cleaning unit blade.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Replace the image scanning unit.
Check whether the scanner and mirror
frames are in alignment. If not, realign them
(see page3-3-40).
If the blade is deformed and makes contact
with the cleaning belt, replace the blade (see
page 3-3-81).
Causes
1. Misadjusted image center line.
2. Original placed incorrectly.
3. Misadjusted scanner center line.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Readjust the image center line (see page
3-3-23).
Place the original correctly.
Readjust the scanner center line (see page
3-3-57).
3-6-13
203-1

(19) Image is not square. Causes

1. Laser scanner unit positioned incorrectly.
2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Laser scanner unit positioned Adjust the installation position of the laser
incorrectly. scanner unit (see page 3-3-46).
2. Image scanning unit positioned Adjust the installation position of the image
incorrectly. scanning unit (see page 3-3-47).

(20) The density is later- Causes

ally uneven on a gray 1. Gears in the developing units are dirty with toner.
or low density image. 2. The ends of the drum are dirty with toner.
3. Loose drum shaft screw.
4. Loose flywheel screws.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Gears in the developing units are
dirty with toner.
2. The ends of the drum are dirty
with toner.
3. Loose drum shaft screw.
4. Loose flywheel screws.
Clean the gears at the rear of the developing
units.
Clean off the toner on either end of the drum,
i.e. areas that contact the DS pulleys in the
developing section (see page 3-3-62).
Check that the hexagonal socket-head screw
securing the drum shaft is tight.
Check that the hexagonal socket-head
screws securing the flywheel are tight.

3-6-14
 203

3-6-2 Paper misfeeds

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
(1) A piece of torn copy paper is Remove it if any.
A paper jam in caught around the paper feed
the paper switch 1, 2, 3 or 4 or the eject
feed, paper switch.
conveying or
Defective paper feed switch 1. With 5 V DC present at CN4-5A
fixing eject
section is indi- on the lower rear sub PCB,
cated as soon check if CN4-11A on the PCB
remains low when the paper
as the main
switch is feed switch 1 is turned on and
turned on. off. If it does, replace the switch.
Defective paper feed switch 2. With 5 V DC present at CN4-5B
on the lower rear sub PCB,
check if CN4-12A on the PCB
remains low when the paper
feed switch 2 is turned on and
off. If it does, replace the switch.
Defective paper feed switch 3. With 5 V DC present at CN4-6A
on the lower rear sub PCB,
check if CN4-13A on the PCB
remains low when the paper
feed switch 3 is turned on and
off. If it does, replace the switch.
Defective paper feed switch 4. With 5 V DC present at CN4-6B
on the lower rear sub PCB,
check if CN4-14A on the PCB
remains low when the paper
feed switch 4 is turned on and
off. If it does, replace the switch.
Defective registration switch. With 5 V DC present at CN3-1A
on the upper rear sub PCB,
check if CN3-5A on the PCB
remains low when the registra-
tion switch is turned on and off.
If it does, replace the switch.
Defective fixing eject switch. With 5 V DC present at CN11-2
on the main PCB, check if
CN11-3 on the PCB remains
low when the fixing eject switch
is turned on and off. If it not,
replace the switch.

3-6-15
203

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

(1) Defective eject switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-5B
A paper jam in on the upper rear sub PCB,
the paper check if CN6-8A on the PCB
feed, paper remains low when the eject
conveying or switch is turned on and off. If it
fixing and not, replace the switch.
eject section is
indicated as
soon as the
main switch is
turned on.
(2) Paper in the forth drawer is ex- Change the paper.
A paper jam in tremely curled.
the paper feed
section is indi- Check if the upper paper feed Replace any deformed pulleys.
cated during pulley, lower paper feed pulley
or forwarding pulley of the forth
copying (no
paper present drawer is deformed.
in the forth Broken paper feed switch 4 ac- Replace paper feed switch 4 if
drawer). tuator. its actuator is broken.

Defective paper feed switch 4. With 5 V DC present at CN4-6B

on the lower rear sub PCB,
check if CN4-14A on the PCB
goes low when paper feed
switch 4 is turned on. If not, re-
place the switch.

Check if paper feed clutch 4 Check and remedy if necessary.

malfunctions.
Electrical problem with paper Check (see page 3-6-70).
feed clutch 4.

3-6-16
 203

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

(3) Paper in the third drawer is ex- Change the paper.
A paper jam in tremely curled.
the paper feed
section is indi- Check if the upper paper feed Replace any deformed pulleys.
pulley, lower paper feed pulley
cated during
copying (no or forwarding pulley of the third
paper present drawer is deformed.
in the third Broken paper feed switch 3 ac- Replace paper feed switch 3 if
drawer). tuator. its actuator is broken.
Defective paper feed switch 3. With 5 V DC present at CN4-6A
on the lower rear sub PCB,
check if CN4-13A on the PCB
goes low when paper feed
switch 3 is turned on. If not, re-
place the switch.
Check if paper feed clutch 3 Check and remedy if necessary.
malfunctions.

Electrical problem with paper Check (see page 3-6-70).

feed clutch 3.
(4) Paper in the Second drawer is Change the paper.
A paper jam in extremely curled.
the paper feed
section is indi- Check if the upper paper feed Replace any deformed pulleys.
pulley, lower paper feed pulley
cated during
copying (no or forwarding pulley of the sec-
paper present ond drawer is deformed.
in the second Broken paper feed switch 2 ac- Replace paper feed switch 2 if
drawer). tuator. its actuator is broken.
Defective paper feed switch 2. With 5 V DC present at CN4-5B
on the lower rear sub PCB,
check if CN4-12A on the PCB
goes low when paper feed
switch 2 is turned on. If not, re-
place the switch.
Check if the paper feed clutch 2 Check and remedy if necessary.
malfunctions.

Electrical problem with paper Check (see page 3-6-69).

feed clutch 2.

3-6-17
203-1

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

(5) Paper in the first drawer is ex- Change the paper.
A paper jam in tremely curled.
the paper feed
section is indi- Check if the upper paper feed Replace any deformed pulleys.
pulley, lower paper feed pulley
cated during
copying (no or forwarding pulley of the first
paper present drawer is deformed.
in the first Broken paper feed switch 1 ac- Replace paper feed switch 1 if
drawer). tuator. its actuator is broken.
Defective paper feed switch 1. With 5 V DC present at CN4-5A
on the lower rear sub PCB,
check if CN4-11A on the PCB
goes low when the paper feed
switch 1 is turned on. If not, re-
place the switch.
Check if paper feed clutch 1 Check and remedy if necessary.
malfunctions.

Electrical problem with paper Check (see page 3-6-69).

feed clutch 1.
(6) Paper on the bypass table is Change the paper.
A paper jam in extremely curled.
the paper feed
section is indi- Check if the forwarding pulley or Replace any deformed pulleys.
upper paper feed pulley of the
cated during
copying (no bypass is deformed.
paper present Check if the bypass paper feed Check and remedy if necessary.
on the bypass clutch malfunctions.
table).
Electrical problem with the by- Check (see page 3-6-72).
pass paper feed clutch.

3-6-18
 203-1

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

(7) Broken paper feed switch 3 ac- Replace paper feed switch 3 if
A paper jam in tuator. its actuator is broken.
the paper feed
section is indi- Defective paper feed switch 3. With 5 V DC present at CN4-6A
on the lower rear sub PCB,
cated during
copying (jam check if CN4-13A on the PCB
in the vertical goes low when paper feed
switch 3 is turned on. If not, re-
paper convey-
ing section 1). place the switch.
Check if the feed pulley and Check visually and remedy if
feed roller 4 make proper con- necessary.
tact.
Check if the feed pulley and Check visually and replace if
feed roller 4 are deformed. necessary.

(8) Broken paper feed switch 2 ac- Replace paper feed switch 2 if
A paper jam in tuator. its actuator is broken.
the paper feed
Defective paper feed switch 2. With 5 V DC present at CN4-5B
section is indi-
cated during on the lower rear sub PCB,
copying (jam check if CN4-12A on the PCB
goes low when paper feed
in the vertical
paper convey- switch 2 is turned on. If not, re-
ing section 2). place the switch.
Check if the feed pulley and feed Check visually and remedy if
roller 3 make proper contact. necessary.
Check if the feed pulley and Check visually and replace if
feed roller 3 are deformed. necessary.

3-6-19
203-1

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

(9) Broken paper feed switch 1 ac- Replace paper feed switch 1 if
A paper jam in tuator. its actuator is broken.
the paper feed
section is indi- Defective paper feed switch 1. With 5 V DC present at CN4-5A
on the lower rear sub PCB,
cated during
copying (jam check if CN4-11A on the PCB
in vertical pa- goes low when paper feed
switch 1 is turned on. If not, re-
per conveying
section 3). place the switch.
Check if the feed pulley and feed Check visually and remedy if
roller 2 make proper contact. necessary.

Check if the feed pulley and Check visually and replace if

feed roller 2 are deformed. necessary.
(10) Broken registration switch ac- Replace the registration switch
A paper jam in tuator. if its actuator is broken.
the paper feed
section is indi- Defective registration switch. With 5 V DC present at CN3-1A
on the upper rear sub PCB,
cated during
copying (jam check if CN3-5A on the PCB
in the pre- goes low when the registration
switch is turned on. If not, re-
registration
section). place the switch.
Check if the feed pulley and feed Check visually and remedy if
roller 1 make proper contact. necessary.

Check if the feed pulley and Check visually and replace if

feed roller 1 are deformed. necessary.

3-6-20
 203-1

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

(11) Check if the feed pulley and Remedy or replace if necessary.
A paper jam in feed roller 1 are deformed.
the paper con-
veying section Check if the feed pulley and feed Check visually and remedy if
roller 1 make proper contact. necessary.
is indicated
during copying Check if the feed guide is de- Check visually and remedy if
(jam in the formed. necessary.
paper convey-
ing section). Check if the registration clutch Check visually and remedy if
malfunctions. necessary.
Electrical problem with the reg- Check (see page 3-6-71).
istration clutch.

Check if the upper and lower Check visually and remedy if

registration rollers make proper necessary.
contact.

(12) Broken fixing eject switch actua- Check visually and replace the
A paper jam in tor. fixing eject switch if its actuator
the fixing sec- is broken.
tion is indi-
cated during Defective fixing eject switch. With 5 V DC present at CN11-2
copying (jam on the main PCB, check if
CN11-3 on the PCB goes low
in the fixing
section 1 or 2). when the fixing eject switch is
turned on. If not, replace the
switch.

Check if the heat roller and heat Remedy the heat roller separa-
roller separation claw make tion claws if its spring is de-
proper contact. tached.

Check if the press roller and Remedy the press roller separa-
press roller separation claw tion claws if its spring is de-
make proper contact. tached.

3-6-21
203-1

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

(13) Broken eject switch actuator. Replace the eject switch if its
A paper jam in actuator is broken.
the eject sec-
tion is indi- Defective eject switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-5B
on the upper rear sub PCB,
cated during
copying (jam check if CN6-8A on the PCB
in eject sec- goes low when the eject switch
is turned on. If not, replace the
tion 1).
switch.
Check if the fixing and eject Check visually and remedy if
pulley and roller make proper necessary.
contact.
Check if the fixing and eject Check visually and replace if
pulley and roller are deformed. necessary.

(14) Check if the eject pulley and Check visually and remedy if
A paper jam in roller make proper contact. necessary.
the eject sec-
Check if the eject pulley and Check visually and replace if
tion is indi-
cated during roller are deformed. necessary.
copying (jam
in eject sec-
tion 2).

3-6-22
 203

3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages

Precautions
• When handling the circuit boards, do not touch the components with bare hands.
• ICs can be damaged by static discharges. If a PCB contains ICs, do not touch the ICs,
cable connectors or edge connectors.
• Store the circuit boards wrapped in aluminum foil, conductive sponge rubber, or similar
material.

(1) Composite power source PCB

120 V area

PF-LP

REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSE.

3652811

FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE.

R016 D010
Q002

12A / 125V

F001
– CN1
R015

R007
C007

+
R014
R011

RJ21

Z001
Q001
VR001
D007
CN-A2

R008
R006
BK

C005
IC001
CAUTION

C001
–
IP002

+
CN-B

R009
IP001
D009

C008
BK

RJ20
RJ19

R044
L001
D004

D006

R010
597G • A K • F00 • 705 • 12
TD • T15V 94V • 0
C010

D005
R018

D003 RJ01

– R005
C004
R017

+ D002
CN-A1

C003
TR001

F006
103°C
RJ17
BK

C002

RJ18 RJ16
TRANSFORMER CORE AND HEATSINK NOT

R004 R003
RJ15
GROUNDED. TEST BEFORE TOUCHING.
C011

135°C
C009
D008

FR001
RJ02
RJ03

RJ04
RJ05

CAUTION
R002

RJ14
RJ13
C006
597G-A

R001
R020

R019
R027

RJ09
RJ10

RJ11

RJ12

R021
R022

T002
L003

L014

R045

D001

CAUTION C020
C021

R025

FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE.

REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSE.

L011
L013 6.3A / 125V X2 L002

R024
RJ08 L012
RJ07 R026 D012
F003

F002

D013 R023
RJ06
Q004

Q003
D011

Note: Terminal voltages related to the RADF apply only when this option is installed.

3-6-23
 TRANSFORMER CORE AND HEATSINK
C111
PF-LP C110
CAUTIONNOT 3652811

CN9
R113 4A/125V GROUNDED. TEST BEFORE

RJ03

RJ01
TOUCHING. L101
R112 F101
SR101

C109

D102
C103
RJ27

R114
C108 C105

R105
D104

R104

CN-C
C106

RJ28

R118
T103

WH
FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINT RISK OF FIRE.

C104

Q101
CAUTION REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSE. R108

7
R111
R107

D108
R823

D103

6.3A/125V
R109
R821 RJ105 D810 R822 RJ74

R106
Q802
RJ75 RJ04
R824

RJ02
R819 C810
C808 D807

D106
R801
RJ103 R820 D809

Q704
D306

R712

R716

R717
L801

RJ29
RJ102 5
5.IV ADJ.

5
R818

D105
IC802

R115
RJ101 R110

D808
C809

C112
D305

Q703
R310

R714
R304 RJ100 Q102
VR701
R715 R718 R307 VR301 D107
R303 D303 RJ99
RJ97

C708 R308 24V ADJ.

D803
PC102

PC103
D604

RJ104

D801
D304 D702

R719
D707 RJ98 R305
D704 R311 R817

BK
R309
1
D706

1
D404 RJ96 R713 R711 D705 R306 R816 C807
D205

D403 C307
RJ95 T102
D203

C703

R806
D503 C804

CN-D
D604 RJ94 R810
D204 R710 R706 RJ72 R809
RJ85
RJ82
RJ84
RJ83
RJ81

RJ80
RJ79
CN10

D802
C404

R815R808

F102
CN5

IC301

R805
RJ30

C802
D603

RJ10
C308

R101
R804
C805 R803

1
C504
C604 RJ92 RJ93
T101
RJ88
RJ89

C603

RJ78
RJ77
RJ76
RJ91
C206

C801
RJ90 C811 R802

BK
RJ71
RJ31

R102
R814

SR601
R813
C806 RJ32

RJ08
RJ07
D806

D805
Q801
CAUTION

C503

RJ06

RJ05
RJ09
R812
D804
R811
F201

Q701 VR801 VR802 TRANSFORMER CORE

R103
D101
AVR ADJ.
RJ86

RJ70
R701 NOT GROUNDED. TEST C102

C403
D602 BEFORE TOUCHING.
RJ87
RJ67
RJ68

RJ65 RJ66 RJ33

C709

D206

IC401

IC501
3.15A/125V

RJ61 R705 RJ34 PRIMARY RJ21

RJ60 RJ11 R033

PC001 PC101
RJ69 D402 D502 RJ35 RJ22
L702 IC601

RJ12
R601
Q702 C402 C502 RJ36

R047
103°C C602

RJ13
D701

C017

C018
AND RATINGS OF FUSE.
REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE

RJ37

R013
R012
R501
R709

R401

PC003
FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION

C019

RJ14
RJ16
C707
R702

C401
R703
R704
CN8

RJ15
C501
AGAINST RISK OF FIRE.

IP401

D501
R708

F202

D016
D401
CN4

IP501
IP601

D601
PC002 C012
RJ64

D015
T003 R029
RJ63
14

R030
C601
RJ62 L601 R028
R203

1 18
CN7

CN6

C706

R043
597G-B
L501 R034
C704 R707 RJ17
R035
L401
RJ58

RJ18
CAUTION

RJ59

597G BK F00 706 11

TD T15V 94V 0
C705

R041
R032
D703 RJ51

C016
C013 R036
RJ38
L205

C702 C701 C205 RJ39 D014

FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST

RJ40

SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSE.

RJ20

RISK OF FIRE. REPLACE ONLY WITH

RJ41
C014
1

RJ42 RJ19
RJ43 C015

L004
CN-E

RJ46 RJ25
RJ47 6.3A/125V 2

CAUTION
RJ48
C203
CN2

CN3

L701 F005
C302

C202

C303
Q202
RJ56
RJ57

L008
RJ106
120 V area

9 10 F004

R039
C204

RJ26
R301

R201

R202

RJ24
C304

R037
C301
C306

L005
L304
L303

L302
L301

L007 L010

3-6-24
RJ52
L201
R302

WH
L006
C201

RJ53 RJ49 RJ44 L009

RJ50 RJ45 L202 R038 R040
RJ54
L204

L203

C305
203

RJ55 D302 D301 D201 Q005 Q006

 RJ19
C011 BK
R011

L011
CN-B CN-A2
D011
BK

–
+
D009
IC001
VR001
R014

D008 IP001
Q002

RJ18
597H-A

RJ07
RJ08
220 – 240 V area

–
RJ21

+
PF-LP

C007
R016

RJ15
C008
–
+

L003 C010
R027

L012
L013

D013
R026
L014 IP002
D010

RJ09
RJ20

R010

RJ16
RJ17
RJ10 597H • A K • F00 • 718 • 11
C005
R008
Q001

C021 TD • T15V 94V • 0 R015

RJ11 D007

RJ13
RJ14
R017 R018

T002

RJ06
R025 R009 R006 R007
R020
RJ12
BK
R019 C006 CAUTION
C009 CN-A1 D004
FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE.
R005

D006
REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSE.
Q004
D003
D005

F006
R022 R021
D002

F003 F6.3AH / 250V

CAUTION
F002 +
R004
Q003 F001
103°C
RJ01

135°C
CN1

F3.15AH / 250V X2
R001 R002 FR001
R003

RJ02

D001
RJ03
TR001

X001
Z001

RJ04 C001
2032802

L001

FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE.

RJ05 C004

REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSE.

–
C003

R044

L002

R023
D012
R024
C002

C020
CAUTION
TRANSFORMER CORE AND HEATSINK NOT
GROUNDED. TEST BEFORE TOUCHING.

3-6-25
203
 TRANSFORMER CORE AND HEATSINK
C111
PF-LP C110
CAUTIONTOUCHING. 2032802
CN9

R113 F2.5AH/250V NOT GROUNDED. TEST BEFORE

RJ03
L101
R112 F101
SR101
C109

D102
C103

R116
RJ27

R114
C108 C105

R105
C114
D104

R104

CN-C
C106
RJ28

R118

F3.15AH/250V
T103

WH
FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINT RISK OF FIRE.

C104

Q101
CAUTION REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSE. R108

7
R111

R107
D108

R823

D103

C113
R109

R821 RJ105 D810 R822 RJ74

R106
Q802

RJ75 RJ04
R824

RJ32
R819 C810
C808 D807
D106
R801
RJ103 R820 D809
Q704
D306

R712

R716

R717

L801
RJ29
RJ102 5
5.IV ADJ.

5
R818
D105

IC802
R115

RJ101 R110
D808

C809
C112

D305
Q703

R310
R714

R304 RJ100 Q102

VR701

R715 R718 R307 VR301 D107

R303 D303 RJ99
RJ97

C708 R308 24V ADJ.

D803
PC102

PC103
D604

RJ104

D801
D304 D702
R719

D707 RJ98 R305

D704 R311 R817

BK
R309

1
D706

1
D404 RJ96 R713 R711 D705 R306 R816 C807
D205

D403 C307
RJ95 T102
D203

C703

R806
D503 C804

CN-D
D604 RJ94 R810
D204 R710 R706 RJ72 R809
RJ85
RJ82
RJ84
RJ83
RJ81

RJ80
RJ79
CN10

D802
C404

R815R808

F102
CN5

IC301

R805
RJ30

C802
D603 C308

R101
R804
C805 R803

1
C504
C604 RJ92 RJ93

R117
T101
RJ88
RJ89

C603
RJ78
RJ77
RJ76

RJ91
C206

C801
RJ90 C811 R802

BK
RJ71

RJ31

R102
R814

SR801
R813
C806 RJ32

RJ08
RJ07
D806

D805
Q801
CAUTION
C503

RJ06

RJ05
RJ09
R812
D804
R811
F201

Q701 VR801 VR802 TRANSFORMER CORE

R103
D101
AVR ADJ.
RJ06
RJ70
R701 NOT GROUNDED. TEST C102
C403

D602 BEFORE TOUCHING.

RJ87
RJ67
RJ68

RJ65 RJ66 RJ33

C709

D206

IC401

IC501
F3.15AH/250V

RJ61 R705 RJ34 PRIMARY RJ21

RJ60 RJ11 R033

PC001 PC101
RJ69 D402 D502 RJ35 RJ22
L702 IC601

RJ12
R601
Q702 C402 C502 RJ36

R042
103°C C602

RJ13
D701 C017

C018
AND RATINGS OF FUSE.
REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE

RJ37

R013
R012
R501
R709

R401

PC003
FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION

C019

RJ14
RJ16
C707

R702

C401
R703
R704
CN8

RJ15
C501
AGAINST RISK OF FIRE.

IP401

D501
R708

F202

D016
D401
CN4

IP501
IP601

D601
PC002 C012
RJ64

D015
T003 R029
RJ63

RJ23
C309
14

R030
C601
RJ62 L601 R028

R203
1 18
CN7

CN6

C706

R043
L501 R034

597H-B
C704 R707 RJ17
R035
L401
RJ58

RJ18
CAUTION

RJ59

597H BK F00 719 11

T15V 94V 0
C705

R041
R032
D703 RJ51

C016
C013 R036
RJ38

L205
C702 C701 C205 RJ39 D014

FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST

RJ40

SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSE.

RJ20

RISK OF FIRE. REPLACE ONLY WITH

RJ41
C014

TD
1
RJ42 RJ19
RJ43 C015

L004
CN-E
220 – 240 V area

RJ46 RJ25
RJ47 F3.15AH/250Vx2

CAUTION
RJ48

C203
CN2

CN3
L701 F005

C302

C202
C303

Q202
RJ56
RJ57

L008
RJ106

9 10 F004

R039
C204
RJ26

R301

R201

R202
RJ24

C304

R037
C301
C306

L005
L304
L303

L302
L301
L007 L010

3-6-26
RJ52
L201

R302

WH
L006

C201
RJ53 RJ49 RJ44 L009
RJ50 RJ45 L202 R038 R040
RJ54

L204

L203
C305
203

RJ55 D302 D301 D201 Q005 Q006

 203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-1 1-2 120 V AC 120 V AC supply, input
220 – 240 V AC 220 – 240 V AC supply, input
1-4 1-5 120 V AC 120 V AC supply, input
220 – 240 V AC 220 – 240 V AC supply, input
2-1 7-8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for RADF, output
2-2 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MPCB, output
2-3 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for URSPCB, LRSPCB,
output
2-4 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TBPCB, DRM, PFM,
output
2-5 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FIXM, DEVM,
SHVTPCB, THVTPCB, TFMPCB,
output
2-6 7-8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for RADF, output
3-1 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MPCB, output
3-2 6-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for HPCB, NFPCB,
output
3-3 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for URSPCB, output
3-4 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SCPCB, output
3-5 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for LSU, output
3-6 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OMPCB, PRYJPCB,
output
4-1 7-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LSU, output
4-3 7-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for URSPCB, LRSPCB,
output
4-4 7-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for CCDPPCB, output
4-5 7-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for CCDPPCB, output
4-6 7-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFM, output
4-7 7-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SCPCB, LSU, RADF,
output
4-8 7-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for IPUPCB, output
4-9 7-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for IPUPCB, output
4-10 7-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for TBPCB, OMPCB,
FIXM, DEVM, DRM, TFMPCB,
PRYJPCB, output
5-1 6-1 36 V DC 36 V DC supply for SCPCB, output
5-2 6-1 0/5 V DC Zero-cross signal for MPCB
5-3 6-1 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for OMPCB, output
5-4 6-1 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for MPCB, output
5-5 8-1 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for CCDPPCB, output

3-6-27
203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

5-6 8-1 –12 V DC –12 V DC supply for MPCB, CCDPPCB,
OMPCB, output
5-7 6-1 –5 V DC –5 V DC supply for LSU, output
9-1 9-3 70 V DC EL 70 V DC supply, output
10-1 6-1 0/24 V DC EL on/off, input
10-2 4-2 0/5 V DC EL ALARM signal, input
10-3 4-2 0/5 V DC EL PWM signal, input
10-4 6-1 0/24 V DC PVUFM on/off, input

3-6-28
 3652803
203

3-6-29
Note: Terminal voltages related to the duplex unit, RADF, stapler-sorter and MMD apply
REV:4 C C
CN6 C C C N N
N N N 26 27 CN8
NF1 13 4 1 2
R KS - 192 1 CN7
2 14 CN9
NF2 AK 1 9 1
2
1

D3 25
10 1 19
NF6

D1 NF10 KA 5 5 5 2 5 2 26
5 2 20
NF3 A K KD5
A
CN5

AK IC2 HC14 KA NF12 NF14 NF16 NF18 D4 NF9 TR3

1 1 1
NF4 A IC6 M38881M2SP TR1 C TR2 1 1 KA TR5 D6
NF20
NF8

K C
NF26

8 33 IC9 LS 07 B E KA

NF22
D2 A K B EB E 5 C
IC4 IC8 HC32 8 C A K
8 A K NF7 TR6
9
1A10

NF5 IC7 HC14 NF11 NF13 KANF15 NF17

NF21
TR18 8 8 E +

TR4
BE B +
1B

IC1 1 D7 C2

1
C IC11
OG I K
1 75179
D10

1 C1
1 LS07 8 8 KA A K

NF19
NF25
NF24
NF23
µPC7805AHF A 8 1 1
10 D8 16 + FIL1
NF27

M37732S4BFP
NF29 A K C3 4
B RA1

CN10
E 3
IC22
NF28

1 1
1 F32 IC19 F32 IC12 HC14 IC23 6
11.7965MHz

IC5 IC17 8 24 1 IC10 LS19

8 64 41 2 1
X1

IC3 HC32 IC13

1 IC16 5
CN3

TD62382AF L1 25 65 GP2DM031
64

RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2

80 ZD1 40 1 +C4
M38881M2

49 +
X2

10 1 C5
L2

48
1 1 A 9
D11 K F37
12.288MHz

IC76 TA8030F IC21 HC14 K +

7
8

NF30
IC14 5 8 C7
A TD62382AF C5 TD62308AF
+

2
1
1

80
D12 D14
40
NF31

25 1 KA

65
16 33 KA

NF32
A
10A

64 24
108

NF56 IC26 1 1 IC20 1 IC24 K

33 17 32 1 RA6 41 A K
23 IC31 F37 N1401150A
RA8
8 RA10 RA12 9 D74
34 22 8 8 8 8 K
CST9.83MTW

IC38 RA13

NF66
NF37 75189
X4

CN11
L3
1

1 1 D15 KA K

D16
NF38 1 1 1 RA7 RA9 RA11

2
1
12 NF47 F32 IC30 F74 1 IC34 TD623088F TR14C

19
NF48 IC29

20
1 IC28 F32 9 A
11 21 A K
9 IC32 F245 IC33 F245 B
NF49

µPD71051G8-384 E D17 TR7

IC37 11 11 KE C B
CN21

TR11
75C1406 µPD71054G8-384 C
11 IC78 1 B E

CN23
A

CN22

20
19
1
1 CK K BC E
IC35

TR9 TR8
12 44 TD623088F
9

TR12
1 1 A BC E
BEA
1 D18 D19

1A
1B
IC27 M27C4002 RA14 RA15 D20 D22 D24 D26
IC77 22 34 RA16
NF50
9

NF51

KA KA KA KA

only when these options are installed.

NF39 1 RA17 RA18

22
21
HC4040 23

1
2
NF40 33 IC39 IC40 8
CST4.9152MGW

NF67

NF41 µPD71054G8-384
NF42 15 15 N1401150A A K A K AKAKAK KA
NF43 NF46 11 1 KA

D27
NF44 8 IC44 1 IC45 D21

CN12
NF45 44 IC41 F373 IC42 F373 24
12 11 LS07 1 AK AK AK
D25
11 IC43 HC14 25 80 8
IC15
8 IC46 D28 KA NF52 NF54
HCU04 IC79
X3

1 1 1 KA

D83
7

C 22 34 HC00
8 33 CXK58257BM NF55

NF57
TR19 23 CXK58257BM A K A K
1 1

13
14
RA19 1
2
1

E
NF68

NF70
B IC80 RA20 1 D75
C 65

NF69
11 40 8 9
CN19

ETR20

TD623088F
1 IC49 F138 IC90 LS07
F138

CN25
B 1 HC10 44 IC51 41 64
K 12 9 9 8

CN24
9 IC56
A HC14 1 1
IC84
D84 10 9
22 34

20A
20B
NF71
1

1 33 1 1 1

1
2
IC81 HC175 23
IC91 µPD71054G8-384
IC85

18
17
µPC358G2 D36 ZD4
IC82 IC57 TD623048F
NF59

D35 IC59 LS07

7

13 K A µPC339G2 TD62382AF 1 1 KA KA NF60

KA 13 9 8 D78

D77
D76

2
1
8 13 KA
K IC92 IC52 8
IC88 HC32 A KA K A K
KA HC4040 8
10 KA
CN18

K
D58 KD55KD56KD57 D80
KAD37 1 1 1 K IC93
IC48 M66011 1 1 TD62382AF A K
K 1
NF61

KA IC58 IC63 M886022 1 IC66 M886022 IC86 ADC08032 1 KA

64 49 D52 A
IC87 µPC324G2
8 A A A A IC67 K
48 IC62 8 IC61 8 5 IC65
8 8
A K 1 8 IC74 TD62308AF 1
1

10 9 D53
D38 9
M38881M2

KA
(2) Main PCB

IC73

CN13
1 1 1 1 1 1 TD62308AF AK
µPC324G2 1 K
IC60 LS19 IC64 µPC324G2KA µPC324G2
33 8 10 IC95 µPC324G2 µPC358G2 D59 D81 D65

D51
16 KA D60 1
17 A 1 1 KA
TD62382AF A KA K IC94

CST9.83MTW
32 5 K

NF65
NF63 NF64 TD62382AF A K
D54 D82

D73
KA KA D68

D66
NF62
KA K

L4
1 KA

X5
1 IC75 A
LS07 1 A K A
13 14 A K K AA K
1 2
18 2 8 2 1 24
17 1 7 28 2
1 N

36
35
C 1
CN20 CN16 23
CN17 13 CN15 1
CN14
203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

5-1 5-2 0/5 V DC RADF serial communication signal,
output
5-3 5-4 0/5 V DC RADF serial communication signal,
input
5-6 5-5 0/5 V DC Stapler-sorter serial communication
signal, input
5-8 5-7 0/5 V DC Stapler-sorter serial communication
signal, output
5-9 5-7 0/5 V DC Stapler-sorter RESET signal, output
5-10 5-7 0/5 V DC Stapler-sorter SHORT signal, input
6-1 6-2 0/5 V DC IPUPCB RESET signal, output
6-3 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) IPUPCB serial communication signal,
output
6-5 6-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) IPUPCB serial communication signal,
input
6-6 6-7 0/5 V DC (pulse) CCDPPCB serial communication signal,
output
6-8 6-9 0/5 V DC (pulse) CCDPPCB serial communication signal,
input
7-1 7-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) URSPCB serial communication signal,
input
7-3 7-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) URSPCB serial communication signal,
output
7-5 7-4 0/5 V DC URSPCB RESET signal, output
7-6 7-7 0/5 V DC (pulse) LRSPCB serial communication signal,
input
7-8 7-9 0/5 V DC (pulse) LRSPCB serial communication signal,
output
7-10 7-9 0/5 V DC LRSPCB RESET signal, output
8-1 8-10 0/5 V DC SCPCB V.SYNC signal, input
8-2 8-10 0/5 V DC SCPCB V.SYNC– signal, input
8-3 8-10 0/5 V DC SCPCB V.TIM signal, output
8-4 8-10 0/5 V DC SCPCB V.TIM– signal, output
8-5 8-10 0/5 V DC SCPCB ENABLE signal, output
8-6 8-10 0/5 V DC SCPCB READY signal, output
8-7 8-10 0/5 V DC SCPCB RESET signal, output
8-8 8-10 0/5 V DC SCPCB SCAN signal, output
8-9 8-10 0/5 V DC (pulse) SCPCB serial communication signal,
output

3-6-30
 203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

8-11 8-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) SCPCB serial communication signal,
input
8-13 8-16 0/5 V DC LSU RESET signal, output
8-14 8-16 0/5 V DC LSU LASER permission signal, output
8-15 8-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) LSU serial communication signal, output
8-17 8-18 0/5 V DC (pulse) LSU serial communication signal, input
8-19 10-2 0/24 V DC OPIFM1, 2 high speed/low speed
control signal, output
8-20 10-2 0/24 V DC OPIFM1, 2 on/off, output
8-21 8-22 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, input
8-23 8-22 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ODSW, output
8-24 10-2 0/24 V DC OPOFM1, 2 high speed/low speed
control signal, output
8-25 10-2 0/24 V DC OPOFM1, 2 on/off, output
8-26 10-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OPIFM1, 2,
OPOFM1, 2, output
9-1 9-2 0/5 V DC OSD1, 2 detection data, input
9-3 9-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) OSD1, 2 sensors drive pulse, output
9-4 9-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSD1, 2, output
9-5 9-2 0/5 V DC OSD1, 2 LED emitter selection, output
9-6 9-7 0/5 V DC OSD3*, 4* detection data, input
9-8 9-7 0/5 V DC (pulse) OSD3*, 4* sensors drive pulse, output
9-9 9-7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSD3*, 4*, output
9-10 9-7 0/5 V DC OSD3*, 4* LED emitter selection, output
9-11 9-12 0/5 V DC OSD5, 6 detection data, input
9-13 9-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) OSD5, 6 sensors drive pulse, output
9-14 9-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSD5, 6, output
9-15 9-12 0/5 V DC OSD5, 6 LED emitter selection, output
9-16 9-17 0/5 V DC OSD7, 8 detection data, input
9-18 9-17 0/5 V DC (pulse) OSD7, 8 sensors drive pulse, output
9-19 9-17 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSD7, 8, output
9-20 9-17 0/5 V DC OSD7, 8 LED emitter selection, output
10-1 10-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
10-3 10-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
10-4 10-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
10-6 10-2 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply, input
10-7 10-2 –12 V –12 V DC supply, input
11-2 11-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FESW, output
11-3 11-4 0/5 V DC FESW on/off, input
11-5 10-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OILSOL, output
* Metric specifications only.
3-6-31
203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

11-6 10-2 0/24 V DC OILSOL on/off, output
11-8 11-4 0/5 V DC HPCB, PFDH on/off, output
11-10 10-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FSSOL, output
11-11 10-2 0/24 V DC FSSOL on/off, output
11-12 10-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PCFM1, PCFM2,
output
11-13 10-2 0/24 V DC PCFM1,PCFM2 on/off, output
11-14 11-4 0 – 5 V DC FTH2 detection voltage, input
11-15 11-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FTH2, output
11-16 11-4 0 – 5 V DC FTH1 detection voltage, input
11-17 11-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FTH1, output
11-18 11-20 0/5 V DC FSSW on/off, output
11-19 11-20 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FSSW, output
12-1B 12-1A 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUPSENS,
DUPPCSW, DUPESW, DUPRSW,
STKSW, SRHPSW, output
12-2B 10-2 0/24 V DC DUPPTSOL on/off, output
12-3A 10-2 0/24 V DC DUPPPSOL on/off, output
12-3B 10-2 0/24 V DC DUPFWDSOL on/off, output
12-4A 10-2 0/24 V DC DUPRFCL on/off, output
12-4B 10-2 0/24 V DC DUPPCCL on/off, output
12-5A 10-2 0/24 V DC DUPRCL on/off, output
12-6A 12-5B 0/5 V DC Duplex unit installed/not installed, input
12-6B 12-16B 0/5 V DC PCSW on/off, input
12-7A 12-1A 0/5 V DC STKSW on/off, input
12-7B 12-1A 0/5 V DC DUPRSW on/off, input
12-8A 12-1A 0/5 V DC DUPESW on/off, input
12-8B 12-1A 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW on/off, input
12-9A 12-1A 0/5 V DC DUPSENS on/off, input
12-9B 12-16B 0/5 V DC PFM SYNC signal, output
12-10A 12-16B 0/5 V DC PFM on/off, output
12-10B 12-16B 0/5 V DC PFM CLK signal, output
12-11A 12-16B 0/5 V DC PFM high speed/low speed control
signal, output
12-11B 12-16B 0/5 V DC Zero-cross signal for CPSPCB
12-12A 12-16B 0/5 V DC NFPCB control signal, input
12-12B 12-16B 0/5 V DC TBPCB TBPS on/off, input
12-13A 12-16B 0/5 V DC HPCB STRC on/off, output
12-13B 12-16B 0/5 V DC HPCB THF on/off, output
12-14A 12-16B 0/5 V DC HPCB MTRC on/off, output

3-6-32
 203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

12-14B 12-16B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for HPCB, output
12-15A 10-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SRM, DUPRFCL,
DUPPCCL, DUPRCL, output
12-15B 10-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DUPPTSOL,
DUPPPSOL, DUPFWDSOL, output
12-16A 12-16B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PCSW, output
12-17A 12-16B 0/5 V DC SCPCB SM STOP signal, output
12-17B 10-2 0/24 V DC PRYJPCB PRY1 on/off, output
12-18A 10-2 0/24 V DC PRYJPCB PRY2 on/off SOURCE output
12-18B 10-2 0/24 V DC PRYJPCB PRY2 on/off, output
12-19A 10-2 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, output
12-19B 10-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for RCL, output
12-20A 12-16B 0/5 V DC FIXM SYNC signal, input
12-20B 12-16B 0/5 V DC FIXM CLK signal, output
13-1 13-9 0/24 V DC PRYJPCB SSW3 on/off, output
13-2 13-9 0/24 V DC PRYJPCB SSW5 on/off, output
13-4 13-9 0/24 V DC PRYJPCB SSW4 on/off, output
13-6 13-9 0/24 V DC PRYJPCB SSW1 on/off, output
13-7 13-9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DPS, output
13-10 13-8 0/5 V DC DPS DSP signal, output
13-12 13-11 0/5 V DC TC1 – 4 insertion signal, output
13-13 13-11 0/5 V DC TC1 on/off signal, output
13-14 13-9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TC1 – 4, output
13-15 13-11 0/5 V DC TLDS1 – 4 SET signal, output
13-16 13-11 0/5 V DC TBPCB TBPM forward signal, output
13-17 13-9 0/24 V DC DEVCL1 on/off, output
13-18 13-9 0/24 V DC DEVCL2 on/off, output
13-19 13-9 0/24 V DC DEVCL3 on/off, output
13-20 13-9 0/24 V DC DEVCL4 on/off, output
13-21 13-11 0/5 V DC TBPCB TBPM reverse signal, output
13-24 13-9 0/24 V DC PRYJPCB CL on/off, output
13-25 13-26 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DBPCB, output
13-27 13-26 0/24 V DC DBPCB CNT (YC) signal, output
13-28 13-26 0/24 V DC DBPCB CNT (MBk) signal, output
13-29 13-26 0/24 V DC DBPCB on/off (YC), output
13-30 13-26 0/24 V DC DBPCB on/off (MBk), output
13-31 13-26 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DEVCL1 – 4, output
13-32 13-26 0/24 V DC TC2 on/off, output
13-33 13-26 0/24 V DC TC3 on/off, output
13-34 13-26 0/24 V DC TC4 on/off, output

3-6-33
203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

13-35 13-26 0/5 V DC TFMPCB CCM forward signal, output
13-36 13-26 0/5 V DC TFMPCB CCM reverse signal, output
14-1 14-9 0/5 V DC TBPCB TBTS on/off, input
14-2 14-9 0/5 V DC TBPCB TBM CLK signal, output
14-4 14-9 0/5 V DC TBPCB TBM on/off signal, output
14-5 14-9 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for HUMPCB, output
14-6 14-9 0/5 V DC TBPCB TBM high speed/low speed
control signal, output
14-8 14-9 0/5 V DC TBPCB TBM SYNC signal, output
14-10 14-9 0 – 5 V DC HUMPCB temperature detection
voltage, input
14-11 14-9 0 – 5 V DC HUMPCB humidity detection voltage,
input
14-13 13-9 0/24 V DC THVTPCB TC1 on/off, output
14-14 13-9 0/24 V DC THVTPCB TC2 on/off, output
14-15 13-9 0/24 V DC THVTPCB TC1 CONT signal, output
14-16 13-9 0/24 V DC THVTPCB TC2 CONT signal, output
14-17 13-9 0/24 V DC SHVTPCB SC ALM signal, output
14-18 13-9 0/24 V DC PRYJPCB SSW2 on/off, output
14-20 14-19 0/5 V DC MSW on/off, output
14-22 14-21 0/5 V DC KEYSW on/off, output
14-23 14-21 0/5 V DC TBPCB TBM RESET signal, output
14-24 13-9 0/24 V DC SHVTPCB SC on/off, output
15-1 15-14 0/5 V DC TFMPCB TFM1 – 4 CLK signal, output
15-2 15-14 0/5 V DC TFMPCB TFM1 on/off, output
15-3 15-14 0/5 V DC TFMPCB TFM2 on/off, output
15-4 15-14 0/5 V DC TFMPCB TFM3 on/off, output
15-5 15-14 0/5 V DC TFMPCB TFM4 on/off, output
15-6 15-14 0/5 V DC TFMPCB CCM RST signal, output
15-7 15-14 0/5 V DC TFMPCB CCM monitor signal, input
15-9 15-14 0 – 5 V DC TLDS1 toner empty/present detection,
input
15-10 15-14 0 – 5 V DC TLDS2 toner empty/present detection,
input
15-11 15-14 0 – 5 V DC TLDS3 toner empty/present detection,
input
15-12 15-14 0 – 5 V DC TLDS4 toner empty/present detection,
input
15-13 15-14 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for TLDS1 – 4, output
16-1 16-9 0 – 5 V DC TNS1 control voltage, output

3-6-34
 203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

16-2 16-9 0 – 5 V DC TNS1 detection voltage, input
16-3 16-9 0 – 5 V DC TNS2 control voltage, output
16-4 16-9 0 – 5 V DC TNS2 detection voltage, input
16-5 16-9 0 – 5 V DC TNS3 control voltage, output
16-6 16-9 0 – 5 V DC TNS3 detection voltage, input
16-7 16-9 0 – 5 V DC TNS4 control voltage, output
16-8 16-9 0 – 5 V DC TNS4 detection voltage, input
16-10 16-9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TNS1 – 4, output
16-11 16-9 0/12 V DC IDPCB LED D/A signal, output
16-12 16-9 0/12 V DC IDPCB LED on/off signal, output
16-13 16-9 0/12 V DC IDPCB ID A/D signal, output
16-14 16-9 12 V DC 12 V DC supply for IDPCB, output
16-16 16-17 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for IDPCB, output
16-18 16-17 0/5 V DC IDPCB MODE signal, output
17-1 17-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal,
output
17-3 17-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal,
input
17-5 17-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB RESET signal, output
22-1 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
22-3 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
22-4 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
22-5 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
22-6 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
22-7 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
22-8 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
22-9 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
22-10 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
22-11 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
22-12 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
22-13 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
22-14 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
22-15 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-2 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-3 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-4 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-5 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-6 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-7 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-8 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input

3-6-35
203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

23-9 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-10 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-11 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-12 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-13 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-14 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-15 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-16 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-17 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-18 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-19 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-20 22-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
23-21 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input
23-22 22-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) BUPCB data signal, input

3-6-36
203

3-6-37
R1 1 CN2 1 CN5

R2
5 6

J3
L2
L1
J2
1B CN6

B C E

TR17
C1
C2

L4
FG1 R3 B FG4
1 5 15B 5

R4
R6 E TR1
R7
J4

J5
J1

15A E R10
R8 R9 TR16 TR4
CN1 1A R11
R12 J9 E C B E C B

R5
TR7
CN9
C6

C7 J6 TR5 J14 R18

R20
R17

R15

L3
J7

R16
J8

G R19
J11

TR8
D3
3652802 REV:3

D5
J10

R22
C12 C11
R21

O
1
R13

J12
B C E
IC1

E
J16
C4

1 C13

R29
C3 C9 J17

C10

K
C
C

J13

R14
TR6

J15
C8
R23
C5

J23
TD62308AP

I
J24 R28

A
IC2
1 D4 R24

J27
B E

D1

J26
R25

E C B

J19

J22
J18

J20
J21
J25 C14 9

B
J34
TR9 J33
74HC14 RA1
KPC 1694V-O

J30

R27
J31 J36 R26 R31

C18
C17

C15
C16
J38
8 J39 IC3

J37
J32
J28
J29

J44

J40
J43

R41
X1

1A
1B
L5
R33
J35

R35

R38

R40
R36
R37
R34

R39
J42

L6
J41

RA2 R46 J51

1

R45
J47
J45
J46

C20

R43
TR10 R48

J49
C19

J48
J54

J50
E B J52 R42 R44 C21
J58
J57

J59
J56
R50
R52

C
R51

C24 J60

J53
RA4 C23 J61 J62 M38022E4SP C22 R49
R53 J55 J63 TR11

R47
C25

CN3
IC6 J64 J65

1
STK6711BMK4

J77
TD62308AP
E C B C26

J76
J78 R57
J79

J66
R58

J67
J68
J69
J70
J71
J72
J73
J74
J75
C28

IC5
33 IC4 J89 J90

R56
RA3

J81
J80

J83
J82
16 1 C29 IC7
R59 J84

J91
J85
1

J88

13A
13B
R67
STK6711BMK4 J98 J100
C27

J87
J86
J97
TD62308AP
J99

J103 9
J101
J102
J93
J94
R66

J106
L10

J92

J95

J96

J107
L8

L9
J104 TR12
L7

9 J109 IC9 J111

J105
J108 16 1
TD62308AP

C31
B IC8 J110
(3) Upper rear sub PCB

TR18 E J120 J112 E C B

C30
L11 TR13

C39
J113 9 J119 J121 R61
C33 TR15 R60

C32

C40
J116

J118
D6
TR19 E E C B

J117
74HC02

L13

L14
B

L12
B
J122

J124

R63
358C
R62 TR14 E C B J125

J114
L16

J115
uPC
E C
8 IC11 10 2
1 TR2 5 FG3
FG2 R64 12 9 IC10

C34
C35
E C B 1 7 1
L15

C38
C36
CN4

J123
CN7 CN8

C37
R65
203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-1 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-3 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-4 1-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
2-1 2-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB serial communication signal,
output
2-3 2-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB serial communication signal,
input
2-5 2-4 0/5 V DC MPCB RESET signal, input
3-1A 3-5B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for RSW, output
3-2A 3-6B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPSW, output
3-3A 3-8B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPLSW, output
3-5A 3-5B 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, input
3-6A 3-6B 0/5 V DC BYPPSW on/off, input
3-7A 3-7B 0/5 V DC BYPEDSW on/off, input
3-8A 3-8B 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW on/off, input
3-9A 4-2 0/24 V DC BYPPFCL on/off, output
3-9B 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPPFCL, output
3-10A 4-2 0/24 V DC BYPSOL on/off, output
3-10B 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPSOL, output
3-11A 4-2 0/24 V DC BSSOL on signal, output
3-11B 4-2 0/24 V DC BSSOL off signal, output
3-12A 4-2 0/24 V DC ICFM on/off, output
3-12B 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for ICFM, output
3-13B 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BSSOL, output
4-1 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MHVTPCB, output
4-3 1-5 0/24 V DC MHVTPCB main charger on/off, output
4-4 1-5 0 – 5 V DC MHVTPCB main charger control
voltage, output
4-5 1-5 0 – 5 V DC MHVTPCB grid control voltage, output
4-6 1-5 0/5 V DC MHVTPCB main charger ALARM signal,
input
4-7 1-5 0/5 V DC MHVTPCB PCC on/off, output
5-1 1-5 0/5 V DC DRM on/off, output
5-2 1-5 0/5 V DC DEVM on/off, output
5-3 1-5 0/5 V DC DRM SYNC signal, output
5-4 1-5 0/5 V DC DEVM SYNC signal, output
5-5 1-5 0/5 V DC DRM SPEED signal, output
5-6 1-5 0/5 V DC DEVM CLK signal, output
6-1B 6-1A 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUSUS, output
6-2B 6-2A 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUSLS, output

3-6-38
 203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

6-3B 6-3A 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BCPS, output
6-4B 6-4A 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for TRPS, output
6-5B 6-5A 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ESW, output
6-6A 6-1A 0/5 V DC DUSUS on/off, input
6-6B 6-2A 0/5 V DC DUSLS on/off, input
6-7A 6-3A 0/5 V DC BCPS on/off, input
6-7B 6-4A 0/5 V DC TRPS on/off, input
6-8A 6-5A 0/5 V DC ESW on/off, input
6-9A 4-2 0/24 V DC BCPCL on/off, output
6-9B 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BCPCL, output
6-11A 4-2 0/24 V DC BSCL on/off, output
6-11B 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BSCL, output
6-12A 4-2 0/24 V DC TRPCL on/off, output
6-12B 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TRPCL, output
6-13A 4-2 0/24 V DC FFM1, FFM2, OEFM on/off, output
6-13B 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FFM1, FFM2,
OEFM, output
6-14A 6-1A 0/5 V DC FIXM on/off, output
6-15A 4-2 0/24 V DC FFM1, FFM2 high speed/low speed
control signal, output
7-1 4-2 0/24 V DC (pulse) DSM-U (A) coil energization pulse,
output
7-2 4-2 0/24 V DC (pulse) DSM-U (A) coil energization pulse,
output
7-3 4-2 0/24 V DC (pulse) DSM-U (B) coil energization pulse,
output
7-4 4-2 0/24 V DC (pulse) DSM-U (B) coil energization pulse,
output
7-5 4-2 0/24 V DC (pulse) DSM-L (A) coil energization pulse,
output
7-6 4-2 0/24 V DC (pulse) DSM-L (A) coil energization pulse,
output
7-7 4-2 0/24 V DC (pulse) DSM-L (B) coil energization pulse,
output
7-8 4-2 0/24 V DC (pulse) DSM-L (B) coil energization pulse,
output
7-9 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DSM-U, output
7-10 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DSM-U, output
7-11 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DSM-L, output
7-12 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DSM-L, output

3-6-39
203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

8-1 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DFM, output
8-2 4-2 0/24 V DC DFM on/off, output
8-8 4-2 0/24 V DC DRM F/R signal, output
8-9 4-2 0/24 V DC PVUFM on/off, output

3-6-40
203

3-6-41
CN3 R1 CN2 CN4
1 5
B1 B25
1

B1 B10

J1
C R2
N
L3

FG1 7 L4 A1 A25 FG4

R5
A1 A10
L2

D
5

G
D1 D3 D5
L1

J2
RA1 RA2 J8

IC1
J3
R3
R4

R8

1
D2 D4 D6

C1
R6

R7
J5

J4
J9
R11
R12
J6

R15
R16

R13

C4
D7 D9 D11 R14

C3
C2 R10 D13 J7 J12
RA3 R17
D8 D10 D12 R22 J13
R18
R19
R20
R21

J10 J11
R9

K A R24

J14
J16

C6

C7
D14 D15 D16 R25
RA4
D17 R23

R29
R30
R31
R32
R33
R34

R35
R36
R37
R38
R39
R40
R41
R42
1 C5
J15 IC2
R27
R26 X1 J19

J18
D18 HC14 R28
J20
J21

J24

L6
E B R43

J17
IC3 1

C8
C9
J25
J26
J27
J28

TR1 C
3652801 REV:2 8

L5
J22
R44

J30

J23
IC4 1 RA5

J29
C10
C11
J32
KPC 1694V-0 HC32 M38022E4SP
R45
J31

J37

J33
J39 J43

J34
J35

J36
J38 J44

C12
C13
J40
J41
J42
8 J47 R62
C14 R46
J46 R50

J50

C29

C30
IC5 1

C16

C17

J49
J45 1 33 R49
R47 C15 RA6
J53 J54

J51

J52
R53

J48
LS07
J57 R48 J60
IC6 J56
LB1651 J58 J59 J61

R51

J55
C20 8 J63 J65

1
J67 J68
J62 J64 J66

J69
1 IC7

C E
R61

TC74HC32AP
J75 IC8
C18 11 L7 1

J70
J77
J71 IC9

IC10
1

J73

J76
J74
TD62308AP
J72 L8 TD62308BP

B
C21
C23

R52
C19 D19

TR2
R55
TD62308AP

J78
(4) Lower rear sub PCB

D20 9
C25 L9 D22 9 J79 ZD1 J80
R57

CN5

8
J81 D21 9
J86 J87
1 4
J82 A13 A1

J85
FG2 L10 FG3

J83
J84
C26 R56 B13 B1
D23
CN1 C28 4 1
CN6
203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-1 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-3 1-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
2-1 2-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB serial communication signal,
output
2-3 2-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB serial communication signal,
input
2-5 2-4 0/5 V DC MPCB RESET signal, input
3-3B 3-1A 0/5 V DC PWSW1* (DIG0) on/off, input
3-4A 3-1B 0/5 V DC PWSW2* (DIG0) on/off, input
3-4B 3-2A 0/5 V DC PWSW3* (DIG0) on/off, input
3-5A 3-2B 0/5 V DC PWSW4* (DIG0) on/off, input
3-6A 3-1A 0/5 V DC PWSW1* (DIG1) on/off, input
3-6B 3-1B 0/5 V DC PWSW2* (DIG1) on/off, input
3-7A 3-2A 0/5 V DC PWSW3* (DIG1) on/off, input
3-7B 3-2B 0/5 V DC PWSW4* (DIG1) on/off, input
3-8B 3-1A 0/5 V DC PWSW1* (DIG2) on/off, input
3-9A 3-1B 0/5 V DC PWSW2* (DIG2) on/off, input
3-9B 3-2A 0/5 V DC PWSW3* (DIG2) on/off, input
3-10A 3-2B 0/5 V DC PWSW4* (DIG2) on/off, input
4-1A 4-7B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW1, output
4-1B 4-8B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW2, output
4-2A 4-9B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW3, output
4-2B 4-10B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW4, output
4-3A 4-15B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW1, output
4-3B 4-16B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW2, output
4-4A 4-17B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW3, output
4-4B 4-18B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW4, output
4-5A 4-11B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW1, output
4-5B 4-12B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW2, output
4-6A 4-13B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW3, output
4-6B 4-14B 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW4, output
4-7A 4-7B 0/5 V DC PSW1 on/off, input
4-8A 4-8B 0/5 V DC PSW2 on/off, input
4-9A 4-9B 0/5 V DC PSW3 on/off, input
4-10A 4-10B 0/5 V DC PSW4 on/off, input
4-11A 4-11B 0/5 V DC PFSW1 on/off, input
4-12A 4-12B 0/5 V DC PFSW2 on/off, input
4-13A 4-12B 0/5 V DC PFSW3 on/off, input
4-14A 4-12B 0/5 V DC PFSW4 on/off, input
4-15A 4-15B 0/5 V DC LICSW1 on/off, input
* Inch specifications only.
3-6-42
 203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

4-16A 4-16B 0/5 V DC LICSW2 on/off, input
4-17A 4-17B 0/5 V DC LICSW3 on/off, input
4-18A 4-18B 0/5 V DC LICSW4 on/off, input
4-19A 4-19B 0/5 V DC PLSW1 on/off, input
4-20A 4-20B 0/5 V DC PLSW2 on/off, input
4-21A 4-21B 0/5 V DC PLSW3 on/off, input
4-22A 4-22B 0/5 V DC PLSW4 on/off, input
4-23A 4-23B 0/5 V DC WTTSW on/off, input
4-24A 4-24B 0/5 V DC OFSW on/off, input
4-25A 4-7B 0/5 V DC SRHPSW on/off, input
5-1A 1-2 0/24 V DC PFCL1 on/off, output
5-1B 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL1, output
5-2A 1-2 0/24 V DC PFCL2 on/off, output
5-2B 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL2, output
5-3A 1-2 0/24 V DC PFCL3 on/off, output
5-3B 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL3, output
5-4A 1-2 0/24 V DC PFCL4 on/off, output
5-4B 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL4, output
5-5A 1-2 0/24 V DC FCL1 on/off, output
5-5B 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL1, output
5-6A 1-2 0/24 V DC FCL2 on/off, output
5-6B 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL2, output
5-7A 1-2 0/24 V DC FCL3 on/off, output
5-7B 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL3, output
5-8A 1-2 0/24 V DC FCL4 on/off, output
5-8B 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL4, output
5-9A 1-2 0/24 V DC CLM1 on/off, output
5-9B 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM1, output
5-10A 1-2 0/24 V DC CLM2 on/off, output
5-10B 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM2, output
5-11A 1-2 0/24 V DC CLM3 on/off, output
5-11B 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM3, output
5-12A 1-2 0/24 V DC CLM4 on/off, output
5-12B 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM4, output
6-1 1-2 0/24 V DC SRM (A) coil energization pulse, output
6-2 1-2 0/24 V DC SRM (A) coil energization pulse, output
6-3 1-2 0/24 V DC SRM (B) coil energization pulse, output
6-4 1-2 0/24 V DC SRM (B) coil energization pulse, output

3-6-43
 IC1 VHC245 11 33 C1 1
CON10
64 1
17

5 1 6 1 2
32 IC2
23

CON5 14 26
1 CON11 CON7
1 2 15 1 13 1 8
NF17
NF20

UM61256 9
NF31

1 CON2 5 CON4
IC5
NF2

DI1 DI2 CON3 5

NF43

C3
C2
NF1

NF30
NF28

CON9
NF32
NF33
NF34
NF35
NF36
NF37
NF38
NF39
60
30

IC7 F74 1
DEC 22V–0

DI4

NF40
5 8 DI3 DI5 4

NF41

NF42
IC8 IC4 DS26C32 COIL1 1
NF19

IC10VHC245

RA2 1 1
VHC245

11 11 6
VHC245

IC17
NF18

NF48 IC11 UM61256 DS8921AM

NF50

6 IC3 NF44 NF45 NF46 NF47

IC8

IC9

RA1 15 M51951BML IC19 F374 IC20 UM61256

1 1 1 1 60 41 11 11 15
TP1

IC18 F374
IC12 TMS27C040

DS8921AM IC21 F245 6 RA4 IC14 LS07 IC15 F04 IC16 HC14 61 40
11 1 1 1 8 8 8
1 IC13

6
IC24 F245
VHC245

11 11
VHC245

NF49 11 1
IC22

IC23

6 RA3 1 1 1
6 16 1 1 1 NF52 1 1
1 16 RA9 RA10
1 80 21 2
IC25 F245 1 1 A A 3
RA5 1 1 1 1
11 1 20 IC33 UM61256
IC29 F245 RA8
VHC245

11 11 RA6
NF21 NF22
NF23 NF24

NF26
NF27
NF29

6 RA7 IC32 M66256 15

IC28

11 11 K K X1

M66258
13 13
LED1 LED2
1

1
NF25

IC28
RA11 1

C4
IC31
1 1 F245 IC38 IC30 F245
6 IC34 F245 6 120 81 RA16 11

NF53
11 1 1
1

IC27 VHC245 RA13 6 RA14 RA15 6 1

NF14 NF13
NF16 NF15

1 1
NF12 NF11
NF4 NF3
NF6 NF5
NF8 NF7
NF10 NF9

1 RA21 RA22 1 121 80 IC42

120 91
78 9

RA17 RA18 RA19 1 16 16 RA23 1 X2

RA12 6 6 6 6 1 1 6 TP2 IC40 1
1 RA20 11 IC39 VHC245
11 11 31 TP3 90 TP5
1 1 16 1 1 1

16
15 IC36 TP4
16 16 F245 1 51 30
IC41 F245
1 1 1 11
CON1

RA25 RA26 RA27 1 1 1 TP6

6
IC44 IC37 F245
1 120 91 RA28 16 16
IC35 UM61256 1
RA24 RA29 160 41
90 1 1 1
44 IC43 1
1 11 11
80 TP7 30
45 1 40 61
176 1
1

1 1 81 100
31 60
RA30

IC45 F245 IC46 F245 RA31

IC48 M66257
IC47 VHC245 19
IC52
11 IC53
16

120 91 208
31

157
1

6
30 61
RA33 1 1 1 156
88 6 90
133 RA32 1
31 60 1
C5 1 IC49 VHC245 IC50 F245
89 132 X3 11 11

M66256
RA34 6 IC51 VHC245 13
TP8 6 11
NF54

IC54
1
1 RA35
1 1
IC55 F245 1
1
11 IC1205 M66256 30
IC56 F245 19
13 IC1201 61 52

M66257
11 52 1 TP9
IC1203 105
IC60
RA37

208

IC57
1 M66256 M66257 31 60 53 104
13 53 19
1 RA38
1 IC72
IC1204 M66255

IC58 F245 C6 1
IC59 F245

11 15
11 60 31 RA39
IC83 CY7C182 15

UM61256
15
1 61 30 IC75
1 1 1 19 136 103

IC1601 M66257

IC64
8
IC65 F04
RA43

102 C7
67
68
33
34

1 1 1 1
1

19 19

UM61256
19 104 157 15
M66257

IC69 M66257

M66257
1 105 156 IC73 CY7C182
IC80 F245 IC76 F374 IC67 F245

11 15

IC74
1 CON6

1
6

M66256

13

IC1701
IC68

90 1
IC1202
RA44

1 1

UM61256
1 1 1 15
1
RA45

11 1 IC1301 91 120
M66256

13 1 34
52 69

IC79
IC1304 208 IC1303
6

M66255 15 53 M66257 RA46 1

IC77
1

IC1501 35 68
1 19 76 1
11 1 RA47 RA48 RA49
77 304
IC89
RA50

24 1 24 IC90 1 24 IC91 1 24 IC92 1

M66257

19
25 25 25 25
1 1
11 19 1 19 80 80 80 80

IC94 M66257
IC82

IC1602 M66257

RA51

RA52
F374

RA54
RA53
IC81

1
35
36

C8
1
2

104 157
RA56

1
40 40 40 40
IC97 F374 IC93 F245

11 105 156 65 65
RA55

65 65
1 13 1

M66256
41 64 41 64 41 64 41 64
13

M66256

17

17

17
17

17

17
M66256
6

RA57

IC1302
13
6

IC96 F245 1
11 11

IC1405

23

23

23

23

23

23
IC98
1 IC1401 152 229
52 1 IC1403
1 M66257 153 228
1 19
1
1 IC404 M66255 53 208

M66256

M66256
2 3 19 15 13 13

IC101 M66257
COIL2
(5) IPU PCB

IC1703

IC1702
1
C9 1 1
1 IC1803

NF55

NF56
M66257
1

M66256
19 19 19

IC106 M66257
1

NF57

NF58

3-6-44
1

1
4 157

IC1604
104
IC109 IC110 IC111 IC112 IC113 IC114
105 158

C10

1
8 1 13

1
M66256
1 1 IC115 TMS27C040 IC116 TMS27C040 IC117 TMS27C040 IC118 TMS27C040 IC119 TMS27C040 IC120 TMS27C040
1

1
IC1402
CON8

RA58

RA59

RA60

RA61

RA62

RA63

RA64

RA65

RA66

RA67

RA68

RA69
203

YSD-E00075-001-A 3652805 Ver 2.0

6
1 C11
C12
 203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-1 – 1-60 4-1 CCDPPCB CISP image data signal
2-1 – 2-64 4-1 CCDPPCB CISP CPU bus signal
3-1 – 3-26 4-1 LSU image data signal
4-2 4-1 0/5 V DC SCPCB COPY permission signal, output
4-4 4-3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SCAN signal, output
4-5 4-3 0/5 V DC SCPCB V.SYNC– signal, output
4-6 4-3 0/5 V DC SCPCB V.SYNC signal, output
5-1 5-2 0/5 V DC MPCB RESET signal, output
5-3 5-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB serial communication signal,
input
5-5 5-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB serial communication signal,
output
7-1 5-2 0/5 V DC SCPCB BD SYNC signal, input
7-2 5-2 0/5 V DC SCPCB BD SYNC– signal, input
8-1 8-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
8-2 8-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
8-3 8-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
8-4 8-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
9-1 9-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
9-2 9-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
9-3 9-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
9-4 9-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input

3-6-45
 203

1 12 1 12

3-6-46
C1
L1 IC1 MP6801 IC2 MP6801

1
L2
(6) Scanner control PCB

L3

CN2
6

3652807 REV: 1 TR1 TR2 TR3TR4 TR5

L4
C2

R1
R2
R3
R4
R5

5
TR 11 TR 6 7 8 9 10
12 13 14 15

R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
CN1

L5
IC3
74HC10 IC4 74HC10 IC5

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

R
R11
8 8 uPC358G2
8 R12

L6
64 41 R24
IC6 R26
1

uPC494CS R27
TR16 65 C3
9 40 L7
1

F1
D6
TR17 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5
IC9 IC10 IC7 F2
SN75179B X2 IC11 8 13
M37702E4AFP 25 X1 F3
5 5
CN3

F4
80
F5
D7
D8 1 24 TR18 TR19 F6
5 IC8 M66210FP

R25
8 8 8
9

74HC14 5
D9 8

F7
F8
F9
F10
F11
F12
F13
1 0 1 IC12 74LS07 IC13 74RC00 IC14 74HC74
IC15
IC16 74HC14 IC17 SN75179B
12 2
F14
F15

11 1 CN6 PST600C 6 1 4 1
CN5 CN4 CN7
 203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-1 1-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
1-3 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-5 1-6 36 V DC 36 V DC supply, input
2-1 1-6 0/24 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output
2-2 1-6 0/24 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output
2-3 1-6 0/24 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output
2-4 1-6 0/24 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output
2-5 1-6 0/24 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output
3-1 1-2 0/5 V DC MPCB SM STOP signal, output
3-2 1-2 0/5 V DC CPSPCB EL on/off, output
3-3 1-2 0/5 V DC CPSPCB EL ALARM signal, output
3-5 1-2 0/5 V DC CPSPCB EL CONT signal, output
3-8 3-7 0/5 V DC SHPSW detection signal, input
3-9 3-7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SHPSW, output
4-2 4-1 0/5 V DC IPUPCB COPY permission signal, input
4-4 4-3 0/5 V DC IPUPCB SCAN signal, input
4-5 4-3 0/5 V DC IPUPCB V.SYNC– signal, input
4-6 4-3 0/5 V DC IPUPCB V.SYNC signal, input
5-1 5-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB serial communication signal,
output
5-3 5-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB serial communication signal,
input
5-5 5-4 0/5 V DC MPCB RESET signal, input
5-6 5-4 0/5 V DC MPCB SCAN signal, input
5-7 5-4 0/5 V DC MPCB ENABLE signal, input
5-8 5-4 0/5 V DC MPCB V.SYNC signal, output
5-9 5-4 0/5 V DC MPCB V.SYNC– signal, output
5-10 5-4 0/5 V DC MPCB V.TIM signal, output
5-11 5-4 0/5 V DC MPCB V.TIM– signal, output
7-1 5-4 0/5 V DC LSU BD TIM signal, input
7-2 5-4 0/5 V DC LSU BD TIM– signal, input
7-3 5-4 0/5 V DC IPUPCB BD SYNC signal, output
7-4 5-4 0/5 V DC IPUPCB BD SYNC– signal, output

3-6-47
 203

3-6-48
(7) CCD drive PCB

E
B
R12 C11
R52 R46 YSD-E00051-001-A

C20
TR6
R30 C25

R6
R24 R11 R5

E
C10 MADE IN JAPAN

TR5R18
C4
C3
R33
C37
R42

C
R23 C24 DEC 22V-O
R29 365CCD
R22 R17 C5 R53

R56
R28

C
6 7 8

LT1260CS
R50

E
IC4

R4

C19
74ACT04F
R10 R32

IC7
R51
C9 C21

C18
R48 3652808

C
R9 R16
C35
R39
TR4 L13

R43
C36
R49
R55
R54

C8 L8

R2
R1
R40
C33
C34
R45
R27
19 20

C23
B R15
R21 R3

R58
E
R20 R8 L12
R26 R44 R36 L7

C1
C2

E
R19 C22

LT1260CS
C17
R25 L11 R59 L15

C
B
R47 R7 TR3 R37

C
TR2
L14
74ACT04F
IC1

IC6
C7 L10

C
R31
L1 R57

R41 TR1
C28
C31
C27 R34 C26

R60
C16
R14
CN3 L6
L3

C14
C13

1 12 C6 L9 L5

R13
C15
C32
R61 1 2
L2 L4
C29

R35 C30 C12 CN1

 203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-1 1-2 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply, input
1-3 1-4 –12 V –12 V DC supply, input
1-5 1-6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
1-7 1-6 CCDPPCB communication signal
1-9 1-6 CCDPPCB communication signal
1-11 1-6 CCDPPCB communication signal
1-15 1-6 CCDPPCB communication signal
1-17 1-6 CCDPPCB communication signal
3-1 3-2 CCDPPCB communication signal
3-3 3-4 CCDPPCB communication signal
3-5 3-6 CCDPPCB communication signal
3-7 3-8 CCDPPCB communication signal
3-9 3-10 CCDPPCB communication signal
3-11 3-12 CCDPPCB communication signal

3-6-49
 F12

F13
F11

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7
789
203CISP YSD–E00083–001–A DEC 22V–0 2032807 12
CN3
1
C501B

C501A
C501C

1 19
C501E
C501F

IC103F IC103E IC103C IC103B IC102A IC101A IC103A CN1

C501D

IC102F IC101F IC102E IC101E IC102D IC102D IC103D IC102C IC101C IC102B IC101B
NJM4558M NJM4558M NJM4558M NJM4558M NJM4558M LT1228CS8 LT1223CS8 NJM4558M
LT1228CS8 LT1223CS8 LT1228CS8 LT1223CS8 LT1228CS8 LT1223CS8 LT1228CS8 LT1223CS8 LT1228CS8 LT1223CS8
C504D

C504C
C504F

C504E

C502B
IC106

C502A
C502D

C502C
C502F

C502E

C503A
NJU7201
C503C
C503D
C503E

C503B

2 20
2
C504B

C504A
C503F

2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1
2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 3
1 PTP3F 1 1 PTP3E PTP3C 1
PTP3D UPC78L08T-E1
PTP4F PTP2F PTP4E PTP2E C523E PTP4D C527D PTP2D C523D PTP4C C527C PTP2C C523C PTP4B PTP2B PTP3B PTP4A PTP2A PTP3A
C527F C523F C527E
C527B C523B C527A C523A

C521B
C521F

C508D
C508F

C508C
C508E

C521A
C521C

C521C
25
C521E
36

25

37 36 25 24
C508B

C508A
TP-5VD4 37 24 37 36 25 24 37 36 24

36

25
36

25
37 37
2

24 24

PTP1B 2
M62352FF F04

PTP1A 2
2
2
2
PTP1F

TPDG4 F2F F2E F2D F2C

PTP10

PTP1C
PTP1E

F2B F2A
F1F F1E F1D F1C IC107 IC109
1

13 13

1
13 F1A

C532
C510F

C516D 1
C510E

F1B
C510D
C516F

C510C

1
1

C516A
1

C516C

C516B
12 12 13 13

C510A
1 12 1

C510B
1
12 48 1
C526E

48 IC104E 48 1 12 1
IC104F IC104C 12
C512F MN6577H IC104D C512D C512C IC104A
MN6577H MN6577H IC104B
C512E MN6577H MN6577H
109 MN6577H C512B C512A HC20
FL39 108 73 73
FL19

FL21
FL20

C548 72 IC5 FL37 72 IC4

28 15 28 15
FL8 109 109 TP1

FL12

FL13

FL35
FL10 IC108
HC245 TP4 CY7C185 HC245 CY7C185 C538
TP3
7SH04 TC162GAB 7SH04 28
IC54 TC160GA8 14
SD-G/A 14 IC53 SO-G/A 15
IC27 1 IC28 1 108 73
IC50 72 A

FL17
FL22

24 13 7SH04
28 LED1
FL155

28 CY7C185
FL154

24 13 15
15 109

FL14
K
144 37 144 37
1 14 TP+5VD1
CY7C185 CY7C185
1 36 M66256FP 1 36 IC1
1 12 IC9 IC8
TP25 1 12 TP24 28
14 FL11 1 14 TC160GA8 TPDG1

FL18
IC37 FL9 IC36 15
SO-G/A
IC6 IC3
HC374
HC374 CY7C185
32 17 144 37
TPB

VHC32

VHC32

VHC32
FL25

HC374 HC374
HC374 HC245 1 14
1 IC7 8 36
IC2
TPDG3 5
M51008AFP IC17 IC26 IC24
IC15 IC25

FL31

FL16
FL27

FL32

FL30
FL28
IC22 IC20 IC30

100
IC14

FL6
25 1
4

FL4
26 OSC18
HC374 HC245 HC374 HC374
HC374 1 IC41 16

VHC04
TP5

VHC161
1

FL40
OSC1A

FL5
32 17 HC374
208 157
IC16 IC18 TC160G41

FL7

TP18

TP17
IC21 IC29

TP6
IC19
FL26

IC13 1
50 76 IC64 IC67

156
FL106
FL137
FL105

FL103
FL102

FL100
FL101
ICSPACE1 M51008AFP TP9

FL89
FL90
FL91
FL92
FL93
FL94
FL95
FL96
FL97
FL98
FL99

FL73
FL74
FL75
FL76
FL77
FL78
FL79
FL80
FL81
FL82
FL83
FL84
FL85
FL86
FL87
FL88

FL156
51 8

TC7W14FU
VHC74
IC43 75 5
25 1 25 1 1 4 D65658GD
SY5_G/A

FL157
26

1 16

FL1
IC40 TP11 IC68 IC65 IC11
100 26 100 7SH32 TP20 TP19
ICSPACE2 IC38 IC66

TP2

TP7
FL158

FL159
32

TP+5VD5
IC69 17
TC160G41 VHC74
FL2

FL23
VHC74

FL151
105
50

76 76 M51008AFP 52 C537 C545

FL3
50 IC55 30
IC70 36 19 1
51 53 IC12 104
IC45 75 51 IC44 75
VHC74 1 16
30 1 30 1 31

JAPAN
M66257FP 120
120 TP14
IC59 31 120 IC57 31 IC39 1 18
(8) CCD processing PCB

36 19 36 LNC365 C547 C546

19
TP10 32 17
D65802GJ-141

FL24
M66257FP LNC365

TP13

TP12
LNC365 M66257FP IC56 60 91

FL153
19
D65802GJ-141 M51008AFP 36
L1

TP15
1 18 D65802GJ-141 18
91 1 91
60

FL152
60 61 IC61 90

TP16

MADE IN
1 16 M66257FP TP23
IC60 IC58

TC7W08FU

TP+5VD3
36

TPCG2
19 61 IC63 90 36 19 61 IC62 90
IC46 IC47 1 18 IC42
L2

L4
M66257FP L3
M66257FP

HC374

F22

F20

F17
HC374 HC374 IC31 TP22 TP21
HC374

VHC32
IC32 IC52 IC33 IC34

TC7W04FU

F16
18 1 18

VHC04
1 7SH08
IC35 IC46 CNC
TP-5VD2 HC245 HC245 HC245 HC245
99 3
1 8

C549
97 IC10 IC23 IC51
4
100

FL72
TPSG5

FL48
FL46

FL70
2

FL54

FL64
FL52
FL42

FL44

FL58

FL60

FL62

FL66

FL68
FL50
98

FL53

FL59

FL61

FL63

FL65

FL71
FL57

FL67
CN5

FL43

FL49

FL51

FL69
FL45

FL55
FL41
26LS32 1 2
203
CN6

3-6-50
IC49 CNB 63 CNA
DF3A
59
1 1
4 1
2 2
CND 60
64
203
 203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

A-1 – A-64 D-2 IPUPCB communication signal
B-1 – B-60 D-2 IPUPCB communication signal
D-1 D-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB serial signal, input
D-3 D-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB serial signal, output
1-1 – 1-20 5-3 CCDDPCB communication signal
3-1 – 3-12 5-3 CCDDPCB communication signal
5-1 5-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
5-2 5-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
5-5 5-6 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply, input
5-7 5-8 –12 V –12 V DC supply, input

3-6-51
 3652806 REV : 2 S-707V
CN5
CN2 CN1

L10

L11
7

L9
CN7

IC1 TD62381F 5 1 7 1

CN6
KA KA 10 4
KA
2
1

D1 D2 3 KA

16
15
K 2

NF3
A A K IC30 D4
KA S-29190AFJ 1 IC2
KA A K A K

L6
L7
L8
D5 D6 5 9
D3
A K A K 1
1
1 C3 + C1 + + C2
KA C KA G HC14
D7 Q2 NF1 IC11 IC7
8 NF7

F1
B 1 8 8

1 D9
A K E 24 KA
M3770254 A V O 8
25 A K
14
13

X1 D8 K IC6

2
80 +
1 1 M519518ML KA

13
14
8 1 L12 A K
IC4 F74 IC5 F04 IC8 D10

CN3
11.98135MHz NF10 LS07 1 C4
IC3
LS07 8 8
8 8 8
1 65 L13
L1 40 +
11
1 NF9
C5 1 1 1 1
41 RA4 64 RA8 IC13 IC14 F32
IC12 IC15 F08 IC16 F32
F32 F32 L14

1
2
IC18
F373 9 9 8
RA1 RA2 RA3 RA5

NF12

NF14
1
21
NF24

IC10 11

NF11
F373 1 1 1 IC25
IC19 F138 IC20 F32 IC21 F32

NF16
IC29 NF13 15
M27C4002 C6
+

29

30
CN4

100
1 1 IC24
L2 15

81

+ NF20
21
(9) Operation unit main PCB

L3
NF21

80
NF18

1
1
2

NF19
KA 1
D11 Q3 C
CXK58257AM
M27C4002

C7
E C IC22 15
B 1
C
Q5 IC23 CXK58257AM IC28

NF23
B

NF22
E E 1 15
D12 Q4 C B
3

4
KA
21

SED1351F
L4
Q6 1
B E C

51
L5 C CXK58257AM

30
NF17
KA
D13 E 1

31
A K B EBQ8
D14 Q7 IC27

50
CXK58257AM

CN8
IC26 1
M27C4002

3-6-52
203
 203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-1 1-3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-2 1-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
1-6 1-3 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply, input
1-7 1-3 –12 V –12 V DC supply, input
2-1 2-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB serial communication signal,
input
2-3 2-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB serial communication signal,
output
2-5 2-4 0/5 V DC MPCB RESET signal, input
3-1 3-8 0/5 V DC LCD control signal, output
3-2 1-3 –23 V DC –23 V DC supply for LCD, output
3-3 3-8 0/5 V DC LCD control signal, output
3-4 3-8 0/5 V DC LCD control signal, output
3-5 3-8 0/5 V DC LCD control signal, output
3-6 3-8 0/5 V DC LCD control signal, output
3-7 1-3 –23 V DC –23 V DC supply for LCD, output
3-9 3-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LCD, output
3-10 3-8 0/5 V DC LCD control signal, output
3-11 3-8 0/5 V DC LCD control signal, output
3-12 3-8 0/5 V DC LCD control signal, output
3-13 3-8 0/5 V DC LCD control signal, output
3-14 3-8 0/5 V DC LCD control signal, output
4-1 1-4 0/5 V DC Touch screen (Y2) detection voltage,
output
4-2 1-4 0/5 V DC Touch screen (X1) detection voltage,
input
4-3 1-4 0/5 V DC Touch screen (Y1) detection voltage,
input
4-4 1-4 0/5 V DC Touch screen (X2) detection voltage,
output
6-1 6-3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OLPCB, output
6-2 6-3 –23 V DC –23 V DC supply for OLPCB, output
6-4 6-3 15 – 18 V DC OLPCB contrast adjustment control VR
voltage, input
6-5 1-4 0/5 V DC OLPCB (DIGIT KEY L1) key return
signal, input
6-6 1-4 0/5 V DC OLPCB (DIGIT KEY L2) key return
signal, input
6-9 1-4 0/5 V DC OLPCB (SCAN L3) scan signal, input
6-10 1-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OLPCB, output

3-6-53
203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

6-11 1-4 0/5 V DC OLPCB (DIGIT LED L1) LED on, output
6-12 1-4 0/5 V DC OLPCB (DIGIT LED L2) LED on, output
6-13 1-4 0/5 V DC OLPCB (DIGIT LED L3) LED on, output
6-14 1-4 0/5 V DC OLPCB backlight on/off, output
6-15 1-4 0/5 V DC OLPCB relay signal, output
6-16 1-4 0/5 V DC OLPCB relay signal, output
7-1 1-4 0/5 V DC ORPCB (DIGIT KEY R1) key return
signal, input
7-2 1-4 0/5 V DC ORPCB (DIGIT KEY R2) key return
signal, input
7-3 1-4 0/5 V DC ORPCB (DIGIT KEY R3) key return
signal, input
7-4 1-4 0/5 V DC ORPCB (DIGIT KEY R4) key return
signal, input
7-5 1-4 0/5 V DC ORPCB (DIGIT KEY R5) key return
signal, input
7-6 1-4 0/5 V DC ORPCB (SCAN R1) scan signal, input
7-7 1-4 0/5 V DC ORPCB (SCAN R2) scan signal, input
7-8 1-4 0/5 V DC ORPCB (SCAN R3)scan signal, input
7-9 1-4 0/5 V DC ORPCB (SCAN R4) scan signal, input
7-10 1-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB (DIGIT LED R1) LED on, output
7-11 1-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB (DIGIT LED R2) LED on, output
7-12 1-4 0/5 V DC ORPCB buzzer on/off, output
7-13 1-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ORPCB, output

3-6-54
203

3-6-55
TR3
LED7 JP42

B C E
L1 REV: 1 UL No.
S3
3652814
LED6
R20
PCB B
JP44

JP32

JP31
JP40 LED15
12

D3
R5
1 B

R6
TR8

JP41
E C
CNC

JP39 S24
1

S19
T1

JP35
JP38 S26 S18

JP36
JP37 JP33

JP27
R19

JP30

JP29

JP28
LED16
C2

TR11
C1 JP34
6

R10
7

LED14
JP25
R11
JP24 S2
JP23
4

E C B
TR6

LED4 B1 S23
B C E
JP26
TR5

S25 S17 S16

TR7 R8
B C E

R28
D7
E

R7
E

JP15

S6 JP22 TR9 JP21

LED10
C

C
B

JP11 JP9

JP7
R17
B

JP6
JP16
R15

R26
R18

D6
R25
JP20 TR4
PCB A R16 JP19
JP14 JP10 LED12
B C E
S15 S14 S13
JP18

3652814 JP17 S21

D1

TR10
JP13
REV: 1 JP8
UL No. B C E
JP43

S4 R22
B2

LED8 R13 JP3

JP4 S12 S11 S10
JP45 JP12
R12 JP1
JP5
TH1 LED11 BZ

R23

R24
D5
S20
3

D4

R21
R9
CNA
3

UL No.
2
(10) Operation unit PCB

R29
CNV 12
1

1 JP2
1
R32

S9 S8
VR1

CNB S7
R14

13 1

3652814
REV: 1
PCB V
203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

A-1 A-3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
A-2 A-3 –23 V DC –23 V DC supply, input
A-4 A-3 15 – 18 V DC OMPCB contrast adjustment control VR
voltage, output
A-5 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (DIGIT KEY L1) key return
signal, output
A-6 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (DIGIT KEY L2) key return
signal, output
A-8 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (SCAN L2) scan signal, output
A-9 A-3 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC OMPCB (SCAN L3) scan
signal, output
A-10 A-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
A-11 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (DIGIT LED L1) LED on, input
A-12 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (DIGIT LED L2) LED on, input
A-13 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (DIGIT LED L3) LED on, input
A-14 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB backlight on/off, input
A-15 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB relay signal, input
A-16 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB relay signal, input
B-1 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (DIGIT KEY R1) key return
signal, output
B-2 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (DIGIT KEY R2) key return
signal, output
B-3 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (DIGIT KEY R3) key return
signal, output
B-4 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (DIGIT KEY R4) key return
signal, output
B-5 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (DIGIT KEY R5) key return
signal, output
B-6 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (SCAN R1) scan signal, output
B-7 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (SCAN R2) scan signal, output
B-8 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (SCAN R3) scan signal, output
B-9 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (SCAN R4) scan signal, output
B-10 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (DIGIT LED R1) LED on,
output
B-11 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (DIGIT LED R2) LED on,
output
B-12 A-3 0/5 V DC OMPCB (DIGIT LED R3) LED on,
output
B-13 A-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
C-1 C-4 0/5 V DC Backlight on/off, output

3-6-56
 203

(11) Noise filter PCB

L1 3652817 REV: 2 C9

3 1
CN1
C10 IC1
VR1
5
TB1
EL1 1

R4

R5
C8
ZD1
VR2

R6

R2
R3
TP1
D1

TB3

C5
R1

J2

TB2
C1

TB4
CT1
C2

UPK031365
J1

C4
DPK SU2AV-0

2
CN2

CN3
1

1
Note: Terminal voltages related to the stapler-sorter and MMD apply only when these
options are installed.

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

TB1 TB2 120 V AC 120 V AC supply, input
220 – 240 V AC 220 – 240 V AC supply, input
TB4 TB3 120 V AC 120 V AC supply for CPSPCB, PRY,
output
220 – 240 V AC 220 – 240 V AC supply for CPSPCB,
PRY, output
1-1 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-3 1-2 0/24 V DC Control signal for MPCB, output
2-1 2-2 120 V AC 120 V AC supply for stapler-sorter
outlet, output
220 – 240 V AC 220 – 240 V AC supply for stapler-sorter
outlet, output
3-1 3-2 120 V AC 120 V AC supply for MMD, output
220 – 240 V AC 220 – 240 V AC supply for MMD, output

3-6-57
203

(12) Heater control PCB

C2
T1 G T1 G TRC1 G DS G DS
FET1 FET2
TRC2
T2 TB2 T2 R5 R7
JP4
JP1
JP2

JP3
C1
CR2

R6

R8

JP5
CR1

R2
JP6 TR3 TR4
E C B E C B
R4 TR1 TR2
4

E C B E C B
4
4
PC1
CN1

PC2

R10
JP8
R9
1
K-3219V-0

1 L1

JP7
JP9
R1

R3
JP10
TB1

D1
1

CN4 CN3 CN5

D2 2 1 3 1
2 1
CN2
3652815
1 5
REV: 2

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

TB1 TB2 120 V AC 120 V AC supply, input
220 – 240 V AC 220 – 240 V AC supply, input
1-1 1-3 120 V AC 120 V AC supply for H1, output
220 – 240 V AC 220 – 240 V AC supply for H1, output
1-2 1-4 120 V AC 120 V AC supply for H2, output
220 – 240 V AC 220 – 240 V AC supply for H2, output
2-1 4-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
2-2 4-2 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, input
2-3 4-2 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, input
2-4 4-2 0/5 V DC PFDH on/off, input
2-5 4-2 0/5 V DC TDH, THF on/off, input
3-1 3-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
4-1 4-2 0/5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LSUDH, PFDH,
output
5-1 5-3 0/5 V DC 5 V DC supply for TDH, THF, output

3-6-58
 203

(13) Toner feed motor PCB

IC1 CN1
HC74
TR2

TR1
CN5

IC4 IC3 C20 C17

HC14 HC14 D17
CN4

C11
MB3853PS uPC78N12H

CN2
IC7 G
IC9
1 9 C19
IC2
HC132 D18
3652828 L3

D6 C3 D7 D14 C7 D15
D2 D3 D10 D11

11
IC5 IC6 L1

CN3
LB1651 LB1651
L2

C15
1
D1 D4 D9 MB3853PS
D12 IC8
D5 D8 D13 1 9
D16
UPK028365 ORN22

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-1 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-3 1-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
2-1 1-2 0/24 V DC CCM forward signal, input
2-2 1-2 0/24 V DC CCM reverse signal, input
2-3 1-4 0/5 V DC TFM4 on/off, output
2-5 1-4 0/5 V DC TFM3 on/off, output
2-7 1-4 0/5 V DC TFM2 on/off, output
2-9 1-4 0/5 V DC TFM1 on/off, output
5-1 1-4 0/5 V DC TFM1 – 4 CLK signal, input
5-2 1-4 0/5 V DC TFM1 on/off, input
5-3 1-4 0/5 V DC TFM2 on/off, input
5-4 1-4 0/5 V DC TFM3 on/off, input
5-5 1-4 0/5 V DC TFM4 on/off, input
5-6 1-2 0/24 V DC CCM RST signal, input
5-7 1-2 0/24 V DC CCM monitor signal, input
5-8 1-2 0/24 V DC CCM forward signal, input
5-9 1-2 0/24 V DC CCM reverse signal, input

3-6-59
203

(14) Transfer belt control PCB

1 12 1 12

IC1 MP6801 IC2 MP6801

C1
+
L1

3652826 REV: 2
CN1 L2
1

MEC-40V-0
L3

4
TR1 TR2 TR3 TR4 TR5
L4

CN2
L5 C2
TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10

+
TR6
TR11TR12TR13TR14TR15
5

L6
R1

1
IC3 74HC10 IC4 UPC358G2

2
1
8
5
TR16
IC5 uPC494

F1

F2

F3
9 IC6 M37702E4AFP

CN3
7

1
1 TR19
TR17 64 41
D1
D4 D5 D6
C3 1 D2 D3
65 40 TR18

10
9
L7
+
IC7 TA8428K

F4

F5
F6
IC9 74HC10
8 IC10 74HC14
F8 8
1
IC8 74HC14 80 25
1 IC12
1

L8

L9

1
1 24
F9

X1
13
JP1

VR1 PST600C D7
TR20
CN4 1
IC11 M66210FP
8 2
7 1

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-1 2-2 0/24 V DC (pulse) TBM (A) coil energization pulse, output
1-2 2-2 0/24 V DC (pulse) TBM (B) coil energization pulse, output
1-3 2-2 0/24 V DC (pulse) TBM (C) coil energization pulse, output
1-4 2-2 0/24 V DC (pulse) TBM (D) coil energization pulse, output
1-5 2-2 0/24 V DC (pulse) TBM (E) coil energization pulse, output
2-1 2-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
2-4 2-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
3-1 2-3 0/5 V DC MPCB TBM on/off, input
3-2 2-3 0/5 V DC MPCB TBM high speed/low speed
control signal, input
3-3 2-3 0/5 V DC MPCB TBM CLK signal, input
3-4 2-3 0/5 V DC MPCB TBM SYNC signal, input
3-5 2-3 0/5 V DC MPCB TBM RESET signal, input
3-6 2-3 0/5 V DC MPCB TBPM forward signal, input
3-7 2-3 0/5 V DC MPCB TBPM reverse signal, input
3-9 2-3 0/5 V DC MPCB TBPS on/off, output
3-10 2-3 0/5 V DC MPCB TBTS on/off, output

3-6-60
 203

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

4-1 4-4 0/5 V DC TBPS on/off, input
4-3 4-2 0/5 V DC TBTS on/off, input
4-5 4-4 0/5 V DC 5 V DC supply for TBTS, output
4-6 4-2 0/5 V DC 5 V DC supply for TBPS, output
4-7 4-2 0/5 V DC TBPM forward signal, output
4-8 4-2 0/5 V DC TBPM reverse signal, output

3-6-61
203

3-6-4 Electrical problems

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
(1) No electricity at the Measure the input voltage.
The machine power outlet.
does not op-
erate when The power cord is Check the contact between the power plug
not plugged in and the outlet.
the main
switch is properly.
turned on. The front cover, Check the front, paper feed section, bypass,
paper feed section eject and waste toner tank covers.
cover, bypass
cover, eject cover
or waste toner tank
cover is not closed
completely.
Broken power Check for continuity. If none, replace the
cord. power cord.
Defective main Check for continuity across the contacts. If
switch. none, replace the main switch.

Blown fuse in the Check for continuity. If none, remove the

composite power cause of blowing and replace the fuse.
source PCB.
Defective safety Check for continuity across the contacts. If
switch 1, 2, 3, 4 or none, replace the switch.
5.
Defective compos- With AC present, check for 5 V DC at CN4-1
ite power source to CN4-10, –5 V DC at CN5-7, +12 V DC at
PCB. CN5-3 to CN5-5; –12 V DC at CN5-6, 24 V
DC at CN2-1 to CN2-6 and CN3-1 to CN3-6
and 36 V DC at CN5-1. If none, replace the
PCB.
(2) Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
The drum drum motor con- terminals. If none, replace them.
motor does nector terminals.
not operate
Broken drive motor Check visually and replace the drum motor if
(C200).
gear. necessary.

3-6-62
 203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(2) Defective drum If the drum motor does not operate when
The drum motor. CN5-1 on the upper rear sub PCB goes low,
motor does replace the motor.
not operate
Defective upper If CN5-1 on the upper rear sub PCB does
(C200).
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.
(3) Broken scanner Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The scanner motor coil. replace the scanner motor.
motor does
not operate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
scanner motor terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.
Defective scanner Check if the motor drive coil energization
control PCB. pulse signals are output at CN2-1, -2, -3, -4
and -5 on the scanner control PCB during
scanner initialization immediately after the
main switch is turned on. If not, replace the
PCB.
(4) Broken paper feed Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The paper motor coil. replace the paper feed motor.
feed motor
does not op- Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
erate (C230). paper feed motor terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.
Defective main If CN12-10A on the main PCB does not go
PCB. low, replace the PCB.

(5) Broken developing Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The develop- motor coil. replace the developing motor.
ing motor
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
does not op-
erate (C210). developing motor terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.

Defective upper If CN5-2 on the upper rear sub PCB does

rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.

3-6-63
203-1

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(6) Broken fixing mo- Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The fixing tor coil. replace the fixing motor.
motor does
not operate Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
fixing motor con- terminals. If none, replace them.
(C260).
nector terminals.
Defective upper If CN6-14A on the upper rear sub PCB goes
rear sub PCB. low, replace the PCB.

(7) Broken transfer Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The transfer belt motor coil. replace the transfer belt motor.
belt motor
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
does not
operate. transfer belt motor terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.

Defective transfer Check if the pulse signals are output at CN1-1,

belt control PCB. -2, -3, -4 and -5 on the transfer belt control
PCB. If not, replace the PCB.

(8) Broken transfer Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The transfer belt pressure mo- replace the transfer belt pressure motor.
belt pressure tor coil.
motor does
not operate Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
(C225). transfer belt pres- terminals. If none, replace them.
sure motor con-
nector terminals.
Defective transfer Check if CN4-7 or -8 on the transfer belt
belt control PCB. control PCB does not go low, replace the
PCB.
(9) Broken charger Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The charger cleaning motor replace the charger cleaning motor.
cleaning mo- coil.
tor does not
operate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
charger cleaning terminals. If none, replace them.
motor connector
terminals.
Defective toner If CN2-1 or -2 on the toner feed motor PCB
feed motor PCB. does not go low, replace the PCB.

3-6-64
 203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(10) Broken lift motor 1 Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Lift motor 1 coil. replace lift motor 1.
does not op-
erate (C250). Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
lift motor 1 connec- terminals. If none, replace them.
tor terminals.
Defective lower If CN5-9A on the lower rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.

(11) Broken lift motor 2 Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Lift motor 2 coil. replace lift motor 2.
does not op-
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
erate (C251).
lift motor 2 connec- terminals. If none, replace them.
tor terminals.
Defective lower If CN5-10A on the lower rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.
(12) Broken lift motor 3 Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Lift motor 3 coil. replace lift motor 3.
does not op-
erate (C252). Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
lift motor 3 connec- terminals. If none, replace them.
tor terminals.

Defective lower If CN5-11A on the lower rear sub PCB does

rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.
(13) Broken lift motor 4 Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Lift motor 4 coil. replace the lift motor 4.
does not op-
erate (C253). Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
lift motor 4 connec- terminals. If none, replace them.
tor terminals.
Defective lower If CN5-12A on the lower rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.

3-6-65
203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(14) Broken upper de- Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The upper veloping unit shift replace the upper developing unit shift motor.
developing motor coil.
unit shift mo-
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
tor does not
operate upper developing terminals. If none, replace them.
(C240). unit shift motor con-
nector terminals.

Defective upper Check if the pulse signals are output at CN7-1,

rear sub PCB. -2, -3 and -4 on the upper rear sub PCB. If not,
replace the PCB.

(15) Broken lower de- Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The lower veloping unit shift replace the lower developing unit shift motor.
developing motor coil.
unit shift mo-
tor does not Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
operate lower developing terminals. If none, replace them.
unit shift motor con-
(C241).
nector terminals.
Defective upper Check if the pulse signals are output at CN7-5,
rear sub PCB. -6, -7 and -8 on the upper rear sub PCB. If not,
replace the PCB.
(16) Broken toner feed Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Toner feed motor 1 coil. replace the toner feed motor 1.
motor 1 does
not operate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
toner feed motor 1 terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.
Defective toner If CN2-9 or -10 on the toner feed motor PCB
feed motor PCB. does not go low, replace the PCB.

(17) Broken toner feed Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Toner feed motor 2 coil. replace toner feed motor 2.
motor 2 does
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
not operate.
toner feed motor 2 terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.

Defective toner If CN2-7 or -8 on the toner feed motor PCB

feed motor PCB. does not go low, replace the PCB.

3-6-66
 203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(18) Broken toner feed Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Toner feed motor 3 coil. replace toner feed motor 3.
motor 3 does
not operate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
toner feed motor 3 terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.
Defective toner If CN2-5 or CN2-6 on the toner feed motor
feed motor PCB. PCB does not go low, replace the PCB.
(19) Broken toner feed Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Toner feed motor 4 coil. replace the toner feed motor 4.
motor 4 does
not operate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
toner feed motor 4 terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.
Defective toner If CN2-3 or CN2-4 on the toner feed motor
feed motor PCB. PCB does not go low, replace the PCB.

(20) Broken paper con- Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Paper con- veying fan motor 1 replace the paper conveying fan motor 1 or
veying fan or 2 coil. 2.
motor 1 or 2
does not op- Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
erate. paper conveying terminals. If none, replace them.
fan motor 1 or 2
connector termi-
nals.
Defective main If CN11-13 on the main PCB does not go
PCB. low, replace the PCB.
(21) Broken internal Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The internal cooling fan motor replace the internal cooling fan motor.
cooling fan coil.
motor does
not operate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
internal cooling fan terminals. If none, replace them.
motor connector
terminals.
Defective upper If CN3-12A on the upper rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.

3-6-67
203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(22) Broken ozone ex- Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The ozone haust fan motor replace the ozone exhaust fan motor.
exhaust fan coil.
motor does
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
not operate.
ozone exhaust fan terminals. If none, replace them.
motor connector
terminals.

Defective upper If CN6-13A on the upper rear sub PCB does

rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.
(23) Broken fixing fan Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The fixing fan motor 1 or 2 coil. replace the fixing fan motor 1 or 2.
motor 1 or 2
does not op- Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
fixing fan motor 1 terminals. If none, replace them.
erate.
or 2 connector
terminals.
Defective upper If CN6-13A on the upper rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.
(24) Broken duct fan Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The duct fan motor coil. replace the duct fan motor.
motor does
not operate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
duct fan motor terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.
Defective upper If CN8-2 on the upper rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.

(25) Broken PVU fan Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The PVU fan motor coil. replace the PVU fan motor.
motor does
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
not operate.
PVU fan motor terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.

Defective compos- If CN10-4 on the composite power source

ite power source PCB does not go low, replace the PCB.
PCB.

3-6-68
 203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(26) Broken optical sec- Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The optical tion outer fan mo- replace the optical section outer fan motor 1
section outer tor 1 or 2 coil. or 2.
fan motor 1 or
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
2 does not
operate. optical section terminals. If none, replace them.
outer fan motor 1
or 2 connector
terminals.
Defective main If CN8-25 on the main PCB does not go low,
PCB. replace the PCB.

(27) Broken optical sec- Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The optical tion inner fan mo- replace the optical section inner fan motor 1
section inner tor 1 or 2 coil. or 2.
fan motor 1 or
2 does not Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
operate. optical section fan terminals. If none, replace them.
inner motor 1 or 2
connector termi-
nals.
Defective main If CN8-20 on the main PCB does not go low,
PCB. replace the PCB.
(28) Broken paper feed Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Paper feed clutch 1 coil. replace the paper feed clutch 1.
clutch 1 does
not operate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
paper feed clutch 1 terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.
Defective lower If CN5-9A on the lower rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.

(29) Broken paper feed Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Paper feed clutch 2 coil. replace the paper feed clutch 2.
clutch 2 does
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
not operate.
paper feed clutch 2 terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.

Defective lower If CN5-10A on the lower rear sub PCB does

rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.

3-6-69
203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(30) Broken paper feed Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Paper feed clutch 3 coil. replace the paper feed clutch 3.
clutch 3 does
not operate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
paper feed clutch 3 terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.
Defective lower If CN5-11A on the lower rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.
(31) Broken paper feed Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Paper feed clutch 4 coil. replace the paper feed clutch 4.
clutch 4 does
not operate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
paper feed clutch 4 terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.
Defective lower If CN5-12A on the lower rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.

(32) Broken feed clutch Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Feed clutch 1 1 coil. replace the feed clutch 1.
does not op-
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
erate.
feed clutch 1 con- terminals. If none, replace them.
nector terminals.
Defective lower If CN5-5A on the lower rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.
(33) Broken feed clutch Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Feed clutch 2 2 coil. replace the feed clutch 2.
does not op-
erate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
feed clutch 2 con- terminals. If none, replace them.
nector terminals.

Defective lower If CN5-6A on the lower rear sub PCB does

rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.

3-6-70
 203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(34) Broken feed clutch Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Feed clutch 3 3 coil. replace feed clutch 3.
does not op-
erate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
feed clutch 3 con- terminals. If none, replace them.
nector terminals.
Defective lower If CN5-7A on the lower rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.

(35) Broken feed clutch Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Feed clutch 4 4 coil. replace the feed clutch 4.
does not op-
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
erate.
feed clutch 4 con- terminals. If none, replace them.
nector terminals.
Defective lower If CN5-8A on the lower rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.
(36) Broken speed Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The speed clutch coil. replace the speed clutch.
clutch does
not operate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
speed clutch con- terminals. If none, replace them.
nector terminals.

Defective lower If CN5-13A on the lower rear sub PCB does

rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.
(37) Broken registration Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The registra- clutch coil. replace the registration clutch.
tion clutch
does not op- Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
registration clutch terminals. If none, replace them.
erate.
connector termi-
nals.
Defective main If CN12-19A on the main PCB does not go
PCB. low, replace the PCB.

3-6-71
203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(38) Broken bypass Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The bypass paper feed clutch replace the bypass paper feed clutch.
paper feed coil.
clutch does
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
not operate.
bypass paper feed terminals. If none, replace them.
clutch connector
terminals.

Defective upper If CN3-9A on the upper rear sub PCB does

rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.
(39) Broken bypass Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The bypass solenoid coil. replace the bypass solenoid.
solenoid does
not operate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
bypass solenoid terminals. If none, replace them.
connector termi-
nals.
Defective upper If CN3-10A on the upper rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.
(40) Broken developing Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Developing unit clutch 1 coil. replace developing unit clutch 1.
unit clutch 1
does not op- Poor contact in Check for continuity across the connector
erate. developing unit terminals. If none, replace them.
clutch 1 connector
terminals.
Defective main If CN13-17 on the main PCB does not go
PCB. low, replace the PCB.

(41) Broken developing Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Developing unit clutch 2 coil. replace developing unit clutch 2.
unit clutch 2
Poor contact in Check for continuity across the connector
does not op-
erate. developing unit terminals. If none, replace them.
clutch 2 connector
terminals.

Defective main If CN13-18 on the main PCB does not go

PCB. low, replace the PCB.

3-6-72
 203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(42) Broken developing Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Developing unit clutch 3 coil. replace developing unit clutch 3.
unit clutch 3
does not op- Poor contact in Check for continuity across the connector
developing unit terminals. If none, replace them.
erate.
clutch 3 connector
terminals.
Defective main If CN13-19 on the main PCB does not go
PCB. low, replace the PCB.
(43) Broken developing Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Developing unit clutch 4 coil. replace developing unit clutch 4.
unit clutch 4
does not op- Poor contact in Check for continuity across the connector
erate. developing unit terminals. If none, replace them.
clutch 4 connector
terminals.
Defective main If CN13-20 on the main PCB does not go
PCB. low, replace the PCB.

(44) Broken transfer Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The transfer roller pressure replace the transfer roller pressure clutch.
roller pres- clutch coil.
sure clutch
does not op- Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
erate (C231). transfer roller pres- terminals. If none, replace them.
sure clutch con-
nector terminals.
Defective upper If CN6-12A on the upper rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.

(45) Broken belt Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The belt smoothing clutch replace the belt smoothing clutch.
smoothing coil.
clutch does
not operate. Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
belt smoothing terminals. If none, replace them.
clutch connector
terminals.
Defective upper If CN6-11A on the upper rear sub PCB does
rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.

3-6-73
203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(46) Broken belt clean- Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The belt ing pressure clutch replace the belt cleaning pressure clutch.
cleaning pres- coil.
sure clutch
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
does not op-
erate (C224). belt cleaning pres- terminals. If none, replace them.
sure clutch con-
nector terminals.

Defective upper If CN6-9A on the upper rear sub PCB does

rear sub PCB. not go low, replace the PCB.
(47) Broken belt Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The belt smoothing sole- replace the belt smoothing solenoid.
smoothing noid coil.
solenoid does
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
not operate.
belt smoothing terminals. If none, replace them.
solenoid connector
terminals.

Defective upper If the belt smoothing solenoid operates when

rear sub PCB. CN3-11A or -11B on the upper rear sub PCB
goes low, replace the PCB.

(48) Broken oil solenoid Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The oil sole- coil. replace the oil solenoid.
noid does not
Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
operate.
oil solenoid con- terminals. If none, replace them.
nector terminals.
Defective main If the oil solenoid operates when CN11-6 on
PCB. the main PCB goes low, replace the PCB.

3-6-74
 203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(49) Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
The cleaning cleaning lamp con- terminals. If none, replace them.
lamp does not nector terminals.
light.
Defective cleaning Check for one-way continuity across each
lamp. LED comprising the cleaning lamp. If none,
replace the cleaning lamp.
Defective main If the cleaning lamp lights when CN13-24 on
PCB. the main PCB goes low, replace the PCB.
(50) Poor contact in the Check for continuity across the connector
The exposure exposure lamp terminals. If none, replace them.
lamp does not connector termi-
light (C100). nals.
Defective scanner If the exposure lamp lights when CN3-2 on
control PCB. the scanner control PCB goes low, replace
the PCB.
Defective compos- If the exposure lamp does not light when
ite power source CN9-3 on the composite power source PCB
PCB. goes low, replace the PCB.
(51) Defective scanner If CN3-2 on the scanner control PCB is al-
The exposure control PCB. ways low, replace the PCB.
lamp does not
turn off Defective compos- If the exposure lamp does not turn off while
ite power source CN9-3 on the composite power source PCB
(C100).
PCB. goes high. If not, replace the PCB.
(52) Broken wire in fix- Check for continuity in each heater. If none,
The fixing ing heater M or S. replace the heater (see page 3-3-91).
heater M or S
does not turn Fixing unit thermo- Check for continuity in each thermostat. If
on (C600, stat 1, 2, 3 or 4 none, remove the cause and replace the
triggered. thermostat.
C610, C611).
Broken wire in fix- Measure the resistance. If it is ∞Ω, replace
ing unit thermistor the fixing unit thermistor 1 or 2.
1 or 2.

3-6-75
203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(53) Dirty sensor part of Check visually and clean the thermistor sen-
Fixing heater the fixing unit ther- sor parts.
M or S does mistor 1 or 2.
not turn off
Defective main If the fixing heaters stay on while CN12-14A
(fixing unit ther-
mostat 1, 2, 3 PCB. and -13A on the main PCB go high, replace
or 4 triggered.) the PCB.

(54) Broken main See page 3-6-4.

Main charging charger wire.
is not per-
Leaking charger
formed.
housing.
Poor contact in the
main high-voltage
transformer PCB
connector terminals
Defective upper
rear sub PCB
Defective main
high-voltage trans-
former PCB.
(55) Poor contact in the See page 3-6-3.
Transfer transfer high-volt-
charging is age transformer
not per- PCB connector
formed. terminals.

Defective main
PCB.
Defective transfer
high-voltage trans-
former PCB.

3-6-76
 203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(56) Poor contact in the Check for continuity in the connector termi-
Separation separation high- nals. If none, replace them.
charging is voltage trans-
not per- former PCB con-
formed. nector terminals.
Defective separa- If separation charging does not take place
tion high-voltage when CN1-3 on the separation high-voltage
transformer PCB. transformer PCB goes low, replace the PCB.
Defective main If CN14-24 on the main PCB does not go
PCB. low, replace the PCB.

(57) Poor contact in the Check the developing bias wire. If there is
No develop- developing bias any problem, replace it.
ing bias is wire.
output.
Poor contact in the Check for continuity in the connector termi-
developing bias nals. If none, replace them.
PCB connector
terminals.
Defective develop- If the developing bias high-voltage is not
ing bias PCB. output during copying when CN2, CN3, CN4
and CN5 on the developing bias PCB go
low, replace the developing bias PCB.
Defective main If CN13-29 or 13-30 on the main PCB does
PCB. not go low during copying, replace the PCB.
(58) Defective original If the level of CN8-21 on the main PCB does
The original detection switch. not change when the original detection
size is not switch is turned on and off, replace the origi-
detected. nal detection switch.
(59) Original is not Check the original and correct it if neces-
The original placed correctly. sary.
size is not
detected cor- Poor contact in Check for continuity in the connector termi-
connector termi- nals. If none, replace them.
rectly.
nals of original size
sensor 1, 2, 3*, 4*,
5, 6, 7 or 8.

Defective original Check if each sensor operates correctly. If

size sensor 1, 2, not, replace sensor 1, 2, 3*, 4*, 5, 6, 7 or 8
3*, 4*, 5, 6, 7 or 8 or the main PCB.
or the main PCB.

* Metric specifications only.

3-6-77
203-1

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(60) Poor contact in the Check for continuity in the connector termi-
The touch touch screen con- nals. If none, replace them.
screen keys nector terminals.
do not work.
Defective touch Check if the touch screen keys work cor-
screen or opera- rectly after the screen has been initialized. If
tion unit main not, replace the screen or operation unit
PCB. main PCB.

(61) Poor contact in the Check for continuity in the connector termi-
The message paper switch 1 nals. If none, replace them.
requesting connector termi-
paper to be nals.
loaded is
shown when Defective paper With 5 V DC present at CN4-5A on the lower
switch 1. rear sub PCB, check if CN4-11A on the
paper is
present in the lower rear sub PCB goes low when the pa-
first drawer. per switch 1 is turned on. If not, replace the
switch.

Broken paper Check visually and replace paper switch 1 if

switch 1 actuator. the actuator is broken.
(62) Poor contact in the Check for continuity in the connector termi-
The message paper switch 2 nals. If none, replace them.
requesting connector termi-
paper to be nals.
loaded is
shown when Defective paper With 5 V DC present at CN4-5B the lower
paper is pre- switch 2. rear sub PCB, check if CN4-12A on the
lower rear sub PCB goes low when the pa-
sent in the
second per switch 2 is turned on. If not, replace the
drawer. switch.
Broken paper Check visually and replace paper switch 2 if
switch 2 actuator. the actuator is broken.
(63) Poor contact in the Check for continuity in the connector termi-
The message paper switch 3 nals. If none, replace them.
requesting connector termi-
paper to be nals.
loaded is
Defective paper With 5 V DC present at CN4-6A the lower
shown when
paper is switch 3. rear sub PCB, check if CN4-13A on the
present in the lower rear sub PCB goes low when the pa-
per switch 3 is turned on. If not, replace the
third drawer.
switch.
Broken paper Check visually and replace paper switch 3 if
switch 3 actuator. the actuator is broken.

3-6-78
 203-1

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(64) Poor contact in the Check for continuity in the connector termi-
The message paper switch 4 nals. If none, replace them.
requesting connector termi-
paper to be nals.
loaded is
shown when Defective paper With 5 V DC present at CN4-6B on the lower
paper is switch 4. rear sub PCB, check if CN4-14A on the
lower rear sub PCB goes low when the pa-
present in the
fourth drawer. per switch 4 is turned on. If not, replace the
switch.
Broken paper Check visually and replace paper switch 4 if
switch 4 actuator. the actuator is broken.
(65) Poor contact in the Check for continuity in the connector termi-
The message bypass paper nals. If none, replace them.
requesting switch connector
paper to be terminals.
loaded is
Defective bypass With 5 V DC present at CN3-2A on the up-
shown when
paper is paper switch. per rear sub PCB, check if CN3-6A on the
present in the upper rear sub PCB goes low when the by-
pass paper switch is turned on. If not, re-
bypass table.
place the switch.
(66) Poor contact in the Check for continuity in the connector termi-
The message paper length nals. If none, replace them.
requesting the switch 1 connector
first drawer to terminals (metric
be set is specs only).
shown even
though the Defective paper Check if CN4-19A on the lower rear sub
drawer is set. length switch 1 PCB goes low when paper length switch 1 is
(metric specs turned on. If not, replace the switch.
only).
Poor contact of the Check for continuity between the connector
paper width switch terminals. If none, replace them.
1 connector termi-
nals (inch specs
only).
Defective paper Check the continuity of the 4th and 5th con-
width switch 1 nector terminals. If none, replace paper
(inch specs only). width switch 1.

3-6-79
203-1

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(67) Poor contact in the Check for continuity in the connector termi-
The message paper length nals. If none, replace them.
requesting the switch 2 connector
second drawer terminals (metric
to be set is specs only).
shown even
though the Defective paper Check if CN4-20A on the lower rear sub
length switch 2 PCB goes low when paper length switch 2 is
drawer is set.
(metric specs turned on. If not, replace the switch.
only).
Poor contact of the Check for continuity between the connector
paper width switch terminals. If none, replace them.
2 connector termi-
nals (inch specs
only).
Defective paper Check the continuity of the 4th and 5th con-
width switch 2 nector terminals. If none, replace paper
(inch specs only). width switch 2.

(68) Poor contact in the Check for continuity in the connector termi-
The message paper length nals. If none, replace them.
requesting the switch 3 connector
third drawer terminals (metric
to be set is specs only).
shown even
Defective paper Check if CN4-21A on the lower rear sub
though the length switch 3 PCB goes low when paper length switch 3 is
drawer is set. (metric specs turned on. If not, replace the switch.
only).
Poor contact of the Check for continuity between the connector
paper width switch terminals. If none, replace them.
3 connector termi-
nals (inch specs
only).
Defective paper Check the continuity of the 4th and 5th con-
width switch 3 nector terminals. If none, replace paper
(inch specs only). width switch 3.

3-6-80
3-6-79-1
 203-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-6-81
203-1

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(69) Poor contact in Check for continuity in the connector termi-
The message paper length nals. If none, replace them.
requesting the switch 4 connector
fourth drawer terminals (metric
to be set is specs only).
shown even
though the Defective paper Check if CN4-22A on the lower rear sub
length switch 4 PCB goes low when the paper length switch
drawer is set.
(metric specs only). 4 is turned on. If not, replace the switch.
Poor contact of the Check for continuity between the connector
paper width switch terminals. If none, replace them.
4 connector termi-
nals (inch specs
only).
Defective paper Check the continuity of the 4th and 5th con-
width switch 4 nector terminals. If none, replace paper
(inch specs only). width switch 4.
(70) A piece of torn Check and remove it if any.
A paper jam copy paper is
in the paper caught around
feed, paper paper feed switch
conveying or 1, 2, 3 or 4, regis-
fixing and tration switch, fix-
eject section ing eject switch or
is indicated the eject switch.
on the touch
Defective paper With 5 V DC present at CN4-5A on the lower
screen imme-
diately after feed switch 1. rear sub PCB, check if CN4-11A on the PCB
the main remains low when paper feed switch 1 is
turned on and off. If it does, replace paper
switch is
turned on. feed switch 1.
Defective paper With 5 V DC present at CN4-5B on the lower
feed switch 2. rear sub PCB, check if CN4-12A on the PCB
remains low when paper feed switch 2 is
turned on and off. If it does, replace paper
feed switch 2.

Defective paper With 5 V DC present at CN4-6A on the lower

feed switch 3. rear sub PCB, check if CN4-13A on the PCB
remains low when paper feed switch 3 is
turned on and off. If it does, replace paper
feed switch 3.
Defective paper With 5 V DC present at CN4-6B on the lower
feed switch 4. rear sub PCB, check if CN4-14A on the PCB
remains low when the paper feed switch 4 is
turned on and off. If it does, replace the switch.

3-6-82
3-6-80
 203

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(70) Defective registra- With 5 V DC present at CN3-1A on the up-
A paper jam tion switch. per rear sub PCB, check if CN3-5A on the
in the paper PCB remains low when the registration
feed, paper switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace
conveying or the switch.
fixing and
eject section Defective fixing With 5 V DC present at CN11-2 on the main
eject switch. PCB, check if CN11-3 on the PCB remains
is indicated
on the touch low when the fixing eject switch is turned on
screen imme- and off. If it does, replace the switch.
diately after Defective eject With 5 V DC present at CN6-5B on the up-
the main switch. per rear sub PCB, check if CN6-8A on the
switch is PCB remains low when the eject switch is
turned on. turned on and off. If it does, replace the
switch.

3-6-83
3-6-81
203

3-6-5 Mechanical problems

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
(1) Check if the surfaces of the fol- Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
No primary lowing rollers or pulleys are dirty
paper feed. with paper powder: forwarding
pulleys, upper/lower feed pul-
leys, upper/lower feed rollers,
feed rollers 1, 2, 3 and 4, feed
pulleys, bypass forwarding pul-
ley, and bypass upper/lower
paper feed pulleys.
Check if the upper or lower pa- Replace if necessary (see page
per feed pulley is deformed. 3-3-3).

Check if the forwarding pulley is Replace if necessary (see page

deformed. 3-3-3).
Check if the spring of the lower Replace if necessary.
paper feed pulley is deformed.
Electrical problem with the fol- See pages 3-6-69 to 72.
lowing electromagnetic
clutches: paper feed clutches 1,
2, 3 and 4, feed clutches 1, 2, 3
and 4 and bypass paper feed
clutch.
(2) Check if the surfaces of the up- Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
No secondary per and lower registration rollers
paper feed. are dirty with paper powder.
Electrical problem with the reg- See page 3-6-71.
istration clutch.

3-6-82
 203

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

(3) Incorrect installation of the width Check the width guide visually
Skewed paper guide in a drawer. and correct or replace if neces-
feed. sary.
Deformed width guide in a Check the width guide visually
drawer. and correct or replace if it is
deformed.
Check if the pressure spring Repair or replace.
along the paper conveying path
is deformed or out of place.
(4) Check if the scanner wire is Reinstall the scanner wire (see
The scanner loose. page 3-3-34).
does not
travel. The scanner motor malfunctions. See page 3-6-63.

(5) Check if the lower paper feed Replace the lower paper feed
Multiple sheets pulley is worn. pulley if it is worn (see page 3-
of paper are 3-3).
fed at one time.
Check if the paper is curled. Change the paper if it is curled.
Paper bears static electricity. Discharge by flipping the paper.
(6) Check if the paper is excessively Change the paper if it is curled.
Paper jams. curled.
Deformed guides along the pa- Check visually and repair or
per conveying path. replace any deformed guides.

Check if the upper and lower Remedy if necessary. Replace

registration rollers make proper the pressure spring if it is de-
contact. formed.

Check if the paper conveying Remedy.

belt is off the paper conveying
pulleys.

Check if the fixing unit upper or Remedy or replace if necessary.

lower guide is deformed.

3-6-83
 203

CONTENTS

3-7 Appendixes
Timing chart No. 1 ........................................................................................ 3-7-1
Timing chart No. 2 ........................................................................................ 3-7-2
Timing chart No. 3 ........................................................................................ 3-7-3
Timing chart No. 4 ........................................................................................ 3-7-4
Timing chart No. 5 ........................................................................................ 3-7-5
Timing chart No. 6 ........................................................................................ 3-7-6
Composite power source PCB (120 V area) 1/4 .......................................... 3-7-7
Composite power source PCB (120 V area) 2/4 .......................................... 3-7-8
Composite power source PCB (120 V area) 3/4 .......................................... 3-7-9
Composite power source PCB (120 V area) 4/4 ........................................ 3-7-10
Composite power source PCB (220 – 240 V area) 1/4 .............................. 3-7-11
Composite power source PCB (220 – 240 V area) 2/4 .............................. 3-7-12
Composite power source PCB (220 – 240 V area) 3/4 .............................. 3-7-13
Composite power source PCB (220 – 240 V area) 4/4 .............................. 3-7-14
Upper rear sub PCB ................................................................................... 3-7-15
Lower rear sub PCB ................................................................................... 3-7-16
IPU PCB 1/36 ............................................................................................. 3-7-17
IPU PCB 2/36 ............................................................................................. 3-7-18
IPU PCB 3/36 ............................................................................................. 3-7-19
IPU PCB 4/36 ............................................................................................. 3-7-20
IPU PCB 5/36 ............................................................................................. 3-7-21
IPU PCB 6/36 ............................................................................................. 3-7-22
IPU PCB 7/36 ............................................................................................. 3-7-23
IPU PCB 8/36 ............................................................................................. 3-7-24
IPU PCB 9/36 ............................................................................................. 3-7-25
IPU PCB 10/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-26
IPU PCB 11/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-27
IPU PCB 12/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-28
IPU PCB 13/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-29
IPU PCB 14/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-30
IPU PCB 15/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-31
IPU PCB 16/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-32
IPU PCB 17/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-33
IPU PCB 18/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-34
IPU PCB 19/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-35
IPU PCB 20/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-36
IPU PCB 21/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-37
IPU PCB 22/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-38
IPU PCB 23/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-39
IPU PCB 24/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-40
IPU PCB 25/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-41
IPU PCB 26/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-42
IPU PCB 27/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-43
IPU PCB 28/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-44

1-1-31
203

IPU PCB 29/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-45

IPU PCB 30/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-46
IPU PCB 31/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-47
IPU PCB 32/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-48
IPU PCB 33/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-49
IPU PCB 34/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-50
IPU PCB 35/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-51
IPU PCB 36/36 ........................................................................................... 3-7-52
Scanner control PCB .................................................................................. 3-7-53
CCD drive PCB ........................................................................................... 3-7-54
CCD processing PCB 1/26 ......................................................................... 3-7-55
CCD processing PCB 2/26 ......................................................................... 3-7-56
CCD processing PCB 3/26 ......................................................................... 3-7-57
CCD processing PCB 4/26 ......................................................................... 3-7-58
CCD processing PCB 5/26 ......................................................................... 3-7-59
CCD processing PCB 6/26 ......................................................................... 3-7-60
CCD processing PCB 7/26 ......................................................................... 3-7-61
CCD processing PCB 8/26 ......................................................................... 3-7-62
CCD processing PCB 9/26 ......................................................................... 3-7-63
CCD processing PCB 10/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-64
CCD processing PCB 11/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-65
CCD processing PCB 12/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-66
CCD processing PCB 13/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-67
CCD processing PCB 14/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-68
CCD processing PCB 15/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-69
CCD processing PCB 16/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-70
CCD processing PCB 17/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-71
CCD processing PCB 18/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-72
CCD processing PCB 19/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-73
CCD processing PCB 20/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-74
CCD processing PCB 21/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-75
CCD processing PCB 22/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-76
CCD processing PCB 23/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-77
CCD processing PCB 24/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-78
CCD processing PCB 25/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-79
CCD processing PCB 26/26 ....................................................................... 3-7-80
Toner feed motor PCB ................................................................................ 3-7-81
Transfer belt control PCB ........................................................................... 3-7-82
Heater control PCB ..................................................................................... 3-7-83
Noise filter PCB .......................................................................................... 3-7-84
Operation unit PCB ..................................................................................... 3-7-85
Operation unit main PCB 1/2 ...................................................................... 3-7-86
Operation unit main PCB 2/2 ...................................................................... 3-7-87
Main PCB 1/5 ............................................................................................. 3-7-88
Main PCB 2/5 ............................................................................................. 3-7-89
Main PCB 3/5 ............................................................................................. 3-7-90
Main PCB 4/5 ............................................................................................. 3-7-91
Main PCB 5/5 ............................................................................................. 3-7-92
General connection diagram ...................................................................... 3-7-93
Wiring diagram 1/2 ..................................................................................... 3-7-94
Wiring diagram 2/2 ..................................................................................... 3-7-95

1-1-32
 203-1

Timing chart No. 1 From the main switch being turned on to copier stabilization

MSW: On
25 s
PRY2 CN12-18B

CCM CN13-35 36 s
CN13-36
BCPCL CN6-9A
6.8 s
BCPS CN6-7A

TRPCL CN6-12A
2.0 s
TRPS CN6-7B

BSSOL1 CN3-11A
200 ms
200 ms
BSSOL2 CN3-11B

BSCL CN6-11A 52 s

MC REM CN4-3 50 s
PFM CN12-9B,CN12-10A
CN12-10B,CN12-11B
CL CN13-24

DRM CN5-1,CN5-3
460 ms
CN5-5,CN8-7, CN8-8
DEVCL1 CN13-17 60 s 30 s
698 ms 698 ms 698 ms
DEVCL2 CN13-18 60 s 30 s
948 ms 948 ms
DEVCL3 CN13-19 60 s 30 s
1175 ms 1175 ms
DEVCL4 CN13-20 60 s 30 s

FIXM CN6-14A
a
b
e Primary stabilization fixing Image density correction
c temperature 100°C/212°F Secondary Copying
d
stabilization enabled
Developer aging fixing
temperature
a: Transfer belt cleaning d: Drum surface potential correction 180°C/356°F
b: Lower secondary transfer roller cleaning e: Stearic acid application
c: Charger wire cleaning

3-7-1
203-1

Timing chart No. 2 Copying onto one A4/11" × 81/2" sheet of copy paper from the bypass table, magnification ratio 25%, monochrome copy mode

Print key
VSYNC

PFM CN12-9B,CN12-10A 600 ms

CN12-10B,CN12-11B 3734 ms 400 ms 110 ms
RCL CN12-19A
BYPPFCL CN3-9A
BYPSOL CN3-10A 68 ms
RSW CN3-5A
ESW CN6-8A
EL CN3-2
SHPSW CN3-8
200 ms
FIXM CN6-14A
903 ms 6800 ms
DEVCL4 CN13-20
TC1 REM CN14-13 1007 ms 1616 ms
TBPM CN4-7,CN4-8
TBPS CN4-1 48 ms 48 ms
48 ms
TBM CN1-1–CN1-5 89 ms 150 ms
TRPCL CN6-12A
600 ms
TRPS CN6-7B 222 ms
TC2 REM CN14-14
200 ms
BCPCL CN6-9A
BCPS CN6-7A
BSSOL1 CN3-11A
200 ms
BSSOL2 CN3-11B
150 ms 200 ms
BSCL CN6-11A
DRM CN5-1,CN5-3
CN5-5,CN8-7
CN8-8
CL CN13-24 10 s
200 ms
MC REM CN4-3

Print key: On

Original set in position Primary paper feed Secondary paper feed End of paper ejection End of copying

3-7-2
 203-1

Timing chart No. 3 Copying onto one A4/11" × 81/2" sheet of copy paper from the first drawer, magnification ratio 100%, monochrome copy mode

Print key
VSYNC

PFM CN12-9B,CN12-10A 600 ms

CN12-10B,CN12-11B 3734 ms 110 ms
RCL CN12-19A
PFCL1 CN5-1A
FCL1 CN5-5A
PFSW1 CN4-11A
RSW CN3-5A
ESW CN6-8A
EL CN3-2
SHPSW CN3-8
SCL CN5-13A
68 ms 200 ms
FIXM CN6-14A
809 ms 6800 ms
DEVCL4 CN13-20
TC1 REM CN14-13 1024 ms 1616 ms
TBPM CN4-7,CN4-8
TBPS CN4-1 48 ms 48 ms
48 ms
TBM CN1-1–CN1-5 89 ms 150 ms
TRPCL CN6-12A
600 ms
TRPS CN6-7B 222 ms
TC2 REM CN14-14
200 ms
BCPCL CN6-9A
BCPS CN6-7A
BSSOL1 CN3-11A
200 ms
BSSOL2 CN3-11B
150 ms 200 ms
BSCL CN6-11A
DRM CN5-1,CN5-3
CN5-5,CN8-7
CN8-8
CL CN13-24 10 s
200 ms
MC REM CN4-3

Print key: On

Original set in position Primary paper feed Secondary paper feed End of paper ejection End of copying

3-7-3
203-1

Timing chart No. 4 Continuous copying onto two sheets of A3/11" × 17" copy paper from the second drawer, magnification ratio 400%,
monochrome copy mode

Print key
PFM CN12-9B,CN12-10A 3734 ms 3734 ms
CN12-10B,CN12-11B
VSYNC
RCL CN12-19A 110 ms 110 ms
PFCL2 CN5-2A
FCL2 CN5-6A
FCL1 CN5-5A
DRM CN5-1,CN5-3
CN5-5,CN8-7
CN8-8
EL CN3-2
SHPSW CN3-8
PFSW1 CN4-11A
PFSW2 CN4-12A
RSW CN3-5A
ESW CN6-8A
68 ms
SCL CN5-13A
200 ms
FIXM CN6-14A 68 ms

DEVCL4 CN13-20
200 ms 10 s
MC REM CN4-3 809 ms
CL CN13-24 954 ms 2783 ms 954 ms 2783 ms
TC1 REM CN14-13
TBPM CN4-7,CN4-8
48 ms 48 ms
TBPS CN4-1 89 ms 150 ms
48 ms 222 ms
TBM CN1-1–CN1-5
TRPCL CN6-12A
600 ms
TRPS CN6-7B
TC2 REM CN14-14
6800 ms 150 ms
BCPCL CN6-9A
150 ms
BCPS CN6-7A
BSSOL1 CN3-11A
200 ms
BSSOL2 CN3-11B
200 ms
BSCL CN6-11A

Print key: On
Secondary Primary paper Secondary End of paper
Original set in position Primary paper feed paper feed for feed for the paper feed for ejection for the End of copying
for the first copy the first copy second copy the second copy second copy

3-7-4
 203-1

Timing chart No. 5 Continuous copying onto two sheets of A3/11" × 17" copy paper from the third drawer, magnification ratio 100%,
full-color copy mode
Print key
VSYNC
PFM CN12-9B,CN12-10A 3400 ms 3400 ms 3400 ms 3400 ms 3400 ms 3400 ms 3400 ms 3734 ms
CN12-10B,CN12-11B
RCL CN12-19A
3734 ms
PFCL3 CN5-3A
FCL3 CN5-7A
FCL2 CN5-6A
FCL1 CN5-5A
3000 ms 3000 ms 3000 ms 3000 ms 3000 ms 3000 ms
PFSW3 CN4-13A 2573 ms 2573 ms 2570 ms 2573 ms 2573 ms 2573 ms 2573 ms

PFSW2 CN4-12A
PFSW1 CN4-11A
1391 ms
EL CN3-2
SHPSW CN3-8
RSW CN3-5A 68 ms 68 ms 110 ms
ESW CN6-8A
SCL CN5-13A
DRM CN5-1,CN5-3
CN5-5,CN8-7 10 s
CN8-8
FIXM CN6-14A 200 ms 200 ms
3280 ms 3280 ms
DEVCL1 CN13-17
226 ms 3280 ms
DEVCL2 CN13-18
476 ms
DEVCL3 CN13-19 3280 ms 3280 ms
703 ms 226 ms 3280 ms
DEVCL4 CN13-20 200 ms
MC REM CN4-3 476 ms 703 ms
3280 ms 3280 ms
CL CN13-24 1080 ms 1080 ms 1080 ms 1080 ms 1080 ms 1080 ms 1080 ms 1080 ms
TC1 REM CN14-13 2783 ms 2783 ms 2783 ms 2783 ms 2783 ms 2783 ms 2783 ms 2783 ms
48 ms
TBPM CN4-7,CN4-8

TBPS CN4-1 222 ms 222 ms

TBM CN1-1–CN1-5
TC2 REM CN14-14
700 ms 700 ms
TRPCL CN6-12A

TRPS CN6-7B
SC REM CN14-24
302 ms 3440 ms
BCPCL CN6-9A

BCPS CN6-7A 185 ms 185 ms 3440 ms

302 ms 3440 ms
3708 ms

Primary paper feed

Print key: On Primary paper for the second copy Secondary paper End of paper End of
feed for the Secondary End of paper feed for the ejection for copying
first copy paper feed ejection for second copy the second
for the first the first copy copy
copy

3-7-5
203-1

Timing chart No. 6 Copying onto one A3/11" × 17" sheet of copy paper from the fourth drawer, magnification ratio 400%, full-color copy mode
Print key
VSYNC
PFM CN12-9B,CN12-10A 3734 ms
CN12-10B,CN12-11B
RCL CN12-19A
PFCL4 CN5-4A 860 ms
FCL4 CN5-8A
FCL3 CN5-7A
FCL2 CN5-6A
FCL1 CN5-5A
PFSW4 CN4-14A
PFSW3 CN4-13A 3000 ms 3000 ms 3000 ms
PFSW2 CN4-12A 2573 ms 2573 ms 2573 ms 2573 ms
PFSW1 CN4-11A
EL CN3-2 1391 ms
SHPSW CN3-8
RSW CN3-5A 110 ms
ESW CN6-8A
68 ms
SCL CN5-13A
DRM CN5-1,CN5-3 200 ms
CN5-5,CN8-7
CN8-8
FIXM CN6-14A
DEVMOT CN5-2,CN5-4 332 ms 412 ms 80 ms 809 ms
CN5-6 3280 ms 3280 ms 3280 ms 3280 ms
DEVCL1 CN13-17
DEVCL2 CN13-18
DEVCL3 CN13-19
DEVCL4 CN13-20
MC REM CN4-3 200 ms 945 ms 945 ms 945 ms 945 ms 10 s
TC1 REM CN14-13
48 ms
TBPM CN4-7,CN4-8
48 ms
TBPS CN4-1
TBM CN1-1– CN1-5 2783 ms 2783 ms 2783 ms 2783 ms
CL CN13-24 48 ms 700 ms
TRPCL CN6-12A
TRPS CN6-7B 150 ms
89 ms
TC2 REM CN14-14 420 ms 222 ms
185 ms 185 ms 185 ms
SC REM CN14-24 222 ms
3400 ms 3582 ms
BCPCL CN6-9A
3400 ms
BCPS CN6-7A
BSSOL1 CN3-11A 200 ms
BSSOL2 CN3-11B 200 ms
BSCL CN6-11A

Print key: On Primary paper feed Secondary paper feed End of copying

3-7-6
 203

Composite power source PCB (120 V area) 1/4

A B C D E F G H I J

1 1

2 2

Q1

3 3
R6 C2

8
9
+

–
C3

10
R5

7
R7 R4

12 11

6
4 4
C4

5
+ R3
–

13

D1
C1

R2
14

3
5 5

IC1

R1
15

2
16

1
D2

R8

6 6

7 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

8 8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-7
 8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
203

C201 C202 R201

3-7-8
L201 L205
T003 F201
36V

A
A

L202 D201 R202

D203

C203
R203
D204

+
C206

C204
–

C205
D206

D205
L203 L204
F202

G(24V)

B
B

C301 R301

C302
L301
24V

D301 D303 R305

L302 D403 D404
+12V R307

C303
D304 R306
D302 D706 D707

C304
+5V R308

+
– PC003 R310

C305
R302 R303
D603 D604
C307

C
C

R309
C306

D202 –5V

L303 L304
D503 D504 R304 VR301
PC002 C308
–12V D306 R311
IC301
D305
Composite power source PCB (120 V area) 2/4

G(24V)
D402

12V
IP401 IC401
L401

D
D

+
R401 C403
– –
C404

C402
D401

C401
G(5V)
D502

IP501 IC501
L501
+

E
E

R501 C503
– –
C502
C504

D501

C501
–12V

D602

G(5V)
IP601 IC601
L601
+

R601 C603
– –
C602
C604

F
F

D601
C601

– 5V
R701

R708
L701 L702
Q701
5V
R709
R704

R703

R702

R714

G
G

Q702
R715 R716 R712
C708

D701
R707

R719
C709

C704
R705
+
+

D703 R710 D704 D705 R717

C706

– –
C707

VR701
C703 C705
C702

–
C701

– R711
R706

H
H

PC001 R713
Q703
Q704

D702 R718

G(5V)
5 7 1 2 3 6

D1 ZC
R10
R6
R11
I
I

R7
IC1

POWER SOURCE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
CN2.CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7.CN8
24V 5V 36V G(24V) G(5V) 8
C4 C3 R3
24V 5V Z.C G(24V) G(5V)
24V 5V 12V G(24V) G(5V)
R8
24V 5V 12V G(24V) G(5V)
24V 5V 12V G(24V) G(5V) C5
J
J

24V 5V –12V G(24V) G(5V) R2 R1

C2

R5 R9
C1

--- 5V –5V G(24V) G(5V)

--- 5V --- G(24V) G(5V) 4
--- 5V --- G(24V) ---
--- 5V --- --- ---
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
 203

Composite power source PCB (120 V area) 3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

1 1
R104 C104
C103 T103
F102 F101
C012
+ EL
L102 Q101
R101 D106
R118 R108
D104

R107

C109
R105 R113
R102 R114 R109 D107
2 D102 + PC102 2

C108
C106
– D105 R110

D101
D103 L101
Q102 PC103 SR101

R103

C102
+

C105

D108
C110
– R106 +
R115 R111 C111 R112
PC101 –
C012 C112
EL
–
D807
T101 T102
3 IC802
3
3 24V

D801
11
R3 D803

D804
+ R812 R815 R817

C811
R1 R803 + +

C807

C808
C805
–

D802
R2 R810 – –

D805
C801
D804 CN-E
1 +24V
4 10 D6 R35 2 4
D4

3 PET
R5
R8

PVUFM
R14

R17

R40

R32

R34
R10 Q5 R30 4 15 R39 REM
R23
IC2

PC103
D7 9 10 1112 13 14 1516
9 6 EL ALM
5 5

C804
IC1
R22

R29 R809
D8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

R31

R33

R38
+
R16 D2

R18 D3

D5

+ –
R4
R6

R28
C4
C5
–

D806
R13

R805
R11

C1

D9 13

D11
SR801

R816
18
R15 VR801

D10
R27

D12
Q3

R19 Q801

R813 +
6 6
Q1

Q2

12 R808 R811
Q4 –
R26
C2

C806

R814
R25

PC102
R24

C802
R806
R36

C3

Q6

Q7

Q8
R7

R37
PC101

R9 R12 R20 R21

R802 2
8 1 GND
17 5

7 7

D808

C809

D809
–
R818 EL REM
VR802 +
CN9 CN10 L801 R819 Q802 R801
1 EL 1 EL REM 16 7 5V
2 NC 2 EL ALM – R824
C810 R822 R820
3 EL 3 EL CONT + D810
4 PVUFM REM R823 R821
EL CONT
8 8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-9
203

Composite power source PCB (120 V area) 4/4

A B C D E F G H I J

1 1
F006
R004 103°C D002 R005 T003
CN-A1 CN-C
3 7
R003
TR001
CN-A1 CN-C
1 5
F001 L001 R002 L011
2 AC(L) 2
FR001 R001 CN-B CN-D
C002 D008 D011 4 5 4 5

C013

R032
R029
R015
R014
C007
C001

L012 L013
C004

D001
R030

HEAT SINK
R016
3 3
C003

D010 D014
Q002

C014
AC(N)

C020 L004
D009
L005 R037
D003 D005

F003

F002
CN1
4 1 AC (N)
4
C008
R010

L002 R023
R017

F005

F004
2 AC (N) L008 R039
3 NC
D004 D006
4 AC (L) IP001
Q004 Q003 Q006 Q005
AC (L)
R018

5
R009

L003 R025

C015
9 6 1 2 10 R027 R028
5 5

R038
R040
C009
C010

C012
IC001
R011

C006

D013

R026

D012

R024
R006

8 5 7
D007 R007

C016
VR001

C021
IP002 T002
R020 R034 L009 L010 L006 L007 R041
Q001
6 6
L014 CN-B CN-D
R019 1 2 1 2
R021 R035

C005 R008 R022 R036

C011

R045
PWB-C PC002
CN-A2 CN-C
R043
7 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 7
D015
CN-A2 CN-C

R012

C019

D016
3 3 R042
R033 C017 C018
R013
PC003
CN-A2 CN-C
2 2 PC001

8 8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-10
 203

Composite power source PCB (220 – 240 V area) 1/4

A B C D E F G H I J

1 1

2 2

Q1

3 3
R6 C2

8
9
+

–
C3

10
R5

7
R7 R4

12 11

6
4 4
C4

5
+ R3
–

13

D1
C1

R2
14

3
5 5

IC1

R1
15

2
16

1
D2

R8

6 6

7 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

8 8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-11
 8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
203

C201 C202 R201

3-7-12
L201 L205
T003 F201
36V

L202 D201 R202

A
A

D203

C203
R203
D204

+
C206

C204
–

C205
D206

D205
L203 L204
F202

G(24V)

B
B

C301 R301

C302
L301
24V

D301 D303 R305

L302 D403 D404
+12V R307

C303
D304 R306
D302 D706 D707

C304
+5V R308

+
– PC003 R310

C305
R302 R303
D603 D604
R309 C307
C306

D202 –5V

C
C

L303 L304
D503 D504 R304 VR301
PC002 C308
–12V D306 R311
IC301
D305

G(24V)
C309 D402

12V
IP401 IC401
L401
Composite power source PCB (220 – 240 V area) 2/4

D
D

R401 C403
– –
C404

C402
D401

C401
G(5V)
D502

IP501 IC501
L501
+

R501 C503

E
E

– –
C502
C504

D501

C501

–12V

D602

G(5V)
IP601 IC601
L601
+

R601 C603
– –
C602
C604

F
F

D601
C601

– 5V
R701

R708
L701 L703 L702
Q701
5V
R709
R704

R703

R702

R714

G
G

Q702
R715 R716 R712
C708

D701
R707

R719
C709

C704
R705
+
+

D703 R710 D704 D705 R717

C706

– –
C707

VR701
C703 C705
C702

–
C701

– R711
R706

H
H

PC001 R713
Q703
Q704

D702 R718

G(5V)
5 7 1 2 3 6

D1 ZC
R10
R6
R11
I
I

R7
IC1

POWER SOURCE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
CN2.CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7.CN8
24V 5V 36V G(24V) G(5V) 8
C4 C3 R3
24V 5V Z.C G(24V) G(5V)
24V 5V 12V G(24V) G(5V)
R8
24V 5V 12V G(24V) G(5V)
24V 5V 12V G(24V) G(5V) C5
24V 5V –12V G(24V) G(5V) R2 R1
C2

R5
J
J

R9
C1

--- 5V –5V G(24V) G(5V)

--- 5V --- G(24V) G(5V) 4
--- 5V --- G(24V) ---
--- 5V --- --- ---
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
 203

Composite power source PCB (220 – 240 V area) 3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

1 R104 C104 1
R118
C103 Heat sink
F102 T103 F101
C012
+ EL
Q101
R101 D106
R114 R108
D104

R107

C109
R117 R105 R113
R116 R109 D107
R102
D102 + PC102
2 2

C108
C106
– D105 R110

C113

C114
D101
D103 L101
Q102 PC103 SR101

R103

C102
+

C105

D108
C110
– R106 +
R115 R111 C111 R112
PC101 –
C012 C112
EL
–
D807
T101 T102
3 IC802 3
3 24V

D801
11
R3 D803

D804
+ R812 R815 R817

C811
R1 R803 + +

C807

C808
C805
–

D802
R2 R810 – –

D805
C801
D804 CN-E
1 +24V
10 D6 R35 2
4 4
R40

3 PET
R5
R8

PVUFM
R14

R17

D4

R32

R34
R10 Q5 R30 4 15 R39 REM
R23
IC2

PC103
D7 9 10 1112 13 14 1516
9 6 EL ALM

C804
IC1
R22

R29
5 D8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R809 5

R31

R33

R38
+
R16 D2

R18 D3

D5

+ –
R4
R6

R28
C4
C5
–

D806
R13

R805
R11

C1

D9 13

D11
SR801

R816
18
R15 VR801

D10
R27

D12
Q3

Q801
R19

R813 +
Q1

Q2

12 R808 R811
6 Q4 – 6
R26
C2

C806

R814
R25

PC102
R24

C802
R806
R36

C3

Q6

Q7

Q8
R7

R37
PC101

R9 R12 R20 R21

R802 2
8 1 GND
17 5

D808

C809

D809
–
7 R818 EL REM
7
VR802 +
CN9 CN10 L801 R819 Q802 R801
1 EL 1 EL REM 16 7 5V
2 NC 2 EL ALM – R824
C810 R822 R820
3 EL 3 EL CONT + D810
4 PVUFM REM R823 R821
EL CONT

8 8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-13
203

Composite power source PCB (220 – 240 V area) 4/4

A B C D E F G H I J

1 F006
1
R004 103°C D002 R005 T003
CN-A1 CN-C
3 7
R003
TR001
CN-A1 CN-C
1 5
F001 L001 R002 L011
2 AC(L)
CN-B CN-D
2
FR001 R001 D008 D011
C002 4 5 4 5

C013

R032
R029
R015
R014
C007

X001
C001

L012 L013
C004

D001
R030

HEAT SINK
R016
C003

3 3
D010 D014
Q002

C014
AC(N)
L004
C020
D009
L005 R037
D003 D005

F003

F002
CN1
4 1 AC (N) C008 4
R010

L002 R023
R017

F005

F004
2 AC (N) L008 R039
3 NC
D004 D006
4 AC (L) IP001
Q004 Q003 Q006 Q005
AC (L)
R018

5
R009

L003 R025

C015
9 6 1 2 10 R027 R028

R038
R040
5 5

C009
C010

C012
IC001
R011

C006

D013

R026

D012

R024
R006

8 5 7
D007 R007

C016
VR001

C021
IP002 T002
R020 R034 L009 L010 L006 L007 R041
Q001
6 L014 CN-B CN-D
6
R019 1 2 1 2
R021 R035

C005 R008 R022 R036

C011

PWB-C PC002
CN-A2 CN-C
R043
7 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 7
D015
CN-A2 CN-C

R012

C019

D016
3 3 R042
R033 C017 C018
R013
PC003
CN-A2 CN-C
2 2 PC001

8 8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-14
 203

Upper rear sub PCB

A B C D E F G H I J
R61
S

R49 R60 2
– R65
C22 1 R63 6
– CN4-4
7
1 R48 C21
L6
IC 4
S G 3 +
IC10
S G 5
+ IC5
CN4-5 GRID CONT 1
IC10 6 7
F G CN3-11A BSSOL1
1 Vcc P30/DA1 64 IC9
FG4 2 63 14 15
Vref P31/DA2 CN3-11B BSSOL2
S 3 62
S G AVss P32/_ONW IC5
RA1 R41 4 61 11 10
MC ALM CN4-6 P67/AN7 P33/_Rout CN3-10A BYPSOL
RA1 R40 5 P66/AN6 P34/ø 60 IC5
BYPPSW CN3-6A 3 2
RA1 R39 6 P65/AN5 P35/SYNC 59
BYPEDSW CN3-7A CN3-4A
RA1 R38 7 P64/AN4 P36/_WR 58
BYPPLSW CN3-8A IC5
RA1 R37 8 57 14 15
DEVM SYNC CN5-4 P63/AN3 P37/_RD CN3-9A BYPPFCL
RA1 R36 9 P62/AN2 P00/AD0 56 TR4
DRM SYNC CN5-3 MOT 1A
RA1 R35 10 P61/AN1 P01/AD1 55 B C
RSW CN3-5A MOT 1A_ CN5-2 DEVM REM
RA1 R34 11 P60/AN0 P02/AD2 54
ESW CN6-8A MOT 1B E
RA2 R42 12 P57/INT3 P03/AD3 53 IC9
TRPS CN6-7B MOT 1B_ S G
RA2 13 52 3 2
2 S RA2
RA2
CLK3
CLK2
14
15
P56/PWM
P55/CNTR1
P04/AD4
P05/AD5 51
50
MOT 2A
MOT 2A_
CN3-12A ICFM REM
2
CLK1 P54/CNTR0 P06/AD6 MOT 2B
S G RA47 16 P53/_SRDY2 P07/AD7 49 S
MOT 2B_
RA43 17 P52/SCLK2 P10/AD8 48 E TR13 E
BCPS CN6-7A TR12
RA44 18 P51/SO2 P11/AD9 47 B C B C
DUSUS CN6-6B CN3-13A
RA45 19 P50/SI2 P12/AD10 46
DUSLS CN6-6A
20 P47/_SRDY1 P13/AD11 45 9, 16 R
S 21 P46/SCLK1 P14/AD12 44 TR15
TR8 DOWN 1 COM S 8
TR7 E 22 P45/TxD P15/AD13 43 B C 1, 8 +
TxD DOWN 2 CN4-3 MC REM
C B C B 23 P44/RxD P16/AD14 42
FFM H/L CN6-15A RxD E
24 41 – 4
E P43/INT2 P17/AD15 H/_L S G PG
25 P42/INT1 P20/D80 40 TR14 S G
26 CNVss P21/D81 39 B C 4, 5, 12, 13
FFM REM CN6-13A R31 CN4-7
R 27 38 IC10
_RESET _RESET P22/D82 E IC1
TR6 28 37
CN6-13B P41/INT0 P23/D83
3 D1
R26 29
30
P40/INT4
XIN
P24/D84
P25/D85
36
35 B
TR16
C
S G
CN5-5 DRM SPEED
IC5
IC8 3
TR9 PG IC9
31 XOUT P26/D86 34
C B 32 33 E
FIXM REM CN6-14A L5 Vss P27/D87 S G
E TR17
B C
S G CN5-1 DRM REM
IC8 X1 (With IC Socket)
7 6 E S S

R33
R46
TRPCL CN6-12A S G
IC9 TR19 14 14
10 11 7.86432MHz B C
BSCL CN6-11A CN8-8 DRM F/R
IC1 C18 C17
7 6 E
CN6-10B S G IC8
S G 14 15
TR1 CN8-4 7 7
IC8
C B 9 11 10 S G S G
4 DEVM CLK CN5-6
TR2 E
CLK 2
12
10
IC11
CLK 3 CN8-6
IC3 IC11
4
8 H/_L
C B S G 13 6
DRM CLK CN8-7 IC11 4
11 2
E IC11 R66 CN8-9 PVUFM REM
1 5 D6
S S G IC11 TR18
3 CLK 1 R67
R15
S
R7 PG
L1 3 2 IC8
TxD CN2-1 IC3 CN8-2 DFM REM
R28
R16 12 13
TxD 11 10 IC1 C15 C39 C34
NON MOUNT

G(5V) CN2-2 TR5 CN6-8B OPFM REM

R17 C16 C40 C35
R4 3 2 IC1
R8

G(5V) CN2-4 CN6-9A BCPCL

14 15 IC1 S G S G S G
5 R5
R24
S S G CN6-10A
IC3 IC11 IC10
5
R9 D4 IC3 IC3 S
L4 R22
RxD CN2-3 1 2 11 10
RxD C25 L11
R23
NON MOUNT

C13 +
L3 D3
C26 R58

C29
R21

R57 C30
S G S G C32 +
S G 1
R2 R3 TR11 S G
Vcc C31 R62
NON MOUNT C R56 F300 9 8
B VrefA TD1
DOWN1 11 10 C33
F G S G VrefB TD2 PG
R14 S E C28
CN9-1 FG4 R59
6 CN9-2 5
S. GND N.C.
12
CN7-9
CN7-10 24V
R S
6
MOT1A RA3 13 2 L15
CN9-3 A A CN7-1 DSM-U A CN3-9B CN3-1A CN3-1B
MOT1A_ RA3 15 3 L14

OUT
A A CN7-2 DSM-U A_

IN
MOT1B RA3 14 6 L13
CN9-4 B B CN7-3 DSM-U B CN3-10B CN3-2A CN3-2B
MOT1B_ RA3 16 7 L12
S S S B B CN7-4 DSM-U B_
IC2 S CN3-12B CN6-1B CN3-3B
R27 P GND
CN9-5 1
C8 Vdd 4
2 C10 IC3 IC3 IC7 CN3-13B CN6-2B CN3-4B
GND R19 PG
3 5 6 9 8 _RESET
OUT
S G CN4-1 CN6-3B CN3-5B
S G C11
S S CN6-9B CN6-4B CN3-6B
D5
R11 S G R68 R69 R70
24V CN1-1 C19 L16
7 RESET CN2-5
L2 R18 R20
3
IC3
4
+
CN6-11B CN6-5B
R29
CN3-7B
7
C20 R50 CN6-12B CN3-8B

C24
C12 R R52 C36
R10 24VR CN1-3 C38 + CN6-14B CN3-3A CN6-1A
R6 C6 C2 1 S G
TR10 C37
C5 + C1 + Vcc R64 CN6-15B CN6-2A
C R51 F300 9 8
NON MOUNT R25 R12 B VrefA TD1
FG S G C4 C3 DOWN2 11 10 C27
VrefB TD2 PG CN8-1 CN8-10 CN6-3A
E C23
FG4 R53
G(24V) CN1-2 CN8-3 CN4-2 CN6-4A
S PG CN7-11
5 12 24V
5V CN1-4 S. GND N.C. CN7-12 CN8-5 PG CN6-5A
C7 R1
RA4 13 2 L10 S G
+ FG MOT2A A A CN7-5 DSM-L A
MOT2A_ RA4 15 3 L9
OUT

R13 A A CN7-6 DSM-L A_

IN

RA4 L8
8 C9 C14 FG1 MOT2B
MOT2B_ RA4
14
16
B
B
B
B
6
7 L7
CN7-7
CN7-8
DSM-L B
DSM-L B_
8
SG CN1-5 S P GND
S G
4
IC6
PG

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-15
203

Lower rear sub PCB

A B C D E F G H I J
S

R45
C11

R44 C10 IC 3
1 FG
L6 S 1
1 Vcc P30/DA1 64 R50 RA1
CN4-7A PSW1
FG4 2 Vref P31/DA2 63 R49 RA1
S CN4-8A PSW2
3 AVss P32/_ONW 62 R48 RA1
S G CN4-9A PSW3
RA2 R42 4 P67/AN7 P33/_Rout 61 R25 RA1
PLSW4 CN4-22A CN4-10A PSW4
RA2 R41 5 P66/AN6 P34/ø 60 R24 RA1
PLSW3 CN4-21A CN4-11A PFSW1
RA2 R40 6 P65/AN5 P35/SYNC 59 R17 RA1
PLSW2 CN4-20A CN4-12A PFSW2
RA2 R39 7 P64/AN4 P36/_WR 58 R16 RA1
PLSW1 CN4-19A CN4-13A PFSW3
RA2 R38 8 P63/AN3 P37/_RD 57 R8 RA1
LICSW4 CN4-18A CN4-14A PFSW4
RA2 R37 B LIMIT 9 P62/AN2 P00/AD0 56
LICSW3 CN4-17A MOT RMT A
RA2 R36 L LIMIT 10 P61/AN1 P01/AD1 55
LICSW2 CN4-16A MOT RMT A_
RA2 R35 M LIMIT 11 P60/AN0 P02/AD2 54
LICSW1 CN4-15A MOT RMT B
RA5 U LIMIT 12 P57/INT3 P03/AD3 53
MOT RMT B_
RA5 13 P56/PWM P04/AD4 52 3 2 IC8
CN5-1A PFCL1
RA5 14 51 14 15 IC8
2 S S G
RA3
RA5
RA34
15
16
P55/CNTR1
P54/CNTR0
P05/AD5
P06/AD6 50
49
11 10 IC8
6 7 IC8
CN5-2A
CN5-3A
PFCL2
PFCL3 S S
2
P53/_SRDY2 P07/AD7 CN5-4A PFCL4
RA3 RA33 17 P52/SCLK2 P10/AD8 48 3 2 IC7
CN5-5A FCL1 14 14
RA3 RA32 18 P51/SO2 P11/AD9 47 14 15 IC7 12 13
CN5-6A FCL2
SRHPSW CN4-25A RA3 RA31 19 P50/SI2 P12/AD10 46 11 10 IC7
CN5-7A FCL3
OFSW CN4-24A RA3 RA30 20 P47/_SRDY1 P13/AD11 45 6 7 IC7 S G
CN5-8A FCL4
WTTSW CN4-23A RA3 RA29 21 P46/SCLK1 P14/AD12 44 IC5
U MOTOR
RA3 22 43 11 10
TxD P45/TxD P15/AD13 M MOTOR CN3-1A G (5V)
RA3 RxD 23 P44/RxD P16/AD14 42 IC5 7 7
R28 L MOTOR
24 41 9 8 S G S G
P43/INT2 P17/AD15 B MOTOR CN3-1B G (5V)
BYP DIG2 D5 25 40 IC5
CN3-10B S G P42/INT1 P20/D80
D6 RA4 26 39 1 2 IC2 IC5
PWSW4 DIG2 CN3-10A CNVss P21/D81 CN3-2A G (5V)
PWSW3 DIG2 D11 RA4 27 38 IC5
CN3-9B _RESET _RESET P22/D82
D12 RA4 28 37 3 4 S S
PWSW2 DIG2 CN3-9A P41/INT0 P23/D83 CN3-2B G (5V)
PWSW1 DIG2 D16 RA4 29 36 IC5
CN3-8B P40/INT4 P24/D84
3 BYP DIG1 CN3-8A
D15
30
31
XIN
XOUT
P25/D85
P26/D86
35
34
REG MOT
5
IC5
6
CN3-3A G (5V)
14 14
3
PWSW4 DIG1 D10 32 33
CN3-7B L5 Vss P27/D87 R52 CN5-13A SCL
PWSW3 DIG1 D9 R62 TR2
CN3-7A S G R
PWSW2 DIG1 D4 D22
CN3-6B R51 CN5-13B 24VR
PWSW1 DIG1 D3 7 7
CN3-6A X1 (With IC Socket)
PG S G S G
D14
BYP DIG0 CN3-5B 7.86432MHz R
D8 IC4 IC10
PWSW4 DIG0 CN3-5A S
D7 C7 C6
PWSW3 DIG0 CN3-4B
D2 _RESET
PWSW2 DIG0 CN3-4A C15 C28
D1
PWSW1 DIG0 CN3-3B S G S S
S G R46 +
R47 R56
S C14 C25
U MOTOR 1 R
R21
4 L1 R19 U LIMIT 2
IC4 3
S G PG D19 L7
C8
C9
C17
C16
4
IC2 CN5-9A CLM1
TxD CN2-1 R43
8 9 12

15
10
20

16
R20 TxD M MOTOR R

6
S 11
NON MOUNT

RA6 S G S G

INH1
INH2
N.C
N.C
Vcc2
Vcc1
G(5V) CN2-2 TR1 IC4 4 I1 Q1 3
R26 M LIMIT 13 17 18 D20 L8
R3 I2 Q2 IC2 IC5
R18

RA6 CN5-10A CLM2

G(5V) CN2-4 14 I3 Q3 13
RA6 4

SEN1
SEN2

SEN3
SEN4
7 8

GND
GND
NON MOUNT L MOTOR I4 Q4 R
S G RA6 6
R4 S IC4
5 D21 L9

2
19
1
11
12
9
R11 L LIMIT IC6 CN5-11A CLM3 S S
L3 R12 D17 IC2 IC2 9
R13 B MOTOR R
5 6 11 10 RxD IC4 8
RxD CN2-3 PG
R27 10 D23 L10
NON MOUNT

C3 B LIMIT C13 C29

L2 D18 CN5-12A CLM4

5 C12 C30
5
R10

S G S R61
S G S G
R1 R2 S G S G
9
NON MOUNT REG MOT 8 3 2
IC10 SRM A IC4 IC10
CN6-1
IC1 S S 10 IC9
S F G S G MOT RMT A
R9 R7
CN7-1 1 12
FG1 Vdd
2 C1 IC2 IC2 11 14 15
GND R6 IC10 CN6-2 SRM B R
CN7-2 3 1 2 13 12 13
OUT _RESET MOT RMT A_ IC9
S G
C5 ZD1
CN7-3 4
CN4-7B 6 11 10 R
D13 IC10 CN6-3 SRM A_
CN7-4 S G 5 IC9 COM S COM S
CN4-8B MOT RMT B 1, 8 1, 8
S
6 CN7-5
C2
CN4-9B
1
IC10 3 6 7
CN6-4 SRM B_
9, 16
PG
9, 16
PG 6
2 IC9
CN4-10B MOT RMT B_ 4, 5, 12, 13 4, 5, 12, 13

S CN4-11B IC8 IC7

S G IC9
R14
CN4-12B
L4 IC2
R23 R15 S R
3 4
RESET CN2-5 CN4-13B
R22 C4
CN4-1A CN5-1B CN4-14B
R5
CN4-1B CN5-2B CN4-15B
NON MOUNT
FG S G CN4-2A CN5-3B CN4-16B
7 FG4
CN4-2B CN5-4B CN4-17B 7
R CN4-3A CN5-5B CN4-18B
24VR CN1-1
C21 CN4-3B CN5-6B CN4-19B
+ CN4-4A CN5-7B
R55 CN4-20B
C23 C26
CN4-4B CN5-8B CN4-21B
G(24V) CN1-2
S PG CN4-5A CN5-9B CN4-22B
5V CN1-3
C20 R57 CN4-5B CN5-10B CN4-23B
+ FG
CN4-6A CN5-11B CN4-24B
8 R53
C19 C18 FG2
CN4-6B CN5-12B CN4-25B
8
G(5V) CN1-4
S G S G

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-16
 203

IPU PCB 1/36

A B C D E F G H I J

VPL5

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1 1

10
12
14
16

10
2
4
6
8
RA6

5
VPL5

RA30

7
9
8
6
4
3
2
1
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

10
RA34

5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CPUD (7:0)
VPL5

7
9
8
6
1
2
3
4
BUFEN_B
2 2
MRD_B

MWR_B

90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
D15
D14
D13
D12
VDD5
GND5
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
VDD4
D5
D4
D3
D2
GND4
D1
D0
IC1
CPBUSY_
IC2B
IC2A
VDD3
GND3
UBE_
BUFEN_
DSTB_
BCYST_
IORD_B
VPL5

0 0 16 15
IOWR-B
91 60
A0 MRD_
6 1 1 14 13 92 59
3 7 2 2 12 11 93
A1
A2
MWR_
ICRO_
58
BUFR_WB 3
RA20

8 3 3 10 9 94 57
A3 ICWR_
9 4 4 8 7 95 56
GND6 R-W_
4 5 5 6 5 96 55
VDD6 M-IO_ MIO_
10 3 6 6 4 3 97 54
A4 BUSST2
5 2 7 7 2 1 98 53
A5 BUSST1 RESET_B
1 99 52
RA27 A6 BUSST0 NF54
100 51
A7 RESET_
101 50
A8 X2
102 49
A9 X1 VPL5
8 8 16 15 103 48 R179
GND7 VDD2
6 9 9 14 13 104 47
A10 RESOUT GPL5
7 10 10 12 11 105 IC44 46
4 8 11 11 10 9 106
A11 CLKOUT
45 4
RA19

A12 PCLKOUT
9 12 12 8 7 107 44
A13 BUSLOCK_ R178
4 13 13 6 5 108 43
VDD7 GND2
10 3 14 14 4 3 109 42 A B
A14 BS8_BS16 non
5 2 15 15 2 1 110 41 2
A15 NMI_
1 111 40 X3
RA26 A16 READY_ CLKOUT
112 39
A17 AEX 1 1
113 38
A18 TXD C25 C26 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5
114 37 2 2
A19 RXD
16 16 16 15 115 36
GND8 SINT
6 17 17 14 13 116 35
VDD8 RXRDY
7 18 18 12 11 117 34
A20 CTS_ GPL5 GPL5
8 19 19 10 9 118 33
RA18

5 9 20 20 8 7 119
A21
A22
RTS_
DTR_
32 R163 R162 R161 R160 R159 R158
5
4 21 21 6 5 120 31
A23 DSR_
10 3 22 22 4 3
DMAAK1_

DMAAK2_

DMAAK3_

non non non non

END_TC_

DMARO1

DMARO2

DMARO3
DMARD0
DMAAK0

REFRO_

5 2 23 23 2 1
HLDRO

INTAK_
HLDAK

TOUT0

TOUT1

TOUT2
TCTL0

TCTL1

TCTL2
INTP0
INTP1
INTP2
INTP3

INTP4
INTP5
INTP6
INTP7
GND1

VDD1
1

TCLK
RA25 GPL5 TXD_CPU
VPL5
RXD_CPU
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
CTS_CPU
10

RA24
5

RTS_CPU

6 DTR_CPU
6
9
1
2
3
4
8
7
6

DSR_CPU

VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 INT2

CPUA (23:0)
INT3
7 BUFEN_B (003I04) INT5 (003I12) INT4
7
(030C02) IORD_B (002H06) R164 R142 R143 R144
BUFR_WB (003I04) (003I04) INT5
CLKOUT (003A12) IOWR_B (002A06)
CPUA (002A02) (003I04)
(003H02) MIO_ (003I04)
(004A02) MRD_B (002F10)
CPUD (003H04) MWR_B (002F10)
R0101

(004H02) RESET_B (028D13)

CTS_CPU (033E07) RTS_CPU (033C03)
DSR_CPU (033E07) RXD_CPU (033D07)
DTR_CPU (033C03) TXD_CPU (033C03)
8 INT2
INT3
(003I12)
(003I12) GPL5
8
INT4 (003O12)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-17
203

IPU PCB 2/36

A B C D E F G H I J

CPUA (23:0)
VPL5 VPL5 VPL5

1 IC45
VPL5
IC36
VPL5
IC28
VPL5
1
19 _CE 19 _CE 19 _CE
1 T_R 1 T_R 1 T_R
0 2 A0 B0 18 1 2 1 5 0 2 A0 B0 18 1 2 2 5 0 2 A0 B0 18 1 2 1 5
1 3 A1 B1 17 3 4 0 0 2 10 1 3 A1 B1 17 3 4 0 0 3 10 1 3 A1 B1 17 3 4 0 0 2 10
2 4 A2 B2 16 5 6 1 1 3 2 4 A2 B2 16 5 6 1 1 4 2 4 A2 B2 16 5 6 1 1 3
3 5 A3 B3 15 7 8 2 2 4 3 5 A3 B3 15 7 8 2 2 1 3 5 A3 B3 15 7 8 2 2 4
4 6 A4 B4 14 9 10 3 3 9 4 6 A4 B4 14 9 10 3 3 6 4 6 A4 B4 14 9 10 3 3 9
5 7 A5 B5 13 11 12 4 4 8 5 7 A5 B5 13 11 12 4 4 7 5 7 A5 B5 13 11 12 4 4 8
6 8 A6 B6 12 13 14 5 5 7 6 8 A6 B6 12 13 14 5 5 8 6 8 A6 B6 12 13 14 5 5 7
7 9 11 15 16 6 6 6 7 9 11 15 16 6 6 9 7 9 11 15 16 6 6 6
2 A7 B7
7 7
A7 B7
7 7
A7 B7
7 7 2
RA28 RA17 RA21 RA33 RA7 RA4
CPUA1 (7:0)
GPL5
IC46 IC37 VPL5
19 _CE 19 _CE
1 T_R 1 T_R
8 2 A0 B0 18 1 2 1 5 8 2 A0 B0 18 1 2 1 5
9 3 A1 B1 17 3 4 8 8 2 10 9 3 A1 B1 17 3 4 8 8 2 10
3 10
11
4
5
A2 B2 16
15
5
7
6
8
9
10
9
10
3
4
10
11
4
5
A2 B2 16
15
5
7
6
8
9
10
9
10
3
4
R124 R125 R126 R127 R128 R129 R130 3
A3 B3 A3 B3
12 6 A4 B4 14 9 10 11 11 9 12 6 A4 B4 14 9 10 11 11 6
13 7 A5 B5 13 11 12 12 12 8 13 7 A5 B5 13 11 12 12 12 7
13 13 13 13 R165 non non non non
14 8 A6 B6 12 13 14 7 14 8 A6 B6 12 13 14 8
15 9 A7 B7 11 15 16 14 14 6 15 9 A7 B7 11 15 16 14 14 9 VPL5
15 15 15 15
RA29 RA13 RA22 R166
RA23 MWR_1
IC49
19 _CE
GPL5 R167 MWR_2
1
CPUA2 (15:0) T_R
IC29 MRD_1
4 19 _CE
MWR_B
2
3
A0
A1
B0
B1
18
17
R162 4
1 4 16
MRD_2
T_R MRD_B A2 B2
5 A3 B3 15
16 2 A0 B0 18 1 2 1 5 6 A4 B4 14
17 3 17 3 4 16 16 2 10
RESET_B 7 13
A1 B1 A5 B5
18 4 A2 B2 16 5 6 17 17 3 8 B6 12
A6 R163
19 5 A3 B3 15 7 8 18 18 4 9 B7 11
A7
20 6 A4 B4 14 9 10 19 19 6
20 20
RESET_1
21 7 A5 B5 13 11 12 7
22 8 12 13 14 21 21 8 R170
A6 B6 RESET_2
23 9 A7 B7 11 15 16 22 22 9
23 23 GPL5
5 RA8 RA14
VPL5
R171 RESET_3
5
R145 R146 R147 R148
GPL5
CPUA3 (23:0)

non non non non

R131 R132 R133 R134 R135 R136

VPL5
GPL5
R172 non non non non non non
IC50
6 19
6
_CE R173 IOWR_1
1 T_R
IOWR_2
2 A0 B0 18
IOWR_B R174
3 A1 B1 17
IOWR_3
4 A2 B2 16
5 15 RESET_2 (018C12)
A3 B3 (019J04)
6 A4 B4 14
IORD_B 7 13 (020J04)
A5 B5 (021J04)
8 A6 B6 12
R175 (022I07)
9 A7 B7 11
(023A07)
7 CPUA (001I03) (007H02) (023B03) (020H02) (030C02) R176
IORD_1 RESET_3 (003J04)
(006G05)
7
CPUA1 (010I02) (023B01) IORD_3 (006C03) (021H02) MRD_B (001C14) IORD_2 (007H02)
(020I02) (027E14) (007I02) (022G04) MWR_1 (008H13) GPL5 (024A05)
(021I02) (030A09) (024E02) (023B03) (018B10) R177 IORD_3 (025J07)
(022B05) IORD_1 (008H13) (025K07) IOWR_3 (006C03) (023A03) (027G14)
(023F02) (012D02) (027H14) (007I02) (027I14) R149 R150 R151 R152 R153 R154 RESET_B (028D13)
(025J06) (013D02) IORD_B (001D14) (024F02) MWR_2 (004F02)
CPUA2 (008I13) (014D02) IOWR_1 (008H13) (025K07) (030C02)
(012E02) (015D15) (012C02) (027T14) MWR_B (001C14)
(013F02) (017A04) (013D02) IOWR_B (001D14) non non non non non non
RESET_1 (008G13)
(013E02) IORD_2 (018B10) (014D02) MRD_1 (008G13) (012E02)
(015F15) (019H02) (015D15) (018B10) (013E02)
8 (017A14) (020H02) (017A04) (023A03) (014E02) 8
(018C04) (021H02) IOWR_2 (018B10) (027I14) (015E15) GPL5
CPUA3 (006D03) (022G04) (019H02) MRD_2 (004E02) (017A14)
(029D10)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-18
 203

IPU PCB 3/36

A B C D E F G H I J

CPUROM0_
1 CPURAM1_
1
CPURAM0_
VPL5 CPMBFEN_

MSEL1_ SCCSR
MSEL2_
SCCS_
MSEL4_
MSEL5_
BUFR_W3
2 BUFR_W2 2

120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
VPL5

99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
BUFR_W1

VDD6
IMBANK3
IMBANK2
NC11
IMBANK1
IMBANK0
EXMSEL3_
EXMSEL2_
EXMSEL1_
EXMSEL0_
NC10
IMMSEL_
MSEL6_
MSEL5_
MSEL4_
MSEL3_
MSEL2_
MSEL1_
CPUROM1_
VSS6
VDD5
NC9
CPUROM0_
CPURAM2_
CPURAM1_
CPURAM0_
CPMBFEN_
EXMBFEN_
SCCSR
NC8
SCCS_
BUFROW13
BUFROW12
BUFROW11
BGO4_
BGO3_
NC7
BGO2_
BGO1_
VDD4
LED2 BGO3_
R67
2 1 4 3
1 2 121 80 BGO2_
IC14 VSS7 VSS5
122 79
VSS8 VSS4 BGO1_
123 78 1 2
LED1 IMSW D7
124 77 3 4 7
R66 CTP0 D6 VPL5
2 1 2 1 125 76 5 6 6
CTP1 D5
1 2 126 75 7 8 5
IC14 CTP2 D4
127 74 9 10 4
CTP3 D3
3 128
129
CTP4 D2 73
72
11
13
12
14
3
2
3

10
CTP5 D1 RA3

5
130 71 15 16 1
CTP6 D0
131 70 0
BS8_ DSS26_
132 69 RA15
MOD0 DSS25_
133 68

4
3
2
1
7
9
6
8
MOD1 DSS24_
134 67
A23 DSS23_
23 135

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A22 DSS22_ 66
22 136 65
GPL5 A21 DSS21_ CPD_D(7:0)
21 137 64
A20 DSS20_
20 138 63
A19 DSS19_
19 139 62
A18 DSS18_
18 140 61
NC12 DSS17_
4 17
141
142
A17
A16
IC38 NC6
DSS16_
60
59 4
16 143 58
A15 DSS15_
15 144 57
A14 DSS14_
14 145 56
A13 DSS13_
13 146 55
A12 DSS12_
12 147 54
A11 DSS11_
11 148 53
A10 DSS10_ DSS19_
10 149 52
A9 DSS9_ DSS18_
9 150 51
A8 DSS8_
8 151 50
A7 DSS7_
7 152 49 DSS15_
A6 DSS6_
6 153 48 DSS14_
A5 DSS5_
5 154 47 DSS13_
5 4
3
155
156
A4
A3
DSS4_
DSS3_ 46 DSS12_ 5
A2 DSS2_ 45 DSS11_
2 157 44
A1 DSS1_ DSS10_
1 158 43
A0 CPUCLK DSS9_
0 159 42
160
VSS9 VSS3 DSS8_

RXREADY1

RXREADY0
41

TXREADY1

TXREADY0
VSS10 VSS2 DSS7_
BUFEN_

RESET_
DSS6_
CPUD7
CPUD6

CPUD5
CPUD4
CPUD3
CPUD2
CPUD1
CPUD0

IDWR_

DSR1_
IDRD_

M1IO_

DIR1_
CPUA(23:0)
R1W_

RIS1_
CIS1_
VDD1

VDD2

RXD1

RXD0

VDD3
VSS1

TXD1

TXD0
DSS5_

INP0
INP1

IEST
INP2
INP3
NC1

NC2

NC3

NC4

NC5
DSS4_
GPL5 DSS3_
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
DSS2_
DSS1_
6 6
7
6

5
4
3
2
1
0

CLKOUT
CPUD(7:0)
INT3
BUFEN_B INT2
TXD0
IORD_B RXD0

IOWR_B CTS1_
RTS1_
BUFR_WB DTR1_
DSR1_
MIO_ INT5
INT4
7 RESET_3 TXD1
RXD1
7
BGO1_ (005C05) CPUROM0_ (004E02) DSS5_ (015I02) MSEL4_ (027I14)
BGO2_ (005E05) CTS1_ (033E07) MSEL5_ (008H13)
BGO3_ (005G05) DSR1 (033E07) DSS7_ (018B12) RESET_3 (002G15)
BUFEN_B (001B14) DSS10_ (021H02) DSS8_ (019H02) RTS1_ (033B03)
BUFR_W1 (004G02) DSS11_ (022E04) DSS9_ (020H02) RXD0 (028G10)
BUFR_W2 (005I05) DSS12_ (023B03) DTR1_ (033B03) RXD1 (033E07)
BUFR_W3 (030C02) DSS13_ (024E02) INT2 (001I14) SCCSR (030D02)
BUFR_WB (001D14) DSS14_ (025J07) INT3 (001I14) SCCS_ (005H05)
CLKOUT (001F14) DSS15_ (027H14) INT4 (001I14) (030B02)
CPD_D (005B05) DSS18_ (006C03) INT5 (001I14) TXD0 (028J09)
8 CPMBFEN_
CPUA
(004G02)
(001I03)
DSS19_
DSS1_
(007I02) IORD_B (001C14) TXD1
(008H13) IOWR_B (001DI14)
(033B03) 8
CPUD (001B10) DSS2_ (012J05) MIO_ (001DI14)
CPURAM0_ (004E09) DSS3_ (013J05) MSEL1_ (023A03)
CPURAM1_ (004E13) DSS4_ (014J05) MSEL2_ (018C12)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-19
203

IPU PCB 4/36

A B C D E F G H I J

CPUA(23:0)
1 1

VPL5
GPL5 VPL5
R61 R62 VPL5
VPL5
non non non
1 N.C. RESET_
44
2 RYBY_ WE_
43
1 32 18 3 42 9 5 1 28 5 1 28
2 16 2
Vcc
A16
Vcc
A18
31 16 8 4
A17
A7
A8
A9
41 10 6 2
A5
A6
Vcc
WE_
27 6 2
A5
A6
Vcc
WE_
27 2
15 3 30 17 7 5 40 11 7 3 26 4 7 3 26 4
A15 A17 A6 A10 A7 A4 A7 A4
12 4 29 14 6 6 39 12 8 4 25 3 8 4 25 3
A12 A14 A5 A11 A8 A3 A8 A3
7 5 28 13 5 7 38 13 9 5 24 2 9 5 24 2
A7 A13 A4 A12 A9 A2 A9 A2
6 6 27 8 4 8 37 14 10 6 23 1 10 6 23 1
A6 A8 A3 A13 A10 A1 A10 A1
5 7 26 9 3 9 36 15 11 7 22 11 7 22
A5 A9 A2 A14 A11 OE_ A11 OE_
4 8 25 11 2 10 35 16 12 8 21 0 12 8 21 0
A4 A11 A1 A15 A12 A0 A12 A0
3 9 24 1 11 34 17 13 9 20 13 9 20
A3 OE_ A0 A16 A13 CE_ A13 CE_
2 10 23 10 12 33 14 10 19 7 14 10 19 7
A2 A10 CE_ BYTE_ A14 IO7 A14 IO7
1 11 22 13 32 0 11 18 6 0 11 18 6
A1 CE_ Vss1 Vss2 IO8 IO6 IO8 IO6
0 12 21 7 14 31 0 1 12 17 5 1 12 17 5
A0 D7 OE_ DO15 IO1 IO5 IO1 IO5
0 13 20 6 0 15 30 2 13 16 4 2 13 16 4
D0 D6 DO0 DO7 IO2 IO4 IO2 IO4
3 VPL5 1
2
14
15
D1 D5
19
18
5
4 1
16
17
DO8 DO14 29
28
7 VPL5 14
GND IO3
15 3 VPL5 14
GND IO3
15 3 3
D2 D4 DO1 DO6 GPL5
16 17 3 18 27 6 IC2 IC11
GND D3 DO9 DO13
2 19 26
DO2 DO5
IC12 20 25 5 VPL5
DO10 DO12
R76 3 21 24 R24 R56
DO3 DO4
22 23 4 GPL5 GPL5
DO11 Vcc
GPL5 IC13
CPUROM0_ GPL5 CPURAM0_ CPURAM1_

4 4
MRD_2

MWR_2

VPL5 VPL5
CPUM_D(7:0)
5 VPL5 5
R60 R65

0 2 5
CPMBFEN_ 1 3 10
2 4
3 1
BUFR_W1 4 6
5 7
6 8
6 19
7 9 6
CPUD(7:0) _CE
1 RA2
T_R
0 2 18 0
A0 B0
1 3 17 1
A1 B1
2 4 16 2
A2 B2
3 5 15 3
A3 B3
4 6 14 4
A4 B4
5 7 13 5
A5 B5
6 8 12 6
A6 B6
7 9 11 7
A7 B7
7 IC24 7

BUFR_W1 (003C16)
CPMBFEN_ (003B16)
CPUA (001I03)
CPUD (001B10)
CPURAM0_ (003B16)
CPURAM1_ (003B16)
CPUROM0_ (003B16)
8 MRD_2
MWR_2
(002E15)
(002E15)
8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-20
 203

IPU PCB 5/36

A B C D E F G H I J

CPD_D(7:0)

1 1
VPL5

R180
CPU_D1(7:0)

19
BGO1_ _CE VPL5
1
2 T_R
2
0 2 18 0 0 2 5
A0 B0
1 3 17 1 1 3 10
A1 B1
2 4 16 2 2 4
A2 B2
3 5 15 3 3 1
A3 B3
4 6 14 4 4 6 RA35
A4 B4
VPL5 5 7 13 5 5 7
A5 B5
6 8 12 6 6 8
A6 B6
7 9 11 7 7 9
A7 B7
IC51

3 R137 3
CPU_D2(7:0)
19
BGO2_ _CE VPL5
1
T_R

0 2 18 0 0 6 5
A0 B0
1 3 17 1 1 7 10
A1 B1
2 4 16 2 2 8
A2 B2
3 5 15 3 3 9
A3 B3
4 6 14 4 4 1 RA32
A4 B4
VPL5 5 7 13 5 5 2
A5 B5
4 6
7
8
9
A6 B6
12
11
6
7
6
7
3
4
4
A7 B7
IC47
R90

CPU_D3(7:0)
19
BGO3_ _CE VPL5
1
T_R

0 2 18 0 0 2 5
A0 B0
1 3 17 1 1 3 10
B1
5 2 4
A1
A2 B2
16 2 2 4 5
3 5 15 3 3 1
A3 B3
4 6 14 4 4 6 RA16
A4 B4
VPL5 5 7 13 5 5 7
A5 B5
6 8 12 6 6 8
A6 B6
7 9 11 7 7 9
A7 B7
IC33
R51

ISUD(7:0)
19
6 SCCS_
1
_CE
T_R
VPL5 6
VPL5 2 18 0 0 1 5
0
A0 B0
1 3 17 1 1 2 10
A1 B1
2 4 16 2 2 3
A2 B2
3 5 15 3 3 4
A3 B3
4 6 14 4 4 7 RA1
A4 B4
R102 5 7 13 5 5 9
A5 B5
6 8 12 6 6 8
A6 B6
7 9 11 7 7 6
A7 B7
BUFR_W2
7 BGO1_ (003D16) (020H05)
IC10
7
BGO2_ (003D16) (023E01)
BGO3_ (003C16) (024D02)
BUFR_W2 (003C16) (025I06)
CPD_D (003E16) (027D14)
CPU_D1 (008T13) CPU_D3 (006G03)
(012G02) (007E10)
(013G02) ISUD (030G05)
(014G02) SCCS_ (003C16)
(015D15)
(017B14)
(018C04)
8 CPU_D2 (019I02) 8
(020I02)
(021I02)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-21
203

IPU PCB 6/36

A B C D E F G H I J

VPL5
IMG_OD11(10:0)
non
1 1

10
9
8

7
6
5
4
3
2

1
0
IMG_OD10(10:0) TP1 R54

10
9
8
7
6
5
VPL5
VCLK

R53
non

GPL5

PSYNC_
2 IOWR_3
2

60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
OSYNC_

IMDOUT10
IMDOUT9
IMDOUT8
VSS6
IMDOUT7
IMDOUT6
IMDOUT5
IMDOUT4
IMDOUT3
IMDOUT2
VSS5
VDD5
IMDOUT1
IMDOUT0
IMDIN10
IMDIN9
IMDIN8
IMDIN7
IMDIN6
IMDIN5
IORD_3 VPL5

DSS18_ 61 40 4
ICWR_ IMDIN4
62 39 3 ORST_
CPUA3(23:0) ICRD_ IMDIN3
63 38 2
DSS_ IMDIN2
0 64 37 1 R91
A0 IMDIN1
1 65 36 0
A1 IMDIN0
2 66 35
VPL5 A2 VDD4
3 67 34 NF52 LSUOUT
A3 TEST5 VPL5
4 68 33
NF50 A4 SCLE VPL5
69 32
3 0 70
D0
D1
SCDE
VDD3
31 IC30 3
1 71
VDD6 IC17 VCLK
30
ORST_B
19 _CE
72 29 GPL5 1 T_R
VSS7 TEST4
GPL5 73 28
SZCLK TEST3
74 27 2 18 R92 R77 R78 R79 R80
TEST6 VSS4 A0 B0
75 26 3 B1 17
D2 LSUOUT A1
2 76 25 4 A2 B2 16
C21 D3 PSYNC_
3 77 24 5 B3 15 R93
D4 CSYNC_ A3 HSYNC_1
4 78 23 6 A4 B4 14
D5 SVMSK_
5 79 22 7 A5 B5 13
1 8 D6 SVCLK
8 12
HSYNC_2
NC VCC 6 80 21 A6 B6
D7 VDD2 R94
9 11

HSYNC_
7

VSYNC_
RESET_

DELAY0
DELAY1
DELAY2
A7 B7

POMSK
NF51 HSYNC_3

PCLK_

PPST_
TEST0

TEST1

TEST2

TEST7
4 5

SICLK
VDD1
PCLK
VSS1

VSS2

VSS3
GND OUT
4 4

BD_
R95 HSYNC_4
X1 31MHz
TP3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
GPL5 non non non non
GPL5
GPL5
R86 R87 R88 R89

TP7
GPL5
CPU_D3(7:0) R74
GPL5
VPL5 VPL5

5 NF53 R72 5
VPL5
non non non non non

IC41 R97 R98 R99 R100 R101

GPL5 RESET_3 19 _CE
1 T_R R112
BD_
PCLOCK1
C22 2 A0 B0 18
VSYNC_ 3 17
A1 B1 R113
4 16
PPST_ A2 B2 PCLOCK2
1 8 5 A3 B3 15
NC VCC 6 14
6 4 5 7
A4
A5
B4
B5 13
R114
PCLOCK3
6
GND OUT 8 12
R73 A6 B6
9 A7 B7 11 R115
X2 37.4MHz
PCLOCK4
GPL5
R116
PCLOCK5

GPL5 non non non non non

R103 R104 R105 R106 R107

BD_ (031B13) (021D02) PCLOCK2 (012C02) PPST (007E15)
7 CPUA3 (002G05) (022D05) (013C02) PSYNC_ (007J02) 7
CPU_D3 (005E11) (023A07) (014C02) RESET_3 (002G15)
DSS18 (003F16) HSYNC_4 (007T02) (015D15) VCLK (027H05)
HSYNC_1 (008G13) (025K07) (017B04) (031D01)
(029E08) (027B13) PCLOCK3 (018C12) VSYNC_ (031C13) GPL5
(033H02) IMG_OD10 (027D03) (019J04)
HSYNC_2 (012H02) IMG_OD11 (031E01) (020J04) ORST_ (008G13)
(013H02) IORD_3 (002I12) (021J04) (012H02)
(014H02) IOWR_3 (002H12) (022I07)
(015E15) LSUOUT (027H05) (023A07) (013H02)
(017B14) OSYNC_ (007I02) PCLOCK4 (024A05) (014H02)
HSYNC_3 (018D12) PCLOCK1 (008A12) (025J07) (029F09)
8 (019D02)
(020D02)
(032E02)
(033E10)
(027H14)
PCLOCK5 (007J02) ORST_B (007E15)
8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-22
 203

IPU PCB 7/36

A B C D E F G H I J

VPL5

1 1
R117 R109 R110 R111

TBLSEL1
THRROM

ENGREQ
2 VPL5 VPL5
EPRDY 2
R119 R118 TP2

RVSW
ALE6
CPRDY

80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
3 3

VSS5
VDD4
PIS7
PIS6
PIS5
PIS4
PIS3
PIS2
PIS1
PIS0
POS7
POS6
POS5
POS4
POS3
POS2
POS1
POS0
ALE10
ALE9
ALE8
ALE7
ALE6
ALE5
ALE4
ALE3
ALE2
VSS4
VDD3
ALE1
ALE_HIS

81 50 ALE_PRS
TC11 PPST_
82 TC12 CRST_ 49
83 TC13 PLCUT 48
84 47 PPST_
TCNT0 CLCUT
85 TCNT1 COCUT 46
86 45 ORST_B
TCNT2 TCLK
GPL5 87 TCNT3 D7 44 7
88 43 6
PLCUT
TCNT4 D6
89 TCNT5 D5 42 5
90 41 4
OLCUT
TCNT6 D4
4 91
92
TCNT7
IC40 VSS3 40
39 3
4
TCNT8 D3
93 TCNT9 D2 38 2
94 TCNT10 D1 37 1
95 TCNT11 D0 36 0
96 35
CPU_D3(7:0) TP4
TCNT12 TCLKSEL
97 TCNT13 ADE10 34
98 TCNT14 ADE9 33
99 TCNT15 ADE8 32
100 TCNT16 ADE7 31 TP8 TP9
ODCUT

OUTDWE

PCLOCK
HSYNC_

PSYNC_
D9YNC_
RESET_

IOWR_
IORD_

BRDE
VDD1

VDD2
DSS_

APST

ADE1
ADE2
ADE3
ADE4
ADE5

ADE6
VSS1

TEST

VSS2
ODC_ZMC

MRE
5 5
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6

VPL5
ADE_FIL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
ADE_HTC
PDCUT
ADE6
RESET_3
ADE_ZMC
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

CPUA3(23:0)
ADE_HIS
6 6
DSS19_
ADE_PRS
IOWR_3

IORD_3 OUTDWE

HSYNC_4 APST

OSYNC_ MRE

PSYNC_ BRDE

7 7
PCLOCK5 ADE6 (008B09) (015E15) (027B09) TBLSEL1 (019I11)
(033D10) (017B14) ORST_B (006E11) (020I11)
ADE_FIL (025K07) CPRDY (033I09) (027B09) (021J11)
ADE_HIS (023B07) CPUA3 (002G05) THRROM (019I02)
ADE_HTC (027B09) CPU_D3 (005E11) (020I02)
ADE_PRS (023B07) DSS19 (003E16) (021I02)
ADE_ZMC (024B05) ENGREQ (033C10) OSYNC_ (006C15)
ALE6 (029E08) EPRDY (033D10) OUTDWE (027H05)
ALE_HIS (023B07) HSYNC_4 (006E16) PCLOCK5 (006I16)
ALE_PRS (023B07) IORD_3 (002I12) PDCUT (027I09)
APST (024A05) IOWR_3 (002H12) PLCUT (027I09)
8 BRDE (008F13) MRE (024B10) PPST_ (006H05) 8
(012H02) ODCUT (027B09) PSYNC_ (006C15)
(013H02) ODC_ZMC (024B05) RESET_3 (002G15)
(014H02) OLOUT (024B05) RVSW (031C05)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-23
203

IPU PCB 8/36

A B C D E F G H I J
VPL5

RA37 non

1
IDTCLK PCLOCK1
1 1
IDTEN ADE6

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
VPL5 CPEN_ MVSYNC
IMG_MD1(7:0)
IMG_MBMD(7:0)
VPL5

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IMG_MBCD(7:0) RA45 non

1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
2 2

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
TCLOCK

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
IMG_CD1(7:0)

99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
SPGT

VDD8
MBCD7
MBCD6
MBCD5
MBCD4
MBCD3
MBCD2
MBCD1
MBCD0
IDM7
IDM6
IDM5
IDM4
IDM3
IDM2
IDM1
IDM0
CPEN_
IDTEN
VSS9
IDTCLK
VDD7
VSS8
IMGCLK
TEST2
HEN
MVSYNC
MBMD7
MBMD6
MBMD5
MBMD4
MBMD3
MBMD2
MBMD1
MBMD0
IDC7
IDC6
IDC5
IDC4
IDC3
IDC2
IDC1
IDC0
VDD6
VPL5
IMG_MBYD(7:0)
133 VSS10 VSS7 88
RA57 non

1
134 TCLOCK IDY7 87 7
IMG_MBBD(7:0) 135 86 6
VSS11 IDY6
136 SPGT IDY5 85 5

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0 137 MBYD0 IDY4 84 4
1 138 83 3

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MBYD1 IDY3
3 2
3
139
140
MBYD2 IDY2 82
81
2
1
IMG_YD1(7:0) 3
MBYD3 IDY1
4 141 MBYD4 IDY0 80 0
5 142 79 VPL5 VPL5
MBYD5 INDWE
6 143 MBYD6 OUTDRE 78
7 144 MBYD7 IDCCNT 77
0 145 MBBD0 IDGATE_ 76 R140 R141
1 146 MBBD1 COPYEN_ 75
2 147 MBBD2 BRDE 74
3 148 MBBD3 TEST1 73
4 149 MBBD4 FRCLK 72
5 150 MBBD5 VSS6 71 INDWE
IMG_SCYD(7:0) 6 151 MBBD6 FWCLK 70
4 0
7 152
153
MBBD7
SCYD0 PCLOCK
TCI1 69
68
OUTDRE 4
154 VSS12 VDD5 67 IOCONT
155 VDD9 VSS5 66 VPL5 VPL5
1 156 IC43 65 IOGATE_
SCYD1 RESET_
2 157 SCYD2 TCI0 64
3 158 SCYD3 HSYNC_ 63 COPYEN_ R122 R123
4 159 SCYD4 DRST_ 62
5 160 SCYD5 D7 61 BRDE
IMG_SCMD(7:0) 6 161 60 7
SCYD6 D6
7 162 59 6 R138
SCYD7 D5
0 163 58 5 FRCLK
SCMD0 D4
1 164 57 4
VPL5 SCMD1 A12
2 165 56 12
5 3 166
SCMD2
SCMD3
A11
A10 55 11 R139 5
4 167 SCMD4 A9 54 10 FWCLK
5 168 SCMD5 A8 53 9
IMG_SCCD(7:0) 6 169 52 8
SCMD6 A7
7 170 SCMD7 MRD_ 51 7 RESET_1
0 171 SCCD0 MWR_ 50
1 172 SCCD1 MSEL_ 49 HSYNC_1
2 173 SCCD2 ICRD_ 48
R108 3 174 47 ORST_
SCCD3 ICWE_
non 4 175 SCCD4 DSS_ 46
5 176 SCCD5 YSS4 45 MRD_2
RAMWR_
RAMRD_
RAMCS_

RAMA10

RAMA11
RAMA12
RAMD0
RAMD1
RAMD2
RAMD3
RAMD4

RAMD5
RAMD6
RAMD7
RAMA0
RAMA1
RAMA2
RAMA3

RAMA4
RAMA5
RAMA6
RAMA7
RAMA8
RAMA9
SCCD6
SCCD7

MWR_2
VDD1

VDD2

VDD3

VDD4
VSS1

VSS2

VSS3
6 1 NC VCC 28 6

D0
D1
D2
D3
A0
A1
A2

A3
A4
A5
A6
4 2 A4 WE_ 27 MSEL5_
5 3 26
6 1
7 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
A5 CE2
6 4 A6 A3 25 3 GPL5 IORD_1
7 5 A7 A2 24 2
8 6 A8 A1 23 1 IOWR_1
9 7 A9 CE_ 22
10 8 A10 A0 21 0 DSS1_
R121

0
1
2
3
11 9 A11 CE1_ 20
12 10 A12 IO7 19 CPU_D1(7:0)
7
0
1
2

11 18

3
4
5
6
IO8 IO6 R120
0 12 17 6
IO1 IO5
5
CPUA2(15:0)
1 13 IO2 IO4 16
2 14 15 4
7 GND IO3
3 7
IC35 ADE6 (007H15) IDTEN (033G09) IOGATE_ (032E02)
10

11
12
0
1
2
3

4
5
6
7
8
9

ADRAM_A(12:0) BRDE (007J15) IMG_CD1 (010E02) IORD_1 (002I12)

GPL5
COPYEN_ (031B05) IMG_MBBD (032G10) IOWR_1 (002H12)
0
1
2
3
4

5
6
7

CPEN_ (033E10) IMG_MBCD (032A15) MRD_1 (002E15)

CPUA2 (002E09) IMG_MBMD (032A10) MSEL5 (003C02)
ADRAM_D(7:0) CPU_D1 (005C11) IMG_MBYD (032A05) MVSYNC (033I02)
DSS1_ (003H16) IMG_MD1 (009E02) MWR_1 (002E15)
FRCLK (009G02) IMG_SCCD (029A15) ORST_ (007E15)
(010H02) IMG_SCMD (029A10) OUTDRE (009H02)
(011H02) IMG_SCYD (029A05) (010H02)
FWCLK (009F02) IMG_YD1 (011F02) (011H02)
8 (010G02) INDWE (009G02) PCLOCLK1 (006H16) 8
(011G02) (010G02) RESET_1 (002F15)
HSYNC_1 (006E16) (011G02) SPGT (029F15)
IDTCLK (033H09) IOCONT (033D10) TCLOCK (029F15)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-24
 203

IPU PCB 9/36

A B C D E F G H I J

1 1

IDD0_M(7:0)

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IDD1_M(7:0)
2 2
IDD2_M(7:0)

IDD3_M(7:0)

IDD4_M(7:0)

3 3

VPL5 VPL5

IMG_MD1(7:0)

4 4
36 VCC1 36 VCC1
28 VCC2 18 28 VCC2 18
VCC3 VCC3
0 24 DI0 DO0 1 27 DI0 2 0 0 27 DI0 2 0
DO00 DO00
1 23 DI1 DO1 2 26 DI1 3 1 1 26 DI1 3 1
DO01 DO01
2 22 DI2 DO2 3 25 DI2 4 2 2 25 DI2 4 2
DO02 DO02
3 21 DI3 DO3 4 24 DI3 5 3 3 24 DI3 5 3
DO03 DO03
4 16 DI4 DO4 9 23 DI4 6 4 4 23 DI4 6 4
DO04 DO04
5 15 DI5 DO5 10 22 DI5 7 5 5 22 DI5 7 5
DO05 DO05
6 14 DI6 DO6 11 21 DI6 8 6 6 21 DI6 8 6
DO06 DO06
7 13 DI7 DO7 12 20 DI7 9 7 7 20 DI7 9 7
DO07 DO07
5 20
17
WE0 RE0 5
8 35 10 0 35 10 0
5
FWCLK WCK RCK RE_ DO10 RE_ DO10
19 RSTW0 RSTR0 6 34 RSTR_ 11 1 34 RSTR_ 11 1
DO11 DO11
R0901

7 GND VCC 18 33 RCK 12 2 33 RCK 12 2

INDWE DO12 DO12
DO13 13 3 DO13 13 3
32 WE_ 14 4 32 WE_ 14 4
DO14 DO14
IC60 31 RSTW_ 15 5 31 RSTW_ 15 5
GPL5 GPL5 DO15 DO15
VPL5 30 WCK 16 6 30 WCK 16 6
DO16 DO16
DO17 17 7 DO17 17 7
29 GND1 29 GND1
19 GND2 1 19 GND2 1
GND3 GND3
R0902

R0903
6 FRCLK IC68 IC69
6
OUTDRE

VPL5 VPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5

R204 R203

7 7
FCK2

RSTRW2

8 8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-25
203

IPU PCB 10/36

A B C D E F G H I J

1 1

IDD0_C(7:0)

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IDD1_C(7:0)
2 2
IDD2_C(7:0)

IDD3_C(7:0)

IDD4_C(7:0)

3 3

VPL5 VPL5

IMG_CD1(7:0)

4 4
36 VCC1 36 VCC1
28 VCC2 18 28 VCC2 18
VCC3 VCC3
0 24 1 27 DI0 2 0 0 27 DI0 2 0
DI0 DO0 DO00 DO00
1 23 2 26 DI1 3 1 1 26 DI1 3 1
DI1 DO1 DO01 DO01
2 22 DI2 DO2 3 25 DI2 4 2 2 25 DI2 4 2
DO02 DO02
3 21 DI3 DO3 4 24 DI3 5 3 3 24 DI3 5 3
DO03 DO03
4 16 DI4 DO4 9 23 DI4 6 4 4 23 DI4 6 4
DO04 DO04
5 15 DI5 DO5 10 22 DI5 7 5 5 22 DI5 7 5
DO05 DO05
6 14 DI6 DO6 11 21 DI6 8 6 6 21 DI6 8 6
DO06 DO06
7 13 DI7 DO7 12 20 DI7 9 7 7 20 DI7 9 7
DO07 DO07
5 20
17
WE0 RE0 5
8 35 10 0 35 10 0
5
FWCLK WCK RCK RE_ DO10 RE_ DO10
19 RSTW0 RSTR0 6 34 RSTR_ 11 1 34 RSTR_ 11 1
DO11 DO11
R1001

7 GND VCC 18 33 RCK 12 2 33 RCK 12 2

INDWE DO12 DO12
DO13 13 3 DO13 13 3
32 WE_ 14 4 32 WE_ 14 4
DO14 DO14
IC77 31 RSTW_ 15 5 31 RSTW_ 15 5
GPL5 GPL5 DO15 DO15
VPL5 30 WCK 16 6 30 WCK 16 6
DO16 DO16
DO17 17 7 DO17 17 7
29 GND1 29 GND1
19 GND2 1 19 GND2 1
GND3 GND3

6 FRCLK IC82 IC94

6
R1002

R1003
OUTDRE

VPL5 VPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5

R213 R214

7 7
FCK3

RSTRW3

8 8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-26
 203

IPU PCB 11/36

A B C D E F G H I J

1 1

IDD0_Y(7:0)

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IDD1_Y(7:0)
2 2
IDD2_Y(7:0)

IDD3_Y(7:0)

IDD4_Y(7:0)

3 3

VPL5 VPL5

IMG_YD1(7:0)

4 4
36 VCC1 36 VCC1
28 VCC2 18 28 VCC2 18
VCC3 VCC3
0 24 DI0 DO0 1 27 DI0 2 0 0 27 DI0 2 0
DO00 DO00
1 23 DI1 DO1 2 26 DI1 3 1 1 26 DI1 3 1
DO01 DO01
2 22 DI2 DO2 3 25 DI2 4 2 2 25 DI2 4 2
DO02 DO02
3 21 DI3 DO3 4 24 DI3 5 3 3 24 DI3 5 3
DO03 DO03
4 16 DI4 DO4 9 23 DI4 6 4 4 23 DI4 6 4
DO04 DO04
5 15 DI5 DO5 10 22 DI5 7 5 5 22 DI5 7 5
DO05 DO05
6 14 DI6 DO6 11 21 DI6 8 6 6 21 DI6 8 6
DO06 DO06
7 13 DI7 DO7 12 20 DI7 9 7 7 20 DI7 9 7
DO07 DO07
5 20
17
WE0 RE0 5
8 35 10 0 35 10 0
5
FWCLK WCK RCK RE_ DO10 RE_ DO10
19 RSTW0 RSTR0 6 34 RSTR_ 11 1 34 RSTR_ 11 1
DO11 DO11
R1101

7 GND VCC 18 33 RCK 12 2 33 RCK 12 2

INDWE DO12 DO12
DO13 13 3 DO13 13 3
32 WE_ 14 4 32 WE_ 14 4
DO14 DO14
IC98 31 RSTW_ 15 5 31 RSTW_ 15 5
GPL5 GPL5 DO15 DO15
VPL5 30 WCK 16 6 30 WCK 16 6
DO16 DO16
DO17 17 7 DO17 17 7
29 GND1 29 GND1
19 GND2 1 19 GND2 1
GND3 GND3

R1103
R1102

6 FRCLK IC101 IC106

6
OUTDRE

VPL5 VPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5

R236 R235

7 7
FCK1

RSTRW1

8 8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-27
203

IPU PCB 12/36

A B C D E F G H I J

FCK5-M
RSTR5-M
PORF4-M(3:0)
1 RDRF3-M(3:0) 1
DN1D4-M

R1204
DNFLAGI(1:0)

SBDD2-M(7:0) DN-M

7
6
5
4
3

2
1
0
PORF3-M(3:0) SDD4-M(7:0)
SDD5-M(7:0) CY-M
24 1

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DN104-M DI0 DO0 SDD6-M(7:0)
2 0 23 2 0 IDD4-M(7:0) 2

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

3
2
1
0
3
2

1
0
DI1 DO1
1 22 3 1 VPL5
DI2 DO2

7
6
5
1
0
2 21 4 2 VPL5
DI3 DO3
3 16 9 3 CY-DSE-M(9:0)
DI4 DO4
15 10

156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
DI5 DO5 R1208
14 11
DI6 DO6
13 12

DNPEAKD4

DNPEAKD3
DNFALLD4

DNFALLD3
DNRISED4

DNRISED3
DI7 DO7

DNDIPD4

DNDIPD3
20 5 VPL5

SBDD27
SBDD26
SBDD25
SBDD24
SBDD23

SBDD22
SBDD21
SBDD20
WE0 RE0

GND16
GND15

GND14

GND13

GND12

GND11

GND10
DN1D8
DN2D4
DN1D4

RSTR5
SDD61
SDD60
SDD57
SDD56
SDD55
SDD54
SDD53
SDD52
SDD51
SDD50
SDD47
SDD46
SDD45
SDD44
SDD43
SDD42
SDD41
SDD40
17 8

IDD47
IDD46
IDD45

GND9
VDD7

VDD6

FCK5
FCK5-M 19
WCK RCK
6 157 104
VPL5 28
DI0 DO0
1
RSTRW4-M 7
RSTW0 RSTR0
13
VDD8 VDD5 27
DI1
2 0 VPL5
158 103 DO1
GND VCC SDD62 IDD44 0 26 3 1
2 159 102 4 DI2 DO2
SDD63 IDD43 1 25 4 2
3 160 101 3 DI3 DO3
SDD64 IDD42 2 24 5 3
3 VPL5
GPL5
IC1202
FPD5(2:0)
4
5
161
162
SDD65
SDD66
IDD41
IDD40
100
99
2
1
R1213 3
4
19
18
DI4
DI5
DO4
DO5
10
11
4
5
3
R1211 6 163 98 0 DI6 DO6 R1210
SDD67 CY 5 17 12 6
7 164 97 DI7 DO7
FPD50 CYDNIDE 6 16 13 7
0 165 96 9 DI8 DO8
FPD6(2:0) FPD51 CYDNID9
4
7 15
DI9
14 8
1 166 95 DO9
FPD52 CYDNDD4 8 23 6 9 VPL5
2 167 94 3 WE0 RE0
FPD60 CYDNDD3 20 9
0 168 93 2 WCK RCK
RSTRS-M FPD61 CYDNDD2 22
RSTW0
7
1 169 92 1 RSTR0
FPD62 CYDNDD1 8 21
2 0 170 91 0 GNO VCC
FLD1D50 CYDNIDO
R1201 1 171
FLD1D51 CYDNID4
90 3
2 172 89 2 IC1204 R1206
FLD1D5-M(7:0) 3 173
FLD1D52 CYDNID3
88 1
VPL5 FLD1D53 CYDNID2 GPL5
174 87 0
4 175
GND17
FLD1D54
CYDNID1
IDD37
86 7 4
4 176 85 6
GPL5
FLD1D6-M(7:0) FLD1D55 IDD36
5 177 84 5
FLD1D56 IDD35 GPL5
6 178 83 4
FLD1D57 IDD34
36
VCC1 7 179 82 3 RSTRW4-M RSTR5-M
FILD1D60 IDD33
28 18 0 180 81 2
VCC2 VCC FILD1D61 IDD32
1 181 80 1
FILD1D62 IDD31
27 2 2 182 79 CY-D03-M(3:0)
DI0 DO00 GND18 GND8 VPL5
0 26 3 0 183 78
DI1 DO01 VDD9 VDD4
1 25 4 1 184
VPL5 2 24
DI2
DI3
DO02
DO03
5 2 3 185
FILD1D63 IC1201 IDD30
77
76
0
0 24 1 0
FILD1D64 RSTRW4 DI0 DO0
3 23 6 3 4 186 75
DI4 DO04 FILD1D65 FCK4 1 23 2 1
4 22 7 4 5 187 74 7 DI1 DO1
DI5 DO05 R1203 FILD1D66 IDD27 2 22 3 2
5 5
6
21
20
DI6 DO06
8
9
5
6
6
7
188
189
FILD1D67 IDD26
73
72
6
5
3 21
DI2
DI3
DO2
DO3
4 3 5
DI7 DO07 FCK6 IDD25 16 9
R1209 7 7 190 71 4 DI4 DO4
RSTRW6 IDD24 15 10
35 10 0 0 191 60 3 R1205 DI5 DO5
RE- DO10 FILD1D70 IDD23 14 11
34 11 1 1 192 69 2 DI6 DO6
RSTR- DO11 FLDID7-M(7:0) FILD1D71 IDD22 13 12
33 12 2 2 193 68 1 DI7 DO7
RCK DO12 FILD1D72 IDD21 20 5
13 3 3 194 67 0 WE0 RE0
DO13 FILD1D73 IDD20 17 3
32 14 4 4 195 66 7 WCK RCK
WE- DO14 FILD1D74 IDD17 19 6
31 15 5 5 196 65 6 RSTW0 RSTR0
RSTW - DO15 FILD1D75 IDD16 7 18
30 16 6 6 197 64 5 GN0 VCC
WCK DO16 FILD1D76 IDD15
17 7 7 198 63 4
DO17 FILD1D77 IDD14
29 199 62 3
R1202 GNO1 GND19 IDD13 IC1205
19 1 0 200 61 2 GPL5 R1207
GNO2 GND3 OD0 IDD12
6 IC1203
1
2
201
202
OD1
OD2
IDD11
IDD10
60
59
1
0
6
3 203 58 7
OD3 IDD07
4 204 57 6
OD4 IDD06
5 205 56 5 GPL5
GPL5 OD5 IDD05
6 206 55 4
GPL5 OD6 IDD04
VPL5 7 207 54 3
OD7 IDD03
208 53
VDD10 VDD3

DNPEAKD2
R1212

DNSLPD2
DNDIPO2
ITD2D30
ITD2D31
ITD2D32
ITD2D33

ITD2D34
ITD2D35
ITD2D36
ITD2D37
RESET-

HSYNC
ORST-

IOWR-
IORD-

IDD00
IDD01
IDD02
GND1
GND2

GND3

GND5

GND6
GND7
DBD6

VDD1

PCLK

TEST
CY-D14-M(3:0)
DSS-
SMC

GND

MRE

AMC
VDD

SCK
SD1
D0
D1

D2

D3
D4
D5

D6
D7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6

GPL5
IDD3-M(7:0)
IMG-MO3(7:0)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
7 7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

IDD2-M(7:0)

IDD1-M(7:0)
0
1

3
4
5

6
7

0
1
2
CPU-D1(7:0) IDD0-M(7:0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

CPUA2(15:0) SLPD2-M
BRDE (007J15) DIPD2-M
DBD6 PEAKD2-M
CPUA2 (002E09)
0
1
2
3

4
5
6
7

ORST-
CPU-D1 (005C11) RESET-1 ITD2D3-M(7:0)
DSS2 (003H16) DSS2-
HSYNC-2 (006E16) PCLOCK2
IORD-1 (002I12) IOWR-1
8 IOWR-1 (002H12) IORD-1 8
ORST (007E15) HSYNC-2
PCLOCK2 (006H16) BRDE
RESET-1 (002F15)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-28
 203

IPU PCB 13/36

A B C D E F G H I J

FCK5-C
VPL5 RSTR5-C
PORF4-C(3:0)
1 R1311
PDRF3-C(3:0) 1
DN1D4-C

R1304
RSTR5-C

SBDD2-C(7:0) DN-C

7
6
5
4
3

2
1
0
PORF3-C(3:0) SDD4-C(7:0)
SDD5-C(7:0) CY-C
24 1

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
2 0 23
DI0 DO0
2 0 SDD6-C(7:0) IDD4-C(7:0) 2

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

3
2
1
0
3
2

1
0
DI1 DO1
1 22 3 1

1
0
DI2 DO2 VPL5

7
6
5
2 21 4 2 VPL5
DI3 DO3
3 16 9 3
DN1D4-C DI4 DO4 CY-DSE-C(9:0)
15 10
DI5 R1308

156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
DO5
14 11
DI6 DO6
13 12

DNPEAKD4

DNPEAKD3
DI7 DO7

DNFALLD4

DNFALLD3
DNRISED4

DNRISED3
20 5

DNDIPD4

DNDIPD3
WE0 VPL5

SBDD27
SBDD26
SBDD25
SBDD24
SBDD23

SBDD22
SBDD21
SBDD20
RE0

GND16
GND15

GND14

GND13

GND12

GND11

GND10
17 8

DN1D8
DN2D4
DN1D4

RSTR5
SDD61
SDD60
SDD57
SDD56
SDD55
SDD54
SDD53
SDD52
SDD51
SDD50
SDD47
SDD46
SDD45
SDD44
SDD43
SDD42
SDD41
SDD40

IDD47
IDD46
IDD45
FCK5-C

GND9
VDD7

VDD6

FCK5
WCK RCK 28 1
19 6 157 104 VPL5 DI0 DO0
RSTRW4-C RSTW0 RSTR0 VDD8 VDD5 27 2 0
7 13 158 103 DI1 DO1
GND VCC SDD62 IDD44 VPL5
159 102 0 26 3 1
2 4 DI2 DO2
SDD63 IDD43 1 25 4 2
3 160 101 3 DI3 DO3
SDD64 IDD42
3 GPL5 IC1302 4
5
161
162
SDD65 IDD41
100
99
2
1
R1307
2
3
24
19
DI4
DI5
DO4
DO5
5
10
3
4 3
FPD5(2:0) SDD66 IDD40 4 18 11 5
6 163 98 0 DI6 DO6
R1310
SDD67 CY 5 17 12 6
7 164 97 DI7 DO7
FPD50 CYDNIDE 6 16 13 7
0 165 96 9 DI8 DO8
FPD6(2:0) FPD51 CYDNID9 7 15 14 8
1 166 95 4 DI9 DO9
FPD52 CYDNDD4 8 23 6 9
2 167 94 WE0 RE0 VPL5
FPD60 CYDNDD3
R1301 0 168 93 3 20
WCK RCK
9
FPD61 CYDNDD2 22 7
1 169 92 2 RSTW0 RSTR0
FPD62 CYDNDD1 8 21
2 0 170 91 1 GNO VCC
FLD1D50 CYDNIDO
1 171 90 0
FLD1D51 CYDNID4
2 172 89 3 IC1304
VPL5
FLD1D5-C(7:0) 3 173
FLD1D52 CYDNID3
88 2 R1306
GPL5 FLD1D53 CYDNID2 GPL5
4 174
175
GND17
FLD1D54
CYDNID1
IDD37
87
86
1
0 4
4 176 85 7
FLD1D6-C(7:0) FLD1D55 IDD36
5 177 84 6
FLD1D56 IDD35
6 178 83 5 GPL5
36 FLD1D57 IDD34
VCC1 7 179 82 4
28 18 FILD1D60 IDD33
VCC2 VCC 0 180 81 3
FILD1D61 IDD32
1 181
FILD1D62 IDD31
80 2 CY-D03-C(3:0)
27 2 2 182 79 1
DI0 DO00 GND18 GND8
0 26 3 0 183 78
DI1 DO01 VDD9 VDD4
1 25 4 1 184 77 CY-D14-C(3:0)
VPL5 2 24
DI2
DI3
DO02
DO03
5 2 3 185
FILD1D63
FILD1D64
IC1301 IDD30
RSTRW4
76 0
3 23 6 3 4 186 75
DI4 DO04 FILD1D65 FCK4
4 22 7 4 5 187 74 7
R1303
5 R1309
5
6
21
20
DI5
DI6
DO05
DO06
8
9
5
6
6
7
188
189
FILD1D66
FILD1D67
IDD27
IDD26
73
72
6
5
5
DI7 DO07 FCK6 IDD25
7 7 190 71 4
RSTRW6 IDD24
35 10 0 0 191 60 3 R1305
RE DO10 FILD1D70 IDD23
34 11 1 1 192 69 2
RSTR DO11 FLDID7-C(7:0) FILD1D71 IDD22
33 12 2 2 193 68 1
RCK DO12 FILD1D72 IDD21
13 3 3 194 67 0
DO13 FILD1D73 IDD20
32 14 4 4 195 66 7
WE- DO14 FILD1D74 IDD17
31 15 5 5 196 65 6 RSTRW4-C
RSTW- DO15 FILD1D75 IDD16
30 16 6 6 197 64 5
WCK DO16 FILD1D76 IDD15
17 7 7 198 63 4
29 DO17 FILD1D77 IDD14
GNO1 199 62 3
R1302 19 1 GND19 IDD13
GNO2 GND3 0 200 61 2
OD0 IDD12
6 IC1303
1
2
201
202
OD1 IDD11
60
59
1
0
6
OD2 IDD10
3 203 58 7
OD3 IDD07
4 204 57 6
OD4 IDD06
5 205 56 5
GPL5 GPL5 OD5 IDD05
6 206 55 4
VPL5 OD6 IDD04
7 207 54 3
OD7 IDD03
R1312 208 53
VDD10 VDD3

DNPEAKD2

DNSLPD2
DNDIPO2
ITD2D30
ITD2D31
ITD2D32
ITD2D33

ITD2D34
ITD2D35
ITD2D36
ITD2D37
RESET-

HSYNC
ORST-

IOWR-
IORD-

IDD00
IDD01
IDD02
GND1
GND2

GND3

GND5

GND6
GND7
DBD6

VDD1

PCLK

TEST
DSS-
SMC

GND

MRE

AMC
VDD

SCK
SD1
D0
D1

D2

D3
D4
D5

D6
D7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6

GPL5 IDD3-C(7:0)
IMG-CD3(7:0)
7 7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

IDD2-C(7:0)

IDD1-C(7:0)
0
1

3
4
5

6
7

0
1
2
CPU-D1(7:0) IDD0-C(7:0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

CPUA2(15:0) SLPD2-C
BRDE (007J15) DIPD2-C
CPUA2 (002E09) DED6 PEAKD2-C
CPU-D1 (005C11)
0
1
2
3

4
5
6
7

ORST-
DSS3 (003H16) RESET-1 ITD2D3-C(7:0)
HSYNC-2 (006E16) DSS3-
IORD-1 (002I12) PCLOCK2
8 IOWR-1
ORST
(002A12)
(007E15)
IOWR-1
IORD-1 8
HSYNC-2
PCLOCK2 (006H16)
BRDE
RESET-1 (002F15)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-29
203

IPU PCB 14/36

A B C D E F G H I J

FCK5-Y
VPL5 RSTR5-Y
1 R1411
PORF4-Y(3:0) RDRF3-Y(3:0) 1
DN1D4-Y

R1404
RSTR5-Y

SBDD2-Y(7:0) DN-Y

7
6
5
4
3

2
1
0
PORF3-Y(3:0) SDD4-Y(7:0) CY-Y
SDD5-Y(7:0)

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
24 1
DI0 DO0
2 0 23 SDD6-Y(7:0) IDD4-Y(7:0) 2

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
2 0

3
2
1
0
3
2

1
0
DI1 DO1
1 22 3 1

1
0
VPL5

7
6
5
DI2 DO2 VPL5
2 21 4 2
DI3 DO3
3 16 9 3 CY-DSE-Y(9:0)
DN1D4-Y 15
DI4 DO4

156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
10
DI5 DO5
14 11
DI6 DO6 R1408

DNPEAKD4

DNPEAKD3
13 12

DNFALLD4

DNFALLD3
DNRISED4

DNRISED3
DI7 DO7

DNDIPD4

DNDIPD3
20

SBDD27
SBDD26
SBDD25
SBDD24
SBDD23

SBDD22
SBDD21
SBDD20
5 VPL5

GND16
GND15

GND14

GND13

GND12

GND11

GND10
DN1D8
DN2D4
DN1D4

RSTR5
SDD61
SDD60
SDD57
SDD56
SDD55
SDD54
SDD53
SDD52
SDD51
SDD50
SDD47
SDD46
SDD45
SDD44
SDD43
SDD42
SDD41
SDD40
WE0 RE0

IDD47
IDD46
IDD45

GND9
VDD7

VDD6

FCK5
17 8
FCK5-Y WCK RCK VPL5 28
DI0 DO0
1
19 6 157 104
RSTRW4-Y RSTW0 RSTR0 VDD8 VDD5 27
DI1 DO1
2 0 VPL5
7 13 158 103
GND VCC SDD62 IDD44 0 26 3 1
2 159 102 4 DI2 DO2
SDD63 IDD43 1 25 4 2
3 160 101 3 DI3 DO3
SDD64 IDD42 2 24 5 3
3 GPL5
IC1402
FPD5(2:0)
4
5
161
162
SDD65
SDD66
IDD41
IDD40
100
99
2
1
R1413 3
4
19
18
DI4
DI5
DO4
DO5
10
11
4
5
R1410 3
6 163 98 0 DI6 DO6
SDD67 CY 5 17 12 6
7 164 97 DI7 DO7
FPD50 CYDNIDE 6 16 13 7
0 165 96 9 DI8 DO8
FPD6(2:0) FPD51 CYDNID9 7 15
DI9
14 8
1 166 95 4 8 23 DO9 6 9
FPD52 CYDNDD4 WE0 VPL5
2 167 94 20 RE0 9
R1401 0 168
FPD60 CYDNDD3
93 3 WCK RCK
FPD61 CYDNDD2 22 7
1 169 92 2 RSTW0 RSTR0
FPD62 CYDNDD1 8 21
2 0 170 91 1 GNO VCC
FLD1D50 CYDNIDO
1 171 90 3 0
FLD1D51 CYDNID4 IC1404
2 172 89 2 R1406
GPL5 FLD1D5-Y(7:0) FLD1D52 CYDNID3
VPL5 3 173 88 1 GPL5
FLD1D53 CYDNID2
174 87 0
4 175
GND17
FLD1D54
CYDNID1
IDD37
86 7 4
4 176 85 6
FLD1D6-Y(7:0) FLD1D55 IDD36
5 177 84 5 GPL5
FLD1D56 IDD35
6 178 83 4
36 FLD1D57 IDD34 RSTRW-Y RSTRS-Y
VCC1 7 179 82 3
28 18 FILD1D60 IDD33
VCC2 VCC 0 180 81 2
FILD1D61 IDD32
1 181 80 1
27 2 FILD1D62 IDD31
DI0 DO00 2 182 79
0 26 3 0 GND18 GND8 CY-D03-Y(3:0) VPL5
DI1 DO01 183 78
1 25 4 1 VDD9 VDD4

VPL5 2 24
DI2
DI3
DO02
DO03
5 2 3
184
185
FILD1D63 IC1201 IDD30
77
76
0

FILD1D64 RSTRW4 0 24 1 0
3 23 6 3 4 186 75 DI0 DO0
DI4 DO04 FILD1D65 FCK4 1 23 2 1
4 22 7 4 5 187 74 7 DI1 DO1
DI5 DO05 2 22 3 2
5 R1409
5
6
21
20
DI6
DI7
DO06
DO07
8
9
5
6
R1403 6
7
188
189
FILD1D66
FILD1D67
IDD27
IDD26
73
72
6
5
3 21
DI2
DI3
DO2
DO3
4 3 5
FCK6 IDD25 0 16 9 0
7 7 190 71 4 DI4 DO4
RSTRW6 IDD24 1 15 10 1
35 10 0 0 191 60 3
R1405 DI5 DO5
RE- DO10 FILD1D70 IDD23 2 14 11 2
34 11 1 1 192 69 2 DI6 DO6
RSTR- DO11 FLDID7-Y(7:0) FILD1D71 IDD22 3 13 12 3
33 12 2 2 193 68 1 DI7 DO7
RCK DO12 FILD1D72 IDD21 20 5
13 3 3 194 67 0 WE0 RE0
DO13 FILD1D73 IDD20 17 3
32 14 4 4 195 66 7 WCK RCK
WE- DO14 FILD1D74 IDD17 19 6
31 15 5 5 196 65 6 RSTW0 RSTR0
RSTW- DO15 FILD1D75 IDD16 7 18
30 16 6 6 197 64 5 GN0 VCC
WCK DO16 FILD1D76 IDD15
17 7 7 198 63 4
DO17 FILD1D77 IDD14
29 199 62 3
GNO1 GND19 IDD13 IC1405
19 1 0 200 61 2 R1407
R1402 GNO2 GND3 OD0 IDD12 GPL5

6 IC1403
1
2
201
202
OD1
OD2
IDD11
IDD10
60
59
1
0
6
3 203 58 7
OD3 IDD07
4 204 57 6
5 205
OD4 IDD06
56 5
CY-D14-C(3:0)
GPL5
GPL5 OD5 IDD05
6 206 55 4
GPL5 OD6 IDD04
VPL5 7 207 54 3
208
OD7 IDD03
53
CY-D03-C(3:0)

DNPEAKD2
VDD10 VDD3

DNSLPD2
DNDIPO2
R1412

ITD2D30
ITD2D31
ITD2D32
ITD2D33

ITD2D34
ITD2D35
ITD2D36
ITD2D37
RESET-

HSYNC
ORST-

IOWR-
IORD-

IDD00
IDD01
IDD02
GND1
GND2

GND3

GND5

GND6
GND7
DBD6

VDD1

PCLK

TEST
CY-D14-Y(3:0)
SMC

GND

MRE

AMC
VDD
DSS

SCK
SD1
D0
D1

D2

D3
D4
D5

D6
D7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6

GPL5 IDD3-Y(7:0)
IMG-YD3(7:0)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

7 IDD2-Y(7:0) 7
IDD1-Y(7:0)
0
1

3
4
5

6
7

0
1
2
CPU-D1(7:0) IDD0-Y(7:0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

BRDE (007J15) CPUA2(15:0) SLPD2-Y

CPUA2 (002E09) DIPD2-Y
CPU-D1 (005C11) DBD6 PEAKD2-Y
DSS4 (003H16) ORST-
0
1
2
3

4
5
6
7

HSYNC-2 (006E16) RESET-1 ITD2D3-Y(7:0)

IORD-1 (002I12) DSS4-
IOWR-1 (002H12) PCLOCK2
ORST (007E15) IOWR-1
8 PCLOCK2 (006H16) IORD-1 8
RESET-1 (002F15) HSYNC-2
BRDE

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-30
 203

IPU PCB 15/36

A B C D E F G H I J

FCKA

FCK3

FCK2
RSTRW3

RSTRW2
FPD4(2:0)
MREDLY
RSTRW1

ACPKD6
ACPZD6
RSTWA
RSTRA

ASKD6

ASKD4
ASZD6

ASZD4
FCK1

DBD4

DN-M

CY-M
DN-C
DN-Y
CY-C
CY-Y
ITD5(1:0) R1504
ITD4(1:0)

1
0
ITD3(1:0)
1 1

R1507

R1506

R1505

1
0
CLD5(2:0)
IDD4-Y(7:0)

1
0
IDD4-M(7:0)

2
1
0
RSTRW9

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FCK9

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

2
1
0
R1503

228
227
226
225
224
223
222
221
220
219
218
217
216
215
214
213
212
211
210
209
208
207
206
205
204
203
202
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
GND39
GND38
MID47
MID46
MID45
MID44
MID43
MID42
MID41
MID40
YID47
YID46
YID45
YID44
YID43
YID42
YID41
YID40
GND37
VDD24
NC3
MREDLY
ACPKD6
ACPZD6
GND36
VDD23
RSTWA
RSTRA
FCKA
GND35
VDD22
ASKD6
ASZD6
DBD4
ASKD4
ASZD4
GND34
GND33
VDD21
VDD20
FPD42
FPD41
FPD40
GND32
CDND4
MDND4
YDND4
CCYD4
MCYD4
YCYD4
NC2
GND31
GND30
RSTRW3
FCK3
RSTRW2
GND29
VDD19
FCK2
RSTRW1
FCK1
GND20
RSTRW9
FCK9
VDD18
ITD51
ITD50
ITD41
ITD40
ITD31
ITD30
CLD52
CLD51
CLD50
GND27
GND26
GPL5

229 152
VDD25 VDD17
2 IDD4-C(7:0) 230
231
VDD26
NC4
VDD16
CLD42
151
150
CLD4(2:0) 2
0 232 149 2 1 0
CID40 CLD41
1 233 148
CID41 CLD40
2 234 147 CLD3(2:0)
CID42 GND25
3 235 146
CID43 CLD32
4 236 145 2 1 0
CID44 CLD31
5 237 144
CID45 CLD30
6 238 143
CID46 GND24
7 239 142
SDD4-Y(7:0) 240
CID47 RSTRW8
141
RSTRW8
NC5 FCK8
0 241 140
YSDD40 FMD51
1 242 139 FCK8
YSDD41 FMD50
2 243 138 0 1 R1502
YSDD42 FMD41 FMD5(1:0)
244 137
3 3
4
245
246
VDD27
YSDD43
FMD40
FMD31
136
135
0 1
FMD4(1:0)
3
YSDD44 FMD30
247 134 0 1
GND40 GND23 FMD3(1:0)
248 133
249
GND41 GND22
132
FMD2(1:0)
NC6 FMD21
5 250 131 1 0
YSDD45 FMD20
6 251 130 ITD2D3-C(7:0)
YSDD46 VDD15
7 252 129
SDD4-M(7:0) YSDD47 CITD2D37
253 128 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
GND42 CITD2D36
0 254 127
MSDD40 CITD2D35
1 255 126
MSDD41 CITD2D34
2 256 125
MSDD42 CITD2D33
3 257 124
MSDD43 CITD2D32
258 123
GND43 CITD2D31
4 4
259
260
VDD28
MSDD44
CITD2D30
MITD2D37
122
121
4
5 261 120
MSDD45 MITD2D36
6 262 119
MSDD46 MITD2D35
7 263 118
MSDD47 MITD2D34
264 117
ORST- 265
ORST- MITD2D33
116
VDD29 GND21
266 115
VDD30 GND20
267 114
SDD4-C(7:0) 268
GND44 VDD14
113 3 4 5 6 7
GND45 VDD13 ITD2D3-M(7:0)
0
1
269
270
CSDD40 IC1501 MITD2D32
112
111 2 1 0
CSDD41 MITD2D31
2 271 110
CSDD42 MITD2D30
3 272 109
CSDD43 YITD2D37
5 4
273
274
GND46
CSDD44
YITD2D36
YITD2D35
108
107 5
5 275 106
CSDD45 GND19 5 6 7
6 276 105 ITD2D3-Y(7:0)
CSDD46 VDD12
7 277 104
CSDD47 YITD2D34
278 103 4 3 2 1 0
FCKB1 279
GND47 YITD2D33
102
R1508 FCKB1 YITD2D32
280 101
FCKB2 YITD2D31
281 100
FCKB2 282
VDD31 YITD2D30
99
R1509 283
GND48 CSLPD2
98
SLPD2-C
RSTRB 284
RSTRB CDIPD2
97
DTPD2-C
RSTWB 285
RSTWB CPEAKD2
96 PEAKD2-C
GND49 GND18
286 95
GND50 GND17
287 94
6 0
1
288
289
DNFLAGO0
DNFLAGO1
MSLPD2
MDIPD2
93
92
SLPD2-M
DTPD2-M 6
0 290
DNFLAGI0 MPEAKD2
91
PEKAD2-M
DNFLAGO(1:0) 1 291
DNFLAGI1 YSLPD2
90
SLPD2-Y
292
DSS- YDIPD2
89
DTPD2-Y
DNFLAGI(1:0) 0 293
A0 YPEAKD2
88
PEAKD2-Y
A1 VDD11
DSS5- 1 294 87
2 295
A2 RSTRW7
86
RSTRW7
A3 FCK7
3 296 85
A4 GND16
4 297 84 FCK7
A5 EGD52
5 298 83
A6 EGD51 R1501
6 299 82
IORD- EGD50
300 81
CPUA2(15:0) IOWR- EGD42 0 1 2
301 80 EGD5(2:0)
SCK EGD41
7 IORD-1 302
303
AMC
VDD32
NC1
VDD10
79
78 1 2
EGD4(2:0)
7
IOWR-1 304 77
VDD33 VDD9
HSBDD20
HSBDD21
HSBDD22
HSBDD23
HSBDD24
HSBDD25
HSBDD26
HSBDD27
CSBDD20
CSBDD21
CSBDD22
CSBDD23
CSBDD24
CSBDD25
CSBDD26
CSBDD27
VSBDD20
VSBDD21
VSBDD22
VSBDD23
VSBDD24
VSBDD25
VSBDD26
VSBDD27
RESET-

HSYNC

GND10
GND11

GND12

GND13

GND14
GND15
EGD30
EGD31
EGD32
EGD40
GND1
GND2

GND3

GND4

GND5

GND6

GND7

GND8

GND9
VDD1

VDD2

VDD3

VDD4
VDD5

VDD6

VDD7

VDD8
PCLK
TEST

VD20
VD21
VD22

VD30
VD31
VD32
VD40
VD41
VD42
SMC

MRE

VPL5
SIN

SDI
D0
D1

D2
D3

D4

D5

D6
D7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
0
1

2
3

6
7

0
CPU-D1(7:0)
8 8

0
1
2
RESET-1

0
1
2
HSYNC-2 EGD3(2:0)
0
1
2
BRDE VD4(2:0)
0
1
2

VD3(2:0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

PCLOCK2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

VD2(2:0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

SBDD2-Y(7:0)
SBDD2-M(7:0) SBDD2-C(7:0)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-31
203

IPU PCB 16/36

A B C D E F G H I J

VPL5

1 1
36
SDD4_M(7:0) VCC1
28 18
VCC2 VCC3 SDD5_M(7:0)
27 2
DI0 DO00
0 26 3 0
DI1 DO01
VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 1 25 4 1
DI2 DO02
2 24 5 2
DI3 DO03
3 23 6 3
DI4 DO04
4 22 7 4
DI5 DO05
5 21 8 5
DO06

R1601

R1602

R1603

R1604
DI6
6 20 9 6
DI7 DO07 SDD6_M(7:0)
7 7
2 35
RE_ DO10
10 2
34 11 0
RSTRB RSTR_ DO11
33 12 1
RCK DO12
13 2
FCKB1 DO13
32 14 3
WE_ DO14
31 15 4
RSTWB RSTW_ DO15
30 16 5
WCK DO16
17 6
FCKB2 DO17
29 7
GND1
19 1
GND2 GND3
IC1601

R1605
VPL5
3 3
GPL5 GPL5 FPD4(2:0)
VPL5 36 FPD5(2:0)
VCC1
28 18
VCC2 VCC3
27 2
SDD4_C(7:0) DI0 DO00
0 26 3 0
DI1 DO01
36 1 25 4 1
VCC1 DI2 DO02
28 18 DBD4 2 24 5 2
VCC2 VCC3 SDD5_C(7:0) DI3 DO03
ASZD4 23 6
DI4 DO04 FPD6(2:0)
27 2 ASKD4 22 7
DI0 DO00 DI5 DO05
4 0
1
26
25
DI1
DI2
DO01
DO02
3
4
0
1
21
20
DI6 DO06
8
9
4
DI7 DO07
2 24 5 2
DI3 DO03
3 23 6 3 35 10
DI4 DO04 RE_ DO10
4 22 7 4 34 11 0
DI5 DO05 RSTRA RSTR_ DO11
5 21 8 5 33 12 1
DI6 DO06 FCKA RCK DO12
6 20 9 6 13 2
DI7 DO07 SDD6_C(7:0) DO13 DBD6
7 7 32 14
35 10
WE_ DO14 ASZD6
RE_ DO10 31 15
RSTWA RSTW_ DO15 ASKD6
34 11 0 30 16
RSTR_ DO11 WCK DO16
33 12 1 17
RCK DO12 DO17
13 2 29
DO13 GND1
32 14 3 19 1
WE_ DO14 VPL5 GND2 GND3
31 15 4

R1608
RSTW_ DO15
5 30
WCK DO16
16
17
5
6
IC1604 5
DO17

R1609
29 7
GND1
19 1
GND2 GND3
IC1602
R1606

GPL5 GPL5

VPL5
GPL5 GPL5

6 SDD4_Y(7:0) 6
36
VCC1
28 18
VCC2 VCC3 SDD5_Y(7:0)
27 2
DI0 DO00
0 26 3 0
DI1 DO01
1 25 4 1
DI2 DO02
2 24 5 2
DI3 DO03
3 23 6 3
DI4 DO04
4 22 7 4
DI5 DO05
5 21 8 5
DI6 DO06
6 20 9 6
DI7 DO07 SDD6_Y(7:0)
7 7
7 35
34
RE_ DO10
10
11 0
7
RSTR_ DO11
33 12 1
RCK DO12
13 2
DO13
32 14 3
WE_ DO14
31 15 4
RSTW_ DO15
30 16 5
WCK DO16
17 6
DO17
29 7
GND1
19 1
GND2 GND3
IC1603
R1607

8 8
GPL5 GPL5

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-32
 203

IPU PCB 17/36

A B C D E F G H I J
VPL5

1 1
VD2(2:0)
36
VCC1
28 18
VCC2 VCC3 VD3(2:0)
EGD3(2:0)
0 27 2 0
DI0 DO00
1 26 3 1
DI1 DO01 EGD4(2:0)
2 25 4 2
DI2 DO02
VPL5 VPL5 0 24 5 0
DI3 DO03
1 23 6 1
DI4 DO04
2 22 7 2
DI5 DO05
2 21
20
DI6 DO06
8
9
2
DI7 DO07 VD4(2:0)

R1701

R1702
35 10 0
RE- DO10
34 11 1
33
RSTR- DO11
12 2
EGD5(2:0)
FCK7 RCK DO12
13 0
DO13
32 14 1
WE- DO14
31 15 2
RSTRW7 RSTW- DO15
30 16
WCK DO16
17
DO17
3 29
GND1 3
19 1
R1703 GND2 GND3

IC1701

GPL5
GPL5

4 4

CLD4(2:0) FMD3(1:0)

CLD3(2:0) FMD2(1:0)
0 24 1 0 0 24 1 0
FMD4(1:0)
5 1 23
DI0 DO0
2 1 1 23
DI0 DO0
2 1 5
DI1 DO1 CLD5(2:0) DI1 DO1
2 22 3 2 0 22 3 0
DI2 DO2
1 21
DI2 DO2
4 1
FMD5(1:0)
0 21 4 0
DI3 DO3 DI3 DO3
1 16 9 1 0 16 9 0
DI4 DO4 DI4 DO4
2 15 10 2 1 15 10 1
DI5 DO5 DI5 DO5
14 11 14 11
DI6 DO6 DI6 DO6
0 13 12 0 0 13 12 0
DI7 DO7 DI7 DO7
1 20 5 1 1 20 5 1
WE0 RE0 WE0 RE0
17 2 17 8
ITD3(1:0) WCK RCK WCK RCK ITD5(1:0)
19 6 19 6
RSTW0 RSTR0 RSTW0 RSTR0
6 7
GND VCC
18 7
GND VCC
18 6

R1707
R1704

ITD4(1:0)
IC1702 IC1703
VPL5 VPL5

GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5

7 7

VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5

R1708

R1709
R1705

R1706

8 8
FCK9 FCK8
RSTRW9 RSTRW8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-33
203

IPU PCB 18/36

A B C D E F G H I J

IOWR_2

IORD_2
1 MWR_1 1
MRD_1

DSS7_

MSEL2_

CPU_D1(7:0) MREDLY

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PCLOCK3
CPUA2(15:0)
HSYNC_3
2 2

2
1
0
VPL5
RESET_2

90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
VDD9
VSS7
A2
A1
A0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
IDWR_
VDD8
VSS6
IDRD_
MWR_
MRD_
DSS_
MSEL_
TEST2
MRE
TEST1
VSS5
VDD7
PCLOCK
HSYNC_
RESET_
VDD6
IMG_YD3(7:0)
91 60
3 3 92
VSS8
A3
VSS4
VDD5
59 3
4 93 58
A4 YDI7 7
5 94 57
A5 YDI6
6 95 56 6
A6 YDI5
7 96 55 5
A7 YDI4
8 97 54 4
A8 YDI3
9 98 53 3
A9 YDI2 IMG_MD3(7:0)
0 99 52 2
CDO0 YDI1
1 100 51 1
VPL5 CDO1 YDI0
2 101 50 0
CDO2 MDI7
3 102 49 7
CDO3 MDI6
4 103 48 6
RA52 CDO4 MDI5
5 104 47 5
1

CDO5 MDI4
4 non
105
106
VSS9 MDI3
46
45
4
3
4
107
VDD10 IC72 MDI2
44 2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
6 CDO6 MDI1
7 108 43 1
CDO7 MDI0
0 109 42 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

MDC0 BEDGE ACPKD6

1 110 41 7
IMG_CD4(7:0) MDC1 CDI7
2 111 40 6
MDC2 CDI6
3 112 39 5
MDC3 CDI5
VPL5 4 113 38 4
MDC4 CDI4
5 114 37 3
MDC5 CDI3
6 115 36 2
RA53 MDC6 CDI2
7 116 35 1
1

MDC7 CDI1
0 117 34 0
non YDC0 CDI0
1
5 2
118
119
YDC1 VSS3
33
32 5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

YDC2 VDD4
120 31
VSS10 VSS2 IMG_CD3(7:0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

IMG_MD4(7:0)

BKDO0
BKDO1
BKDO2
BKDO3
BKDO4
BKDO5
BKDO6
BKDO7

INDWE
VDD1
VDD3
VDD4
VDD5
VDD6
VDD7

VDD2

VDD3
VSS1
VPL5

ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
ID8
IP0
IP1
IP2
IP3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
RA54 GPL5
1

non
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

6 6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

3
4
5
6
7
IMG_YD4(7:0)
BKGMRE
VPL5

RA51
1

non
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7 IMG_BD4(7:0) 7
MREDLY (015B06) IMG_YD3 (014I03) VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5
ACPKD6 (015B06) IMG_YD4 (021D02)
BKGMRE (019H02) IORD_2 (002I12)
(020H02) IOWR_2 (002B12)
(021H02) MRD_1 (002E15) R199 R198 R201 R202
(022G04) MSEL2_ (003B02)
CPUA2 (002E09) MWR_1 (002E15) non non non non
CPU_D1 (005C11) PCLOCK3 (006B16)
DSS7_ (003H16) RESET_2 (002F15)
HSYNC_3 (006E16)
IMG_BD4 (022C05)
8 IMG_CD3 (013I03) 8
IMG_CD4 (020D02)
IMG_MD3 (012I03)
IMG_MD4 (019D02)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-34
 203

IPU PCB 19/36

A B C D E F G H I J

YORGDA(7:0)

1 CORGDA(7:0)
1
non
VPL5
GPL5
VPL5
3 R248 R249 non
non
1 N.C. RESET_ 44
VPL5 2 43
RYBY_ WE_
1 32 3 A17 A8 42 4
VDD VCC
6 2 31 4 A7 A9 41 5
A16 A18
5 3 30 7 7 5 A6 A10 40 6
A15 A17
7 4 29 4 6 6 A5 A11 39 7
A12 A14

10

10

10
RA64 RA63 RA62 7 38

5
5 A7 A13 28 3 5 A4 A12 3
2 7
6
6
7
A6
A5
A8
A9
27
26
3
4
4
3
8
9
A3
A2
A13
A14
37
36
4
5 2
5 8 25 6 2 10 35 6

6
1
2
3
4
7
9
8

6
8
9
7
2
1
3
4

6
1
2
3
4
7
9
8
A4 A11 A1 A15
4 9 24 1 11 34 7

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A3 OE_ A0 A16
3 10 23 5 12 CE_ BYTE_ 33
A2 A10 non
2 11 22 13 32

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A1 CE_ VSS1 VSS2
1 12 21 R1903 14 OE_ DO15 31
A0 D7
0 13 20 7 0 15 DO0 DO7 30 8
D0 D6
MADJDB(7:0) 0 14 19 6 16 29 7

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
D1 D5 DO8 DO14
1 15 18 5 1 17 28
D2 D4 DO1 DO6
2 16 17 4 18 27 6
GND D3 DO9 DO13
3 2 19 26 GPL5

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DO2 DO5
IC117 20 DO10 DO12 25 5
IMG_MD4(7:0) 3 21 24 VPL5
DO3 DO4

1
0

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
22 23 4
3 HSYNC_3
MADJDA(7:0) DO11 VCC
3
IC111
VPL5 GPL5
R1901
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
VPL5 GPL5
HSYNC0
VSS0
ID1
ID0
ROMDB7
ROMDB6
ROMDB5
ROMDB4
ROMDB3
ROMDB2
ROMDB1
ROMDB0
VSS5
ROMAA7
ROMAA6
ROMAA5
ROMAA4
ROMAA3
ROMAA2
ROMAA1
ROMAA0
TES1
VSS4
ROMDA7
MORGDA(7:0)
2 65 ID2 ROMDA6 40 6
10

RA65
5

3 66 39 5
ID3 ROMDA5 MORGDB(7:0)
4 67 ID4 ROMDA4 38 4
5 68 ID5 ROMDA3 37 3
4 6 69 36 2 YORGDB(7:0)
4
4
3
2
1
6
7
9
8

ID6 ROMDA2
7 70 35 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

ID7 ROMDA1
71 RSTW0 ROMDA0 34 0
72 33
CORGDB(7:0)
ROMAB0 VDD1
0 73 32 VPL5
74
VDD2 IC91 D7
31 7
ROMAB1 D6
1 75 30 6
ROMAB2 D5
2 76 29 5 1 32
ROMAB3 D4 VDD VCC
3 77 28 4 6 2 31
ROMAB4 D3 A16 A18
4 78 27 3 5 3 30 7
ROMAB5 D2 A15 A17
5 79 26 2 7 4 29 4
VPL5 ROMAB6 D1 A12 A14
6 80 25 1 5 28 3
ROMAB7 D0 7 A7 A13 non
3
THRROM
7 RESET0 0 6 27
A6 A8 VPL5
IOWR0

6 7 26 4 GPL5
IORD0

SGDB
DSS0

SCLK

A5 A9
VSS1

VSS2

VSS3
5 5
MRE

DO0
DO1
DO2
DO3
DO4
DO5
DO6
DO7

5 8 25 6
A4 A11 R250 R251
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4

4 9 24 non
A3 OE_ non
3 10 23 5 1 N.C. RESET_ 44
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

R225 A2 A10
2 11 22 2
A1 CE_ RYBY_ WE_ 43
1 12 21 3
A0 D7 A17 A8 42 4
0 13 20 7 4
D0 D6 3 A7 A9 41 5
0 14 19 6 5
DSS8_ D1 D5 7 A6 A10 40 6
1 15 18 5 6
D2 D4 6 A5 A11 39 7
2 16 17 4 7
IORD_2 GND D3 5 A4 A12 38 3
3 8
4 A3 A13 37 4
IC118 3 9 A2 A14 36 5
IOWR_2 GPL5 10
2 A1 A15 35 6
BKGMRE 1 11 A0 A16 34 7
12 CE_ BYTE_ 33
R1902 non
6 GPL5 R1904
13
14
VSS1
OE_
VSS2 32
DO15 31
6
0 15 DO0 DO7 30 8
VPL5 16 DO8 DO14 29 7
THRROM 1 17 DO1 DO6 28
18 DO13 27 6
0
1
2
3
4

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

DO9
2 19 GPL5
CPUA1(7:0) DO2 DO5 26
20 DO10 DO12 25 5
RA48 3 21 VPL5
DO4 24
1

DO3
non 22 DO11 VCC 23 4
CPU_D2(7:0)
TBLSEL1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

VPL5 IC112
GPL5
PCLOCK3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

7 RESET_2
IMG_MD5(7:0)
7
R223

BKGMRE (018I12) PCLOCK3 (006H16) non

CORGDA (020E16) RESET_2 (002F15) SG_DB
CORGDB (020E16) TBLSEL1 (007B13)
CPUA1 (002C14) THRROM (007B13)
CPU_D2 (005E11) YORGDA (021E16)
DSS8_ (003G16) YORGDB (021E16) R224
HSYNC_3(006E16)
IMG_MD4 (018H02)
IMG_MD5 (023E10)
IORD_2 (002I12)
IOWR_2 (002H12) GPL5
8 MORGDA (020A16)
(021A15)
8
MORGDB (020F14)
(021F14)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-35
203

IPU PCB 20/36

A B C D E F G H I J

YORGDA(7:0)

1 MORGDA(7:0)
1
non
VPL5
GPL5
VPL5
3 R244 R245 non
non
1 N.C. RESET_ 44
VPL5 2 43
RYBY_ WE_
1 32 3 A17 A8 42 4
VDD VCC
6 2 31 4 A7 A9 41 5
A16 A18
5 3 30 7 7 5 A6 A10 40 6
A15 A17
7 4 29 4 6 6 A5 A11 39 7
A12 A14

10

10

10
RA60 RA59 RA58 7 38

5
5 A7 A13 28 3 5 A4 A12 3
2 7
6
6
7
A6
A5
A8
A9
27
26
3
4
4
3
8
9
A3
A2
A13
A14
37
36
4
5
2
5 8 25 6 2 10 35 6

6
1
2
3
4
7
9
8

6
8
9
7
2
1
3
4

6
1
2
3
4
7
9
8
A4 A11 A1 A15
4 9 24 1 11 34 7

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A3 OE_ A0 A16
3 10 23 5 12 CE_ BYTE_ 33
A2 A10 non
2 11 22 13 32

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A1 CE_ VSS1 VSS2
1 12 21 R2003 14 OE_ DO15 31
A0 D7
0 13 20 7 0 15 DO0 DO7 30 8
D0 D6
CADJDB(7:0) 0 14 19 6 16 29 7

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
D1 D5 DO8 DO14
1 15 18 5 1 17 28
D2 D4 DO1 DO6
2 16 17 4 18 27 6
GND D3 DO9 DO13
3 2 19 26 GPL5

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DO2 DO5
IC115 20 DO10 DO12 25 5
IMG_CD4(7:0) 3 21 24 VPL5
DO3 DO4

1
0

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
22 23 4
3 HSYNC_3
CADJDA(7:0) DO11 VCC 3
IC109
VPL5 GPL5
R2001
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
VPL5 GPL5
HSYNC0
VSS0
ID1
ID0
ROMDB7
ROMDB6
ROMDB5
ROMDB4
ROMDB3
ROMDB2
ROMDB1
ROMDB0
VSS5
ROMAA7
ROMAA6
ROMAA5
ROMAA4
ROMAA3
ROMAA2
ROMAA1
ROMAA0
TES1
VSS4
ROMDA7
CORGDA(7:0)
2 65 ID2 ROMDA6 40 6
10

RA61 66
5

3 39 5
ID3 ROMDA5 CORGDB(7:0)
4 67 ID4 ROMDA4 38 4
5 68 37 3
4 6 69
ID5 ROMDA3
36 2 YORGDB(7:0)
4
4
3
2
1
6
7
9
8

ID6 ROMDA2
7 70 35 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

ID7 ROMDA1
71 RSTW0 ROMDA0 34 0
72 33
MORGDB(7:0)
ROMAB0 VDD1
0 73 32 VPL5
74
VDD2 IC90 D7
31 7
ROMAB1 D6
1 75 30 6
ROMAB2 D5
2 76 29 5 1 32
ROMAB3 D4 VDD VCC
3 77 28 4 6 2 31
ROMAB4 D3 A16 A18
4 78 27 3 5 3 30 7
ROMAB5 D2 A15 A17
5 79 26 2 7 4 29 4
VPL5 ROMAB6 D1 A12 A14
6 80 25 1 5 28 3
ROMAB7 D0 7 A7 A13 non
3
THRROM
7 RESET0 0 6 27
A6 A8 VPL5
IOWR0

6 7 26 4 GPL5
IORD0

SGDB
DSS0

SCLK

A5 A9
VSS1

VSS2

VSS3
5 5
MRE

DO0
DO1
DO2
DO3
DO4
DO5
DO6
DO7

5 8 25 6
A4 A11 R246 R247
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4

4 9 24 non
A3 OE_ non
3 10 23 5 1 N.C. RESET_ 44
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

R222 A2 A10
2 11 22 2
A1 CE_ RYBY_ WE_ 43
1 12 21 3
A0 D7 A17 A8 42 4
0 13 20 7 4
D0 D6 3 A7 A9 41 5
0 14 19 6 5
DSS9_ D1 D5 7 A6 A10 40 6
1 15 18 5 6
D2 D4 6 A5 A11 39 7
2 16 17 4 7
IORD_2 GND D3 5 A4 A12 38 3
3 8
4 A3 A13 37 4
IC116 3 9 A2 A14 36 5
IOWR_2 GPL5 10
2 A1 A15 35 6
BKGMRE 1 11 A0 A16 34 7
12 CE_ BYTE_ 33
non
6 GPL5
R2002
R2004
13
14
VSS1
OE_
VSS2 32
DO15 31
6
0 15 DO0 DO7 30 8
VPL5 16 DO8 DO14 29 7
THRROM 1 17 DO1 DO6 28
18 DO13 27 6
0
1
2
3
4

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

DO9
2 19 GPL5
CPUA1(7:0) DO2 DO5 26
20 DO10 DO12 25 5
RA47 3 21 VPL5
DO4 24
1

DO3
non 22 DO11 VCC 23 4
CPU_D2(7:0)
TBLSEL1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

IC110
GPL5
PCLOCK3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

7 RESET_2
IMG_CD5(7:0) 7
BKGMRE (018I12) PCLOCK3 (006H16)
CORGDA (019A16) RESET_2 (002F15) SG_DB
(021A15) TBLSEL1 (007B13)
CORGDB (019F14) THRROM (007B13)
(021F14) YORGDA (021E16)
CPUA1 (002C14) YORGDB (021E16)
CPU_D2 (005E11)
DSS9_ (003G16)
HSYNC_3(006E16)
IMG_CD4 (018G02)
IMG_CD5 (023E10)
8 IORD_2 (002I12) 8
IOWR_2 (002H12)
MORGDA (019E16)
MORGDB (019E16)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-36
 203

IPU PCB 21/36

A B C D E F G H I J

MORGDA(7:0)

1 CORGDA(7:0)
1
non
VPL5
GPL5
VPL5
3 R252 R253 non
non
1 N.C. RESET_ 44
VPL5 2 43
RYBY_ WE_
1 32 3 A17 A8 42 4
VDD VCC
6 2 31 4 A7 A9 41 5
A16 A18
5 3 30 7 7 5 A6 A10 40 6
A15 A17
7 4 29 4 6 6 A5 A11 39 7
A12 A14

10

10

10
RA68 RA67 RA66 7 38

5
5 A7 A13 28 3 5 A4 A12 3
2 7
6
6
7
A6
A5
A8
A9
27
26
3
4
4
3
8
9
A3
A2
A13
A14
37
36
4
5 2
5 8 25 6 2 10 35 6

6
1
2
3
4
7
9
8

6
8
9
7
2
1
3
4

6
1
2
3
4
7
9
8
A4 A11 A1 A15
4 9 24 1 11 34 7

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A3 OE_ A0 A16
3 10 23 5 12 CE_ BYTE_ 33
A2 A10 non
2 11 22 13 32

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A1 CE_ VSS1 VSS2
1 12 21 R2103 14 OE_ DO15 31
A0 D7
0 13 20 7 0 15 DO0 DO7 30 8
D0 D6
YADJDB(7:0) 0 14 19 6 16 29 7

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
D1 D5 DO8 DO14
1 15 18 5 1 17 28
D2 D4 DO1 DO6
2 16 17 4 18 27 6
GND D3 DO9 DO13
3 2 19 26 GPL5

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DO2 DO5
IC119 20 DO10 DO12 25 5
IMG_YD4(7:0) 3 21 24 VPL5
DO3 DO4

1
0

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
22 23 4
3 HSYNC_3
YADJDA(7:0) DO11 VCC
3
IC113
VPL5 GPL5
R2101
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
VPL5 GPL5
HSYNC0
VSS0
ID1
ID0
ROMDB7
ROMDB6
ROMDB5
ROMDB4
ROMDB3
ROMDB2
ROMDB1
ROMDB0
VSS5
ROMAA7
ROMAA6
ROMAA5
ROMAA4
ROMAA3
ROMAA2
ROMAA1
ROMAA0
TES1
VSS4
ROMDA7
YORGDA(7:0)
2 65 ID2 ROMDA6 40 6
10

RA63 66
5

3 39 5
ID3 ROMDA5 YORGDB(7:0)
4 67 ID4 ROMDA4 38 4
5 68 ID5 ROMDA3 37 3
4 6 69 36 2 MORGDB(7:0)
4
4
3
2
1
6
7
9
8

ID6 ROMDA2
7 70 35 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

ID7 ROMDA1
71 RSTW0 ROMDA0 34 0
72 33
CORGDB(7:0)
ROMAB0 VDD1
0 73 32 VPL5
74
VDD2 IC92 D7
31 7
ROMAB1 D6
1 75 30 6
ROMAB2 D5
2 76 29 5 1 32
ROMAB3 D4 VDD VCC
3 77 28 4 6 2 31
ROMAB4 D3 A16 A18
4 78 27 3 5 3 30 7
ROMAB5 D2 A15 A17
5 79 26 2 7 4 29 4
VPL5 ROMAB6 D1 A12 A14
6 80 25 1 5 28 3
ROMAB7 D0 7 A7 A13 non
3
THRROM
7 RESET0 0 6 27
A6 A8 VPL5
IOWR0

6 7 26 4 GPL5
IORD0

SGDB
DSS0

SCLK

A5 A9
VSS1

VSS2

VSS3
5 5
MRE

DO0
DO1
DO2
DO3
DO4
DO5
DO6
DO7

5 8 25 6
A4 A11 R254 R255
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4

4 9 24 non
A3 OE_ non
3 10 23 5 1 N.C. RESET_ 44
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

R226 A2 A10
2 11 22 2
A1 CE_ RYBY_ WE_ 43
1 12 21 3
A0 D7 A17 A8 42 4
0 13 20 7 4
D0 D6 3 A7 A9 41 5
0 14 19 6 5
DSS10_ D1 D5 7 A6 A10 40 6
1 15 18 5 6
D2 D4 6 A5 A11 39 7
2 16 17 4 7
IORD_2 GND D3 5 A4 A12 38 3
3 8
4 A3 A13 37 4
IC120 3 9 A2 A14 36 5
IOWR_2 GPL5 10
2 A1 A15 35 6
BKGMRE 1 11 A0 A16 34 7
12 CE_ BYTE_ 33
R2102 non
6 GPL5 R2104
13
14
VSS1
OE_
VSS2 32
DO15 31
6
0 15 DO0 DO7 30 8
VPL5 16 DO8 DO14 29 7
THRROM 1 17 DO1 DO6 28
18 DO13 27 6
0
1
2
3
4

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

DO9
2 19 GPL5
CPUA1(7:0) DO2 DO5 26
20 DO10 DO12 25 5
RA49 3 21 VPL5
DO4 24
1

DO3
non 22 DO11 VCC 23 4
CPU_D2(7:0)
TBLSEL1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

IC114
GPL5
PCLOCK3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

7 RESET_2
IMG_YD5(7:0)
7
BKGMRE (018I12) TRLSEL1 (007B13)
CORGDA (020E16) THRROM (007B13) SG_DB
CORGDB (020E16) YORGDA (019A16)
CPUA1 (002C14) (020A16)
CPU_D2 (005E11) YORGDB (019F14)
DSS10_ (003G16) (020F14)
HSYNC_3 (006E16)
IMG_YD4 (018I02)
IMG_YD5 (023D10)
IORD_2 (002I12)
IOWR_2 (002H12)
8 MORGDA (019E16) 8
MORGDB (019E16)
PCLOCK3 (006H16)
RESET_2 (002F15)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-37
203

IPU PCB 22/36

A B C D E F G H I J

IMG_BD4(7:0)
1 1

1
0
VPL5

HSYNC_3

64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
HSYNC0
VSS6
ID1
ID0
ROMDB7
ROMDB6
ROMDB5
ROMDB4
ROMDB3
ROMDB2
ROMDB1
ROMDB0
VSS5
ROMAA7
ROMAA6
ROMAA5
ROMAA4
ROMAA3
ROMAA2
ROMAA1
ROMAA0
TEST
VSS4
ROMDA7
2 2 65 ID2 ROMDA6 40 2
3 66 ID3 ROMDA5 39
4 67 ID4 ROMDA4 38
5 68 37
ID5 ROMDA3
6 69 36
ID6 ROMDA2
7 70 35
ID7 ROMDA1
71 RSTW0 ROMDA0 34
72 ROMAB0 VDD1 33
73 VDC2 IC39 D7 32 7
3 74
75
ROMAB1 D6 31
30
6
5
3
ROMAB2 D5
76 ROMAB3 D4 29 4
77 ROMAB4 D3 28 3
78 ROMAB5 D2 27 2
79 ROMAB6 D1 26 1
80 25 0
ROMAB7 D0
VPL5

THRROM
RESET0
IOWR0
IORD0

SGD0
DSS0

SCLK
VSS1

VSS2

VSS3
MRE

DO0
DO1
DO2
DO3
DO4
DO5
DO6
DO7
4 4

A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
R221

DSS11_

IORD_2
VPL5
GPL5
5 IOWR_2 5
RA46

1
non
BKGMRE

GPL5

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
IMG_BD5(7:0)
CPUA1(7:0)

6 6
CPU_D2(7:0)

PCLOCK3

7 7
RESET_2

BKGMRE (018I12) SG_DB

CPUA1 (002C14)
CPU_D2 (005E11)
DSS11_ (003G16)
HSYNC_3 (006E16)
IMG_BD4 (018J02)
IMG_BD5 (023C10)
IORD_2 (002I12)
8 IOWR_2 (002H12) 8
PCLOCK3 (006H16)
RESET_2 (002F15)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-38
 203

IPU PCB 23/36

A B C D E F G H I J
MSEL1_ HSYNC_3
MWR_1 PCLOCK3
MRD_1 RESET_2
1 1
DSS12_ ALE_PRS

IOWR_2 ADE_PRS

IORD_2 ADE_HIS
ALE_HIS

CPUA3(23:0)
IMG_BD5(7:0)

11
12
13
14
15
16

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
VPL5

2 2

102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
VDD8
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
IORD_
IOWR_
DSS_
MRD_
MWR_
MSEL_
MSYNC_
TEST2
PCLOCK
VSS8
RESET_
TEST1
DRST_
MRE
DMISAR
LMISAR
DINYAR
LINYAR
IDBK0
IDBK1
IDBK2
IDBK3
IDBK4
IDBK5
IDBK6
IDBK7
VDD7
103 VSS9 VSS7 68
104 67
IMG_YD5(7:0)
VSS10 VSS6
3 10
9
105
106
A10 VDD6 66
65 0
3
A9 IDY0
8 107 64 1
A8 IDY1 IMG_MD5(7:0)
7 108 63 2
A7 IDY2
6 109 62 3
A6 IDY3
5 110 61 4
A5 IDY4
4 111 60 5
A4 IDY5
6
IMG_CD5(7:0)
3 112 A3 IDY6 59
CPU_D2(7:0) 2 113 58 7 VPL5
A2 IDY7
1 114 57 0
A1 IDM0
0 115 56 1
A0 IDM1
7 116 55 2
D7 IDM2
6 117 54 3
D6 IDM3
5 118 53 4
4 4 119
D5
D4
IDM4
IDM5 52 5 4
3 120 D3
IC75 IDM6 51 6
2 121 50 7
D2 IDM7 R200
1 122 49 VPL5 VPL5
D1 VSS5
0 123 D0 VDD5 48
non
124 VSS11 IDC0 47 0
125 VDD9 IDC1 46 1
126 INDWE IDC2 45 2
127 CD7 IDC3 44 3
7 128 43 4
6 CD6 IDC4
129 CD5 IDC5 42 5
5 130 41 6 5 1 28 5 1 28 1 28
CD4 IDC6 A5 VCC A5 VCC NC VCC
4 131 40 7 6 2 27 6 2 27 4 2 27
CD3 IDC7 A6 WE_ A6 WE_ A4 WE_
5 3
2
132
133
CD2 RAMWR_ 39
38
7
8
3
4
A7 A4 26
25
4
3
7
8
3
4
A7 A4 26
25
4
3
5
6
3
4
A5 CE2 26
25 3
5
CD1 RAMRD_ A8 A3 A8 A3 A6 A3
1 134 37 9 5 24 2 9 5 24 2 7 5 24 2
CD0 RAMCS0_ A9 A2 A9 A2 A7 A2
0 135 36 10 6 23 1 10 6 23 1 8 6 23 1
VSS12 VSS4 A10 A1 A10 A1 A8 A1
136 VSS13 VSS3 35 11 7 A11 OE_ 22 11 7 A11 OE_ 22 9 7 A9 OE_ 22
12 8 21 0 12 8 21 0 10 8 21 0
RAMCS3_
RAMCS2_
RAMCS1_
R211 R212 A12 A0 A12 A0 A10 A0
RAMA16
RAMA15
RAMA14
RAMA13
RAMA12
RAMA11
RAMA10

13 9 20 13 9 20 11 9 20
RAMD7
RAMD6
RAMD5
RAMD4
RAMD3
RAMD2
RAMD1
RAMD0
RAMA9
RAMA8
RAMA7
RAMA6
RAMA5
RAMA4
RAMA3
RAMA2

RAMA1
RAMA0

IMG_OD6(7:0) A13 CE_ A13 CE_ A11 CE1_

14 10 19 14 10 19 12 10 19
VDD1

VDD2

VDD3
VDD4
VSS1

VSS2

A14 IO7 A14 IO7 A12 IO7

11 IO0 IO6 18 7 11 IO0 IO6 18 7 11 IO0 IO6 18 7
0 12 IO1 IO5 17 6 0 12 IO1 IO5 17 6 0 12 IO1 IO5 17 6
1 13 16 5 1 13 16 5 1 13 16 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

IO2 IO4 IO2 IO4 IO2 IO4

2 14 GND IO3 15 4 2 14 GND IO3 15 4 2 14 GND IO3 15 4
3 3 3
6 7
IC79 IC74 IC64 6
9 6 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5
RA39 8 5
7 4
6 3
5 2 GPL5
VPL5

4 1
1 3 0
2
non
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

7 7
14
13
12
11
10

PRS_D(7:0)
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2

1
0

ADE_HIS (007H15) MRD_1 (002E15) PRS_A(14:0)

ADE_PRS (007I15) MSEL1_ (003P02)
ALE_HIS (007D15) MWR_1 (002E15)
ALE_PRS (007E15) PCLOCK3 (006H16)
CPUA3 (002G05) RESET_2 (002F15)
CPU_D2 (005E11)
DSS12_ (003G16)
HSYNC_3 (006E16)
IMG_BD5 (022H12)
IMG_CD5 (020J09)
8 IMG_MD5 (019J09)
IMG_OD6 (024C02)
8
IMG_YD5 (021J09)
IORD_2 (002I12)
IOWR_2 (002A12)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-39
203

IPU PCB 24/36

A B C D E F G H I J

APST

1 PCLOCK4 1
RESET_3

OLCUT

ODC_ZMC

ADE_ZMC
MRE
ACPZD6

2 IMG_OD6(7:0)
2

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
R190
VPL5

ZMC_A2(12:0)

VPL5

4 1 A4 VCC 28

90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
5 2 27
3 6 3
A5 WE_
26 3

VDD5
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
ACPSIN
MREDIN
ODCUT_
OLCUT_
RESET_
SCLK
VSS7
HSYNC_
EXID0
EXID1
EXID2
EXID3
EXID4
EXID5
EXID6
EXID7
EXACPSIN
MRE
RAM2OE_
RAM2WE_
VDD4
A6 CE2
7 4 25 3
A7 A3
8 5 24 2
CPU_D2(7:0) A8 A2
9 6 23 1
A9 A1
91 60 10 7 22
VSS8 VSS6 A10 OE_
0 92 59 8 11 8 21 0
D0 RAM2D8 A11 A0
1 93 58 7 12 9 20
D1 RAM2D7 A12 CE1_
2 94 57 6 10 19
D2 RAM2D6 IO0 IO8
3 95 56 5 0 11 18 8
D3 RAM2D5 IO1 IO7
96 55 4 1 12 17 7
VSS9 RAM2D4 IO2 IO6
4 97 54 3 2 13 16 6
D4 RAM2D3 IO3 IO5
5 98 53 2 3 14 15 5
4 IORD_3
6 99
D5
D6
RAM2D2
RAM2D1
52 1
GND IO4
4 4
7 100 51 0 IC63
IOWR_3 D7 RAM2D0
101 50
IORD_ VSS5
102 49
DSS13_ IOWR_ RAM2A14
103 48 R2401
VSS10 RAM2A13
104 47 12
VCC6 RAM2A12
105 46 11
CPUA1(7:0) TEST RAM2A11
106 45 10 GPL5
0 107
DSS_ IC52 RAM2A10
44 9 ZMC_D2(8:0)
A0 RAM2A9
1 108 43 8
A1 RAM2A8
2 109 42 7
A2 RAM2A7
3 110 41 6
5 111
A3
MREDOUT
RAM2A6
RAM2A5
40 5 5
112 39 4
CD0 RAM2A4
VPL5 0 113 38
CD1 VDD3
1 114 37 3
CD2 RAM2A3
2 115 36 2
CD3 RAM2A2
3 116 35 1
RA31 non CD4 RAM2A1
4
1

117 34 0
CD5 RAM2A0
5 118 33
CD6 RAM10E_
6 119 32
CD7 RAM11E_
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

120 31
VSS11 VSS4 R189
ACPSOUT

RAM1A10

RAM1A11
RAM1A12
RAM1A13
RAM1A14
6 6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

RAM1D0
RAM1D1
RAM1D2

RAM1D3
RAM1D4
RAM1D5
RAM1D6
RAM1D7
RAM1D8
RAM1A0
RAM1A1
RAM1A2
RAM1A3
RAM1A4
RAM1A5
RAM1A6

RAM1A7
RAM1A8
RAM1A9
VDD1

VDD2
VSS1

VSS2

VSS3
IMG_OD7(7:0)
VPL5
GPL5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
4 1 A4 VCC 28
5 2 A5 WE_ 27
ACPSOUT
6 3 A6 CE2 26
7 4 25 3
A7 A3
8 5 24 2
0
1
2

3
4
5
6
7
8
A8 A2
9 6 23 1
A9 A1
10 7 22
7 ACPSOUT (025K07) A10 OE_ 7
10

11
12

11 8 21 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9

ADE_ZMC (007H15) A11 A0

12 9 A12 CE1_ 20
APST (007I15)
10 19
BSJUDGE (017G03) ZMC_A1(12:0) IO0 IO8
(002C14) 0 11 18 8
CPUA1 IO1 IO7
CPU_D2 (005E11) 1 12 17 7
IO2 IO6
DSS13_ (003G16) 2 13 16 6
IO3 IO5
IMG_OD6 (023G01) 3 14 GND IO4 15 5
IMG_OD7 (025F02) 4
IORD_3 (002I12)
IOWR_3 (002H12) IC73
MRE (007I15)
ODC_ZMC (007G15) R2402
8 OLCUT (007F15)
PCLOCK4 (006I16) RESET_3 (002G15)
8
ZMC_D1(8:0) GPL5

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-40
 203

IPU PCB 25/36

A B C D E F G H I J

F_IDC(7:0)
VPL5 VPL5

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FACP_IN
1 FACP_OUT 1

7
6
5

4
3
2

1
0
R181

R182
RWCLKA
VPL5

R156
R155

156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
NC45
NC44
NC43
NC42
NC41
NC40
NC39
NC38
RWCLKB
GND23
RWCLK12
GND22
RWCLK11
GND21
RWCLKA
GND20
VDD8
FACPSOUT
FACPSIN
IDC7
IDC6
IDC5
IDC4
IDC3
IDC2
IDC1
IDC0
ODC7
ODC6
ODC5
VDD7
GND19
ODC4
ODC3
ODC2
VDD6
GND18
ODC1
ODC0
MODSEL
MIC1
MIIN1
GND17
VDD5
FIRW34B
FIRW34A
NC37
NC36
NC35
NC34
NC33
NC32
2 RWCLKB 157 104 F_ODC(7:0)
2
NC46 NC31
158 NC47 NC30 103
159 NC48 NC29 102
160 NC49 NC28 101
FIRW012A 161 100
NC50 NC27
162 NC51 NC26 99
163 MIEST NC25 98
164 FIRW012A NC24 97
165 VDD9 TEST4 96
166 GND24 TEST3 95
167 RWCLK13 GND16 94
168 GND25 RWCLK23 93
169 92 FIRW34A
3 F_IDB(7:0) 170
FIRWB28
TEST1
GND15
RWCLK22 91 3
0 171 ID80 GND14 90
1 172 ID81 RWCLK21 89
2 173 88 F_IDD(7:0)
ID82 GND13
3 174 ID83 VDD4 87
4 175 ID84 IDO7 86 7
F_ODA(7:0) 5 176 85 6
ID85 IDO6
6 177 ID86 IDO5 84 5
7 178 ID87 IDO4 83 4
0 179 DCA0 IDO3 82 3
180 VDD16 IDO2 81 2
181 GND26 IDO1 80 1
1 182 79 0 F_IDE(7:0)
ODA1 IDO0
183 78
4 2
3 184
ODA2
ODA3
IC53 IDE7
IDE6 77
7
6 4
4 185 ODA4 IDE5 76 5
5 186 ODA5 IDE4 75 4
IMG_OD7(7:0) 6 187 74 3
ODA6 IDE3
7 188 ODA7 IDE2 73 2
189 GND27 IDE1 72 1
0 190 ID0 IDE0 71 0
1 191 ID1 GND12 70
2 192 69
193
ID2 ACPSOUT
68
DETHSEL
3 ID3 DO7
4 194 67 7 VPL5
ID4 GND11
5 195 ID5 DO6 66
6 196 ID6 DO5 65 6
RA38
5 non
5

1
7 197 ID7 VDD3 64 5
198 VDD11 GND10 63
199 GND28 DO4 62
200 61 4

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
TEST2 DO3
201 60 3

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NC52 NC23
202 NC53 NC22 59
203 58
IMG_OD8(7:0)
NC54 NC21
204 NC55 NC20 57
205 NC56 NC19 56
206 NC57 NC18 55
207 NC58 NC17 54
208 53

RMREDLY
NC59 NC16

MREDLY
PCLOCK

HSYNC_
RESET_

ACPSIN
IOWR_
IORD_
GND1

GND2

GND3

GND4

GND5

GND6

GND7

GND8

GND9
VDD1

VDD2
DSS_

NC10
NC11
NC12
NC13
NC14
NC15
6 6

DO0

DO1
DO2
NC1
NC2
NC3
NC4
NC5
NC6
NC7

NC8
NC9
D0
D1

D2
D3

D4
D5

D6
D7

A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
GPL5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
0
1

2
3

4
5

6
7

0
1
2
3
4
5

0
1
2
CPU_D2(7:0)

7 CPUA1(7:0) 7
ACPSOUT (024H02) F_ODC (026E11)
ADE_FIL (007G15) HSYNC_4 (006E16)
CPUA1 (002C14) IMG_OD7 (024G02)
(005E11) PCLOCK4
CPU_D2 IMG_OD8 (027I14)
DETHSLE (027B09) IORD_3 (002I12) RESET_3
DSS14_ (003G16) IOWR_3 (002H12)
FACP_IN (026G07) PCLOCK4 (006I16) DSS14_
FACP_OUT (026G03) RESET_3 (002G15)
FIRW012A (026F03) RWCLKA (026E03) IOWR_3
FIRW34A (026F10) RWCLKB (025F10)
F_IDB (026C08) IORD_3
F_IDC (026D08)
8 F_IDD
F_IDE
(026D15)
(026D15)
HSYNC_4 8
F_ODA (026E03) ADE_FIL
ACPSOUT

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-41
203

IPU PCB 26/36

A B C D E F G H I J

VPL5 VPL5
F_IDB(7:0) F_IDD(7:0)

1 1
36 36
VCC1 VCC1
28 18 28 18
VCC2 VCC3 VCC2 VCC3

27 2 0 27 2 0
DI0 DO00 DI0 DO00
0 26 3 1 0 26 3 1
DI1 DO01 DI1 DO01
1 25 4 2 1 25 4 2
DI2 DO02 DI2 DO02
2 24 5 3 2 24 5 3
DI3 DO03 DI3 DO03
3 23 6 4 3 23 6 4
DI4 DO04 DI4 DO04
2 4 22
DI5 DO05
7 5 4
5
22
DI5 DO05
7 5 2
5 21 8 6 21 8 6
DI6 DO06 DI6 DO06
6 20 9 7 6 20 9 7
DI7 DO07 F_IDC(7:0) DI7 DO07 F_IDE(7:0)
7 7
35 10 0 35 10 0
RE_ DO10 RE_ DO10
34 11 1 34 11 1
RSTR_ DO11 RSTR_ DO11
33 12 2 33 12 2
RCK DO12 RCK DO12
13 3 13 3
DO13 DO13
32 14 4 32 14 4
WE_ DO14 WE_ DO14
31 15 5 31 15 5
F_ODA(7:0) RSTW_ DO15 F_ODC(7:0) RSTW_ DO15
30 16 6 30 16 6
WCK DO16 WCK DO16
3 DO17
17 7 DO17
17 7 3
29 29
GND1 GND1
19 19
GND2 GND3 GND2 GND3

R2603
R2601
IC48 IC57
RWCLKB

FIRW34A
GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5
4 RWCLKA 4

FIRW012A

5 24 1
5
FACP_OUT DI0 DO0
23 2
DI1 DO1 FACP_IN
22 3
DI2 DO2
21 4
DI3 DO3
16 9
DI4 DO4
15 10
DI5 DO5
14 11
DI6 DO6 VPL5
13 12
DI7 DO7
29 5
WE0 RE0
17 8
WCK RCK
6 19
7
RSTW0 RSTR0 6
18
6
GND VCC
R2602

IC54

GPL5 GPL5

7 7

FACP_IN (025A06)
FACP_OUT (025A06)
FIRW012A (025C02)
FIRW34A (025D15)
F_IDB (025D02)
F_IDC (025A06)
F_IDD (025D15)
F_IDE (025E15)
8 F_ODA (025E02) 8
F_ODC (025C15)
RWCLKA (025B02)
RWCLKB (025C02)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-42
 203

IPU PCB 27/36

A B C D E F G H I J

HTC_DH(7:0)

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADE_HTC (007G15) OLCUT (007E15)
CPUA3 (002G05) ORST_B (007E15) HTC_A(12:0)
HTC_DL(7:0)
1 (005E11) OUTDWE (007I15) 1

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CPU_D2 VPL5
DETHSEL (025F15) PCLOCK4 (006I16)
(003G16) PDCUT (007H15) ORST_B
DSS15_
HSYNC_4 (006E16) PLCUT (007E15) ODCUT
IMG_OD10 (006B09) RESET_3 (002G15)
IMG_OD8 (025G15) VCLK (006B15) OLCUT
IORD_3 (002I12) R75 HSYNC_4
IOWR_3 (002H12) DETHSEL
LSUOUT (006D16)
(002E15) 1 28
MRD_1 NC VCC ADE_HTC
4 2 27
MSEL4_ (003C02) A4 WE_
5 3 26 VPL5
MWR_1 (002E15) A5 CE2
6 4 25 3
ODCUT (007G15) A6 A3
2 7
8
5
6
A7 A2
24
23
2
1
2
A8 A1
9 7 22
A9 OE_
10 8 21 0
A10 A0
11 9 20 R81
A11 CE1_
12 10 19 7
A12 IO7

90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
11 18 6
IO0 IO6
0 12 17 5

VDD9
VSS8
MRE
DETMSEL
OLCUT
ODCUT
ORST_
RAMLD7
RAMLD6
RAMLD5
RAMLD4
RAMLD3
RAMLD2
RAMLD1
RAMLD0
VSS7
VDD8
RAMHD7
RAMHD6
RAMHD5
RAMHD4
RAMHD3
RAMHD2
RAMHD1
RAMHD0
VSS6
VDD7
HSYNC_
VSS5
VDD6
IO1 IO5
1 13 16 4
IO2 IO4
2 14 15 3
GND IO3

IC20 91 VSS5 VSS4 60

92 59 CPU_D2(7:0)
R82 RAMWE_ VDD5
3 IMG_OD10(10:0) GPL5 93
94
RAMCE_ D7
58
57
7
6
3
RAMMCS_ D6
95 56 5
RAMLCS_ D5
96 55 4
RAMA0 D4
0 97 54 3
RAMA1 D3
1 98 53 2
VDD10 D2
99 52 1
VSS10 D1
2 100 51 0
RAMA2 D0
3 101 50
RAMA3 VSS3 CPUA3(23:0)
4 102 49
VPL5 VPL5 RAMA4 VDD4
5 103 48 14
RAMA5 A14
6 104 47 13
RAMA6 A13
105 46 12
4 7
106
107
VDD11
VSS11 IC42
A12
A11
45
44
11
10
4
RAMA7 A10
24 1 0 8 108 43 9
DI0 DO0 RAMA8 A9
0 23 2 1 9 109 42 8
DI1 DO1 R96 RAMA9 A8
1 22 3 2 10 110 41 7
DI2 DO2 RAMA10 A7
2 21 4 3 11 111 40 6
DI3 DO3 RAMA11 A6
3 16 9 4 1 28 12 112 39 5
DI4 DO4 NC VCC RAMA12 A5
4 15 10 5 4 2 27 113 38 4
DI5 DO5 A4 WE_ VDD12 A4
5 14 11 6 5 3 26 114 37 3
DI6 DO6 A5 CE2 VSS12 A3
6 13 12 7 6 4 25 3 115 36 2
DI7 DO7 A6 A3 WCLK A2
7 20 5 7 5 24 2 116 35 1
WE0 RE0 A7 A2 INDWE A1
17 8 8 6 23 1 117 34 0
WCK RCK A8 A1 OD0 A0
19 6 9 7 22 0 118 33
5 7
RSTW0 RSTR0
GND VCC
18 10 8
A9
A10
OE_
A0
21 0 1 119
OD1
OD2
TEST2
RESET_
32
RESET_3
5
11 9 20 2 120 31
R2701

A11 CE1_ VSS13 VSS2

12 10 19 7
A12 IO7
11 18 6

PCLOCK
IC32 IO0 IO6

PDCUT
PLCUT

MSEL_
IDWR_
0

TEST1
12 17 5

MWR_

IDRD_
MRD_
VDD1

VDD2

VDD3
OD10

DSS_
IO1 IO5

VSS1
OD3
OD4
OD5
OD6
OD7
OD8
OD9
1 13 16 4

ID0
ID1
ID2

ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
IO2 IO4
2 14 15 3
GND IO3

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
GPL5 GPL5 IC33 GPL5

GPL5

6 VCLK
PCLOCK4
6
LSUOUT
DSS15_
OUTDWE
8 24 1 8 IORD_3
DI0 DO0

10
9 23 2 9

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DI1 DO1 IOWR_3
10 22 DI2 DO2 3 10
21 DI3 DO3 4
IMG_OD9(10:0) MSEL4_
16 DI4 DO4 9
15 DI5 DO5 10
14 11 VPL5 PDCUT MRD_1
DI6 DO6
13 12
7 20
DI7 DO7
5
PLCUT MWR_1 7

0
1
2

3
4
5
6
7
WE0 RE0
17 WCK RCK 8
IMG_OD8(7:0)
19 RSTW0 RSTR0 6
7 GND VCC 18
R2702

IC31 VPL5 VPL5

non non
RA10 RA9
1

GPL5 GPL5

8 8
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

2
3
4
5
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-43
203

IPU PCB 28/36

A B C D E F G H I J

VPL5 VPL5

VPL5
1 DI5
1 VCC
2 GND
1

K 1
1 3 RESET_
C19
2
IC3

COM 3
R57

A 2
GPL5
2 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 2
non
GPL5
R27 R64 R63

R40 R58 IC16 IC14 R52 R59 IC16 IC16

1 CON5 11 10 9 8 9 8 13 12
IRESET_B RESET_B
1 1
C15 C18
2 2
3 3
GPL5 GPL5
VPL5

DI4

K 1
CON5 2
G(5V)
4 4

COM 3
CON5 4
G(5V)
A 2

VPL5 VPL5

R6 R7
GPL5
R26
5 R69
non 5
IC16
3 CON5 R70 R71
5 6 5 6
RXD RXD0
IC15
1 GP12 GPL5
C20 VPL5
VPL5 2

4 CON11 GPL5 CON11 5

RXD DI3 CON11_VDD
6 6
K 1

non
1
C13
COM 3

2
CON11 3
CON11_GND
A 2

2 CON11 non
TXD VPL5 VPL5 GPL5
7 R8
7
GPL5
R25 R68 1
CON11
CON11_AN
5 CON5 6 5
TXD TXD0
IC14

8 RESET_B (001D14) 8
(002E10)
BXD0 (003I12)
TXD0 (003I12)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-44
 203

IPU PCB 29/36

A B C D E F G H I J
YDCS(7:0) MDCS(7:0) CDCS(7:0)
IMG_SCYD(7:0) IMG_SCMD(7:0)
VPL5 VPL5 VPL5

1 Y0T
1 CON1 0
M0T
9 CON1 0
C0T
17 CON1
0 1
VPL5 19 VPL5 19 VPL5 19
_CE _CE _CE
2 1 10 CON1 1 18 CON1 1
CON1 1 T_R 1 T_R 1 T_R
Y1T M1T C1T
0 2 18 0 0 2 18 0 0 2 18 0
A0 B0 A0 B0 A0 B0
1 3 17 1 1 3 17 1 1 3 17 1
0 1 5 A1 B1 0 1 5 A1 B1 0 1 5 A1 B1
3 2 4 16 2 11 CON1 2 4 16 2 19 CON1 2 4 16 2
CON1 2 1 2 10 A2 B2 2 1 2 10 A2 B2 2 1 2 10 A2 B2
3 5 15 3 3 5 15 3 3 5 15 3
Y2T 2 3 A3 B3 M2T 2 3 A3 B3 C2T 2 3 A3 B3
4 6 14 4 4 6 14 4 4 6 14 4
3 4 A4 B4 3 4 A4 B4 3 4 A4 B4
5 7 13 5 5 7 13 5 5 7 13 5
4 7 A5 B5 4 7 A5 B5 4 7 A5 B5
6 8 12 6 6 8 12 6 6 8 12 6
4 CON1 3 5 9 A6 B6 12 CON1 3 5 9 A6 B6 20 CON1 3 5 9 A6 B6
7 9 11 7 7 9 11 7 7 9 11 7
2 Y3T 6 8 A7 B7 M3T 6 8 A7 B7 C3T 6 8 A7 B7 2
7 6 IC21 7 6 IC25 7 6 IC34
5 CON1 13 CON1 21 CON1
4 RA5 4 RA11 4 RA12
Y4T M4T C4T
GPL5 GPL5 GPL5

6 CON1 14 CON1 22 CON1

5 5 5
Y5T M5T C5T

7 CON1 15 CON1 23 CON1

6 6 6
Y6T M6T C6T
3 VPL5
3
8 CON1 16 CON1 RESET_1 24 CON1
7 7 7 VPL5
Y7T M7T C7T

4 10 R55
2

_PRL
5 12

_PRL
9
ALE6 D C D C CON1 26
RECOG
3 11
HSYNC_1 >CLK >CLK
31 CON1 41 CON1 51 CON1

_CLR

_CLR
6 8
4 DGND DGND DGND _C _C VPL5
CON1 27
4
1 IC7 13 IC7 PAGE
32 CON1 42 CON1 52 CON1
DGND DGND DGND 19
_CE VPL5
1
ORST T_R
33 CON1 43 CON1 53 CON1
2 18
DGND DGND DGND A0 B0
3 17
A1 B1 R2
4 16
A2 B2
34 CON1 44 CON1 54 CON1 VPL5 5 15
A3 B3
6 14
DGND DGND DGND A4 B4 SPGT
7 13
5 R15
8
A5
A6
B5
B6
12 VPL5 5
9 11
35 CON1 45 CON1 55 CON1 28 CON1 NF49 A7 B7
DGND DGND DGND SPGT_ non
IC1
R4
36 CON1 46 CON1 56 CON1 non
R14 GPL5
DGND DGND DGND R3
TCLOCK
GPL5
37 CON1 47 CON1 57 CON1
DGND DGND DGND VPL5 non
R5
6 38 CON1 48 CON1 58 CON1
R16
6
DGND DGND DGND 29 CON1 NF48 VPL5
TCLOCK_
39 CON1 49 CON1 59 CON1 GPL5
non 1 8
DGND DGND DGND R17 2
VCC RI
7
RD _RI NF1 CON1 30
3 DI DO 6
4 5 HS_SC1
25 CON1 40 CON1 50 CON1 GPL5 GND _DC
CN1_NC DGND DGND
IC6 NF2 CON1 53
HS_SC0
7 GPL5 7
non
R38 R39

GPL5

GP12 GPL5
ALE6 (007D15)
HSYNC_1 (006E16)
IMG_SCCD (008G03) non
IMG_SCMD (008E03) R22 R23
8 IMG_SCYD (008E03)
(008C03)
8
SPGT
TCLOCK (008C03)
ORST_ (006D13) GP12 GPL5
RESET_1 (002F15)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-45
203

IPU PCB 30/36

A B C D E F G H I J

VPL5
CPUA3(23:0) CPUA_ISU(15:0)
1 VPL5 VPL5 1
19
_CE
1
T_R
0 2 18 0
A0 B0
1 3 17 1
R84 R85 A1 B1 NF3 CON2 1 NF11 CON2 9
2 4 16 2 0 8
VPL5
A2 B2 ISUA0 ISUA8
3 5 15 3
A3 B3
4 6 14 4
NF31 CON2 31 A4 B4
5 7 13 5
SCCS_ ISUCS_
6 8
A5 B5
12 6
A6 B6
7 9 11 7
A7 B7 2
19 1 NF4 CON2 9 NF12 CON2 10
_CE ISUA1 ISUA9
2 MWR_2
1
T_R IC22 2
2 18
MRD_2 3
A0 B0
17
NF27 CON2 27
A1 B1 ISUMWR_
4 16 19
BUFR_W3 5
A2 B2
15 1
_CE
2 NF5 CON2 3
10 NF13 CON2 11
A3 B3 T_R ISUA2 ISUA10
6 14
BUFEN_B A4 B4
7 13 8 2 18 8
A5 B5 A0 B0
8 12 9 3 17 9
A6 B6 A1 B1
9 11 10 4 16 10
A7 B7 NF28 CON2 28 A2 B2
11 5 15 11
ISUMRD_ A3 B3
3 NF6 CON2 4
11 NF14 CON2 12
IC26 12 6 14 12
SCCSR A4 B4 ISUA3 ISUA11
13 7 13 13
A5 B5
GPL5 14 8 12 14
3 15 9
A6
A7
B6
B7
11 15 3
VPL5 IC23
VPL5 19 NF29 CON2 29 4 NF7 CON2 5 12 NF15 CON2 13
_CE ISUBFR_W ISUA4 ISUA12
1
T_R
2 18 19
A0 B0 _CE
3 17 1
A1 B1 T_R
4 16
A2 B2
5 15 2 18 0 5 NF8 CON2 6 13 NF16 CON2 14
A3 B3 A0 B0 ISUA5 ISUA13
VPL5 6 14 NF30 CON2 30 3 17 1
A4 B4 ISUBFEN_ A1 B1
7 13 4 16 2
A5 B5 A2 B2
8 12 5 15 3
A6 B6 A3 B3
4 9
A7 B7
11 6
7
A4 B4
14
13
4
5
4
A5 B5 NF9 CON2 7 NF17 CON2 15
IC27 8 12 6 6 14
R50 A6 B6 ISUA6 ISUA14
9 11 7
A7 B7

IC8

NF10 CON2 8 NF18 CON2 16

7 15
ISUA7 ISUA15
19
_CE
1
T_R
CON2 53 2 18 8
ISGND A0 B0
3 17 9
5 CON2 54
4
A1
A2
B1
B2
16 10 5
5 15 11
ISGND A3 B3
6 14 12
A4 B4
7 13 13
CON2 33 CON2 43 CON2 55 A5 B5
8 12 14
ISGND ISGND ISGND A6 B6
9 11 15
A7 B7
CON2 34 CON2 44 CON2 56 IC9
ISGND ISGND ISGND ISUD(7:0)

CON2 35 CON2 45 CON2 57

ISGND ISGND ISGND 0 NF19 CON2 18 4 NF23 CON2 22
ISUD0 ISUD4
CON2 36 CON2 46 CON2 58
6 ISGND ISGND ISGND 6
CON2 37 CON2 47 CON2 59
ISGND ISGND ISGND
1 NF20 CON2 19 5 NF24 CON2 23 CON10 1 BUFEN_B (001B14)
CON2 38 CON2 48 CON2 60 ISUD1 ISUD5 CN10_GND
ISGND BUFR_W3 (003C16)
ISGND ISGND
2 CPUA3 (002G05)
CON10
CN10_GND ISUD (005H11)
CON2 39 CON2 49 CON2 61
ISGND ISGND ISGND MRD_2 (002E15)
MWR_2 (002E15)
CON2 40 CON2 50 CON2
62
2 NF21 CON2 20 6 NF25 CON2 24 SCCSR (003B16)
ISGND ISGND ISGND ISUD2 ISUD6 (003C16)
SCCS_
7 CON2 41 CON2 51 CON2 63
7
ISGND ISGND ISGND
CON2 17 GPL5
CON2 42 CON2 52 CON2 64 CN2_NC
ISGND ISGND ISGND
CON2 26 3 NF22 CON2 21 7 NF26 CON2 25
CN2_NC ISUD3 ISUD7

R18 R20
R19 R21
non
8 non 8
GP12 GPL5 GPL5
GP12 GPL5

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-46
 203

IPU PCB 31/36

A B C D E F G H I J

VPL5
VPL5
DI2
R43
1 K COM A
2
1
CON7
BD SYNC –
R30 R33 VPL5
1 CON7
2 CON4 R31 R42
3 4 1 2
BD SYNC
COPY ENABLE COPYEN_ R32
1
IC16 IC15
C17 16
2 VCC
2 3
INA1 OUTA BD_
1
2 R28
VPL5
GPL5 14
15
INA0
INB1 OUTB
13 2
INB0
GPL5 6 5
4 CON4 R29 R41 INC1 OUTC VSYNC_
1 2 3 4 7
F/R (SCAN) RVSW R44
10
INC0
11
IND1 OUTD
1 IC16 IC15 9
6 IND0
C16 CON4
2 VSYNCi_1 4 12
R34 EN END
8
5 GND
K COM A CON4
VSYNCi_2
R35 IC4
DI1
3 GPL5 3
VCLK
GPL5 GPL5 1
CON4
CN4_GND
PAMD(9:0)
3
CON4
0 NF32 CON3 1 CN4_GND
PAMDT0
1
IMG_OD11(10:0) 11
_CE
4 >CP
non
R9 R10
4
0 3 2
D0 C0 NF44 CON3 2
1 4 5 0 1
D1 C1 PAMDT1
2 7 6 1
D2 C2
3 8 9 2
D3 C3
4 18 19 3 VPL5 GPL5 GPL5
D4 C4
5 17 16 4
D5 C5
6 14 15 5
D6 C6 NF33 CON3 3
7 13 12 6 2
D7 C7 PAMDT2
IC18
1 8
VCC RI
2 7
RO _RI 13
5 3 NF45 CON3 4
3
4
DI DO
6
5
NF38 CON3
PAMCLK 5
PAMDT3 GND _DO
1
_CE
11 IC5
>CP CON3 14 CON3 20
CN3_GND CN3_GND
8 17 16 7
D0 C0
9 14 15 8
D1 C1
4 NF34 CON3 5 CON3 15 CON3 21
10 13 12 9
D2 C2 PAMDT4 NF39 26 CN3_GND CN3_GND
8 9 CON3
D3 C3 PAMCLK_
7 6
D4 C4 CON3 16 CON3 22
4 5 GPL5
D5 C5 CN3_GND CN3_GND
3 2
D6 C6
18 19
D7 C7 5 NF35 CON3 6 CON3 17 CON3 23
6 IC19
PAMDT5 CN3_GND CN3_GND 6
CON3 18 CON3 24
CN3_GND CN3_GND
GPL5

6 NF46 CON3 7 CON3 19 CON3 25

PAMDT6 CN3_GND CN3_GND

7 NF36 CON3 8 R12 R11

PAMDT7 non
7 7
GP12 GPL5
8 NF37 CON3 9
PAMDT8
BD (006H05)
COPYEN_ (008F13)

IMG_OD11 (006B09)
9 NF47 CON3 10 RVSW (007D02)
non 0 PAMDT9 VCLK (006B15)
R36 R45 VSYNC_ (006H05)
8 8
GP12 GPL5

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-47
203

IPU PCB 32/36

A B C D E F G H I J
VPL5 VPL5 VPL5

MBYDI(7:0) MBMDI(7:0) MBCDI(7:0)

IMG_MBYD(7:0) IMG_MBMD(7:0) IMG_MBCD(7:0)

10

10

10
RA56 RA44 RA50
1 1

5
49 CON6 15 CON6 7 CON6
0 0 0
MBYDI0 MBMDI0 MBCDI0

7
9
8
6
1
2
3
4

6
4
8
3
9
2
7
1

6
4
8
3
9
2
7
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
50 CON6 16 CON6 8 CON6
1 1 1
MBYDI1 MBMDI1 MBCDI1

19 19 19
51 CON6
_CE 17 CON6
_CE 9 CON6
_CE
2 1 2 1 2 1
MBYDI2 T_R MBMDI2 T_R MBCDI2 T_R

2 0
1
2
3
A0 B0
18
17
0
1
0
1
2
3
A0 B0
18
17
0
1
0
1
2
3
A0 B0
18
17
0
1
2
52 CON6 A1 B1 18 CON6 A1 B1 10 CON6 A1 B1
3 2 4 16 2 3 2 4 16 2 3 2 4 16 2
MBYDI3 A2 B2 MBMDI3 A2 B2 MBCDI3 A2 B2
3 5 15 3 3 5 15 3 3 5 15 3
A3 B3 A3 B3 A3 B3
4 6 14 4 4 6 14 4 4 6 14 4
A4 B4 A4 B4 A4 B4
5 7 13 5 5 7 13 5 5 7 13 5
53 CON6 A5 B5 19 CON6 A5 B5 11 CON6 A5 B5
4 6 8 12 6 4 6 8 12 6 4 6 8 12 6
MBYDI4 A6 B6 MBMDI4 A6 B6 MBCDI4 A6 B6
7 9 11 7 7 9 11 7 7 9 11 7
A7 B7 A7 B7 A7 B7
IC33 IC67 IC80
54 CON6 20 CON6 12 CON6
5 5 5
MBYDI5 MBMDI5 MBCDI5

3 1
11
_CE
1
11
_CE
1
11
_CE 3
55 CP 21 CP 13 CP
CON6 6 CON6 6 CON6 6
MBYDI6 MBMDI6 MBCDI6
3 2 0 3 2 0 3 2 0
D0 C0 D0 C0 D0 C0
0 4 5 1 0 4 5 1 0 4 5 1
D1 C1 D1 C1 D1 C1
1 7 6 2 1 7 6 2 1 7 6 2
56 D2 C2 22 D2 C2 14 D2 C2
CON6 7 2 8 9 3 CON6 7 2 8 9 3 CON6 7 2 8 9 3
MBYDI7 D3 C3 MBMDI7 D3 C3 MBCDI7 D3 C3
3 13 12 4 3 13 12 4 3 13 12 4
D4 C4 D4 C4 D4 C4
4 14 15 5 4 14 15 5 4 14 15 5
D5 C5 D5 C5 D5 C5
5 17 16 6 5 17 16 6 5 17 16 6
D6 C6 D6 C6 D6 C6
6 18 19 7 6 18 19 7 6 18 19 7
D7 C7 D7 C7 D7 C7
7 7 7
4 IC37 IC76 IC81 4
IMG_YD2(7:0) IMG_MD2(7:0) IMG_CD2(7:0)

IOGATE_

1 2
DIR
IC65

PCLOCK1
5 5
VPL5

MBBDI(7:0)
IMG_MBBD(7:0)

10
RA55

5
41 CON6 0
MBBDI0 6
8
9
7
1
2
3
4
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6 MBBDI1
42 CON6 1 6

43 CON6 2 VPL5
MBBDI2

19
_CE
44 CON6 1
3 T_R
MBBDI3
0 2 18 0
A0 B0
1 3 17 1
A1 B1
7 MBBDI4
45 CON6 4
2
3
4
5
A2 B2
16
15
2
3
7
A3 B3
4 6 14 4
A4 B4
5 7 13 5
A5 B5
46 6 8 12 6
CON6 5 A6 B6
MBBDI5 7 9 11 7
A7 B7
DIR (033B15)
IMG_CD2 (010B15) IC36
IMG_MBBD (008D03) 47 CON6 6
IMG_MBCD (008B03) MBBDI6
IMG_MBMD (008B10)
IMG_MBYD (008D03)
8 IMG_MD2 (009B15) MBBDI7
48 CON6 7 8
IMG_YD2 (008C15)
IOGATE_ (008F13)
PCLOCK1 (006H16)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-48
 203

IPU PCB 33/36

A B C D E F G H I J

VPL5 CON6 33
TM_DTR

1 1
CON6 32
TM_RTS
DTR1_ 19
_CE
1
T_R DIR
RTS1_ CON6 34
2 18
A0 B0 TM_TXD
3 17
TXD1 A1 B1
4 16
A2 B2
5 15 13 12
A3 B3 ENGREQ
6 14 CON6 31
TXD_CPU A4 B4 EX_TXD IC65
7 13
A5 B5
8 12
B6
2 DTR_CPU 9
A6
A7 B7
11
30
2
CON6 CON6 28
RTS_CPU EX_DTR 11 10 ENGREQo
IC58 VPL5
EPRDY
IC65
29 27
CON6 CON6
EX_RTS EPRDYo
GPL5
VPL5 19
65 _CE
CON6 3 4 1
EX_RXD VPL5 IOCONT T_R
CON6 26
IC65 2 18 DIRo
A0 B0
17
10

RA43 3 B1
A1
5

3 EX_DSR
64
CON6 4
5
A2 B2
16
15 CON6 25
3
19 ADE6 A3 B3 HEN
_CE RXD_CPU 6 14
1 A4 B4
T_R
4
7
9
3
2
1
6
8

7 13
63 DSR_CPU A5 B5
CON6 2 18 8 12
EX_CTS A0 B0 A6 B6 57
3 17 5 6 9 11 CON6
A1 B1 CTS_CPU CPEN_ A7 B7 CPENo
4 16
A2 B2 IC65
5 15 IC59
66 A3 B3
CON6 6 14
TM_CTS A4 B4 CTS1_ CON6
24
7 13 PCLOCK1
A5 B5 TMGCLK
8 12
A6 B6 DSR1_
9 11 GPL5
67 A7 B7
4 TM_DSR
CON6
RXD1 4
IC56

68
CON6
TM_RXD
GPL5

VPL5 VPL5 VPL5

VPL5

5 R193 R192 R191

VPL5 VPL5 VPL5
5
CON6 1 CON6 4
EX_VCC EX_GND
60
CON6
VDTEN R186 R185
19
_CE CON6 2 5
1 CON6
T_R non EX_VCC EX_GND
61 CON6
2 18
VDTCLK A0 B0 IDTEN
3 17
A1 B1 R187 3 6
4 16 CON6 CON6
A2 B2 IDTCLK EX_VCC EX_GND
5 15
62 CON6 A3 B3
6 14
6 CPRDY
7
A4
A5
B4
B5
13 R188 6
8 12 non CON6 35 CON6 23
A6 B6 EX_VCC EX_GND
9 11
A7 B7

HSYNC_1 IC55
GPL5 CON6 36 CON6 38
EX_VCC EX_GND
CPRDY
MVSYNC 1
GPL5 C27
2 CON6 37 CON6 39
EX_VCC EX_GND
CON6 58
7 ADE6 (007H15) IOCONT (008E13) HSYNC_M + 1
C8
7
CPEN_ (008B07) MVSYNC_ (008B09) CON6 40
2 EX_GND
CPRDY (007D02) PCLOCK1 (006H16) R220
CTS1_ (003I12) RTS1_ (003I12) CON6 59
MVSYNCo
CTS_CPU (001G14) RTS_CPU (001G14)
DIR (032E02) RXD1 (001J12)
DSR1 (003I12) RXD_CPU (001G14)
DSR_CPU (001H14) TXD1 (003J12)
DTR1_ (003I12) TXD_CPU (001G14) GPL5
DTR_CPU (001H14)
ENGREQ (007C13)
EPRDY (007C13)
8 HSYNC_1 (006E16) 8
IDTCLK (008A07)
IDTEN (008B07)

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-49
203

IPU PCB 34/36

A B C D E F G H I J

1 1
CON9 NF40 CON8 NF58
1 1
5V 5V

R46 R243

CON9 NF41 CON8 NF57

2 2
5V 5V

2 R47 R242 2
CON9 NF42 CON8 NF56
3 3
5V 5V
VPL5 VPL5
R48 R241
TP6
CON9 NF43 CON8 NF55
4 C14 C3 C4 C23 C24 4 C30 C10 C8 C28 C29
5V 5V

3 1 1 3
R49 R240
2 2
1 1 + 1 + 1 1 1 + 1 + 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
R83 R239
COIL1 COIL2

CON9 CON8
5 5
G(5V) G(5V)

CON9 CON8
4 G(5V)
6 TP5 G(5V)
6 4
CON9 CON8
7 7
G(5V) GPL5 G(5V) GPL5

CON9 CON8
8 8
G(5V) G(5V)

5 5
R258
non

R1
non

R257
non VPL5

R157
6 non 6
R13
non C2 C5 C1 C6 C11 C7 C12

R196 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +
non
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
R256
non

7 R37
non 7
R184
non
GPL5

GP12 GPL5

8 8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-50
 203

IPU PCB 35/36

A B C D E F G H I J

VPL5 VPL5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CP4 CP5 CP14 CP25 CP35 CP38 CP60 CP64 CP70 CP63 CP154 CP133 CP134 CP129 CP128 CP127 CP126 CP116 CP105 CP101
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

GPL5 GPL5

VPL5 VPL5

2 1
CP80
1
CP88
1
CP81
1
CP89
1
CP99
1
CP109
1
CP114
1
CP120
1
CP130
1
CP141
1
CP100
1
CP107
1
CP94
1
CP106
1
CP110
1
CP78
1
CP67
1
CP57
1
CP36
1
CP41
2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

GPL5 GPL5

VPL5 VPL5

3 1
CP145
1
CP144
1
CP155
1
CP142
1
CP121
1
CP115
1
CP102
1
CP85
1
CP61
1
CP52
1
CP42
1
CP30
1
CP18
1
CP19
1
CP20
1
CP21
1
CP1
1
CP10
1
CP23
1
CP22 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

GPL5 GPL5

VPL5 VPL5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 2
CP50
2
CP71
2
CP6
2
CP17
2
CP26
2
CP15
2
CP27
2
CP16
2
CP7
2
CP8
2
CP24
2
CP34
2
CP43
2
CP44
2
CP46
2
CP45
2
CP58
2
CP11
2
CP12
2
CP3 4

GPL5 GPL5

VPL5 VPL5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 2
CP2
2
CP9
2
CP29
2
CP28
2
CP40
2
CP39
2
CP56
2
CP55
2
CP76
2
CP77
2
CP13
2
CP31
2
CP32
2
CP33
2
CP37
2
CP48
2
CP59
2
CP49
2
CP47
2
CP62 5

GPL5 GPL5

VPL5 VPL5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CP90 CP91 CP92 CP86 CP87 CP93 CP104 CP103 CP119 CP125 CP75 CP84 CP69 CP74 CP83 CP79 CP68 CP72 CP82 CP73
6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 6

GPL5 GPL5

VPL5 VPL5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CP123 CP122 CP118 CP124 CP132 CP131 CP147 CP159 CP146 CP156 CP95 CP111 CP96 CP108 CP112 CP97 CP113 CP98 CP117 CP140
7 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
7
GPL5 GPL5

VPL5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CP157 CP158 CP163 CP162 CP164 CP165 CP153 CP143 CP168 CP161
8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8
GPL5

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-51
203

IPU PCB 36/36

A B C D E F G H I J

1 1

2 2

3 VPL5 3

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CP139 CP138 CP137 CP136 CP135 CP174 CP173 CP172 CP171 CP170
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

GPL5

4 VPL5
4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CP169 CP180 CP179 CP178 CP177 CP176 CP175 CP148 CP167 CP166
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

GPL5

VPL5
5 5
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CP53 CP51 CP160 CP54 CP66 CP65 CP149 CP151 CP150 CP152
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

GPL5

6 6

7 7

8 8

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-52
 203

Scanner control PCB

A B C D E F G H I J
S
C33 S
S
R124 IC16 IC16
R125 IC9 D7 R141
S G R151 R140 R159
V.TIM CN5-11 1 8 9 10 11
1 V.TIM_ CN5-12
R123 R126
8
7
A
_B
Vcc
R
2
3
S.SYN C37
CN5-3
RxD
1
6

NON MOUNT
S G _Z D S S G CN5-4
R127 4 S G
V.SYNC_ CN5-10 5 Y GND R158
IC13
S G 9
V.SYNC CN5-9 IC12 R152
8 D9
S 12 R160
10 13
PORT CN5-1
S C34 TxD

NON MOUNT
IC10
S G S G R161 CN5-2
S G 8 1
A Vcc S G
F12 7 2
1 3 _B R
V.SYNC_ CN4-5 6 3 36V 36V
2 _Z D
1 3 5 4
V.SYNC CN4-6 Y GND S
2 F13 S G R44
R137
S S
R49 R34
2 S
R175 C43
4
IC14 R70
TR6
TR1
R39 R162
CN6-1
2

_PRE
R176 IC15
S G 2
D Q 5 R54
R45
BD TIM CN7-1 8 1 R29 CN6-2
R174 R169 A Vcc R50 R35
7 2 3 CLK TR2
BD TIM_ CN7-2 _B R R71 R40
3 TR7

_CLR
S 6 D 6 CN6-3
G R168 _Z
5 4 _Q
1 3 Y GND S S R46
BD SYNC_ CN7-4 R55 R30
S G CN6-4
2 F14 1 F1 R51 R36

3
1 3 TR3
BD SYNC CN7-3 GND2 R72 R41 S
TR8

2
2 F15
C45 CN6-5

1
R47

C16
2 1 R56 R31
READY CN5-8 R52 R37

C17
IC12 TR4
R73 R42 S G
TR9
R88
4 3 R48 36V
3 F/R CN5-6
S G
R57 R32
3

R106

R108
R104
IC12 R53 R38

R97
R89
R84

R96
R86
1 3 TR5
F/R(SCAN) CN4-4 S R74 R43
2 F11 F4 TR10
6 5

3
1 3 5 12
COPY ENABLE CN4-2 S G R58
GND2 R33
2 F10 IC12

C32
1
Vcc1 Vcc2
P G P G 4

C31
A

80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
S 6 B
R134 11 C L1

AN1
AN2
AN3
AN4
AN5
AN6
AN7
Vss
AVss
Vref
AVcc
Vcc
CTS0
CLK0
RxD0
TxD0
IC11 3
R121 R81 A OUT
9 8 7

R117
SM STOP CN3-1 R129 64 R13 2 _A B OUT
10
AN0 CTS1 S G S _B C OUT
R145 1 63 R14 8
IC11 IC11 P67/T82in CLK1 R116 IC8 _C L2
R144 2 12 2 62 R15 9
1 13 P66/T81in RxD1 1 24 IC1
ENABLE CN5-7 3 61 R16 _OE Vcc S G
R143 P65/T80in TxD1
R153 4 60 2 23 GND
IC16 P64/INT2 P00 D0 Q0
S G R132 5 59 3 22
R155 P63/INT1
4 SHPSW CN3-8
R147 R154
IC11
13 12

IC11 PORT
6
7
P62/INT0
P61/TA4 in
P01
P02
P03
58
57
4
5
D1
D2
D3
Q1
Q2
Q3
21
20
1
CN2-1 SM A
4
R146 8 IC7 56 6 19
1 3 3 4 11 10 _LE P60/TA4 Out P04 D4 Q4 CN2-2 SM B
EL ALM CN3-3 9 55 R90 7 18
R148 P57/TA3 in P05 D5 Q5 CN2-3 SM C
2 F3 10 54 8 17 S
S G IC12 P56/TA3 Out P06 R91 D6 Q6
11 36V CN2-4 SM D
P55/TA2 in P07 53 R92 9 16
1 3 12 D7 Q7 CN2-5 SM E
EL CONT CN3-5 P54/TA2 Out 52 R93 10 D8 Q8 15 R10
13 P10 R5
2 F5 10 11 P53/TA1 in 51 R94 11 14 13
14 P11 D9 Q9 R61
50 S G 12 13 1 5 12
IC12 15 P52/TA1 Out P12 GND _LE IC3 TR11
1 3 P51/TA0 in 49 R95 S G 2
16 P13
EL REM CN3-2 48 R60 R9 Vcc1 Vcc2
8 9 P50/TA0 Out P14 S R107
2 F2 17 47 R4
P47 P15 3 4 A
S 18 46 _LE 4 R63 6
N.C. CN3-6 R142 P46 P16 IC3 TR12 B L3
19 45 5 11 3
P45 P17 C A OUT
N.C. CN3-4 S.SYN 20 44 R17 R62 R8
P44 P20 7 L4
21 43 R18 R3 2 B OUT
S P43 P21 9 _A 10
36V 22 R65 C OUT
5 CN3-9
1 3 S S
23
P42/ 0 P22 42
41
R19 10
IC3 TR13 8
_B IC2 5
_RESET

2 F6 P41 P23 11 9 _C L5
CNVss

24 S G R64
BYTE

R131 R130 R20 R7

X out
P40

P33
P32
P31
P30
P27
P26
P25
P24
R2
X in

Vss

R150 13 GND
_E

R149
1 R67
IC4 TR14
TR18 1
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
CN3-7 TR19 2
S G R136 R135 R66 S
R6
R139 R138 3 R1
GND 1 S G R69 IC14
S G S G S G S G 4 TR15 10
IC4

R103
R102
R101
R100
5

R99
1 3

_PRE
CN4-1 R68 12 9
D Q
R27
R26

R12
R11
R23
R22
R21

2 F8 R77 L7
S G P G
1 3 R75 11
S CLK
R24

CN4-3 R79 IC11(B) R122

R118 S G
2 F9 R82 6 8
5

_CLK
IC5 R76 S G _Q
6 X1 L6
GND1 S G 7 - R78 R80 R167
6 S
DA
+5 R83
R120
15.9983MHz
9
E1
E2
IC6
C1
GND
8
S 13
6

C22
C21
C20
C19
C18
C25 C26 IC5 S G 10 7 R85
R119 R133 C2 RT P G
C8 8 11 6 R29 S
R163 - Vcc CT
IC16 D8 S G S G 12 5 C14
C9 +

D5
D4
D3
D2

D1
1 3 R165 R166 4 C24 OC DTC 14
5 6 13 4 R113
RESET CN5-5 P G RO FB
P G S G 14 3 D6
2 F7 (A) II II P G
R164 C50 15 2 C28
NII NII 2
P G 16 1 R105 - 1
GND1 S 3+
36V S G 4 S R109 7
S IC16 C30
S C12 C39 C35 C49 C47 S G P G IC5
C10 C42
R98 R112 R111 P G
36V CN1-5 TR16 IC3
IC17 1 R156 3 C13 C38 C36 C48 C41 C46
+ C4 IC16 C11 B C IC4
Vcc R114 IC13
3 R157 1 2 S G TR17 R110 IC14
Out E 4
C5 C1 C44 IC12 6
DA
R28 GND C29 IC16 5
7 G(24V) CN1-6
P G
2
S G
C40
S G R115 S G P G
R128
C27 P G
IC11
IC13 9
IC4
1
7
10 8 3
S G 2
11

24V 12
CN1-3 GND1 GND2 S G 11
+ C6 13
NON MOUNT

NON MOUNT

C7 C2 S G
R59
R170

R171

R173

R172

N.C. CN1-4
P G
F GS G F GS G

S FG1 FG2

8 5V CN1-1
+ C15
8
C23 C3
R87
G(5V) CN1-2
S G

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-53
203

CCD drive PCB

A B C D E F G H I J

Throughhole

1 B 1
EGND1
+12VA
R55 R54 (Non Mount)
(Non Mount) C26 + C12 C30
C29 R34
DG
AG

FG1 C27 + C13 R35 AG

2 L4
L2 2
CN1 C31 R44
–12VA
AGND +12V
L5 2 1 L3 +5VD
C32 DG AG
AGND –12V C28 + C14
4 3
L1 R41 DG
L6
DGND +5V
6 5
L9 DG DG DG DG
FGND1 Φ1A Φ1A
R57 8 7
3 C33
3
ΦRS1

R40
L14(Non Mount) FGND1 L10

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0 9 (Non Mount) DG

GND
3Y
3A
2Y
2A
1Y
1A
FGND1 ΦCP1 L11 +12VA
@ ! IC1
L7 DG

Vcc
FGND1 DGND

4Y
4A
5Y
5A
6Y
6A
$ # +5VD
DG C15
TR1

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
L12
FGND1 Φ2A
^ % AG
C1
ΦRS1 C2
FGND1 ΦSH +12VA
* &
4 C34 R31 R26 R48 +12VA 4

R45
L8 L13 DG
FGND1 DGND (Non Mount)
) ( R25 R47 C22
C16 AG
L15(Non Mount) DG TR2 +
R59 IC6
AG AG
DG ΦCP1 DG AG 1 – EN– 16
C6 R7
+ 2 + 15
DG C35 +12VA
R39 R13 R19

R36
R37
3 V+ 14

R1
R2
(Non Mount) GND R50
4 – EN– 13
AG C7 AG
AG R3 C17 + 5 + 12 R8
TR3 R14 R20 AG
5 DG 6
GND V–
11
CN3 5

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
AG AG + AG 7 + 10 R9 (Ge)
1
R15 C8 R21

SH2
Φ2A2
Φ1A2
SH1
Φ2A1
Φ1A1
Φ2B
RS–
SS
OS2
OS1
OS4
8 – 9 C23 FGND2
EN– 2
+ (Go)
AG AG AG 3
IC5 AG FGND2
4

Φ2A3
Φ1A3

Φ2A4
Φ1A4
+12VA (Be)

OS5
OS6
OS3
SH3

CP–
Vref
R27 R49 5

OD
–12VA

SS
AG FGND2
AG 6
(Bo)

12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
R4 C18 R29 R51 +12VA 7
TR4 FGND2
R28 R50 8
C24

R32
AG AG AG (Re)
9
6 IC7 + FGND2 6

R6
R5
+12VA AG AG 0
1 – EN– 16 (Ro)
Φ2A C9
!
FGND2
+ 2 + 15 R10
@
C36 C19 R16 R22 3 V+ 14
R43 GND
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

(Non Mount)
TR5 4 – EN– 13 R51
DG
GND
3Y
3A
2Y
2A
1Y
1A

AG C10 AG R11
AG + 5 + 12
IC4 R17 R23 AG
6 11
DG GND V– R12 R58
AG AG
Vcc

+12VA + 7 + 10
4Y
4A
5Y
5A
6Y
6A

+5VD (Non Mount)

R18 C11 R24 8 – 9 AG
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

C25
7 C20 AG AG AG
EN–
+ R56 7
C4 TR6 (Non Mount)
ΦSH C3 AG
EGND2
+12VA AG R30 R52
AG –12VA
R33

C37 AG
R42 DG R46
(Non Mount)
DG Throughhole
+
C5
DG C21 A
AG AG
8 R53
8

DG AG

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-54
 203

CCD processing PCB 1/26

A B C D E F G H I J
+5VD
Digital Analog
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
G-PINE [9:0]

R321

R320

R319

R318

R316

R315

R314
1 Pg 5 1° 2 GAADCK
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Pg 2-4
Pg 1,2
0 G-PINO [9:0]
0
1 Pg 1,2
1
ADCLK GAADCK 1 G-PINE [0]
G-PINE [0] Pg 1,2
3 FL1 Pg 1,2 2 2 G-PINE [1]
G-PINE [1] Pg 1,2
Pg 1,2 3 3 G-PINE [2]
DG DG DG DG G-PINE [2] Pg 1,2
Pg 5 Pg 1,2 4 4 G-PINE [3]
1° 2 RS10 G-PINE [3]
RS10-0 RS10 Pg 1,2 5 Pg 1,2
G-PINE [4] 5 G-PINE [4]
3 FL16 Pg 1,2 6 Pg 1,2
G-PINE [5] 6 G-PINE [5]
Pg 1,2 7 Pg 1,2
DG DG DG DG G-PINE [6] 7 G-PINE [6]
Pg 5 Pg 1,2 8 Pg 1,2
1° 2 RS20 G-PINE [7] 8 G-PINE [7]
RS20-0 RS20 Pg 1,2 9 Pg 1,2
G-PINE [8] 9 G-PINE [8]
3 FL31 Pg 1,2 Pg 1,2
G-PINE [9] G-PINE [9]
0
2 Pg 5
DG DG
1° 2 1A
DG DG 1 Pg 1,2
G-PINO [0]
2
1A-0 1A 0 2 Pg 1,2
G-PINO [1]
3 FL32 Pg 1,2 1 3 Pg 1,2
G-PINO [0] G-PINO [2]
Pg 1,2 2 4 Pg 1,2
DG DG DG DG G-PINO [1] G-PINO [3]
Pg 1,2 3 5 Pg 1,2
G-PINO [2] G-PINO [4]
Pg 1,2 4 6 Pg 1,2
G-PINO [3] G-PINO [5]
Pg 1,2 5 7 Pg 1,2
Pg 5 1° 2 TG1/3 G-PINO [4] G-PINO [6]
Pg 1,2 6 8 Pg 1,2
TG1/3-0 TG1/3 G-PINO [5] G-PINO [7]
3 FL30 Pg 1,2 7 9 Pg 1,2
G-PINO [6] G-PINO [8]
Pg 1,2 8 Pg 1,2
G-PINO [7] G-PINO [9]
DG DG DG DG Pg 1,2 9
Pg 5 G-PINO [8]
3 2A-0
1° 2 2A
2A G-PINO [9]
Pg 1,2 3
3 FL27

DG DG DG DG
Pg 5 1° 2 CLMP
CLMP-0 CLMP
3 FL28 B-PINE [9:0]

DG DG DG DG 0 0
B-PINO [9:0] Pg 1,3
Pg 1,3 1 1 B-PINE [0]
B-PINE [0] Pg 1,3
Pg 1,3 2 2 B-PINE [1]
B-PINE [1] Pg 1,3
Pg 1,3 3 3 B-PINE [2]
B-PINE [2] Pg 1,3
Pg 1,3 4 4 B-PINE [3]
4 G-ADCK0 (G-ADCK1)
(Connected to analog G-ADCK1)
B-PINE [3]
B-PINE [4]
Pg 1,3 5 5 Pg 1,3
B-PINE [4] 4
Pg 1,3 6 Pg 1,3
B-PINE [5] 6 B-PINE [5]
Pg 1,3 7 Pg 1,3
DG B-PINE [6] 7 B-PINE [6]
Pg 1,3 8 Pg 1,3
B-PINE [7] 8 B-PINE [7]
Pg 1,3 9 Pg 1,3
B-PINE [8] 9 B-PINE [8]
Pg 2 1° 2 Pg 1,3 Pg 1,3
B-PINE [9] B-PINE [9]
G-ADCLK0 G-ADCK0 0
3 FL35 1 Pg 1,3
B-PINO [0]
2 Pg 1,3
DG DG DG DG B-PINO [1]
Pg 1,3 0 3 Pg 1,3
B-PINO [0] B-PINO [2]
Pg 1,3 1 4 Pg 1,3
B-PINO [1] B-PINO [3]
2
5 B-ADCK0 (B-ADCK1) B-PINO [2]
Pg 1,3
Pg 1,3 3
5
6
Pg 1,3
Pg 1,3
B-PINO [4] 5
(Connected to analog G-ADCK1) B-PINO [3] B-PINO [5]
Pg 1,3 4 7 Pg 1,3
B-PINO [4] B-PINO [6]
Pg 1,3 5 8 Pg 1,3
DG B-PINO [5] B-PINO [7]
Pg 1,3 6 9 Pg 1,3
B-PINO [6] B-PINO [8]
Pg 1,3 7 Pg 1,3
B-PINO [7] B-PINO [9]
Pg 3 1° 2 Pg 1,3 8
B-ADCLK0 B-ADCK0 B-PINO [8]
Pg 1,3 9
3 FL37 B-PINO [9]

DG DG DG DG

6 R-ADCK0 (R-ADCK1)
6
(Connected to analog G-ADCK1) R-PINE [9:0]

0 0
DG R-PINO [9:0] Pg 1,4
Pg 1,4 1 1 R-PINE [0]
R-PINE [0] Pg 1,4
Pg 1,4 2 2 R-PINE [1]
R-PINE [1] Pg 1,4
Pg 4 1° 2 Pg 1,4 3 3 R-PINE [2]
R-PINE [2] Pg 1,4
R-ADCLK0 R-ADCK0 Pg 1,4 4 4 R-PINE [3]
R-PINE [3] Pg 1,4
3 FL39 Pg 1,4 5
R-PINE [4] 5 R-PINE [4]
Pg 1,4 Pg 1,4
6 6 R-PINE [5]
DG DG DG DG R-PINE [5] Pg 1,4
Pg 1,4 7 7 R-PINE [6]
R-PINE [6] Pg 1,4
Pg 1,4 8
7 R-PINE [7]
R-PINE [8]
Pg 1,4
8
9 9
Pg 1,4
R-PINE [7]
R-PINE [8]
7
Pg 1,4 Pg 1,4
+5VD +5VD R-PINE [9] R-PINE [9]
0
1 Pg 1,4
2 2 R-PINO [0]
2 Pg 1,4
R-PINO [1]
Pg 1,4 0 3 Pg 1,4
1 1 R-PINO [0] R-PINO [2]
Pg 1,4 1 4 Pg 1,4
R1

R3

Pg 2-4 R-PINO [1] R-PINO [3]

ADINV Pg 1,4 2 5 Pg 1,4
Pg 2-4 R-PINO [2] R-PINO [4]
Pg 1,4 3 6 Pg 1,4
SEL1 R-PINO [3] R-PINO [5]
Pg 2-4 Pg 1,4 4 7 Pg 1,4
2 R-PINO [4] R-PINO [6]
SEL0 5 Pg 1,4
Pg 1,4 8
R-PINO [5] R-PINO [7]
8 1 R-PINO [6]
Pg 1,4
Pg 1,4
6
7
9 Pg 1,4
Pg 1,4
R-PINO [8] 8
R2

R-PINO [7] R-PINO [9]

Pg 1,4 8
R-PINO [8]
Pg 1,4 9
DG R-PINO [9]

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-55
203

CCD processing PCB 2/26

A B C D E F G H I J
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
HTD [0] +5VD
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
HTD [1] 0
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
HTD [2] 1 2 2
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
HTD [3] 2
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17

R310

R311
1 HTD [4]
HTD [5]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
3
4 1° 2 SADCKG
1 1
TP1 Pg 5,6,9,15
1
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 SADCKG
HTD [6] 5
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 3 FL13
HTD [7] 6
DG DG DG DG
7 HTD [7:0] 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DG
Pg 3,4,9-12,15-17
HMWR0
*

HTD [0]
HTD [1]
HTD [2]
HTD [3]
HTD [4]

HTD [5]
HTD [6]
HTD [7]
Pg 3,4,9-12,15-17 U50
HMRD0 2 4 1° 2 TP2 Pg 15
* HTA [15:0] 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
A Y
3 FL12
SADCKG
*

HMWR0

GSG_ADCLK
DG

HMRD0
0 DG DG

HTA [0]
HTA [1]
HTA [2]

HTA [3]
HTA [4]

HTA [5]
HTA [6]
HTA [7]
HTA [8]

HTA [9]
HTA [10]
HTA [11]
HTA [12]
HTA [13]
HTA [14]
HTA [15]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 1 2 2
HTA [0] DG DG

R800
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 2

*
*
2 2

C172 R801
HTA [1]

C10

C11
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 3 1 1

C2
HTA [2] 2 2 2 2
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 4 2

C171
HTA [3] +5VD
Pg 2-5,9,12,15-17 FL14 1 1 1 1
5 1
HTA [4]
Pg 2-5,10,12,15-17 6
HTA [5]
Pg 2-5,11,12,15-17 7
HTA [6] 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 8
HTA [7] +5VD

SAB03
SAB04
VDD
VSS
SAB05
SAB06
SAB07
SAB08
VSS
SAB09
SAB10
SAB11
SAB12
SAB13
SAB14
SAB15
VDD
VSS
SRDB
SWRB
VDD
VSS
SDB0
SDB1
SDB2
SDB3
SDB4
VSS
VSS
SDB5
SDB6
SDB7
VSS
VSS
ADCKM
VSS
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 9
HTA [8] 1 108
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 10 SAB02 XMM
HTA [9] 2 107
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 11 SAB01 ADCK1 G-ADCLK1 (N.C)
HTA [10] 3 106
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 12 SAB00 VSS DG
HTA [11] 4 105 Pg 1
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 13 VSS ADCK0 G-ADCKL0
Pg 5 SD-GCS 5 104 G-PINE [9:0]
HTA [12]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 14
* SD-GCS
Pg 3-5 *H-RST 6
CEB VSS
103
C3
DG

3
HTA [13]
HTA [14]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17
Pg 2-5,12,15-17
15
* H-RST
ADINV
Pg 1,3,4 *
ADINV 7
HRSTB
MB6
VDD
PINE0
102
1 2
G-PINE [0]
0
1 0 3
Pg 3-5 DINV 8 101 G-PINE [1] Pg 1,2
HTA [15]
* DINV
BSEL
Pg 3-5 *
BSEL 9
MB5
MB4
PINE1
PINE2
100 G-PINE [2]
2
3
1
2
Pg 1,2
G-PINE [0]
G-PINE [1]
Pg 1,3,4 SEL1 10 99 G-PINE [3] Pg 1,2
SEL1 MB3 PINE3 4 3 G-PINE [2]
Pg 1,3,4 SEL0 11 98 G-PINE [4] Pg 1,2
SEL0 MB2 PINE4 4 G-PINE [3]
Pg 3-5 MODE1 12 97 Pg 1,2
MODE1 MB1 VSS 5 5 G-PINE [4]
Pg 3-5 MODE0 13 96 G-PINE [5] Pg 1,2
MODE0 MB0 PINE5 6 6 G-PINE [5]
C1 14 95 G-PINE [6] Pg 1,2
VSS PINE6 7 7 G-PINE [6]
2 1 15 94 G-PINE [7] Pg 1,2
VDD PINE7 8 8 G-PINE [7]
Pg 1,3,4 G-PINE [8] Pg 1,2
GAADCK GAADCK 16
ADCLK U7 PINE8
93
9 9 G-PINE [8]
C6 17 92 G-PINE [9] Pg 1,2
VSS PINE9 G-PINE [9]
DG 2 1 18 91 C4 G-PINO [9:0]
VDD VSS
4 * POWER0
Pg 3-5,13,15-18

+5VD
* POWER0 19
20
RSTB VDD
90
89
1 2
G-PINO [0]
0
1
0
1 Pg 1,2
G-PINO [0]
4
VSS PINO0
21 88 G-PINO [1] 2 2 Pg 1,2
TEST PINO1 G-PINO [1]
Pg 2,6 SD_GPIX [9] R571 1 2 22 87 G-PINO [2] 3 3 Pg 1,2
SD_GPIX [0] POUT9 PINO2 G-PINO [2]
Pg 2,6 SD_GPIX [8] R572 1 2 23 86 G-PINO [3] 4 4 Pg 1,2
SD_GPIX [1] 0 9 POUT8 PINO3 G-PINO [3]
Pg 2,6 SD_GPIX [7] R574 1 2 24 85 G-PINO [4] 5 5 Pg 1,2
SD_GPIX [2] 1 8 POUT7 PINO4 G-PINO [4]
Pg 2,6 SD_GPIX [6] R573 1 2 25 84 G-PINO [5] 6 6 Pg 1,2
SD_GPIX [3] 2 7 POUT6 PINO5 G-PINO [5]
Pg 2,6 SD_GPIX [5] R575 1 2 26 83 G-PINO [6] 7 7 Pg 1,2
SD_GPIX [4] 3 6 POUT5 PINO6 G-PINO [6]
Pg 2,6 C7 27 82 G-PINO [7] 8 8 Pg 1,2
SD_GPIX [5] 4 5 VSS PINO7 G-PINO [7]
Pg 2,6 2 1 28 81 G-PINO [8] 9 9 Pg 1,2
SD_GPIX [6] 5 VDD PINO8 G-PINO [8]
Pg 2,6 SD_GPIX [4] R579 1 2 29 80 G-PINO [9] Pg 1,2
SD_GPIX [7] 6 POUT4 PINO9 G-PINO [9]
Pg 2,6 SD_GPIX [3] R576 1 2 30 79
SD_GPIX [8] 7 4 POUT3 VSS
Pg 2,6 SD_GPIX [2] R577 1 2 31 78
5 SD_GPIX [9] 8
9
3
2
SD_GPIX [1]
SD_GPIX [0]
32
POUT2
POUT1
VSS
RA0
77
76
5
33
1 POUT0 RA1
34 75
0 VSS RA2
35 74
RDB15 VSS
SD_GPIX [9:0] 36 73
RDB14 RA3

RDB13
RDB12

RDB11
RDB10

RWRB
RRDB
RDB9

RDB8
RDB7
RDB6
RDB5

RDB4
RDB3
RDB2
RDB1
RDB0

RA12
RA11
RA10
VDD

VDD

VDD
VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS
VSS

VSS
VSS

VSS
RA9
RA8
RA7
RA6

RA5
RA4
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 64 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
2

C178
C177

1
1 1 1 1 DG 2
2 2
2 2 2

C9
C8
C5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

R807
6 1
6
R408

1
R806

R383

R381
1

R569

R391

R388

R386

R385
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
R406

R403

R401

R399

R397

R395

R393
2 1
DG
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
DG
R407

1
GRD [12] R405

GRD [11] R404

GRD [9] R402

GRD [7] R400

GRD [5] R398

GRD [3] R396

GRD [1] R394

BRAMRE R570

GRA [12] R392

R390

R389

R387

R384

R382

R380
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
GRD [15]
GRD [14]

GRD [13]

GRD [10]

BRAMWE
GRD [8]

GRD [6]

GRD [4]

GRD [2]

GRD [0]

GRA [11]
GRA [10]

GRA [9]
GRA [8]
GRA [7]
GRA [6]

GRA [5]
GRA [4]

GRA [3]
GRA [2]
GRA [1]
GRA [0]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

*
*
GRD [15:0]
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
GRA [12:0]

7 0
1 GRA [0] 21
U1
11 GRD [0]
0
1
0
GRA [0] 21
U2
11 GRD [8]
8
9
7
A0 D0 1 A0 D0
2 GRA [1] 23 12 GRD [1] 2 GRA [1] 23 12 GRD [9] 10
A1 D1 2 A1 D1
3 GRA [2] 24 13 GRD [2] 3 GRA [2] 24 13 GRD [10] 11
A2 D2 3 A2 D2
4 GRA [3] 25 15 GRD [3] 4 GRA [3] 25 15 GRD [11] 12
A3 D3 4 A3 D3
5 GRA [4] 2 16 GRD [4] 5 GRA [4] 2 16 GRD [12] 13
A4 D4 5 A4 D4
6 GRA [5] 3 17 GRD [5] 6 GRA [5] 3 17 GRD [13] 14
A5 D5 6 A5 D5
7 GRA [6] 4 18 GRD [6] 7 GRA [6] 4 18 GRD [14] 15
A6 D6 7 A6 D6
8 GRA [7] 5 19 GRD [7] GRA [7] 5 19 GRD [15]
A7 D7 8 A7 D7
9 GRA [8] 6 GRA [8] 6
A8 9 A8
GRA [9] 7 22 BRAMRE GRA [9] 7
10
GRA [10] 8
A9
* OE
27 * BRAMWE
10
GRA [10] 8
A9
*OE
22
* BRAMRE
11
GRA [11] 9
A10
* WE
* 11
GRA [11] 9
A10
* WE
27
* BRAMWE

8 12
GRA [12] 10
A11
A12 CS1
20
+5VD 12
GRA [12] 10
A11
A12 CS1
20
+5VD
8
*CS2
28 *CS2
26

BRAMRE
DG DG
* BRAMWE
*
A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-56
 203

CCD processing PCB 3/26

A B C D E F G H I J
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
HTD [0] +5VD +5VD
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
HTD [1] 0
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
HTD [2] 1 2 2
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
HTD [3] 2

R1013
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
1 1

R323
HTD [4] 3
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 1 1
HTD [5] 4 1° 2 SADCKB TP3 Pg 6,7,10,16
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 SADCKB
HTD [6] 5
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 3 FL10
HTD [7] 6
7 DG DG DG
HTD [7:0] 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DG
Pg 2,4,9-12,15-17
HMWR0
*

HTD [0]
HTD [1]
HTD [2]
HTD [3]
HTD [4]

HTD [5]
HTD [6]
HTD [7]
Pg 2,4,9-12,15-17 U53
HMRD0 2 4 1° 2 TP24 Pg 16
* HTA [15:0] 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
A Y
3 FL154
SADCKB
*

HMWR0
DG

BSG_ADCLK
HMRD0
0 DG DG

HTA [0]
HTA [1]
HTA [2]

HTA [3]
HTA [4]

HTA [5]
HTA [6]
HTA [7]
HTA [8]

HTA [9]
HTA [10]
HTA [11]
HTA [12]
HTA [13]
HTA [14]
HTA [15]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 1 2 2
HTA [0] DG DG

R802
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 2

*
*
2 2

C174 R803
HTA [1]

C13

C21

C12
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 3 1 1
HTA [2] 2 2 2 2
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 4 2

C173
HTA [3] +5VD
Pg 2-5,9,12,15-17 1 1 1 1
5 FL11 1
HTA [4]
Pg 2-5,10,12,15-17 6
HTA [5]
Pg 2-5,11,12,15-17 7
HTA [6] 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 8
HTA [7] +5VD

SAB03
SAB04
VDD
VSS
SAB05
SAB06
SAB07
SAB08
VSS
SAB09
SAB10
SAB11
SAB12
SAB13
SAB14
SAB15
VDD
VSS
SRDB
SWRB
VDD
VSS
SDB0
SDB1
SDB2
SDB3
SDB4
VSS
VSS
SDB5
SDB6
SDB7
VSS
VSS
ADCKM
VSS
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 9
HTA [8] 1 108
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 10 SAB02 XMM
HTA [9] 2 107
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 11 SAB01 ADCK1 B-ADCLK1 (N.C)
HTA [10] 3 106
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 12 SAB00 VSS DG
HTA [11] 4 105 Pg 1
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 13 VSS ADCK0 B-ADCKL0
Pg 5 SD-BCS 5 104 B-PINE [9:0]
HTA [12]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 14
* SD-BCS
Pg 2,4,5 *H-RST 6
CEB VSS
103
C20
DG

3
HTA [13]
HTA [14]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17
Pg 2-5,12,15-17
15
* H-RST
ADINV
Pg 1,2,4 *
ADINV 7
HRSTB
MB6
VDD
PINE0
102
1 2
B-PINE [0]
0
1 0 3
Pg 2,4,5 DINV 8 101 B-PINE [1] Pg 1,3
HTA [15]
* DINV
BSEL
Pg 2,4,5 *
BSEL 9
MB5
MB4
PINE1
PINE2
100 B-PINE [2]
2
3
1
2
Pg 1,3
B-PINE [0]
B-PINE [1]
Pg 1,2,4 SEL1 10 99 B-PINE [3] Pg 1,3
SEL1 MB3 PINE3 4 3 B-PINE [2]
Pg 1,2,4 SEL0 11 98 B-PINE [4] Pg 1,3
SEL0 MB2 PINE4 4 B-PINE [3]
Pg 2,4,5 MODE1 12 97 Pg 1,3
MODE1 MB1 VSS 5 5 B-PINE [4]
Pg 2,4,5 MODE0 13 96 B-PINE [5] Pg 1,3
MODE0 MB0 PINE5 6 6 B-PINE [5]
C22 14 95 B-PINE [6] Pg 1,3
VSS PINE6 7 7 B-PINE [6]
2 1 15 94 B-PINE [7] Pg 1,3
VDD PINE7 8 8 B-PINE [7]
Pg 1,2,4 GAADCK 16 U8 93 B-PINE [8] Pg 1,3
GAADCK ADCLK PINE8 9 9 B-PINE [8]
C17 17 92 B-PINE [9] Pg 1,3
VSS PINE9 B-PINE [9]
DG 2 1 18 91 C19 B-PINO [9:0]
VDD VSS
4 POWER0
*
Pg 2,4,5,13,15-18

+5VD
* POWER0 19
20
RSTB VDD
90
89
1 2
B-PINO [0]
0
1
0
1 Pg 1,3
B-PINO [0]
4
VSS PINO0 B-PINO [1]
21 88 2 2 Pg 1,3
TEST PINO1 B-PINO [1]
Pg 3,6 SD_BPIX [9] R581 1 2 22 87 B-PINO [2] 3 3 Pg 1,3
SD_BPIX [0] POUT9 PINO2 B-PINO [2]
Pg 3,6 SD_BPIX [8] R582 1 2 23 86 B-PINO [3] 4 4 Pg 1,3
SD_BPIX [1] 0 9 POUT8 PINO3 B-PINO [3]
Pg 3,6 SD_BPIX [7] R567 1 2 24 85 B-PINO [4] 5 5 Pg 1,3
SD_BPIX [2] 1 8 POUT7 PINO4 B-PINO [4]
Pg 3,6 SD_BPIX [6] R588 1 2 25 84 B-PINO [5] 6 6 Pg 1,3
SD_BPIX [3] 2 7 POUT6 PINO5 B-PINO [5]
Pg 3,6 SD_BPIX [5] R585 1 2 26 83 B-PINO [6] 7 7 Pg 1,3
SD_BPIX [4] 3 6 POUT5 PINO6 B-PINO [6]
Pg 3,6 C16 27 82 B-PINO [7] 8 8 Pg 1,3
SD_BPIX [5] 4 5 VSS PINO7 B-PINO [7]
Pg 3,6 2 1 28 81 B-PINO [8] 9 9 Pg 1,3
SD_BPIX [6] 5 VDD PINO8 B-PINO [8]
Pg 3,6 SD_BPIX [4] R586 1 2 29 80 B-PINO [9] Pg 1,3
SD_BPIX [7] 6 POUT4 PINO9 B-PINO [9]
Pg 3,6 SD_BPIX [3] R583 1 2 30 79
SD_BPIX [8] 7 4 POUT3 VSS
Pg 3,6 SD_BPIX [2] R584 1 2 31 78
5 SD_BPIX [9] 8
9
3
2
SD_BPIX [1]
SD_BPIX [0]
32
POUT2
POUT1
VSS
RA0
77
76
5
33
1 POUT0 RA1
34 75
0 VSS RA2
35 74
RDB15 VSS
SD_BPIX [9:0] 36 73
RDB14 RA3

RDB13
RDB12

RDB11
RDB10

RWRB
RRDB
RDB9

RDB8
RDB7
RDB6
RDB5

RDB4
RDB3
RDB2
RDB1
RDB0

RA12
RA11
RA10
VDD

VDD

VDD
VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS
VSS

VSS
VSS

VSS
RA9
RA8
RA7
RA6

RA5
RA4
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 64 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
2

C179
C180

1
1 1 1 1 DG 2
2 2
2 2

C14
2

C15
C18
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

R808
6 1
6
R437

1
R809

R412

R410
1

R592

R420

R417

R415

R414
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
R435

R432

R430

R428

R426

R424

R422
2 1
DG
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
DG
R436

1
BRD [12] R434

BRD [11] R433

BRD [9] R431

BRD [7] R429

BRD [5] R427

BRD [3] R425

BRD [1] R423

GRAMRE R591

R421

R419

R418

R416

R413

R411

R409
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
BRD [15]
BRD [14]

BRD [13]

BRD [10]

GRAMWE
BRD [8]

BRD [6]

BRD [4]

BRD [2]

BRD [0]

BRA [12]
BRA [11]
BRA [10]

BRA [9]
BRA [8]
BRA [7]
BRA [6]

BRA [5]
BRA [4]

BRA [3]
BRA [2]
BRA [1]
BRA [0]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

*
*
BRD [15:0]
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BRA [12:0]

7 0
1 BRA [0] 21
U4
11 BRD [0]
0
1
0
BRA [0] 21
U3
11 BRD [8]
8
9
7
A0 D0 1 A0 D0
2 BRA [1] 23 12 BRD [1] 2 BRA [1] 23 12 BRD [9] 10
A1 D1 2 A1 D1
3 BRA [2] 24 13 BRD [2] 3 BRA [2] 24 13 BRD [10] 11
A2 D2 3 A2 D2
4 BRA [3] 25 15 BRD [3] 4 BRA [3] 25 15 BRD [11] 12
A3 D3 4 A3 D3
5 BRA [4] 2 16 BRD [4] 5 BRA [4] 2 16 BRD [12] 13
A4 D4 5 A4 D4
6 BRA [5] 3 17 BRD [5] 6 BRA [5] 3 17 BRD [13] 14
A5 D5 6 A5 D5
7 BRA [6] 4 18 BRD [6] 7 BRA [6] 4 18 BRD [14] 15
A6 D6 7 A6 D6
8 BRA [7] 5 19 BRD [7] BRA [7] 5 19 BRD [15]
A7 D7 8 A7 D7
9 BRA [8] 6 BRA [8] 6
A8 9 A8
BRA [9] 7 22 GRAMRE
10 BRA [9] 7
A9
* OE
22
* GRAMRE 10
BRA [10] 8
A9
*OE
27 * GRAMWE
11 BRA [10] 8
BRA [11] 9
A10
* WE
27
* GRAMWE 11
BRA [11] 9
A10
* WE
*
8 12
BRA [12] 10
A11
A12 CS1
20
+5VD 12
BRA [12] 10
A11
A12 CS1
20
+5VD
8
*CS2
28 *CS2
26

GRAMRE
DG DG
* GRAMWE
*
A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-57
203

CCD processing PCB 4/26

A B C D E F G H I J
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
HTD [0] +5VD +5VD
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
HTD [1] 0
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
HTD [2] 1 2 2
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
HTD [3] 2

R1015
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17

R322
1 HTD [4]
HTD [5]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
3
4 1° 2 SADCKR
1 1
TP4 Pg 6,8,11,17
1
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 SADCKR
HTD [6] 5
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 3 FL8
HTD [7] 6
7 HTD [7:0] DG DG DG
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DG
Pg 2,3,9-12,15-17
HMWR0
*

HTD [0]
HTD [1]
HTD [2]
HTD [3]
HTD [4]

HTD [5]
HTD [6]
HTD [7]
Pg 2,3,9-12,15-17 U54
HMRD0 2 4 1° 2 TP25 Pg 17
* HTA [15:0] 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
A Y
3 FL155
SADCKR
*

HMWR0
DG

RSG_ADCLK
HMRD0
0 DG DG

HTA [0]
HTA [1]
HTA [2]

HTA [3]
HTA [4]

HTA [5]
HTA [6]
HTA [7]
HTA [8]

HTA [9]
HTA [10]
HTA [11]
HTA [12]
HTA [13]
HTA [14]
HTA [15]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 1 2 2
HTA [0] DG DG

R804
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 2

*
*
2 2

C176 R805
HTA [1]

C32

C24

C33
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 3 1 1
HTA [2] 2 2 2 2
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 4 2

C175
HTA [3] +5VD
Pg 2-5,9,12,15-17 FL9 1 1 1 1
5 1
HTA [4]
Pg 2-5,10,12,15-17 6
HTA [5]
Pg 2-5,11,12,15-17 7
HTA [6] 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 8
HTA [7] +5VD

SAB03
SAB04
VDD
VSS
SAB05
SAB06
SAB07
SAB08
VSS
SAB09
SAB10
SAB11
SAB12
SAB13
SAB14
SAB15
VDD
VSS
SRDB
SWRB
VDD
VSS
SDB0
SDB1
SDB2
SDB3
SDB4
VSS
VSS
SDB5
SDB6
SDB7
VSS
VSS
ADCKM
VSS
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 9
HTA [8] 1 108
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 10 SAB02 XMM
HTA [9] 2 107
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 11 SAB01 ADCK1 R-ADCLK1 (N.C)
HTA [10] 3 106
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 12 SAB00 VSS DG
HTA [11] 4 105 Pg 1
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 13 VSS ADCK0 R-ADCKL0
Pg 5 SD-RCS 5 104 R-PINE [9:0]
HTA [12]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 14
* SD-RCS
Pg 2,3,5 *H-RST 6
CEB VSS
103
C25
DG

3
HTA [13]
HTA [14]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17
Pg 2-5,12,15-17
15
* H-RST
ADINV
Pg 1-3 *
ADINV 7
HRSTB
MB6
VDD
PINE0
102
1 2
R-PINE [0]
0
1 0 3
Pg 2,3,5 DINV 8 101 R-PINE [1] Pg 1,4
HTA [15]
* DINV
BSEL
Pg 2,3,5 *
BSEL 9
MB5
MB4
PINE1
PINE2
100 R-PINE [2]
2
3
1
2
Pg 1,4
R-PINE [0]
R-PINE [1]
Pg 1-3 SEL1 10 99 R-PINE [3] Pg 1,4
SEL1 MB3 PINE3 4 3 R-PINE [2]
Pg 1-3 SEL0 11 98 R-PINE [4] Pg 1,4
SEL0 MB2 PINE4 4 R-PINE [3]
Pg 2,3,5 MODE1 12 97 Pg 1,4
MODE1 MB1 VSS 5 5 R-PINE [4]
Pg 2,3,5 MODE0 13 96 R-PINE [5] Pg 1,4
MODE0 MB0 PINE5 6 6 R-PINE [5]
C23 14 95 R-PINE [6] Pg 1,4
VSS PINE6 7 7 R-PINE [6]
2 1 15 94 R-PINE [7] Pg 1,4
VDD PINE7 8 8 R-PINE [7]
R-PINE [8] Pg 1,4
GAADCK
Pg 1-3 GAADCK 16
ADCLK U9 PINE8
93
9 9 R-PINE [8]
C28 17 92 R-PINE [9] Pg 1,4
VSS PINE9 R-PINE [9]
DG 2 1 18 91 C26 R-PINO [9:0]
VDD VSS
4 * POWER0
Pg 2,3,5,13,15-18

+5VD
* POWER0 19
20
RSTB VDD
90
89
1 2
R-PINO [0]
0
1
0
1 Pg 1,4
R-PINO [0]
4
VSS PINO0
21 88 R-PINO [1] 2 2 Pg 1,4
TEST PINO1 R-PINO [1]
Pg 4,6 SD_RPIX [9] R609 1 2 22 87 R-PINO [2] 3 3 Pg 1,4
SD_RPIX [0] POUT9 PINO2 R-PINO [2]
Pg 4,6 SD_RPIX [8] R610 1 2 23 86 R-PINO [3] 4 4 Pg 1,4
SD_RPIX [1] 0 9 POUT8 PINO3 R-PINO [3]
Pg 4,6 SD_RPIX [7] R611 1 2 24 85 R-PINO [4] 5 5 Pg 1,4
SD_RPIX [2] 1 8 POUT7 PINO4 R-PINO [4]
Pg 4,6 SD_RPIX [6] R612 1 2 25 84 R-PINO [5] 6 6 Pg 1,4
SD_RPIX [3] 2 7 POUT6 PINO5 R-PINO [5]
Pg 4,6 SD_RPIX [5] R613 1 2 26 83 R-PINO [6] 7 7 Pg 1,4
SD_RPIX [4] 3 6 POUT5 PINO6 R-PINO [6]
Pg 4,6 C29 27 82 R-PINO [7] 8 8 Pg 1,4
SD_RPIX [5] 4 5 VSS PINO7 R-PINO [7]
Pg 4,6 2 1 28 81 R-PINO [8] 9 9 Pg 1,4
SD_RPIX [6] 5 VDD PINO8 R-PINO [8]
Pg 4,6 SD_RPIX [4] R614 1 2 29 80 R-PINO [9] Pg 1,4
SD_RPIX [7] 6 POUT4 PINO9 R-PINO [9]
Pg 4,6 SD_RPIX [3] R615 1 2 30 79
SD_RPIX [8] 7 4 POUT3 VSS
Pg 4,6 SD_RPIX [2] R616 1 2 31 78
5 SD_RPIX [9] 8
9
3
2
SD_RPIX [1]
SD_RPIX [0]
32
POUT2
POUT1
VSS
RA0
77
76
5
33
1 POUT0 RA1
34 75
0 VSS RA2
35 74
RDB15 VSS
SD_RPIX [9:0] 36 73
RDB14 RA3

RDB13
RDB12

RDB11
RDB10

RWRB
RRDB
RDB9

RDB8
RDB7
RDB6
RDB5

RDB4
RDB3
RDB2
RDB1
RDB0

RA12
RA11
RA10
VDD

VDD

VDD
VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS
VSS

VSS
VSS

VSS
RA9
RA8
RA7
RA6

RA5
RA4
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 64 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
2

C181
C182

1
1 1 1 1 DG 2
2 2
2 2

C31
2

C30
C27
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

R810
6 1
6
R466

1
R811

R441

R439
1

R620

R449

R446

R444

R443
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
R464

R461

R459

R457

R455

R453

R451
2 1
DG
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
DG
R465

1
RRD [12] R463

RRD [11] R462

RRD [9] R460

RRD [7] R458

RRD [5] R456

RRD [3] R454

RRD [1] R452

RRAMRE R619

RRA [12] R450

R448

R447

R445

R442

R440

R438
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
RRD [15]
RRD [14]

RRD [13]

RRD [10]

RRAMWE
RRD [8]

RRD [6]

RRD [4]

RRD [2]

RRD [0]

RRA [11]
RRA [10]

RRA [9]
RRA [8]
RRA [7]
RRA [6]

RRA [5]
RRA [4]

RRA [3]
RRA [2]
RRA [1]
RRA [0]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

*
*
RRD [15:0]
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RRA [12:0]

7 0
1 RRA [0] 21
U5
11 RRD [0]
0
1
0
RRA [0] 21
U6
11 RRD [8]
8
9
7
A0 D0 1 A0 D0
2 RRA [1] 23 12 RRD [1] 2 2 RRA [1] 23 12 RRD [9] 10
A1 D1 A1 D1
3 RRA [2] 24 13 RRD [2] 3 3 RRA [2] 24 13 RRD [10] 11
A2 D2 A2 D2
4 RRA [3] 25 15 RRD [3] 4 4 RRA [3] 25 15 RRD [11] 12
A3 D3 A3 D3
5 RRA [4] 2 16 RRD [4] 5 5 RRA [4] 2 16 RRD [12] 13
A4 D4 A4 D4
6 RRA [5] 3 17 RRD [5] 6 6 RRA [5] 3 17 RRD [13] 14
A5 D5 A5 D5
7 RRA [6] 4 18 RRD [6] 7 7 RRA [6] 4 18 RRD [14] 15
A6 D6 A6 D6
8 RRA [7] 5 19 RRD [7] 8 RRA [7] 5 19 RRD [15]
A7 D7 A7 D7
9 RRA [8] 6 9 RRA [8] 6
A8 A8
RRA [9] 7 22 RRAMRE RRA [9] 7
10
RRA [10] 8
A9
* OE
27 * RRAMWE
10
RRA [10] 8
A9
*OE
22
* RRAMRE
11
RRA [11] 9
A10
* WE
* 11
RRA [11] 9
A10
* WE
27
* RRAMWE

8 12
RRA [12] 10
A11
A12 CS1
20
+5VD 12
RRA [12] 10
A11
A12 CS1
20
+5VD
8
*CS2
28 *CS2
26

RRAMRE
DG DG
* RRAMWE
*
A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-58
 203

CCD processing PCB 5/26

A B C D E F G H I J
Pg 2
** SD-GCS
SD-BCS
Pg 3
Pg 4
LD
SDATA

* SD-RCS
MODE0
MODE1
Pg 2-4
Pg 2-4 DG Pg 1
SCLK

RS20-O
Pg 2-4 Pg 1
1 *
BSEL
DINV
Pg 2-4
Pg 1
RS10-O
2L-O
2A-O
1
Pg 9-11
** COPDC
Ax1DC
Pg 9-11
Pg 9-11
Pg 1
1L-O
1A-O

** Ax2DC
Ax3DC
Pg 9-11 Pg 1
Pg 1
TG2-O
TG1/3-O
CLMP-O

DG DG DG DG DG DG DG DG DG TP6 1

+5VD FL6 BASE_CLK HTRABE[16:0]

Pg 9-17
** DOE
REGRST

16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
8 5
16

SD-GCS
SD-RCS
Vcc CLKOUT Pg 5,8

SD-BCS
COPDC
HTRABE[16]

Ax3DC
Ax2DC
Ax1DC
15

TG1/3-O
CLMP-O
OSC1A DG Pg 5,8

RS20-O
RS10-O
MODE1
MODE0

HTRABE[16]
HTRABE[15]
HTRABE[14]
HTRABE[13]
HTRABE[12]
HTRABE[11]
HTRABE[10]
DINV

SDATA
HTRABE[15]

HTRABE[9]
HTRABE[8]
HTRABE[7]
HTRABE[6]
HTRABE[5]
HTRABE[4]
HTRABE[3]
HTRABE[2]
HTRABE[1]
HTRABE[0]
14

TG2-0
C GND

DSEL

SCLK
Pg 5,3

2A-O
2L-O

IA-O
TP5 1

IL-O
13 HTRABE[14]
2 1 4 Pg 5,8
2

LD
**
**
*
**
*
12 HTRABE[13]
C61 Pg 5,8
11 HTRABE[12]
1 2 Pg 5,8
10 HTRABE[11]
C137 R752 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Pg 5,8
2 1 9 HTRABE[10]
1 2 2 DG Pg 5,3
8 HTRABE[9]
Pg 5,8

R813
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 HTRABE[8]

R622

R634

R632

R630

R628

R626

R624
BASE_CLK Pg 5,8
1 6 HTRABE[7]
8 5 Pg 5,8
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 HTRABE[6]
Vcc CLKOUT Pg 5,8
DG 4 HTRABE[5]
OSC1B 2 Pg 5,3
C GND 3 HTRABE[4]
FL7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pg 5,3

R500

R498

R496

R494

R492

R490

R488

R486

R484
1 HTRABE[3]

C184
1 4 BASCLK TP9 1 2 DG 2 Pg 5,8

R812
+5VD (Non Mount) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 HTRABE[2]
Pg 5,8
DG 1 0 HTRABE[1]
Pg 5,3
C2

C1

2 1 DG HTRABE[0]

R621

R633

R631

R629

R627

R625

R623
+5VD FL40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 R646 1 Pg 8
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
R647 1 2
2
** HTREM4CS
HTREM3CS Pg 8
** HTREM4CS
D1
R751

HTREM3CS

C35
3 R648 1 Pg 8
3

C183
G 1 2 2
** HTREM2CS

**
1 2 HTREM2CS

R499

R497

R495

R493

R491

R489

R487

R485
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 R649 1 Pg 8

C34
U11B U11C 2 HTREM1CS
A

TP8 1 1 1 HTREM1CS
*POR 6 A Y 2 PCR1 3 A Y 5
*
POWER0
(Power-On Reset)
FL5
1

208
207
206
205
204
203
202
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
2

C36
1 U11A
C42

1A Y 7 R650 1 Pg 8
* HTREWE

VDD
N.C
Ax3DC
Ax2DC
Ax1DC
COPDC
DINV
DSEL
MODE1
MODE0
SD-RCS
SD-GCS
SD-DCS
LD
SDATA
SCLK
RS20
RS10
2L
2A
IL
IA
TG2
TG1/SH
CLMP
VDD
GND
DOE
REGRST
HTRABE16
HTRABE15
HTRABE14
HTRABE13
HTRABE12
HTRABE11
HTRABE10
HTRABE9
HTRABE8
HTRABE7
HTRABE6
HTRABE5
HTRABE4
HTRABE3
HTRABE2
HTRABE1
HTRABE0
REMEM4CS
REMEM3CS
REMEM2CS
REMEM1CS
N.C
VDD
2 N.C 2
1 156 R651 1 2 HTREWRCS Pg 8
** HTREWE

**
GND GND

***
DG R645 1 Pg 8 HTREWRCS

**
2 155 2 HTRERE

***
DG GND GND
HTHSYNC
Pg 18 HTHSYNC 3
HTHSYNC HTREWE
154 R644 1 2 HTRERDCS Pg 8
** HTRERE

***

**
**
Pg 15 BASCLK HTRERDCS
4 153
BASCLK BASCLK HTREWRCS HTRABO[16:0]
Pg 2,3,5,15 SADCKG 5 152 DG
SADCKG GAADCK HTRERE

**POWER0
HMRD1
Pg 2-4,13,15-18
Pg 8,12 **
POWER0
HMRD1
6
7 **POWER0
HMRD0 * HTRERDCS
HTRABO16
151
150 R483 1 2
R482 1
HTRABO[16]
HTRABO[15]
16
15
16
15
Pg 5,8
HTRABO[16]

**HMWR1
HTCS0
Pg 12
Pg 12,15-17
0
*HMWR1
HTA[0]
HTA[1]
8
9
10
*HMWR0
HTA0
HTRABO15
HTRABO14
149
148
147
R481 1 2
R480 1
2

2
HTRABO[14]
HTRABO[13]
14
13
14
13
Pg 5,8
Pg 5,8
Pg 5,8
HTRABO[15]
HTRABO[14]

4 HTA[0]
HTA[1]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 0
DG 1
2
HTA[2]
HTA[3]
11
12
HTA1
HTA2
HTA3
HTRABO13
HTRABO12
HTRABO11
146
145
R479 1 2
R478 1 2
HTRABO[12]
HTRABO[11]
12
11
10
12
11
10
Pg 5,8
Pg 5,8
HTRABO[13]
HTRABO[12]
HTRABO[11]
4
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 1 3 HTA[4] 13 144 R477 1 2 HTRABO[10] Pg 5,8
HTA[2] HTA4 HTRABO10 9 9 HTRABO[10]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 2 4 HTA[5] 14 143 R476 1 2 HTRABO[9] Pg 5,8
HTA[3] HTA5 HTRABO9 R475 1 8 8 HTRABO[9]
Pg 2-5,9,12,15-17 3 5 HTA[6] 15 142 2 HTRABO[8] Pg 5,8
HTA[4] HTA6 HTRABO8 7 7 HTRABO[8]
Pg 2-5,10,12,15-17 4 6 HTA[7] 16 141 R474 1 2 HTRABO[7] Pg 5,8
HTA[5] HTA7 HTRABO7 R473 1 6 6 HTRABO[7]
Pg 2-5,11,12,15-17 5 7 HTA[8] 17 140 2 HTRABO[6] Pg 5,8
HTA[6] HTA8 HTRABO6 5 HTRABO[6]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 6 8 HTA[9] 18 139 Pg 5,8
HTA[7] HTA9 GND R472 1 5 4 HTRABO[5]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 7 9 HTA[10] 19 138 2 HTRABO[5] Pg 5,8
HTA[8] HTA10 HTRABO5 4 3 HTRABO[4]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 8 10 HTA[11] 20 137 R471 HTRABO[4] Pg 5,8
HTA[9] HTA11 HTRABO4 R470 1 3 2 HTRABO[3]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 9 11 HTA[12] 21 136 2 HTRABO[3] Pg 5,8
HTA[10] HTA12 HTRABO3 2 1 HTRABO[2]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 12 HTA[13] R469 1 HTRABO[2] Pg 5,8
HTA[11]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17
10
11 13 HTA[14]
22
23
HTA13 U12 HTRABO2
135
134 R468 1 2
2
HTRABO[1] 1 0 Pg 5,8
HTRABO[1]
HTA[12] HTA14 HTRABO1 0 HTRABO[0]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17 12 14 HTA[15] 24 133 R467 1 2 HTRABO[0]
HTA[13] HTA15 HTRABO0 R643 1
HTA[14]
HTA[15]
Pg 2-5,12,15-17
Pg 2-5,12,15-17
13
14
15
* HTCS0
C40
25
26 * HTCS
GND * ROME4CS
GND
132
131
C41
2
* HTROM4CS Pg 8
* HTROM4CS

5 HTD[0]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
15
HTA[15:0] HTD[0]
2 1 27
28
VDD
HTD0
VDD
ROME3CS
130
129 1 2 1
R642
2
**HTROM3CS Pg 8 5
HTD[1]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 0 0 HTD[1] 29
HTD1 ** ROME2CS
128
R640 1
R641 1 2 HTROM2CS Pg 8
**HTROM3CS
HTROM2CS
HTD[2]
HTD[3]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
1
2
1
2
HTD[2]
HTD[3]
30
31
HTD2
HTD3 * ROME1CS
TROWE
127
126
2
R635 1 2 **
HTROM1CS
HTROWE
Pg 8
Pg 8
**
HTROM1CS

* **
R639 1 HTROWE
HTD[4]
HTD[5]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
3
4
3
4
HTD[4]
HTD[5]
32
33
HTD4
HTD5
HTROMRCS
HTRORE
125
124
R637 1
2
R638 1 2 **
HTROWRCS
HTRORE
Pg 8
Pg 8
**
HTROWRCS
HTRORE
HTD[6]
HTD[7]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
5
6
5
6
HTD[6]
HTD[7]
34
35
36
HTD6
HTD7 ** HTRORDCS
WHMSEL
123
122
121 R534 1
2

2
R636 1 2 **
HTRORDCS
WHMSEL
BABE[16]
Pg 8
Pg 8
Pg 5,7 **
HTRORDCS
WHMSEL
7 7 HSYNC GABE16 BABE[16]
HTD[7:0] 37 120 R533 1 2 BABE[15] Pg 5,7
TP10 HSYNCLK GABE15 16 DG 16 BABE[15]
TP7 38 119 R532 1 2 BABE[14] 15 15 Pg 5,7
H-RST GABE14
HSYNC
Pg 6,15-17 1 1 R664 1 2
R665 1 2 ADCLK
39
40
*
SPGT GABE13
118
117 R530 1 2
R531 1 2 BABE[13]
BABE[12]
14
13
14
13
Pg 5,7
Pg 5,7
BABE[14]
BABE[13]
HSYNCLK ADCLK GABE12 BABE[12]
Pg 2-4 R666 1 2 41 116 R529 1 2 BABE[11] 12 12 Pg 5,7
TES1
*
H-RST
IPUSPGT0
Pg 15-17
Pg 1
R667 1 2
** 1LMWE
1LMRE
42
43 **1LMWE
1LMRE
GABE11
GABE10
115
114
R528 1 2 BABE[10] 11
10
11
10
Pg 5,7
Pg 5,7
BABE[11]
BABE[10]

6 ADCLK GND R527 1 BABE[9]

6
***
B1LCS 44 113 2 BABE[9] 9 Pg 5,7
B1LMCS GABE9
DG
G1LCS
R1LCS
45
46
**
G1LMCS GABE8
112
111 R525 1 2
R526 1 2 BABE[8]
BABE[7]
9
8
8
7
Pg 5,7
Pg 5,7
BABE[8]
BABE[7]
R1LMCS GABE7
** 1LMWE
1LMRE * 1LMCS 47 **
1LMCS GABE6
110
R523 1
R524 1 2 BABE[6] 7 6 Pg 5,7 BABE[6]
BABE[5]
* CP1LMCS 48
CP1LMCS
* GABE5
109 2 BABE[5] 6 5 Pg 5,7
BABE[4]

***
B1LCS 1LMA[0] 49 108 R522 1 2 BABE[4] Pg 5,7
N.C 1LMA0 GABE4 5 4 BABE[3]
G1LCS 1LMA[1] 50 107 R521 1 2 BABE[3] Pg 5,7
ODD/EVN_G
ODD/EVN_R

GOMEM2CS
GOMEN1CS

CEMEM1CS
CEMEM2CS
0 1LMA1 GABE3 4 3 BABE[2]
R1LCS 51 Pg 5,7
GOWACS

106
F IFOENB

GEWACS
GORDCS

GERDCS
1 GND GND 3 2 BABE[1]

**
1LMCS
GOWE

GEWE
52 105 Pg 5,7
GORE

GERE
GABO10
GABO11
GABO12
GABO13
GABO14
GABO15
GABO16
1
ILMA10
ILMA11
ILMA12

GND GABO0 GND

GABO1
GABO2

GABO3
GABO4
GABO5
GABO6
GABO7
GABO8
GABO9

GABE0
GABE1
GABE2
BABE[0]
ILMA2
ILMA3
ILMA4
ILMA5
ILMA6
ILMA7
ILMA8
ILMA9

CP1LMCS

GND
VDD

VDD

VDD
0
N.C

N.C
**
**
**
**
*

***
**
*
Pg 5 0 BABE[16:0]
1LMA[0] DG Pg 7
Pg 5 1
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
1LMA[1]
1LMA[2]
Pg 5
Pg 5
2
3
Pg 7
Pg 7
**BEMEM2CS
BEMEM1CS
1LMA[3]
1 Pg 7
**
BEWE
ILMA[10]
ILMA[11]
ILMA[12]

Pg 5 4 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 DG 1 BEWACS
1LMA[4]
ILMA[2]
ILMA[3]
ILMA[4]
ILMA[5]
ILMA[6]
ILMA[7]
ILMA[8]
ILMA[9]

C37
Pg 5 5 1 Pg 7
1LMA[5] 2 2
**
BERE
C39

2
C38

Pg 5 Pg 7
7 6 2 BERDCS
7

C185
2
C186

1LMA[6]
R668

R669

R662

R660

R658

R502

R504

R506

R508

R510

R512

R514

R516

R653

R655

R657

R520

R518
Pg 5 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pg 5,7
N.C 1LMA[7] DG BABO[16]
Pg 5 8 16 Pg 5,7
1LMA[8] BABO[15]
R670

R663

R661

R659

R501

R503

R505

R507

R509

R511

R513

R515

R517

R652

R654

R656

R519
Pg 5 9 2 2 15 Pg 5,7
1LMA[9] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 BABO[14]

R814
14 Pg 5,7
R815

Pg 5 10 BABO[13]
1LMA[10] 13 Pg 5,7
Pg 5 11 1 1 BABO[12]
1LMA[11] 12 Pg 5,7
Pg 5 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BABO[11]
U51A 1LMA[12]

BABE[0]
0 BABE[1]
1 BABE[2]
BEMEM1CS
BEMEM2CS
DG 11 Pg 5,7
1A Y 7 DG BABO[10]
N.C 10 Pg 5,7

BEWACS
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

BERDCS
DG LMA[12:0] BABO[9]
9 Pg 5,7

BEWE
BERE
Pg 6 BABO[8]
8 Pg 5,7
* FIFOENB
7 Pg 5,7
BABO[7]
BOMEM2CS

Pg 6
BOMEN1CS

2
3
3A Y 5 BABO[6]
ODD/
* EVN_B
**
**
**
6 Pg 5,7
BOWACS
BORDCS

Pg 6 U51C BABO[5]
5 Pg 5,7
BABO[10]
BABO[11]
BABO[12]
BABO[13]
BABO[14]
BABO[15]
BABO[16]

* *
ODD/EVN_B
BOWE

BABO[4]
BABO[0]
BABO[1]
BABO[2]

BABO[3]
BABO[4]
BABO[5]
BABO[6]
BABO[7]
BABO[8]
BABO[9]
BORE

ODD/ EVN_R Pg 6 6AY 2 4 Pg 5,7

BABO[3]
U51B 3 Pg 5,7
Pg 6 BABO[2]
*ODD/EVN_R 2 Pg 5,7
**
**
**

BABO[1]
8 *
BORDCS
Pg 7
Pg 7
1
0
Pg 5,7
BABO[0] 8
* **
BORE BABO[16:0] DG
Pg 7
BOWACS
Pg 7
0
1
2

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

BOWE
Pg 7
**
BOMEM1CS
BOMEM2CS
Pg 7
DG DG

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-59
203

CCD processing PCB 6/26

A B C D E F G H I J
Pg 2, 5, 9, 15
SADCKG

+5VD
DG
1 1 1
1
OC DG OC DG 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
SD_GPIX [0]
Pg 2
N. C
SD_GPIX [9:2]
SADCKG 11 *CLK U14 CD_GPIX [7:0]
SADCKG 11 *CLK U13
Pg 2 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

R55

R56

R57

R58

R59

R60

R61

R62
SD_GPIX [1] N. C
SD_GPIX [2] 3 CD_GPIX [0] CD_GPIX [0] 3 GP [0] Pg 9-11
0 2 1D 1Q 2 2 1 1D 1Q 2 GP [0]
Pg 2, 6 SD_GPIX [4] 4 CD_GPIX [2] CD_GPIX [1] 4 GP [1] Pg 9-11
SD_GPIX [2] 1 4 2D 2Q 5 4 2 2D 2Q 5 GP [1]
Pg 2, 6 SD_GPIX [6] 7 CD_GPIX [4] CD_GPIX [2] 7 GP [2] Pg 9-11
SD_GPIX [3] 2 6 3D 3Q 6 6 3 3D 3Q 6 GP [2]
Pg 2, 6 SD_GPIX [8] 8 CD_GPIX [6] CD_GPIX [3] 8 GP [3] Pg 9-11
SD_GPIX [4] 3 7 4D 4Q 9 7 4 4D 4Q 9 GP [3]
Pg 2, 6 SD_GPIX [9] 13 CD_GPIX [7] CD_GPIX [4] 13 GP [4] Pg 9-11
SD_GPIX [5] 4 5 5D 5Q 12 5 5 5D 5Q 12 GP [4]
Pg 2, 6 SD_GPIX [7] 14 CD_GPIX [5] CD_GPIX [5] 14 GP [5] Pg 9-11
SD_GPIX [6] 5 3 6D 6Q 15 3 6 6D 6Q 15 GP [5]
2 SD_GPIX [7]
Pg 2, 6 6 1 SD_GPIX [5] 17
7D 7Q 16
CD_GPIX [3] 1 7 CD_GPIX [6] 17
7D 7Q 16
GP [6] Pg 9-11
GP [6] 2
Pg 2, 6 SD_GPIX [3] 18 CD_GPIX [1] CD_GPIX [7] 18 GP [7] Pg 9-11
SD_GPIX [8] 7 8D 8Q 19 8D 8Q 19 GP [7]
Pg 2, 6
SD_GPIX [9]

Timing adjustment

SD_BPIX [9:2]

BPIX1 [7:0] BPIX1[7:0]

3 3
Pg 3 ODD/EVN_B
SD_BPIX [0]
Pg 3
N. C * +5VD
19 OE
*
1 DIR U28
SD_BPIX [1] N. C
0 0 0 0 0 0
Pg 3, 6 SD_BPIX [2] 2 A0 BPIX1 [2] SD_BPIX [2] BPIX1 [0] Pg 6, 7
SD_BPIX [2] 1 1 B0 18 1 1 24 D0 Q0 1 1 1 BPIX1 [0]
Pg 3, 6 SD_BPIX [3] 3 A1 BPIX1 [3] SD_BPIX [3] BPIX1 [1] Pg 6, 7
SD_BPIX [3] 2 2 B1 17 2 2 23 D1 Q1 2 2 2 BPIX1 [1]
Pg 3, 6 SD_BPIX [4] 4 A2 BPIX1 [4] SD_BPIX [4] BPIX1 [2] Pg 6, 7
SD_BPIX [4] 3 3 B2 16 3 3 22 D2 Q2 3 3 3 BPIX1 [2]
Pg 3, 6 SD_BPIX [5] 5 A3 BPIX1 [5] SD_BPIX [5] BPIX1 [3] Pg 6, 7
SD_BPIX [5] 4 4 B3 15 4 4 21 D3 Q3 4 4 4 BPIX1 [3]
Pg 3, 6 SD_BPIX [6] 6 A4 BPIX1 [6] SD_BPIX [6] BPIX1 [4] Pg 6, 7
SD_BPIX [6] 5 5 B4 14 5 5 16 D4 Q4 9 5 5 BPIX1 [4]
Pg 3, 6 SD_BPIX [7] 7 A5 BPIX1 [7] SD_BPIX [7] BPIX1 [5] Pg 6, 7
6 6 B5 13 6 6 15 D5 Q5 10 6 6
4 SD_BPIX [7]
SD_BPIX [8] Pg 3, 6 7 7 SD_BPIX [8] 8 A6 B6 12
BPIX1 [8] 7 7 SD_BPIX [8] 14 D6 Q6 11
BPIX1 [6] 7 7 Pg 6, 7
BPIX1 [5]
BPIX1 [6]
4
Pg 3, 6 SD_BPIX [9] 9 A7 BPIX1 [9] SD_BPIX [9] BPIX1 [7] Pg 6, 7
SD_BPIX [9] B7 11 13 D7 Q7 12 BPIX1 [7]

SADCKB 17 WCK RCK 8 SADCKB

U36
20 5
*BFIFOR/W WE
HSYNC 19 *WRES
BFIFOR/W
*RE 6 *HSYNC
Pg 5
* *RRES
ODD/EVN_B
*ODD/ Pg 5 ODD/ EVN_B
*
U23B
4 A
*EVN_B Pg 5
*FIFOENB 5 B Y6

5 *FIFOENB
SADCKB
Pg 3, 7, 10, 16
5
DG DG

SD_RPIX [9:2]

RPIX [7:0] RPIX [7:0]

Pg 4 ODD/EVN_R
SD_RPIX [0]
Pg 4
N. C * +5VD
19 OE
*
1 DIR U27
SD_RPIX [1] N. C

6 Pg 4, 6
0 0
SD_RPIX [2] 2 A0 RPIX1 [0]
0 0
SD_RPIX [2] RPIX1 [0]
0 0
Pg 6, 8
6
SD_RPIX [2] 1 1 B0 18 1 1 24 D0 Q0 1 1 1 RPIX1 [0]
Pg 4, 6 SD_RPIX [3] 3 A1 RPIX1 [1] SD_RPIX [3] RPIX1 [1] Pg 6, 8
SD_RPIX [3] 2 2 B1 17 2 2 23 D1 Q1 2 2 2 RPIX1 [1]
Pg 4, 6 SD_RPIX [4] 4 A2 RPIX1 [2] SD_RPIX [4] RPIX1 [2] Pg 6, 8
SD_RPIX [4] 3 3 B2 16 3 3 22 D2 Q2 3 3 3 RPIX1 [2]
Pg 4, 6 SD_RPIX [5] 5 A3 RPIX1 [3] SD_RPIX [5] RPIX1 [3] Pg 6, 8
SD_RPIX [5] 4 4 B3 15 4 4 21 D3 Q3 4 4 4 RPIX1 [3]
Pg 4, 6 SD_RPIX [6] 6 A4 RPIX1 [4] SD_RPIX [6] RPIX1 [4] Pg 6, 8
SD_RPIX [6] 5 5 B4 14 5 5 16 D4 Q4 9 5 5 RPIX1 [4]
Pg 4, 6 SD_RPIX [7] 7 A5 RPIX1 [5] SD_RPIX [7] RPIX1 [5] Pg 6, 8
SD_RPIX [7] 6 6 B5 13 6 6 15 D5 Q5 10 6 6 RPIX1 [5]
Pg 4, 6 SD_RPIX [8] 8 A6 RPIX1 [6] SD_RPIX [8] RPIX1 [6] Pg 6, 8
SD_RPIX [8] 7 7 B6 12 7 7 14 D6 Q6 11 7 7 RPIX1 [6]
Pg 4, 6 SD_RPIX [9] 9 A7 RPIX1 [7] SD_RPIX [9] RPIX1 [7] Pg 6, 8
SD_RPIX [9] B7 11 13 D7 Q7 12 RPIX1 [7]

7 SADCKR 17 WCK
U37 RCK 8 SADCKR 7
RFIFOR/W 20 RE 5 RFIFOR/W
* HSYNC 19
WE
* 6 *HSYNC
*WRES RRES
Pg 5
* *
*ODD/EVN_R
ODD/ EVN_R
Pg 5 ODD/ EVN_R
*
U23A
1 A
* *FIFOENB 2 B Y
3

Pg 4, 8, 11, 17
SADCKB

DG DG

8 8
Pg 5, 15-17 HSYNC
HSYNC

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-60
 203

CCD processing PCB 7/26

A B C D E F G H I J
Pg 5
*BOWACS Pg 5
*BORDCS Pg 5
*BEWACS
BERECS
Pg 5

1 *SADCKB Pg 3,6,10,16
1
BPIX1 [7:0] DG

Pg 6,7 0
BPIX1 [0] 1
Pg 6,7 +5VD +5VD
BPIX1 [1] 2
Pg 6,7 BPE [7:0] U38 BPO [7:0] U39
BPIX1 [2] 3
Pg 6,7 1 12 BABE [0] BOWACS 1 12 BABO [0]
BPIX1 [3]
BPIX1 [4]
Pg 6,7
Pg 6,7
4
5
SADCKB 11
OC
*CLK U15
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 A0
A1 11 BABE [1] 0
*
SADCKB 11 *OC
CLK
U16
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 A0
A1 11 BABO [1] 0
10 BABE [2] 10 BABO [2]

R71

R72

R73

R74

R75

R76

R77

R78
BPIX1 [5] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

R63

R64

R65

R66

R67

R68

R69

R70
Pg 6,7 6 0 0 0 A2 0 0 0 A2
BPIX1 [6] BPIX1 [0] 3 2 BPE [0] BPE [0] 13 I/01 A3 9 BABE [3] 2 BPIX1 [0] 3 2 BPO [0] BPO [0] 13 I/01 A3 9 BABO [3] 2
Pg 6,7 7 2 1D 1Q 2 1 2 1D 1Q 2 1
BPIX1 [7] BPIX1 [2] 4 5 BPE [2] BPE [1] 14 I/02 A4 8 BABE [4] 3 BPIX1 [2] 4 5 BPO [2] BPO [1] 14 I/02 A4 8 BABO [4] 3
4 2D 2Q 4 2 4 2D 2Q 4 2
BPIX1 [4] 7 6 BPE [4] BPE [2] 15 I/03 A5 7 BABE [5] 4 BPIX1 [4] 7 6 BPO [4] BPO [2] 15 I/03 A5 7 BABO [5] 4
6 3D 3Q 6 3 6 3D 3Q 6 3
BPIX1 [6] 8 9 BPE [6] BPE [3] 17 I/04 A6 6 BABE [6] 5 BPIX1 [6] 8 9 BPO [6] BPO [3] 17 I/04 A6 6 BABO [6] 5
7 4D 4Q 7 4 7 4D 4Q 7 4
BPIX1 [7] 13 12 BPE [7] BPE [4] 18 I/05 A7 5 BABE [7] 6 BPIX1 [7] 13 12 BPO [7] BPO [4] 18 I/05 A7 5 BABO [7] 6
5D 5Q 5D 5Q
2 5
3
BPIX1 [5]
BPIX1 [3]
14
17
6D 6Q
15
16
BPE [5]
BPE [3]
5
3
5
6
BPE [5]
BPE [6]
19
20
I/06
I/07
A8
A9
27
26
BABE [8]
BABE [9]
7
8
5
3
BPIX1 [5]
BPIX1 [3]
14
17
6D 6Q
15
16
BPO [5]
BPO [3]
5
3
5
6
BPO [5]
BPO [6]
19
20
I/06
I/07
A8
A9
27
26
BABO [8]
BABO [9]
7
8
2
1 7D 7Q 1 7 1 7D 7Q 1 7
BPIX1 [1] 18 19 BPE [1] BPE [7] 21 I/08 A10 23 BABE [10] 9 BPIX1 [1] 18 19 BPO [1] BPO [7] 21 I/08 A10 23 BABO [10] 9
8D 8Q 8D 8Q
A11 25 BABE [11] 10 A11 25 BABO [11] 10
BERE 24 OE 4 BABE [12] BORE 24 OE 4 BABO [12]
*
BEWE 29 WE * A12
28 BABE [13]
11
BOWE 29 WE * * A12
28 BABO [13]
11

+5VD * * A13
A14 3 BABE [14]
12
13 +5VD * * A13
A14 3 BABO [14]
12
13
BEMEM1CS 22 CS1 31 BABE [15] BOMEM1CS 22 CS1 31 BABO [15]
* 30 CS2 * A15
A16 2 BABE [16]
14
15 * 30 CS2 * A15
A16 2 BABO [16]
14
15
+5VD 16 16
BPE [7:0] BPO [7:0]
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
R79

R80

R81

R82

R83

R84

R85

R86

R87

R88

R89

R90

R91

R92

R93

R94

R95
3 BABE [0]
Pg 5,7
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
BERECS 1 OC BORDCS 1 OC
3
BABE [1]
Pg 5,7
Pg 5,7
0 *SADCKB 11 * CLK U17 *SADCKB 11 * CLK U18
BABE [2] 1
Pg 5,7 0 0
BABE [3] 2 BPE [0] 3 2 BP [0] BPO [0] 3 2 BP [0]
Pg 5,7 2 1D 1Q 2 1D 1Q
BABE [4] 3 BPE [2] 4 5 BP [2] BPO [2] 4 5 BP [2]
Pg 5,7 4 2D 2Q 0 4 2D 2Q 0
BABE [5] 4 BPE [4] 7 6 BP [4] BPO [4] 7 6 BP [4]
Pg 5,7 6 3D 3Q 2 6 3D 3Q 2
BABE [6] 5 BPE [6] 8 9 BP [6] BPO [6] 8 9 BP [6]
Pg 5,7 7 4D 4Q 4 7 4D 4Q 4
BABE [7] 6 BPE [7] 13 12 BP [7] BPO [7] 13 12 BP [7]
Pg 5,7 5 5D 5Q 6 5 5D 5Q 6
BABE [8] 7 BPE [5] 14 15 BP [5] BPO [5] 14 15 BP [5]
Pg 5,7 3 6D 6Q 7 3 6D 6Q 7
BABE [9] 8 BPE [3] 17 16 BP [3] BPO [3] 17 16 BP [3]
Pg 5,7 1 7D 7Q 5 1 7D 7Q 5
BABE [10] 9 BPE [1] 18 19 BP [1] BPO [1] 18 19 BP [1]
Pg 5,7 8D 8Q 3 8D 8Q 3
BABE [11] 10
Pg 5,7 1 1
BABE [12] 11
Pg 5,7
BABE [13] 12
4 BABE [14]
Pg 5,7
Pg 5,7
13 4
BABE [15] 14
Pg 5,7
BABE [16] 15
16
+5VD

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
R112

R111

R110

R109

R108

R107

R106

R105

R104

R103

R102

R101

R100

R99

R98

R97

R96

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Pg 5,7
BABO [0]
Pg 5,7 0
BABO [1]
Pg 5,7 1
BABO [2]
Pg 5,7 2
BABO [3]
Pg 5,7 3
5 BABO [4]
BABO [5]
Pg 5,7 4 5
Pg 5,7 5
BABO [6]
Pg 5,7 6
BABO [7]
Pg 5,7 7
BABO [8]
Pg 5,7 8
BABO [9]
Pg 5,7 9
BABO [10]
Pg 5,7 10
BABO [11]
Pg 5,7 11
BABO [12]
Pg 5,7 12
BABO [13]
Pg 5,7 13
BABO [14] BABE [16:0] BABE [16:0]
Pg 5,7 14
BABO [15]
Pg 5,7 15
BABO [16]
16

6 BABO [16:0] BABO [16:0]

6
+5VD

2 2
R344

R345

1 1
Pg 5 BERE
*BERE * BEWE
Pg 5 TP11 TP12 * BEMEM1CS
* BEMEM1CS
BEMEM2CS
Pg 5
1 1
*
* Pg 5
DG

*BORE *BORE
7 Pg 5 TP14 TP13 *BOWE 7
* BOMEM1CS
BOMEM2CS
Pg 5
1 1
*BOMEM1CS
* DG
+5VD
Pg 5
*BEWE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

R120

R119

R118

R117

R116

R115

R114

R113
DG 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Pg 5 Pg 7, 9-11
BP [0]
*BOWE 0
1
Pg 7, 9-11
Pg 7, 9-11
BP [1]
BP [2]
DG Pg 7, 9-11
2 BP [3]
3 Pg 7, 9-11
BP [4]
Pg 7, 9-11
8 4
5 Pg 7, 9-11
BP [5]
BP [6]
8
6 Pg 7, 9-11
BP [7]
7
BP [7:0] BP [7:0]

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-61
203

CCD processing PCB 8/26

A B C D E F G H I J
Pg 5
HTROWRCS
*
HTRORDCS
Pg 5
*
Pg 5
1 *HTREWRCS Pg 5 *HTREWRCS 1
*HTRERDCS
SADCKR
Pg 4, 6, 11, 17

DG
RPIX1 [7:0]
Pg 6,8 0
RPIX1 [0]
Pg 6,8 1
RPIX1 [1]
Pg 6,8 2 +5VD +5VD
RPIX1 [2] RPE [7:0] U41 RPO [7:0] U40
Pg 6,8 3
RPIX1 [3]
HTREWRCS 1 12 HTRABE [0] HTROWRCS 1 12 HTRABO [0]
RPIX1 [4]
Pg 6,8
Pg 6,8
4
5 *
SADCKR 11 *OC U22
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 A0
11 HTRABE [1] *
SADCKR 11 *OC U21
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 A0
11 HTRABO [1]

R121

R122

R123

R124

R125

R126

R127

R128
RPIX1 [5] CLK A1 0 CLK A1 0

R136

R135

R134

R133

R132

R131

R130

R129
Pg 6,8 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A2 10 HTRABE [2] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A2 10 HTRABO [2] 1
RPIX1 [6] 0 0 0 0 0 0
Pg 6,8 7 RPIX1 [0] 3 2 RPE [0] RPE [0] 13 I/01 A3 9 HTRABE [3] 2 RPIX1 [0] 3 2 RPO [0] RPO [0] 13 I/01 A3 9 HTRABO [3] 2
RPIX1 [7] 2 1D 1Q 2 1 2 1D 1Q 2 1
RPIX1 [2] 4 5 RPE [2] RPE [1] 14 I/02 A4 8 HTRABE [4] 3 RPIX1 [2] 4 5 RPO [2] RPO [1] 14 I/02 A4 8 HTRABO [4] 3
4 2D 2Q 4 2 4 2D 2Q 4 2
+5VD RPIX1 [4] 7 6 RPE [4] RPE [2] 15 7 HTRABE [5] RPIX1 [4] 7 6 RPO [4] RPO [2] 15 7 HTRABO [5]
2 6
7
RPIX1 [6] 8
3D
4D
3Q
4Q
9 RPE [6] 6
7
3
4
RPE [3] 17
I/03
I/04
A5
A6 6 HTRABE [6]
4
5
6
7
RPIX1 [6] 8
3D
4D
3Q
4Q
9 RPO [6] 6
7
3
4
RPO [3] 17
I/03
I/04
A5
A6 6 HTRABO [6]
4
5
2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 RPIX1 [7] 13 12 RPE [7] RPE [4] 18 I/05 A7 5 HTRABE [7] 6 RPIX1 [7] 13 12 RPO [7] RPO [4] 18 I/05 A7 5 HTRABO [7] 6
5 5D 5Q 5 5 5 5D 5Q 5 5
RPIX1 [5] 14 15 RPE [5] RPE [5] 19 I/06 A8 27 HTRABE [8] 7 RPIX1 [5] 14 15 RPO [5] RPO [5] 19 I/06 A8 27 HTRABO [8] 7
6D 6Q 6D 6Q
R153
R152
R151
R150
R149
R148
R147
R146
R145
R144
R143
R142
R141
R140
R139
R138
R137
3 RPIX1 [3] 17 16 RPE [3] 3 6 RPE [6] 20 26 HTRABE [9] 3 RPIX1 [3] 17 16 RPO [3] 3 6 RPO [6] 20 26 HTRABO [9]
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7D 7Q I/07 A9 8 7D 7Q I/07 A9 8
Pg 5,8 1 RPIX1 [1] 18 19 RPE [1] 1 7 RPE [7] 21 23 HTRABE [10] 1 RPIX1 [1] 18 19 RPO [1] 1 7 RPO [7] 21 23 HTRABO [10]
HTRABE [0] 8D 8Q I/08 A10 9 8D 8Q I/08 A10 9
Pg 5,8 0 25 HTRABE [11] 25 HTRABO [11]
HTRABE [1] A11 10 A11 10
Pg 5,8 1 RPE [7:0] RPO [7:0]
HTRABE [2]
Pg 5,8 2 *HTRERE 2429 *OE A12 4 HTRABE [12] 11
*HTRORE 2429 *OE A12 4 HTRABO [12] 11
HTRABE [3]
HTRABE [4]
Pg 5,8 3 *HTREWE
+5VD *
WE A13
A14
28
3
HTRABE [13]
HTRABE [14]
12
13
*HTROWE
+5VD *
WE A13
A14
28
3
HTRABO [13]
HTRABO [14]
12
13
Pg 5,8 4 HTREMCS 22 CS1 31 HTRABE [15] 22 CS1
HTROMCS 31 HTRABO [15]
HTRABE [5]
HTRABE [6]
Pg 5,8 5
6
* *
30 CS2
A15
A16 2 HTRABE [16]
14
15
* *
30 CS2
A15
A16 2 HTRABO [16]
14
15
Pg 5,8 HTRERDCS 1 HTRORDCS 1
HTRABE [7]
HTRABE [8]
Pg 5,8 7 *
SADCKR 11 *OC
CLK
U20
16 *
SADCKR 11 *OC
CLK
U19
16
Pg 5,8 8
3 HTRABE [9]
HTRABE [10]
Pg 5,8
Pg 5,8
9
10
0
2
RPE [0]
RPE [2]
3
4
1D 1Q
2
5
RP [0]
RP [2]
0
2
RPO [0]
RPO [2]
3
4
1D 1Q
2
5
RP [0]
RP [2]
3
HTRABE [11] 2D 2Q 0 4 2D 2Q 0
Pg 5,8 11 4 RPE [4] 7 6 RP [4] RPO [4] 7 6 RP [4]
HTRABE [12] 3D 3Q 2 6 3D 3Q 2
Pg 5,8 12 6 RPE [6] 8 9 RP [6] RPO [6] 8 9 RP [6]
HTRABE [13] 4D 4Q 4 7 4D 4Q 4
Pg 5,8 13 7 RPE [7] 13 12 RP [7] RPO [7] 13 12 RP [7]
HTRABE [14] 5D 5Q 6 5 5D 5Q 6
Pg 5,8 14 5 RPE [5] 14 15 RP [5] RPO [5] 14 15 RP [5]
HTRABE [15] 6D 6Q 7 3 6D 6Q 7
Pg 5,8 15 3 RPE [3] 17 16 RP [3] RPO [3] 17 16 RP [3]
HTRABE [16] 7D 7Q 5 1 7D 7Q 5
16 1 RPE [1] 18 19 RP [1] RPO [1] 18 19 RP [1]
8D 8Q 3 8D 8Q 3
+5VD 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
R170
R169
R168
R167
R166
R165
R164
R163
R162
R161
R160
R159
R158
R157
R156
R155
R154

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Pg 5,8
HTRABO [0]
4 HTRABO [1]
Pg 5,8
Pg 5,8
0
1
4
HTRABO [2]
Pg 5,8 2
HTRABO [3]
Pg 5,8 3
HTRABO [4]
Pg 5,8 4 WHM-L 19 WHM-H 19
HTRABO [5]
HTRABO [6]
Pg 5,8 5 *HMRD0 1 *OE
DIR
U30 *HMRD0 1 *OE
DIR
U29
Pg 5,8 6
HTRABO [7] 0 0
Pg 5,8 7 RPE [0] 2 18 HTD [0] RPO [0] 2 18 HTD [0]
HTRABO [8] 1 A0 B0 1 A0 B0
Pg 5,8 8 RPE [1] 3 17 HTD [1] RPO [1] 3 17 HTD [1]
HTRABO [9] 2 A1 B1 0 2 A1 B1 0
Pg 5,8 9 RPE [2] 4 16 HTD [2] RPO [2] 4 16 HTD [2]
HTRABO [10] 3 A2 B2 1 3 A2 B2 1
Pg 5,8 10 RPE [3] 5 15 HTD [3] RPO [3] 5 15 HTD [3]
HTRABO [11] 4 A3 B3 2 4 A3 B3 2
Pg 5,8 11 RPE [4] 6 14 HTD [4] RPO [4] 6 14 HTD [4]
HTRABO [12] 5 A4 B4 3 5 A4 B4 3
Pg 5,8 12 RPE [5] 7 13 HTD [5] RPO [5] 7 13 HTD [5]
HTRABO [13] 6 A5 B5 4 6 A5 B5 4
Pg 5,8 13 RPE [6] 8 12 HTD [6] RPO [6] 8 12 HTD [6]
HTRABO [14] 7 A6 B6 5 7 A6 B6 5
5 HTRABO [15]
HTRABO [16]
Pg 5,8
Pg 5,8
14
15
RPE [7] 9
A7 B7
11 HTD [7] 6
7
RPO [7] 9
A7 B7
11 HTD [7] 6
7
5
16
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 0
HTD [0]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 1
HTD [1]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 2
HTD [2]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 3
HTD [3]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 4
HTD [4]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 5
HTD [5]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 6
HTD [6]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 7
HTD [7]
HTRABE[16:0] HTRABE[16:0]

HTRABO[16:0] HTRABO[16:0]

6 HTD[7:0]
6
U23C
Pg 5 9 A
*WHMSEL 10 B Y
8
*WHM-L
U23D
U10C 12 A
HTA [0] Pg 2-5,9-12,15-17 5A
Y
6 13 B Y
11
*WHM-M
U10A
1A 2 +5VD
Y N. C
U10B
Pg 5,12 DG 3A
Y 4 2 2 +5VD
*HMRD1
7 7
R347

R346

1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Pg 5 HTRERE
* HTRERE
* HTREWE
*

R170

R171

R172

R173

R174

R175

R176

R177
Pg 5 TP15 TP16 TP17 TP18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 HTREM1CS 5A
* HTREM1CS
Pg 5 * HTREM2CS 6B Y3
* HTREMCS Pg 9-11
RP [0]
* HTREM2CS
HTREM3CS
Pg 5 * 0 Pg 9-11
Pg 9-11
RP [1]
* HTREM4CS
Pg 5 U42B DG 1
Pg 9-11
RP [2]
* Pg 5
2
3 Pg 9-11
RP [3]
RP [4]
*HTRORE TP22 TP21 TP20 TP19
*HTRORE 4
5
Pg 9-11
Pg 9-11
RP [5]
RP [6]
Pg 5 1 1 1 1
*HTROM1CS Pg 5 *HTROM1CS 1A
2B Y7
*HTROMCS 6 Pg 9-11
RP [7]
HTROM2CS
*HTROM3CS Pg 5 *HTROM2CS 7
*HTROM4CS Pg 5 U42A DG

8 * RP [7:0] RP [7:0]
8
Pg 5
*HTREWE Pg 5 DG HTROWE
*HTROWE DG
*

A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-62
 203

CCD processing PCB 9/26

A B C D E F G H I J

Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
HTD [0]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 0
HTD [1]
1 HTD [2]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17
1 1
HTD [3] 2
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 3
HTD [4]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 4
HTD [5]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 5
HTD [6]
Pg 2-5,8-12,15-17 6
HTD [7]
7
HTD [7:0]

7
6

5
4
3
2
1
0
U24D
Pg 5,10,11
*Ax1DC 12 A

HTD [7]
HTD [6]

HTD [5]
HTD [4]
HTD [3]
HTD [2]
HTD [1]
HTD [0]
Ax1DC
* *HTA [4] 13 B Y
11
*A11DC
2 U24C
2
Pg 5,10,11
*Ax2DC *Ax2DC 9 A
Y
8
*A12DC
*HTA [4] 10 B

U24B
Pg 5,10,11
*Ax3DC *Ax3DC 4 A
Y 6 *A13DC
*HTA [4] 5 B

*HMWR0
Pg 2-4,10-12,15-17
Pg 2-5,8,10-12,15-17
*HMWR
HTA [0]
HTA[0]
Pg 5,10,11 U24A
*COPDC *COPDC 1 A